by Constance Cumbey

April 17, 2018

[It’s that time of the year and many of our writers are traveling. NWVs is running past columns we feel are pertinent to what’s happening today.]

A recent John Cassidy NEW YORKER article (January 26, 2018) reported that “Trump Makes Nice at Davos While Mueller Awaits Him at Home.”

Well, not quite.  Both Trump and Mueller were Davos attendees.  Mueller’s was definitely more downplayed.  Clearly from publicity surrounding the closed crowd Davos events, Mueller was the more favored participant of the two.

Figure 1These are two separate photographs of Davos participants Robert Mueller and Donald Trump.

Global governance is and always has been the main game of the Davos crowd and its organizing body, WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM.  Donald Trump has been perceived as doing much in his power to shut down global governance – climate control measures and all.   The Davos crowd of politicians, high financiers, “scholars” and industrialists viewed Trump with neither affection nor favor.

One short week after Trump’s return from Davos, Switzerland and only two days after his State of the Union address,  the New York Stock Market would drop by an astounding 666 points!  That was a number obviously chilling to millions,  including but not limited to Donald Trump’s Evangelical base of support in the USA.  This happened only two days after Trump’s triumphant State of the Union speech to the United States Congress.  A pivotal point of his speech was the dramatic improvement in the USA economy after his November 8, 2016 election.  The 666 droppage would double immediately after the weekend on the following Monday by upwards of another 1200 points in one day.

Coincidence?  Strange omen?  Planned?  Maybe, maybe not.

In 1990, two years before the 1992 Rio Earth Summit event, Maurice Strong publicly fantasized to a Canadian Globe reporter about a novel he considered writing.  It would be about a secret society being formed of Davos participants.  If the wealthiest nations of the world would not sign and implement a global compact, they would decide it their duty to collapse the global economy to bring the change about.  They would have the sophistication about and access to the global levers to make it happen.

“Each year, [Strong] explains as background to… the novel’s plot, the World Economic Forum convenes in Davos, Switzerland. Over 1,000 CEO’s, prime ministers, finance ministers, and leading academics gather in February to attend meetings and set economic agendas for the year ahead. With this as a setting, he then says: ‘What if a small group of these world leaders were to conclude that the principle risk to the earth comes from the actions of the rich countries? …In order to save the planet, the group decides: Isn’t the only hope for the planet that the industrialized civilizations collapse? Isn’t it our responsibility to bring this about?’

“‘This group of world leaders,’ he continues, ‘forms a secret society to bring about an economic collapse. It’s February. They’re all at Davos. These aren’t terrorists. They’re world leaders. They have positioned themselves in the world’s commodities and stock markets. They’ve engineered, using their access to stock markets and computers and gold supplies, a panic.

The reporter listened to this as Maurice Strong was driving him to the airport.  The Canadian Globe reporteor had interviewed Strong at his Baca Grande compound in Colorado, USA.  The reporter was chilled – this was not just anybody saying this.   The words he had just heard had come from the mouth of the man with the power to make it happen – Maurice Strong.

Maurice Strong is now dead and gone.  He left the world in the fall of 2015.  But his Davos influences clearly live on.    And his fantasized allies are clearly strong presences at Davos, including the World Economic Foundation founder himself, German Klaus Schwab.

The 2018 Davos World Economic Forum was in late January – not February.  Davos 2018 opened on January 23^rd and lasted for 4 days through January 27^th.  President Trump’s State of the Union message was delivered on January 30^th.  Only two days later, February 1^st, the Stock Market would fall precisely 666 points.

I’ve looked at organizations with occult agendas long enough to know that they often communicate with winks this way.  People possessing the levers to manipulate financial markets can do so with obvious numeric precision.  It is my opinion that a strong and mocking message was being sent to the Trump administration and to those both hoping for and fighting against “Global Governance,” i.e. global control.

Maurice Strong was a founding member and director of the World Economic Forum starting with its inception in 1970.   Memorializing his life, Klaus Schwab, founder and director of the World Economic Forum wrote:

“. . . He deeply incorporated the World Economic Forum’s mission of improving the state of the world into everything he did. He was a great visionary, always ahead of our times in his thinking. He was my mentor since the creation of the Forum: a great friend; an indispensable advisor; and, for many years, a member of our Foundation Board. Without him, the Forum would not have achieved its present significance . . . . ”

The ability of Maurice Strong and the World Economic Forum Davos participants to change the world by pulling its financial levers clearly lives on.  It is my belief that the sudden financial reversal taking place only two days after Donald Trump’s State of the Union address and only one week after the conclusion of the Davos WEF forum was a strong message that they do what they want when they want.  As the annual Davos participants were gathering, the London Financial Times opined the prevailing sentiment of those about to gather:  that globalization would proceed despite Trump administration opposition.

Knowing that Robert Mueller was present at the Davos events and rubbing elbows with those of like mind with Maurice Strong’s still living and active confederates does little to reassure me that his (Mueller’s) intentions are American only driven pure and honorable.  The Davos dream was Global Governance shaped for the convenience of the various Davos stakeholders.  Trump’s dream was less global governance, more “America First.”  These were colliding world views and the Davos crowd assumed they were playing for keeps.  Not just anybody can go to Davos conferences – it is a tightly controlled event.  Robert Mueller was clearly invited.  For what purpose?

We know now from advance reports on James Comey’s new book that he considered politics in his actions before the Election.  It is not unreasonable to assume that his marching buddy, Robert Mueller might well be doing so as well.  Were Maurice Strong’s fantasies at least partially acted upon post Davos 2018?   Was or is there a Davos “secret society.”  If so, did they invite Robert Mueller to help further their agenda?

I have my strong suspicions.  I hope I’m wrong, but I suspect I’m not.  Donald Trump, Brexit, “populism” are all being used as strong rationales for “global governance now.”  All were topics of deep discussion at the 2018 Davos conference.   The worst may well be happening – now.  But now, that’s a “conspiracy theory” isn’t it?  A “conspiracy theory” perhaps arising from the grave of Maurice Strong and his real life confederates themselves.

Stay tuned!

© 2018 Constance Cumbey – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Constance Cumbey: cumbey@gmail.com

Marijuana “legalization” is a hoax far more dangerous than Al Gore’s global warming agenda.   States have become monopolistic drug cartels enriching their political friends and generating large sums of slush funds while destroying the lives of their own citizens.

There are Thirteen key facts about the Left’s drug coup that reek to high heavens:

America’s greatest problems begin with substance abuse:   Gun violence, domestic violence, and a long list other downstream consequences such as marriage-absence, poverty, crime, deficits, and massive nanny government begin with substance abuse.    That is why Democrat Communists want to increase drug abuse and reconstruct a debauched Weimar Germany.

Fraudulent politics:  The term “Medical marijuana” often used fraudulently.  It often refers to growing and distributing the mind-blowing “recreational pot” plant, not the controlled CBD extracts (containing less than 3/10 of 1% THC – the only true form of non-mood-altering “medical marijuana”).   The high downstream costs of marijuana legalization far outstrip revenues.     Taxpayers are stuck holding the bag for costs arising from the myriad of social problems caused by drug abuse.

Addicted to fake science:  Activists claiming that marijuana makes them feel better are no different than drunks bragging that Jack Daniels solves all their pains and problems.  Getting high is fake science, not a a panacea.  The old traveling medicine shows were a similar problem.  Hawkers sold laudanum (opium), morphine, marijuana, cocaine, and other drugs until the Federal government made them controlled substances.

How Addiction Works: Marijuana is a Schedule-I drug that is both physically and psychologically addictive.   Thirty percent of users develop a serious “use disorder”.  The rates of addiction 400-700% higher for those who begin using pot before age 18.

In the short run, all mood-altering substances make it easy for people to happily ignore their problems. But in the longer run folks become less able to deal with life’s problems because they “blow them off”.  Folks often fall behind in life, buried under more stress and anxiety.  They are far more likely to end up divorced, unemployed, disabled, in poverty, in prison, in a fatal car wreck, or a suicide.

Candyland Government: Medicine has precise doses. It is not marketed with hippie names like “Soul Assassin” or “Kryptonite”.  And it is not sold in head shops.   You will never see prescribed medicines with such profound negative impact on heart, lungs, memory, brain development, and motivation.  The FDA would never approve it, and no manufacturer would dare risk it.

Drunk and stoned:  Alcohol sales had a small decrease of 15%-20% in the 21 states that legalized “medical” marijuana.  Some are getting stoned instead of getting drunk — but many of those who still drink are getting drunk and stoned – a much bigger threat in terms of health and highways.

“Medical marijuana” increases opioids abuse: Researchers at Stanford University and the University College in Cork, Scotland found that people who use “medical” marijuana were 60% more likely to also use prescription drugs such as opioids, and more than twice as likely to take prescription (opioid) drugs for “non-medical” purposes.    Opioids and alcohol become a “perfect storm” driving white working-class suicides and overdoses according to Stanford Doctors Angus Deaton and Anne Case.   Senator Claire McCaskill is tooting both ends of her horn being “Mad as Hell” about Naloxone prices while supporting medical marijuana in Missouri.

Money-losing government drug cartels:  States are being converted into monopoly drug cartels — oligarchies enriching liberal political buddies while harming citizens and leaving taxpayers holding the bag for a large list of very costly social, criminal, and enforcement expenses.  It robs the taxpayer to finance the liberal political model by bleeding drug addicts for donations.

Longitudinal impact statements were intentionally left out of fiscal notes in prior legislation legalizing pot.  A few years later, we now read many frantic stories from municipalities and states drowning in social and economic problems states brought on themselves for lack of legislative honesty.

Missouri Republicans are playing with fire legalizing medical marijuana.  The state is predicting a small profit in its flawed fiscal note review, and is planning far more production facilities and sales than can be supported by the limited use of extracts.  After increases in costs for expensive illegal grow interdictions and environmental cleanups, opioid abuse and treatment and incarcerations are added, Missouri will lose a lot of money – which will then become the war cry for full legalization of recreational pot.

Blue States Forever:   Phyllis Schlafly warned us that Democrats intended to turn America forever “Blue” by importing the dregs of the world through illegal immigration.   Marijuana is another addictive weapon intended to turn states into permanent blue-state drug cartel plantations.  The entire Democrat party is pumping  marijuana in many states.  Chuck Schumer even autographed a bong in a sickening move to politicize pot.

This drug revolution is similar to the “sanctuary cities” insurrection.    State’s rights were never intended to to destroy the whole cloth of our Free Republic or render America dysfunctional in a mass stupor of pot smoke and related drug addictions.   The Democrat drug insurrection has the same endpoint as slavery did.  Both are intended to enrich and empower a chosen political class, while keeping large numbers of citizens down and out, addicted, failing in marriage and work, trapped on the Democrat plantation.

Health, social, economic, and criminal Consequences:  Marijuana imposes very serious health problems for adults and children – far worse than cigarettes or alcohol.  Any possible “medicinal” value is negligible balanced against known risks.  This is why “leaded” marijuana could never pass FDA approval for any purpose.  The Rocky Mountain High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area (RMHIDTA), a very large, 22-year longitudinal study, recently issued a scathing master report documenting the serious social, medical, psychological, mental health, suicide, criminal, educational, homelessness,  car accidents, and other problems plaguing states that legalized medical or recreational marijuana.  The list of problems is far too long for this article.  I have hundreds of other citations proving that marijuana should not be legalized.

The Constitutionality of unfunded mandates:  The federal government cannot force states to execute federally-mandated mandates not funded with federal dollars.

State Initiatives containing unfunded or undisclosed mandates can also be struck down.   The Montana Supreme Court found Marsy’s law unconstitutional  because it “deprived Montana voters of the ability to consider the many, separate ways it changed Montana’s constitution or explain the significant administrative, financial, and compliance burdens its unfunded mandates imposed upon state, county and local governments”.

Marijuana “legalization” ballot initiatives and state legislation claim significant tax revenues, but never report massive longitudinal social, criminal, educational, welfare, and enforcement costs the state and taxpayers will bear.    State Attorney Generals should sue to kill legislation and remove ballot initiatives that lie to voters about fiscal liabilities

The Constitutionality of the State knowingly harming its citizens: The Missouri Constitution Article 1 Section 2 declares that “constitutional government is intended to promote the general welfare of the people” … ”that to give security to these things is the principal office of government, and that when government does not confer this security, it fails in its chief design”.  The Rocky Mountain High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area report and the broad body of peer-reviewed science proves that THC-containing marijuana  is so harmful as to be unconstitutional on its face.   State Attorney Generals should sue to kill legislation and remove ballot initiatives legalizing high-THC marijuana.   The harm to citizens is too certain, too serious, and too broad to let stand.

Marxism on drugs:  The sex and drug revolution initiated by Marxist Herbert Marcuse and his peers in the 1960’s was the first successful Marxist attack creating serious class conflict in the United States.   It separated kids from parents and sent them on a decadent riot that has become a much more serious and violent movement.  A large and irrational class of drug-using millennials are now driving dangerous emotional uprisings about free speech, education policy, Constitution, religion fascism, racism, sexism, President Trump.  Abbie Hoffman’s “Revolution for the Hell of It” finally came true.  It is no secret that Karl Marx was an opiate addict.   Sigmund Freud developed his gratuitous sexual theories while addicted to cocaine.  Good luck finding a professional liberal whose “realities” are not jaded by drugs.     

Making the Republican Party Great Again: Senator Cory Gardner should be booted from the Republican Party for suborning national security to pot legalization.

The Koch Brothers pretend they are not liberals …. But they are.   They claim that federal government regulation of marijuana violates free market principles.  The Koch Brothers have joined George Soros’s “Open Society” team of globalists demanding erasure of our borders.  Their dark money hopes to turn the Republican party blue.  Liberals running as Republicans on Koch money must be outed and exported.

I will give the Koch Brothers the short morning coffee lecture they richly deserve.    Free market principles do not include enriching liberals by turning states into drug cartels to the deep detriment of the Citizens of the United States.  Great wealth imbues great responsibility.  In this, the Koch Brothers are a failure.

© 2018 David Usher – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Usher: drusher@swbell.net

“Sixteen years after September 11, 2001, more and more Americans are beginning to question the official account of that day’s tragic events. As awareness and skepticism continue to grow, so too will pressure on Congress to open a new investigation.

“The Bobby McIlvaine Act — named after a 26-year-old who was killed by an explosion while entering the North Tower and whose father has been an outspoken advocate for a new investigation — would establish a select committee in Congress to reinvestigate the catastrophic destruction of all three World Trade Center towers.”

How dare any family member question the official story of what really happened on September 11, 2001! Why, anyone who does is ignoring not only the truth but hurting the families as well! This is from an email forwarded to me:

“These bldgs. did exactly what the original architect designed and that is to collapse and not threaten the other structures. There was no explosions and massive thermite stuff that would be hell to co-ordniate with the jet impact…The south tower went first as it was hit lower and this collapsed form the weight of there being more floors involved in fire and thus weakened more quickly. The North tower was also weakened by the collapse to the south tower, surely. This is Jones and Fetzer and David Ray Griffin stirring shit. One even said to me on the phone that I had a POINT! Really? I, a lowly fireman, have a point? NO they are LIARS!”

Such as yours truly by even writing this column – which I had intended to do before I even received that email thread where one lady accused me of being a bigot for not believing the official story (bold emphasis mine):

“It is people such as yourself and other authors on sites like NWVs who are responsible for this outrage of misinformation prolonging the suffering of people in creating suspicion and confusion.  My forward to you last night was a couple of posts in response to this from my brother SENIOR FDNY HAZMAT first responder at site on 9/11 and one of those whose expert EYEWITNESS first hand analysis was used to draw conclusions about the event.

“I am going to assume you read his remarks without prejudice and are able to comprehend his analysis and rebuttals of preposterous claims made by these people seeking money and notoriety.  Never mind his personal conversations with architect of record, the testimony of the architectural engineer (in a New Yorker )for project both explaining why and how the buildings collapsed as they were DESIGNED TO DO or the disgrace of implications by people such as yourself that all these men would participate in a deliberate obfuscation and cover up to the public as after all what objective merit do they carry in the face of a group of ‘armchair” experts weighing in ?

“You were and are entirely mistaken about this issue and it is well past time to change what is a prejudiced and incorrect view or at very least open your mind to possibility of your error  Even the worst liars are found from time to time telling the truth and in this instance the official narrative from our government is the accurate one or, at least, there is no verifiable evidence to contradict it.”

I am not giving the lady’s name who accused me of being a bigot. She suffered her own personal loss from what happened that day for which I am deeply sorry. But, I do take offense at her accusations.

Especially this one: “…the disgrace of implications by people such as yourself that all these men would participate in a deliberate obfuscation and cover up to the public…” I have never once accused any fireman, police officer, first responder or any other helper of deliberately trying to distort the truth or involved in any cover up. They were there, they saw what they saw but apparently anyone else who was there – like other fire fighters who saw and heard something different from where they were at the time – are the liars.

I am not responsible for spreading misinformation about 9/11. I have never profited one penny. I don’t sell a book on 9/11 or any videos. It’s cost me serious money on research alone.

Dr. Judy Wood has quite a few very dedicated followers and if you disagree with her opinion, expect filthy profanity laced emails. I should know.

I outright reject her theory the World Trade Center Towers were brought down by directed energy weapons. Architects & Engineers, specifically Jonathan Cole, P.E., Richard Gage, AIA, and Gregg Roberts, take it on here: What’s Your Assessment of the Directed Energy Weapon (DEW) Hypothesis? I also encourage you to watch this short video: Richard Gage Answers Questions About DEW Theory. “Judy Woods opinions on 911, contrary to popular belief, closely resemble that of the US Government. She denies witnesses to explosions, planes, refuses to test the dust, and promotes the idea that 911 was an outside job.”

I have received my share of profanity laden emails for NOT supporting ‘no planes crashed into the Twin Towers’. It was direct energy attack. It was holograms. It was a nuclear device. George Bush was behind it. I have never subscribed to any of that.

[See the best DVD on 9/11 cover up: “The Anatomy of a Great Deception – GLOBAL MASTER EDITION“]

Even when I disprove one of the conspiracy theories out there about 9/11, I get nasty emails. This is one persisted because no one bothered to get any substantiating documentation. I filed a FOIA.

9-11 Net rumor finally put to rest

FEMA’s Prior Knowledge of 9/11 Put to Rest

I filed a lawsuit against the FAA over Flight 93. I won and proved Flight 93 did not land in Cleveland with all passengers departing. For that expense of a lawsuit in federal court, I also got nasty emails. This from my lawsuit update:

“As soon as I got off the phone, I called Cleveland Hopkins International Airport and was fortunate enough to get the Operations Manager on the phone. I was informed there were no records kept by his department regarding flights, incoming or out-going and wanted to know what I was looking for? I explained there was some confusion about Flight 93 landing on 9/11 and he immediately jumped in with it was Delta Flight 1989. He also said conspiracy people had bugged them for years about it and accused him and other colleagues of lying, which he resented. He recommended I get the airport’s billing records because every plane that lands whether it’s private or commercial is billed for services.

The following day, October 4, 2006, I received another phone call from Preamble and Melanie. A very carefully worded phone conversation in which Preamble explained that “they got ahead of themselves and misspoke.” Apparently, there were a number of “responsive documents” after all and they would see what they could do about “setting it up someplace where I could view the documents.”

“This was going to be unacceptable to me, but I decided to wait and see what they came back with. On November 13, 2006, I received a phone call from Eric Soskin, an attorney for the U.S. Department of Justice. Soskin was very no nonsense and told me right off the bat that there was no excuse why my FOIA had not been processed in a timely fashion. He had already informed the defendants in my lawsuit their position was a “loser,” that I was entitled to the documents and he would get them to me immediately. I informed Soskin that I appreciated it, but not to hurry as I was going out of the state on the 15th to do an investigation. Soskin told me he would have the documents to me the week of November 20th and true to his word, they arrived FED EX on November 20th, both in hard copies and a disc.”

As I have written and said on radio many times: It took 18 months of denial before I finally decided I had to bring myself to look at everything out there about what happened that day. I didn’t want to, believe me.

The same as I did not want to believe the OKC bombing was a cover-up. A sting gone bad by the ATF and covered up by them and the FBI. There are more than two dozen videos from around the Murrah Building the day it was blown from INSIDE, yet the FBI refuses to release them to this day. One we all were ‘allowed’ to see shows the truck in front of the building but it’s very misleading. If there’s nothing to hide, why keep hiding those videos?

To this day the FBI refuses to release all the videos from 9/11 – particularly the ones from the Sheraton Hotel and any from the Doubletree. The bit of footage from a camera at the Pentagon gas station (I know exactly where it was at since I’ve been there several times) is so grainy as to be virtually worthless. Except I do not see a commercial jet as the government claims. If there’s nothing to hide, release all known videos confiscated. Why keep hiding what’s on those videos?

For 9/11, I started with looking at videos and reading books. Dozens and dozens and dozens as well as written pieces taking a thousand hours to read. The only other subject matter I’ve spent more time on  over the past 29 years is the Federal Reserve.

It was all so overwhelming and terrifying at the same time. Terrifying because I did not want to believe anything other than what I had watched and listened to for 15 straight hours on the boob tube that day. I simply didn’t want to know. Am I different from millions of others – especially those who suffered personal loss on 9/11 or after?

Why Do Good People Become Silent—or Worse—About 9/11? by Frances Shure, M.A., L.P.C., is a series  which takes some serious reading time but will really help people understand why so many must cling to the web of lies spun by our government with the help of the media.

[See the best DVD on 9/11 cover up: “The Anatomy of a Great Deception – GLOBAL MASTER EDITION“]

“To reiterate what I said when interviewed for the film 9/11: Experts Speak Out: Fear is the emotion that underlies most of the negative reactions toward the facts that 9/11 skeptics bring to light: Fear of receiving information that will turn our world upside down. Fear of being overwhelmed by our own emotions. Fear of psychological deterioration. Fear that our life will have to change. Fear that we’ll discover that the world is not a safe place. Fear that our professional reputation will be tarnished, which may cause us to lose our job or a promotion. Fear of being shunned, even banished, by friends and family. Fear that we can no longer trust our “leaders.” And fear of looking like a fool for having bought the official account so thoroughly.”

Because of the persistent statements that Flight 93 did not crash in Shanksville, PA – Da Plane, Da Plane There is no plane!!! is one popular mockery of what happened – I spent $4,400 of my own money to go to Pennsylvania and do my own on-site investigation with the help of a friend who passed away a couple of years ago. He was an appellate attorney and pilot. I wanted Dane there as a witness. There’s no question Flight 93 crashed in that field despite all the speculation. How the plane was brought down is the real issue.

9/11 Pilots for Truth and Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth have been at this for a long time. They are not a bunch of crack pot conspiracy theorists with nothing better to do than get called names and have their reputations smeared.

It’s not just those organizations but highly qualified individuals in other countries who know more about falling buildings, skyscrapers and fire than I could possibly know in a hundred life times, all continue to challenge the official story. I don’t believe it is their intention to hurt survivors, family members of those killed, first responders or anyone else who has suffered because of what happened that day.

My late husband was an engineer for 40 years before he retired. 27 of them spent in the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. While in Viet Nam it was his job to blow up buildings and bridges. When John first saw videos of Building 7 in slow motion with the puffs of smoke so perfectly lined up floor by floor, the first thing he said was, “That’s a controlled demolition”.

He was right. Building 7 didn’t just ‘fall down’ from any fire. It was pre-wired in a controlled demolition – something that can take days, sometimes weeks of planning. One has to take the time to watch the slow-motion film of that building collapsing.

“WTC 7 Did Not Collapse from Fire” – Dr. Leroy Hulsey, UAF, Sept. 6, 2017

“On September 6, 2017, from the University of Alaska Fairbanks’ Schaibel Auditorium, Dr. Leroy Hulsey presented the findings and conclusions detailed in his team’s September 2017 progress report. The draft report of the study will be published later in the fall.

“A six-week public comment period will follow the release of the draft report, allowing for input from the public and the engineering community. The final report, which will incorporate constructive comments and will be vetted by peer reviewers, will then be published in early 2018. More information about this two-year computer modeling study of the collapse of WTC 7 can be found at http://ine.uaf.edu/projects/wtc7/ and http://WTC7Evaluation.org

16 Facts, 16 Years Later About 9/11 That Are No Longer A “Conspiracy Theory” – READ

“But the truth will prevail — it always does — and even those within the field of academia are coming forward on this issue, which seems to become more obvious every single year.

“One of them is Professor Lynn Margulis, from the Department of Geosciences at the University of Massachusetts, whose research has led her to believe that “all three buildings were destroyed by carefully planned, orchestrated and executed controlled demolition.” 

As for my contributing to hurting any family member from that day or any first responders, such an accusation hurts me deeply. So many first responders have died from being exposed to the debris. So many have cancer. Every time I write about one of these events – like the FACT that FDR wanted the Japanese to strike first and willingly sacrificed more than 2400 Americans at Pearl Harbor – my heart just breaks. It took 16 years, but through the courts, the truth finally came out about Pearl Harbor.

The lady who sent me the aforementioned email seems to be relying on a few individuals for her beliefs about what happened that day. There are many witnesses to that day but it’s science that proves evidence that can be sustained in a court of law.

“Pilots for 9/11 Truth is an organization of aviation professionals and pilots throughout the globe who have gathered together for one purpose. We are committed to seeking the truth surrounding the events of the 11th of September 2001. Our main focus concentrates on the four flights, maneuvers performed and the reported pilots….We do not accept the 9/11 Commission Report — a Commission admittedly “set up to fail” according to the Chairman himself, nor “hypothesis” as a satisfactory explanation for the continued gross violation(s) of the United States Constitution being committed by Government agencies, and the sacrifice every American has made and continue to make — some more than others.

“We stand with the numerous other growing organizations of Firefighters, Medical Professionals, Lawyers, Scholars, Military Officers, Veterans, Religious and Political Leaders, along side Survivors, family members of the victims — family members of soldiers who have made the ultimate sacrifice — including the many Ground Zero workers who are now ill or have passed away, when we ask for a true, new independent investigation into the events of 9/11.”

There are family members who want the truth, who don’t feel like they have gotten the truth. Are they to be victimized and pilloried all over again by those who believe the government’s story?

The hard questions have never been answered. The American people were fed one lie after another and believed them. To even begin to believe that certain individuals and rogue elements within the U.S. government could be responsible for slaughtering 3,000 people is just too much for most Americans. It just can’t be true. Let us grieve and move on because that’s where safety lies.

Are they all conspiracy nuts? All Bush haters? Or normal everyday people in their profession whose professional eyes see what you and I may not: 60 Structural Engineers Cite Evidence for Controlled Demolition

“The rapid breakup of these robust structures appears to defy the laws of physics, AE911Truth engineers say. Fifty years of structural design experience inform the view of Santa Rosa, California, licensed structural engineer Bob Briscoe, P.E., who maintains that the government’s collapse theories “defy the laws of mechanics, conservation of energy, and known structural failure behavior.”

“In the official collapse story, the kinetic energy (of motion) of the falling debris would have been largely absorbed by the existing structure, bending and twisting steel components, and breaking up 220 acres of concrete floors. To accomplish all this while achieving a nearly free-fall collapse is “simply not physically possible,” says Mason. “There is not sufficient energy available . . . . For this massively strong structure to just crumble away at near-free-fall acceleration would have required immense amounts of explosive energy.”

If you feel we the people and all the survivors, family members, first responders – all who have suffered deserve the truth, I urge you to give up personal time, look at the links below and sign the petition. It will take only ONE member of the House of Representatives to get the bill into the system. What if it was your loved one that day and no one cared anymore?

Lawyers and Victims’ Families File Petition for Federal Grand Jury Investigation, April 11, 2018. Read.

9/11 Father Seeks Justice – 7-minute video viewed more than 1.7 million times on Facebook – Watch

Former NIST employee, Peter Ketcham along with Mr. McIlvaine on video. Watch.

Friday, May 11th is Nationwide Call-In Day! Act.

9/11 Families Support the Bobby McIlvaine Act – You can sign the petition. Take the time to read the Evidence Section. Here’s the link to the bill.

“We, whose loved ones were killed in the events of September 11, 2001, join in support of opening a new and truly independent investigation into the destruction of the World Trade Center Twin Towers and Building 7.

[See the best DVD on 9/11 cover up: “The Anatomy of a Great Deception – GLOBAL MASTER EDITION“]

“For sixteen long years we have waited for truth and justice. During this time, an abundance of evidence has been gathered that casts serious doubt on the official explanation for the destruction of these three skyscrapers.”

“We therefore call upon the U.S. Congress to enact the Bobby McIlvaine World Trade Center Investigation Act immediately. Only by conducting an open and honest investigation will the millions of people affected by this tragedy finally have the truth they deserve.”

Those responsible and those responsible for protecting the lies and cover up are counting on YOU do to NOTHING. Just like OKC, TWA Flight 800 and Pearl Harbor, the guilty believe they can wait it out until family members either give up or die of old age. Are we going to let that happen?

Important Links everyone should read:

World Trade Center Physics

Do the seismic data from the events at the World Trade Center corroborate the eyewitness, video, and forensic evidence of controlled demolition?

Who exactly destroyed the WTC steel? And can they be held accountable? Rudolph Giuliani

9/11 Archives

Architects & Engineers Archives

© 2018 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Part 4: Ten percent of Mexicans reside illegally in the USA, Mexican poverty, corruption, illiteracy, legal slavery

“History shows, in my opinion, that no nation can survive the tension, conflict and antagonism of two competing languages and cultures. It is a blessing for an individual to be bilingual; it is a curse for a society to be bilingual.” Governor Richard Lamm, Colorado, “The Eight Ways: How to Destroy America.”Something happened in 1965 to forever change America’s demographic stability and balance:  1965 Immigration Reform Act.  That single act imported over 100,000,000 (million) immigrants from 190 countries into America within 40 years by 2006 to give America 300 million people.

Along the way, corporate America discovered “cheap labor” among millions of desperate immigrants who would do anything for a dollar.  Corporate elites also learned they could financially grease the hands of members of Congress to make sure our immigration labor laws remained un-enforced.

Voila, since that time, corporate elites buried labor unions.  Big business made billions on “21^st century slave labor” by willing Mexicans who earned $5.00 a day in Mexico, but earned $7.00 an hour in the USA, paid in cash and no taxes.

Since the 1960s, in excess of 12,000,000 to 15,000,000 (million) illegal Mexicans called America home because no government officials enforced our labor laws.  Another 3,000,000 to as high as 5,000,000 (million) Mexicans arrived legally. Thus more than 10 to 15 percent of Mexicans fled Mexico to make a new stand in America.

Unfortunately, they lowered wages, stole jobs and degraded work for all Americans.  They usurped teen jobs from A to Z.  Illegal Mexicans work in poultry, beef, hotel-restaurant, landscaping, lawn mowing, construction, painting, food service, janitorial and dozens of other jobs once held by Americans of every race.

They also discovered smuggling drugs across America’s southern border brought untold profits into the billions of dollars.  The Mexican mafia operates in all major American cities.  Whether it’s ecstasy, heroin, crack cocaine or marijuana, Mexico remains the entry door for trillions of dollars for America’s drug addictions.

Since Nixon started the “War on Drugs” in 1971, Americans paid over $1.5 trillion in taxes to stop drugs, but too many members of Congress make certain the flow of drugs never ceases.  Why? Somebody makes a lot of money to pay off those Congressional critters.  If any president or Congress really wanted to stop the drug flow, you would have seen Trump’s fence built 40 years ago, with armed sentries every quarter mile.  THAT would have stopped drug traffic along with highly prohibitive jail terms!

Mexican authorities in and out of government make billions on drug traffic.  Understand that “corruption” is a mechanism by which third world countries operate. It’s endemic to their systems.  Additionally, Mexico enjoys $25 billion annually in cash transfers from all the legal and illegal migrants that reside in America.  That’s second only to oil revenues.  Mexico’s corruption will not allow her citizens a living wage.

As Lord Acton said, “Power corrupts and absolute power corrupts absolutely.”

Illegal Mexicans continue flooding into our country at 400,000 to 700,000 annually according to www.cis.org , “Center for Immigration Studies”.

Their numbers continue at such speed that the Pew Research Center estimated that Mexican-Latino-Hispanics expect to become the new majority at 51 percent by 2042—a scant 26 years from now.

If you look at Southern California, schools teach in Spanish. Entire cities look Mexican, feature only Mexicans and speak in Spanish.  One look at Southern California shows endless Mexican TV and radio shows to entertain and inform their Mexican audience.  Barrios, drugs and corruption all make places like Los Angeles a dirty, illiterate, over-crowded and deadly place to live, not only for their Mexican residents, but for legal American citizens—just like Mexico City.  It’s another Detroit-Chicago third world manifestation of multiculturalism and diversity.

Additionally, an average of 350,000 pregnant Mexican mothers and others arrive into the USA annually to birth their babies on the American taxpayer’s dollar.  This practice continues after four decades.  Yet, no one in Congress will pass a law to stop “anchor babies”.    Why do you suppose our elected officials, who should be protecting our interests, instead, screw the American taxpayer at every turn?

The big question: who in power continues this invasion and why destroy our country in this manner by flooding it with third world refugees?  Why change the successful dynamic of European-Americans to the new majority of third world Mexican culture that thrives on corruption, drugs and violence?  Isn’t anyone looking at what’s happening to Europe?  My predication: Europe is doomed to become an Islamic caliphate by mid century.  Muslims will out birth and run Europeans out of their countries while degrading everything European.

I stopped at a gas station in Denver yesterday to see a young man with Illinois license plates.  “So you’re from Illinois,” I said.

He replied, “Not any more. I just moved to Colorado.  I left Chicago in fear for my life.  There’s more killings, corruption and crime than can be controlled.  I needed to get my family out and myself before we got shot in the crossfire. There’s no civil society in Chicago anymore.  It’s turning into a third world dumping ground. You’ve got Mexicans, Muslims and MS 13 ruling thre streets of Chicago.  I couldn’t take it anymore.”

As the Mexican Tribe becomes the new majority, you may expect huge changes in culture toward third world proclivities. You most certainly will see linguistic chaos and worldview differences that cannot be work out.  You will see horrific changes in cities where European-Americans flee for their lives or flee from discomfort such as what happened in Detroit, Michigan.

Nonetheless, your two senators and House members won’t stop this invasion. They won’t address it.  They won’t admit it.  They remain in intellectual denial of reality.  Amazing to me: the majority of Americans keep watching 4.5 hours of TV a day without any understanding that their country slips away beneath their feet toward sociological, cultural, linguistic and ethos fragmentation. Every American parent needs to join to empower yourself against your own elected representatives:  www.NumbersUSA.org and www.Capsweb.org .

Part 5:  Muslim Tribe; violent, determined, Sharia Law, advancing upon America like an uncontrollable religious Ebola virus out of the Middle East that will eventually erupt America in civil war just as it has in Europe.

If you don’t want a Paris, France or San Bernardino event in your community, it’s time to call for a total “Immigration Shutdown Now.”

Call your senators and House rep:  1 202 224 3121 or 1 888 995 2086. Demand a stop to all immigration and stop to any Syrian immigration.

Definition of slogan:  “Immigration Shutdown Now means the American people want a total shutdown on all legal and illegal immigration. That means we want all illegal immigration stopped by arresting, prosecuting and jailing employers of illegal aliens. We deport all illegal aliens by taking their jobs away and as we catch them.  We want English mandated as our national language. We demand a cessation of Muslim immigration in order to protect our culture, language and way of life. We can’t save the world but we can save or destroy our civilization.  We demand a stable population that allows everyone to live, work and thrive into the 21^st century. Especially our children.” FHW

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The world, today, is riddled with sin and depravity, the likes of which we have never seen before.  As human beings, we have lost our moral compass, because we have continued in our rebellion against Almighty God.  Make no mistake, the God of Heaven IS our Creator,  the King of Kings and His Son, Jesus Christ, our Messiah IS Lord of Lords.  This is the truth, and truth cannot be changed.  GOD does not change.  He is the same yesterday, today and forever.  And 2 + 2 will ALWAYS equal 4 — even if we want to believe it’s 9 — or in today’s world, with our reprobate minds, we may even try to assert that 2+2  equals ORANGE, or BLUE or RAINBOW SWIRLIES!

But the feeble thoughts of man are all futile, because truth is truth, and we have DENIED the truth.  We have rejected our Creator and our Savior.  We have cursed Him, we have even taught our children He doesn’t exist, and is just a figment of the imaginations of ignorant, superstitious, uneduated men of old.  (And today, everyone KNOWS that MEN — especially old and WISE MEN, are no longer relevant… in fact, they are to be despised).

And therefore, because we deny and reject the King of Kings, and the ancient, timeless TRUTHS of God’s Holy Word, like the people we read about in the book of Judges, “every man does that which he feels is right in his own eyes.”  NO MORAL COMPASS.

Of course, we know from one of those wise old men of ancient times, as we read in Proverbs 14, “There is a way which seemeth right unto a man, but the end thereof are the ways of death.”  We also read: “A wise man feareth and departs from evil, but the fool rages and is confident.”  And Psalm 2:  “Why do the heathen rage and the people imagine a vain thing?  The kings of the earth set themselves, and the rulers take counsel together against the Lord and His anointed…”  WHO do we think we ARE?  We think we are wiser than God.  We think we know what’s best for ourselves.  Indeed, today, we are so narcissistic, we actually believe we, ourselves, actually ARE the only gods that exist.

Friends, there is a battle raging all around us and we don’t comprehend the enormity or significance of it.  Certainly the worldly, unsaved don’t see it; and very FEW church-goers truly understand what is going on.  We are not taught about these things in our Institutional Churches today.  We’re taught about how to have a happy marriage, how to be a good neighbor, how God just LOVES everybody, the whole world, no matter what, and of course we are taught  how to tithe to the church.  We’re taught about how to have our best life NOW, how to GET BLESSINGS FROM GOD, and riches and prosperity.   In more and more churches, we are outright LIED to, and the greater, weighter matters of the WHOLE counsel of God are never spoken of.  So we need not wonder why our world and our country is in such disarray.  “We all, like sheep, have gone astray, we have turned, every one, to our own way.”

Our problem is spiritual apathy and biblical illiteracy of course, but at the most basic level our problem is sin.  But where did sin originate?  And who was the first sinner?  Some may say it was Eve, or even Adam and Eve together.  But that is not entirely accurate.  Sin and rebellion against God FIRST arose in the very inner circle of God Himself.  In the beginning, “war arose in heaven… Michael and his angels fought against the dragon, and the dragon and his angels fought back.  But the dragon was not strong enough and they lost their place in heaven.  The great dragon was hurled down — that ancient serpent called the devil or Satan, who leads the whole world astray.  He was hurled to the earth, and his angels with him.”  (Revelation 12).

Now look at Genesis 3:  “Now the serpent was more crafty than any of the wild animals the Lord God had made….”  We all know what happened next.  That ancient serpent, called the devil, or Satan, began leading the whole world astray, by first preying upon an innocent and naive woman using lies and deception, causing her — and her husband with her — to question God and reject Him.  God had given them the WHOLE WORLD to rule over and subdue and to be their home.  At that time, He had only ONE restriction, and that restriction was for their own well being and safety.  But the serpent was craftier, filled with lies and deceit, and wanted nothing more than to destroy God’s image bearers, bringing death and destruction upon us all.  And they fell for it.  And so do we.

Even as believers in Christ, how often do we, in our own imaginations, try to justify what WE want to do — even though we know it is against God’s will — by listening to that serpent’s voice that whispers, “Did God REALLY say???”  And if it is like this for CHRISTIANS, how much worse for those who have outright rejected and despised the very THOUGHT of God, our Creator?

Now, GOD, from the foundations of the earth, made a way for us to find our way BACK to Him, through His Son, Jesus.  Jesus explained to Nicodemus, “Light has come into the world, but people loved darkness rather than light because their deeds were evil.  Everyone who does evil hates the light, and will not come into the light for fear that their deeds will be exposed.  But whoever lives by the truth comes into the light, so that it may be seen plainly that what they have done has been done in the sight of God.”

Jesus may have been referring to the words of Isaiah 9 here:  “The people walking in darkness have seen a great light; on those living in the land of deep darkness a light has dawned…”  But of course, even in Isaiah’s day, the people loved the darkness more, and because of their arrogance, the Lord allowed them to go their own way and suffer His wrath.  Later in Isaiah 9 we read, “So the Lord will cut off from Israel both head and tail, both palm branch and reed in a single day; the ELDERS and DIGNITARIES are the head, the PROPHETS who teach lies are the tail.  Those who guide this people mislead them, and those who are guided are led astray.”

Of course we know that in the last days, “people will not put up with sound doctrine.  Instead, to suit their own desires, they will gather around them a great number of teachers to say what their itching ears want to hear.”  But it seems this is not just something that happens in the last days…. it’s been going on forever.  How many prophets of God were shunned, tortured and killed for speaking the truth, for shouting ‘Thus saith the LORD,’ even in the days long before Paul wrote these words to Timothy?

As we see in Isaiah, and all throughout Scripture, God is furious with the elders, the dignitaries, the false prophets who teach lies and mislead people and lead them astray.    What words did JESUS use to describe the Scribes and Pharisees and religious leaders of His day?  God is equally furious with the cowardly pastors of today who do the VERY SAME…. speaking lies, refusing the preach the whole counsel of God in order to remain well liked and popular among the people… telling the people what they want to hear, rather than the truth.  Truly, they ARE a brood of vipers… SERPENTS, like their father, the devil.  Jesus described them well.

You see, we have set up for ourselves TEACHERS, rather than being “homeschool”  STUDENTS, rather than being Bereans and studying on our own, to show ourselves approved workmen that need not be ashamed.  We have turned Christianity into a spectator sport.  All we are expected to do now is sit and listen and then go home.  Our Bibles are dusty, friends!  We cannot blame the false teachers and cowardly pastors for ALL the judgment of God that has fallen upon us.  Ultimately, we are responsible, ESPECIALLY in this country of America where we still have the freedom and ability to KNOW God’s Word and Jesus’ commands.  The false teachers and popular pastors are not changing their ways.  They have been with us from the beginning.  If we want to know the truth, it is up to US to seek and find it.

But that is a narrow road that few will ever take.  The broad way that leads to destruction is much more convenient.  It’s a four-lane highway of ease and comfort.  And we live our Christian lives on ‘cruise control,’ as we crank up the praise and worship music, raise our hands in song, sway back and forth to the “beat” and utter our prayers in vain to a God who will NOT hear because we are such children of disobedience.

We are not supposed to rely on the “professional” Christians to teach us.  We need to study, learn and understand the things of God OURSELVES  and we are without excuse because God has made all things plain to those who seek that truth.  Let me ask you:  do you think the devil uses people in his evil schemes?  Of course he does.  Likewise, does GOD not ALSO use people?  Yes, and He does not seek out the high and mighty “professional Christians.”  He seeks the humble of spirit, and He uses those He knows He can trust because they truly love Him.

The enemy of our souls — the serpent — was cast out of heaven along with a third of the angels and they are with us NOW, today, on this earth, wreaking havoc.  Those angels are demon spirits and they thirst for the blood of God’s image-bearers.  Peter tells us, “Be alert and of sober mind.  Your enemy the devil prowls around like a roaring lion looking for someone to devour.  Resist him, standing firm in the faith…”

Back to Revelation 12:  “Woe to the earth and the sea because the devil has gone down to you!  He is filled with fury, because he knows that his time is short.” 

Friends, this spiritual battle is raging.  It’s raging stronger every day, and God’s people are being trampled by the serpent and his demons.  Destroyed for lack of knowledge.    And so demonic delusion reigns;  legalized, legislated murder of our own babies, sodomy, “gender confusion,” brainwashing of our children to an evil, godless agenda, resulting in murder, rape, pharmakea, worship of false gods, rejection of our loving Creator, spiritual and emotional bondage.

God is looking for WARRIORS in this spiritual battle.  Faithful servants who will get up out of their padded church pews, take up the Sword of the Spirit and go engage the war.  It’s up to US, my friends, because it is obvious that the vast majority of our pastors, prophets, elders and “professional Christians” simply want to be well liked and popular, but never get their soft, delicate hands dirty.  They have missed that portion of Scripture where James writes, “You adulterous peple, don’t you know that friendship with the world means enmity with God?  Therefore, anyone who chooses to be a friend of the world becomes an enemy of God.” 

I don’t know about you, but I don’t want to be an enemy of God.  I also NEVER want to hear those words, “Depart from me, you worker of iniquity, I never knew you!”  On the contrary, someday, maybe someday soon, I want to hear, “Well done, thy good and faithful servant.  Enter into the joy of thy Lord.”

Please friends.  You know the stakes.  You know the time is short.  How much longer will God’s patience remain?   Get up.  Stand up for Jesus!  The dragon and his demons are having their way.  Who will stand and fight the enemy, as David marched boldly and courageously to Goliath and said “NO!”  Jesus has been given all authority in heaven and on earth, and that authority He gives to US TOO — His faithful who can honestly be called by His name.  He said we, as His followers would do even greater things than He, if only we would fear not, understand our authority in Christ, and step out and stomp the head of that evil serpent with our heel!

This is OUR job.  Not a job for the delicate professionals….  it’s for those who aren’t afraid to get hot, sweaty, dirty, and beat up in battle.  Nobody said this spiritual battle would be easy.  But we CANNOT be defeated if we will just STAND.  Remember Revelation 12:  “And they overcame by the blood of the Lamb, the word of their testimony, and loving not their own lives, even unto death.”  The spiritual battle for the souls of men, women and children is raging.  Will you enlist?  Or will you remain asleep while the prowling, hungry lion devours you — AND your children and your grandchildren, and our nation?  It’s time to put on the armor so you may stand your ground and after you have done everything, to STAND!  Remember Matthew 24:  “The one who stands firm to the end will be saved.”

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 222.

© 2018 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

The lack of trust between the federal government and the American citizens of this country is such a wide gap, we have to renew that trust for the people of this country going forward. —LTG Michael T. Flynn

Justice will not be served until those who are unaffected are as outraged as those who are. —Benjamin Franklin

Furthermore, I am of the opinion that Carthage should be destroyed.  —Marcus Tullius Cicero

Justice seems to have flown out the DOJ/FBI windows, and AG Sessions doesn’t seem in a big hurry to indict anyone.  His continual answer is to wait upon the Inspector General.  The IG has begun to speak.

While we’re all waiting, those prosecutable offenses committed by Hillary, Comey, McCabe, Strzok, Brennan, Clapper, Loretta Lynch, Sally Yates, etc., are being slow walked in order that the statute of limitations on their prosecutable crimes expires, and then they’re home free.  Some already have expired.

Seems there are now two systems of justice and the Rule of Law no longer exists.

Clapper, Brennan and Holder

The general federal statute of limitations (18 USC 3282) for felonies stand for the proposition that the government can no longer file criminal charges for an offense once five years has passed, and that includes lying to Congress. Too many who should have been prosecuted long ago are now escaping scot-free.

On 12 March 2018, James Clapper’s five year statute of limitations ran out.  Clapper, Director of National Intelligence from 2010 to 2017, testified during a March 2013 Senate Intelligence Committee hearing that the NSA was “not wittingly” collecting “any type of data at all” on millions of Americans which turned out to be very much untrue.

Rep. Jordan says he believes that pathological liar and former Director of National Intelligence, James Clapper was the one who orchestrated the briefing to the President about the Clinton funded Steele dossier and then immediately afterwards informed CNN that the briefing had taken place. They were then reporting on an actual meeting, the additional layer of protective cover they were looking for to run the “salacious and unverified” work of Clinton fiction via the Steele dossier.  Video link

In March of 2014, former CIA Director John Brennan also lied about spying on Senate Committee investigators regarding CIA torture when they unconstitutionally monitored the computers of committee staff members.

And in May of 2017, Brennan emphatically denied the Steele dossier factored into the intelligence community’s publicly released conclusion last year that Russia meddled in the 2016 election “to help Trump’s chances of victory.” Brennan also swore that he did not know who commissioned the anti-Trump research document (excerpt here), even though senior national security and counterintelligence officials at the DOJ and FBI knew the previous year that the dossier was funded by the Hillary Clinton campaign.  No charges have been filed against him.

How about Eric Holders’ Fast and Furious gunwalking operation on the Mexican border?  He was in contempt of Congress and used “Executive privilege.”  Never charged, statutes have run out.  Border Patrol Agent Brian Terry was murdered by a cartel member in 2010 with a gun supplied by the U.S. government via the ATF.

Lois Lerner

In January 2006, Lerner was appointed Director Exempt Organizations. In that capacity, she led an organization of 900 IRS tax law enforcement officials responsible for a broad range of compliance activities, including examining the operational and financial activities of exempt organizations, and processing applications for tax exemption.

In 2013, the IRS revealed that it had selected political groups applying for tax-exempt status for intensive scrutiny based on their names or political themes. This led to wide condemnation of the agency and triggered several investigations, including an FBI criminal probe ordered by AG Holder.

In January 2014, FBI Director Comey told Fox News that its investigation had found no evidence so far warranting the filing of federal criminal charges in connection with the controversy, as it had not found any evidence of “enemy hunting” and that the investigation continued.

In May 2014, Lerner was declared in contempt of Congress in connection with her invocation of her Fifth Amendment not to testify on the matter before a congressional committee.  The contempt resolution, H.Res. 574, was introduced in the United States House of Representatives on May 7, 2014 by Representative Darrell Issa, (R-CA).

On June 13, 2014, the IRS notified Republican congressional investigators that it had lost Lerner’s emails from January 2009 to April 2011 because of a mid-2011 computer crash. The emails were under subpoena as part of the congressional investigation. On June 19, the IRS said that the damaged hard drive containing Lerner’s missing emails had been disposed of more than two years prior.  Yep, disappeared.

On May 7, 2014, the resolution passed on a 231–187 vote, with all Republicans and six Democrats voting in favor, and every other Democrat opposed. Rep. Steve Stockman introduced a measure (never taken up by the House) that, had it been adopted, would have directed Speaker John Boehner to instruct the House sergeant at arms to arrest Lerner for contempt of Congress.

On October 23, 2015, the Justice Department declared that no criminal charges would be filed. On September 8, 2017, the Trump Justice Department declined to reopen the criminal investigation into Lois Lerner, a central figure in the controversy.

Robert Mueller was the FBI Director at the time.

History of Corruption

Hillary Clinton is the big fish who needs to be indicted and charged but keeps evading any prosecution. The challenge for any investigations while she was in office is that the statute of limitations on most federal felonies is only five years, and she left office in early 2013. Time is up!

In 1979 Hillary magically turned a $1,000 “investment” in cattle futures into $100,000 in the space of only one year, and then surprisingly quit never to “invest” again. Many people considered this a one-time payoff from Tyson Foods.

Then came the Whitewater land deal scandal involving the Rose Law Firm (in which Hillary was a partner), and the criminal involvement of the Guaranty Savings and Loan Association.  Jim McDougal went to prison as did Web Hubbell who became assistant AG in the Clinton administration and was later charged with fraud.

Billing records at the law firm exposing Hillary’s involvement in fraud mysteriously disappeared when subpoenaed by the government.  They turned up later in the Clinton White House, after the statute of limitations expired.

Pay to Play

Hillary and Bill became enormously rich through “pay-to-play” speeches and “donations” to the Clinton Foundation. One need only read Peter Schweizer’s book, Clinton Cash, or Charles Ortel’s investigations. Trump has pegged her, “Crooked Hillary.”

In 2016 an FBI investigation was opened regarding the Clinton Foundation “pay to play.”  Human rights-abusing governments, including Algeria, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, and Oman, have donated millions to the Foundation. Saudi Arabia alone has contributed $10 million to $25 million.

Ukrainian steel magnate Victor Pinchuk also gave the foundation $10 to $25 million. He was not shy about asking for help from Secretary of State Hillary Clinton.

The Obama DOJ tried to shut down the Foundation investigations. The Inspector General, Obama appointee Michael Horowitz, confirmed the four field investigations were launched when agents found “suspicious activity” between a foreign donor and Clinton Foundation activity in the Los Angeles area.  A Justice Department principal associate deputy attorney general phoned McCabe and pressed him to shut down the continuing investigation. The IG did not identify which who made the call.

Loretta Lynch was attorney general at the time of the call. She had been caught privately meeting with former President Bill Clinton in June 2016 on her government aircraft on the tarmac in Phoenix. That meeting occurred only days before Comey decided not to pursue criminal charges against former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton for the use of a personal email server that she used to conduct official Department of State business.

The DOJ was a mess under Loretta Lynch.  The tarmac meeting was an example of how the DOJ bent over backwards on behalf of Hillary Clinton and the Clinton regime.  Were there discussions of job offers to Lynch to keep her in control when Hillary was elected?

An October 2016 WSJ article damaged McCabe’s reputation inasmuch as it exposed the $600K given to his wife’s campaign by Clinton supporter, Virginia Governor Terry McAuliffe.

Rep. Bob Goodlatte, (R-VA) Chairman of House Committee on the Judiciary told Fox News that he believes the idea of shutting down the Clinton Foundation investigations goes all the way to Obama.  Comey kept silent regarding investigations and McCabe had Lisa Page leak to media in order to take the heat off himself with his wife’s campaign donations.  McCabe did shut down the investigation mid-stream after the call.  The IG report proves McCabe’s firing was justified.

In January of 2018, The Hill reported that the DOJ has launched a new inquiry into whether the Clinton Foundation engaged in any pay-to-play politics or other illegal activities while Hillary Clinton served as secretary of State.

No indictments.

Hillary’s Email Scandal

Secretary Clinton used her private server to transmit classified government documents, thus endangering the safety of this country and criminally violating the federal espionage statute.  Comey decides there is no “criminal intent” and claimed she was not aware that she was potentially breaking the law when she sent classified emails using a private server.

After months of obstruction, in August of 2015, Clinton finally produced her server and three thumb drives.  The server has been professionally wiped clean of any useable information, and the thumb drives contained only what she selectively culled. Myriad criminal offenses apply to this conduct.  Years have passed with no charges.  And what about Paul Combetta — the Platte River Networks technician who used the “BleachBit” program to destroy thousands of Hillary Clinton’s emails when they were under congressional subpoena and preservation orders? The Combetta investigation should be reopened.

There were also 13 mobile devices and 5 iPads that the FBI said that in some way were used with her private email server, and Hillary’s aides destroyed them with hammers when they were done using them.

Eric Holder, President Obama, Susan Rice, Valerie Jarrett and other high-ranking administration officials emailed Hillary on her private server about Benghazi and other top secret and classified issues, but none of their emails have been subpoenaed by the DOJ.  Then there’s Hillary’s staffer, Huma Abedin, and her ex-husband Anthony Weiner, both of whom received Hillary’s emails.  That these government docs were on Anthony Weiner’s laptop dramatically illustrates the need for the DOJ to finally do a serious investigation of Hillary Clinton’s and Huma Abedin’s obvious violations of law.  But Comey said, “No criminal intent.”

The countless false statements are crimes under 18 United States Code Section 1001—both by Clinton to Congress (“no classified information”) and in writing by Cheryl Mills to the State Department and filed with Judge Sullivan—in which she states, “On matters pertaining to the conduct of government business, it was her practice to use the officials’ government email accounts.” We already know that Hillary Clinton used her personal server exclusively, but the DOJ claims she never sent classified info intentionally.

On 26 April 18 the FBI released 281 pages of newly uncovered emails from the State Department that Clinton sent and received using her unsecured server. Despite her lies to the contrary, many of them contained classified information, some of them so much so that the entire documents were redacted.

Numerous people are convicted felons under this statute—some for offenses that would never occur to anyone even to be a crime. And these are just a few of the possible statutes that it would appear to any federal prosecutor that she and her corrupt cabal violated.

Investigation

In the so-called “investigation” that followed, Hillary was not questioned under oath. There was no audio or videotaping of her testimony, and no transcript taken. A former FBI agent wrote the following: “Never, I repeat, never in my 25-year career have I, or any FBI agent known to me, investigated a criminal case without the use of a federal grand jury, federal grand jury subpoenas, search warrants, etc.”

The “fix was in” when then FBI Director Comey exonerated Hillary, even though she was, as the statute required, “grossly negligent.” He used the weak euphemism “extremely careless.”

His cop-out was that Mrs. Clinton didn’t “intend” to break the law. This law, as he well knows, does not require intent. Hillary Clinton was guilty as sin. She should have been indicted, prosecuted and sent to jail!  But the statute of limitations has run out on most of her felonies.

The reason she wasn’t was a result of a criminal conspiracy by people at the highest level of the FBI, director James Comey, deputy director Andrew McCabe, and so many others. These people must all be investigated and prosecuted, before the statute of limitations run out. Link

Sessions DOJ ignores Congress’ subpoena deadline, the coup and Clinton coverup continues.

Benghazi was in 2012, time has run out, four Americans and seven Libyans died.  Trey Gowdy got nothing.

Hillary and Uranium One

Hillary played a pivotal role in the Uranium One deal which ended up giving Russian interests control of 20 percent of our uranium supply in exchange for donations of $145 million to the Clinton Foundation. That is a federal crime. Prior to the sales approval, Bill Clinton gave a one-hour speech in Moscow, got paid half a million for it and then met with Vlad Putin in his home.

Inside this whole money laundering and bribery scheme was FBI Director Robert Mueller, who actually carried a sample of the uranium to Russia for Hillary Clinton. There was an FBI investigation dating back to 2009 that was supervised by then-U.S. Attorney Rod Rosenstein, who is now Deputy Attorney General, and then-Assistant FBI Director Andrew McCabe, recently fired by AG Sessions, and then Special Prosecutor Robert Mueller.  They are up to their eyeballs in covering up evidence of Hillary’s collusion, bordering on treason, with Vladimir Putin’s Russia.

Moscow had compromised an American uranium trucking firm with bribes and kickbacks in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, FBI and court documents show.

Robert Mueller was head of the FBI from Sept 2001-Sept 2013 until James Comey took over as FBI Director in 2013. They were both involved in this Russian scam being that this case started in 2009 and ended in 2015. And Lois Lerner was at the IRS Charitable Division.  Link  Don’t forget Rosenstein’s wife, attorney Lisa Barsoomian represented many of these characters.

Oh yes, there’s an informant to all this, who had a GAG order on him by the DOJ.  His lawyers are Victoria Toensing and Joe diGenova.

Comey and the Clintons

In the 1990s, Comey served as deputy special counsel on the Senate Whitewater Committee, which investigated Bill and Hillary Clinton’s alleged role in a failed Arkansas real estate venture.  No charges.

Comey was the investigator in 2002 of President Bill Clinton’s pardons of two felons, Marc Rich and Pincus Green.  Rich’s wife had paid $450,000 to the Clinton Foundation in return for her husband’s clemency.  No charges.

Chris Farrell of Judicial Watch questions Comey’s Clinton Foundation probe as weak and unyielding. Farrell states that Comey incriminated himself when he testified before the Senate Intelligence Committee and admitted leaking to his friend Professor Daniel Richman in order to get classified information to the media.  Richman comes and goes in the FBI because he’s a “special employee” of same.  Comey openly stated he did it in order to have a special counsel appointed against President Trump. When he left, he should have been immediately Mirandized and arrested for leaking this information.  Instead he will teach ethical leadership at the College of William & Mary this coming fall semester, and has written a self-aggrandizing book full of trashy fabrications. His various media interviews have only served to incriminate him further.

Comey was right, a special counsel was needed, but not to investigate the salacious and phony Steele dossier paid for by Hillary Clinton and the DNC, but a special counsel to investigate the entire intelligence community and especially the Department of Justice.

The Statute of Limitations is running.

Conclusion

General Mike Flynn, who never lied to anyone, has had his life and finances ripped apart for over a year because he was set-up by McCabe and Strzok, while the statute of limitations runs out on the real criminals.

There are far more who have committed prosecutable crimes, and bit players like Brazile and Wasserman Schultz, so why have only eleven members of Congress signed the letter to Sessions, Wray and Huber demanding criminal referral for violation of federal statutes.  Where are the rest of them?

Furthermore, I am of the opinion that Jeff Sessions should be fired.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

With chants of Rudy! Rudy! as Giuliani joins the Trump defense team vowing to end this thing in a week or two and along with indications Mueller’s probe is unraveling at the seams as key players were referred for criminal investigation, I’d suggest everyone take a deep breath.  Now let it out slowly and remember, according to Yogi Berra, “it ain’t over ‘til it’s over.”  Communists never go quietly or easily.  If they did, Havana would be bustling tourist hot spot and the sports cars on the streets wouldn’t be 55 Chevys.  As Coach used to warn, keep your eye on the ball don’t be fooled by the head fake.

In March 2017, after reading about it in Disinformation: Former Spy Chief Reveals Secret Strategies for Undermining Freedom, Attacking Religion, and Promoting Terrorism by Soviet defector and former spy chief Lt. Gen. Ion Mihai Pacepa I wrote about Russian disinformation operations.  Watching the Russian collusion tale unfold through the media and investigation leaks, I concluded maybe that’s what is happening with the Trump Russian collusion investigation.

“Simplistically and in a nutshell, according to the General, dezinformatsiya built a false history (a past) then leaked information to spur the media into a feeding frenzy in order characterize a perception of the target. Boy, does that not seem too familiar? Then just at the appropriate time the “real” bombshell proof finally emerges verifying what most people have been conditioned to believe. It is more complex than that involving many real players and dupes, but that is the general picture. We are seeing something very similar every day, from our media, “Intelligence Sources”, and politicians.”  – Communists, Russians and Collusion – March 2017

Let’s see how well the collusion saga fits the pattern.

Build a false history:

It is well established through multiple sources the Hillary Clinton campaign and the Democratic National Committee (DNC) through the law firm Perkins Coie paid Fusion GPS to conduct opposition research on presidential candidate Trump.  Fusion GPS in turn hired former British intelligence officer Christopher Steele. Steele had established ties with the FBI and the U.S. Intelligence community.

The now infamous and yet unverified Steele Dossier was supposedly prepared using information provided by Russian sources from inside the Kremlin.

“Specifically, the idea is to fabricate a new past for enemy targets in order to change how the world perceives them.” Disinformation

Although Fusion GPS at the behest of the Clinton campaign and the DNC contracted Steele for opposition research on candidate Trump, the dossier found its way into the hands of Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) Director John Brennan, Director of National Intelligence (DNI) James Clapper, National Security Agency (NSA) Director Admiral Mike Rogers, Senator John McCain and Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) Director James Comey.  Who knows how many others got it.

It’s actually crafty, yet very basic.  President Trump’s well-known persona is that of a brash billionaire international real estate mogul and playboy.  Building on this perceived personality – a kernel of truth- the salacious and unverified false history was crafted.

Spur the media into a feeding frenzy:

“The truth is, The Western media are quite easily manipulated, for they often craft their stories from press releases and tend, on the whole, to be indiscriminate about the nature and reliability of their sources.” Disinformation

According to information in the recently released Comey Memos,  the classified briefing given to Trump in 2017 provided the news hook CNN and others needed to begin reporting the story.

“The classified briefings last week were presented by four of the senior-most US intelligence chiefs — Director of National Intelligence James Clapper, FBI Director James Comey, CIA Director John Brennan, and NSA Director Admiral Mike Rogers.” CNN January 12, 2017

“According to a House Intelligence Committee report, Clapper leaked that Trump had been briefed by senior officials on the contents of the dossier and in effect, the briefing, “gave the dossier legs and news agencies began to publish its contents because it had now become official news” Sarah A. Carter

For more than a year later the story has dominated the liberal legacy news media.  For some media outlets, it consumes their programming.  As the adage proclaims, a lie can travel half way around the world before the truth can get its pants on.  This lie has actually lapped the world a few times and the truth that may someday set us free is buried beneath Washington and legacy media noise.  When we need him, where is Detective Joe Friday?

Follow the path to the real bombshell evidence:

Before a Senate Intelligence Committee hearing, fired FBI Director Comey admitted:

“I asked a friend of mine to share the content of the memo with a reporter,” Comey told the Senate Intelligence Committee on Thursday. “I didn’t do it myself for a variety of reasons but I asked him to because I thought that might prompt the appointment of a special counsel.”  The Hill

Joe knows the deal.

“We could’ve piled up a hundred years of great policemen and great detectives: men with honor and brains and guts. You tore down every best part of them. The people who read it in the papers, they’re gonna overlook the fact that WE got you; that we washed our own laundry and we cleared this thing up. They’re gonna overlook all the good. They’ll overlook every last good cop in the country. But they’ll remember YOU. Because you’re a bad cop.” – Joe Friday

Special Counsel Robert Mueller was appointed within a couple of days of the leaked Comey memo.  It seems, at least to my cynical view, that it was just another piece of a well laid disinformation operation.  Mueller and his politically biased team fed by the politically biased inside the FBI, our intelligence agencies, and the Department of Justice embarked on an investigation in search of a crime.  All though there are indictments, there is nothing related to the Trump campaign or to the President himself.  There is certainly no evidence of Russian collusion.

Enter Trump’s attorney Michael Cohen.  Cohen has worked years for Trump including his business dealings with Russia.  So, the Mueller inspired FBI raid on Cohen’s home and offices, vacuumed up everything including records and computers much of it most likely protected by attorney-client privilege.  Contained in those records or on those computers and cell phones are undoubtedly business dealings in Russia with Cohen representing Trump’s interests.

I’m just a country boy.  Generally, I do not delve too deeply into conspiracy theories.  However, when I see a clearly defined pattern and follow it to a logical end I am prone to try and figure out what that end might be. This is especially so when logically following the pattern leads me to a specific but not otherwise explainable point.

Ever since the DNC servers were hacked, we’ve been hearing how it was the Russians and how devious the Russians are.  That is just underpinning for the larger operation.  The FBI was not allowed to examine the DNC’s servers (or maybe they were, who knows), so we have to take the word of the DNC – the people who launched the whole shebang with the Steele dossier –  that the Russians did it.  How much of a challenge would it be for these so-called superstar Russian hackers to bury that last piece of “bombshell” evidence onto one of Cohen’s computers.  To accept that, we must accept the premise the Russians were ever involved in the first place.  I do not.  At least not to the extent claimed.

A more likely scenario has our own intelligence agency deep staters, who are working tirelessly to take down a President, planting the bombshell and waiting for the right time to steer someone toward it.  If there exists such evidence, it’s been sitting there for a while.  A disinformation campaign starts with the end in mind.  The evidence will verify what Americans have been conditioned to believe by the media’s yearlong misinformation campaign– that Trump colluded with the Russians.  If there, it will be an ah ha discovery but not by the Special Counsel.  As they scour Cohen’s records, it will be stumbled upon by the Southern District of New York Attorney General providing cover for the deep state.  Over at CNN they may be hyperventilating.

Very clean is it not?  I know that sounds too conspiratorial for most to accept, but one must accept that it all follows the pattern of a disinformation operation right up to Mr. Cohen’s doorstep.  The Russians did not corner the market on disinformation.  We’re pretty good at it too.  The fat lady ain’t singing yet and until she does let’s not feel too good about it.

© 2018 JD Pendry – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JD Pendry: jd@jdpendry.com

Here’s the solution to the outrageous DOJ corruption that is jeopardizing the Trump agenda. Attorney General, Jeff Sessions, is clearly compromised. The Deep State power boys have something very bad that they are holding over his head that they will expose if he gets rebellious and decides to oppose the perpetuation of the Deep State. This has quieted Sessions and made him into a mouse instead of a tiger.

So Trump needs to bite the bullet and fire him while replacing him with a top legal Washington outsider who is clearly a conservative and possessed of a squeaky clean record. The new AG will then “reassign” the rodent Rosenstein and bring in someone more supportive of the Trump agenda as Deputy AG. Give Rosenstein the job of cleaning out the Justice Department restrooms.

The reason why Rosenstein (who is a George W. Bush appointee to the DOJ but asked to remain by Obama) is now in the powerful position of Deputy AG is because Trump was persuaded to appoint him by none other than the accommodative little RINO, Reince Priebus. God, what a disaster Priebus was. He has no idea what the Deep State is all about. But then how can he? His sentiments and instincts lie clearly with the Deep State, just as Paul Ryan, Mitch McConnell and all the other RINOs. Priebus was trying to make Trump into a soft revolutionary, a promoter of superficial changes to the system, but no upsetting of the system in its fundamentals. Sort of like rearranging the deck chairs on the Titanic.

The new squeaky clean AG will then pressure Mueller to close down his investigation because he has exceeded his mandate. He can hold over Mueller’s head the past skeletons in his closet, such as his involvement in the Uranium One affair. There are other skeletons that need to be used as leverage also. Mueller will see things differently as soon as his little weasel ally, Rosenstein, is gone, and there is no one in the DOJ to protect him anymore for his excesses.

Possible candidates for Sessions’ replacement are Kris Kobach, Secretary of State for Kansas, a tough conservative, and clearly a Trump supporter. Also Pam Bondi, Florida AG and a solid conservative supporter of Trump. Kobach is first choice because he will not take any push back from Mueller. He will tell Mueller to close down or else the seedy doings of his past are going to be unleashed. His place in history will be remembered as a totally amoral statist flunky who has crossed several lines of propriety and perhaps even criminality. This is what everybody is missing. Mueller is a dirty cop with a tarnished past. See Roger Stone: Robert Mueller, Dirty Cop.

Sure Sessions has friends in Congress who will be upset, but half of them are already clearly disenchanted with his timidity on running the DOJ. They will not squawk at Trump’s decision to let Sessions go. They will know it is in the best interests of the country. But Trump has to step up to the plate. If not, then Mueller will continue to investigate Trump lawyer, Michael Cohen, to unleash all the dirty laundry he can.

Mueller will try to build a case against Cohen and his past business dealings that brings a lengthy spell in prison, but will promise him “probation” if he will turn on Trump and implicate Trump in something illegal. But Cohen has to be “persuasive” in his testimony – code for “making something damaging up” that will be winked at by Mueller if there is nothing illegal in Trump’s background.

This is the way modern prosecutors operate. They go after associates of their main target and flip them against the main target with a promise of leniency for the flipper if he will “cooperate” with the prosecutor and give them something damaging on the main target. If there is nothing damaging to give, then the flipper is encouraged to reassess and check their memory bank until the flipper finally decides to just make something up, which allows him to avoid prison. This kind of “false implicating” by the flipper is used all the time by prosecutors whenever necessary. Getting a conviction against the main target is the primary goal of all prosecutors by any means necessary. They are obsessed with it. See my article, Mueller’s Probe and Modern Justice.

Draining the Swamp

The cesspool that comprises today’s Washington is so rank and ugly it would never make it into the most sensationalist of novels. Any author who tried to write a tale with today’s partisan treacheries, sell outs and venalities would probably be accused of hyperbole by his publisher, and urged to tone down his rhetoric and characterizations. “No one will believe that our politicians and bureaucrats are this dirty, this egregiously unprincipled,” the publisher would say. Such is the real reality of human nature when it is given power to strut and push people around, while totally devoid of any moral guidance and decency.

Lord Acton warned us a century ago that, “Power corrupts, and absolute power corrupts absolutely.” The snakes, charlatans and malevolent operators of Washington permeate the bureaucracies and the Congress, and the support lackeys in the media condone every dreadful deed they partake in because it validates their collectivist-statist ideology.

If Trump is going to go down in history as a modern day knight come to slay the Godzilla of tyranny in the federal government, then he must now know that this monster he is going after has many hideous heads, and it will fight back with the most outrageous lies and abominations conceivable. Trump may not be able to live up to Sir Galahad, the purest of Arthur’s knights; but he can clearly be a Sir Lancelot, the tainted but heroic knight of the Round Table.

Trump has the strength of personality to do this. He just needs to realize that most advisors among the Republican Party may express sympathy with his cause, but secretly will not endorse it and even work to sabotage it whenever possible. Thus they will be fake supporters. Reince Priebus was one such pseudo-supporter.

Under no circumstances, however, should Trump fire Mueller. This would cast doubt among many of his supporters out in the hinterland. He must use leverage on this Deep State cobra who is out to destroy him, his family and his agenda in any way he can. Mueller is the epitome of what statist politics is all about. Just look at the photo of him at the head of the Roger Stone piece cited above:

This is the face of Big Brother’s prosecutor-executioner, tyrannical, totally amoral, devoid of all principles, willing to smear the opposition with lies and the dirtiest of tactics, willing to get a conviction at any cost. Truth is not something that Robert Mueller is interested in at all. Partisan witch-hunting is what he is all about. He is the prosecutorial face of today’s Deep State, which is the foremost ally of the Deep State Swamp’s perpetuation.

The first step to end this nightmare is to let Sessions go and bring a man of great credentials to the post who is not compromised in any way, then reassign Rosenstein to some perfunctory position to which he is better suited. This will not alarm the country, but it will serve notice to Mueller that his days as a witch-hunter are over, and he had better gracefully bow out of his malignant pursuits.

© 2018 Nelson Hultberg – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Nelson Hultberg: NelsonHultberg@afr.org

When my husband and I got married, we had both come from failed marriages and dysfunctional homes.  We made a commitment to one another that we were going to go this round totally sold out to God’s leadership for our lives and our family.  He came from a divorced and secular family, and I came from highly dysfunctional roots, also secular, with some feigning of religion.

It didn’t take long for extended family members to express their discontent on our parenting decisions.

We tried to placate the objections and “concerns”.  We tried to explain some of our decisions.  Eventually, though, we just had to ignore the opposition and reassert our focus on seeking God’s wisdom for how to raise our family.  This did not set well with some family members, and there was even a painful confrontation from a grandparent at one time who angrily declared we were ruining our children, and they would grow up to hate us and reject our standards.  There was almost ten years where there was very little external family interaction.  In fact, our children don’t really know any grandparents, and precious few other “family” members.

There were seasons of loneliness and doubts.  It came at a cost.

Today our children are grown.  They are quite successful in their endeavors, and have each been recognized for various achievements, skills and abilities.  Beyond that, and more importantly, they are compassionate young adults who love God and people.  They each have a desire to serve others in very different ways, and they love one another deeply.  Our family is intact and happy and thriving.

In fact, the same grandparent who asserted our forthcoming failures, pulled me aside a few years ago and said that although she had her doubts and thought I was a terrible mother, our kids had sure turned out and were remarkable young adults.

The truth is, we didn’t have the time or energy to fight the battles with our extended family AND raise our children successfully at the same time.  Three of our kids are fifteen months apart, so I was dealing with three toddlers, three adolescents, three teenagers… all at the same time – with three very different personalities and all that goes with that.

My desire to nurture, instruct and mold my children into their God-given identities outweighed my desire to be liked or even understood by extended family.  (And I could have used family.  I didn’t come with my own.)  Today we have a nurse, an (upcoming) school psychologist, an (upcoming) policeman, and an artist contributing to society and I pray also glorifying their Creator.  Most of those who didn’t understand what we were doing can see the outcome of what we did, but I do not think even now understand the dynamics it took to accomplish that.  (Yes, with plenty of failures along the way.)

Events on the national scene are kind of like that.

My husband and I had to break cycles of poverty, rejection, abuse, addiction, divorce, mental illness and a lot of lesser evils off of our family.  We had long seasons of digging in the trenches in the Word of God, prayer and obedience to things the Lord led us to do.  No one understood what we were doing or why.  In fact, few even saw that the legacies each of us had acquired were debilitating for health in the long run.  If we wanted our children to have a fair start and a solid foundation, we had to break those cycles.  We had to start in ourselves, and then apply them to our children.

My kids are all adults now, and I tell them every so often:  I know drinking is fun, but alcoholism runs in your family.  Once you cross over that line, there’s no more fun.  It’s a battle for the rest of your lives.  Control your impulses.  Set limits and safety guards to keep you from crossing lines.

We laid a foundation of faith in God, of reading His Word, of using it to guide your life.  Our prayer is that they own their faith.  That they have seen lives apathetic to God and lives walking with God and know the difference.  We went over twelve years learning how to pray for physical healing instead of conventional medicine.  We pray that if they find themselves in an impossible situation, that because they have seen God work supernaturally they are able to fully rely on Him.

The grandparents and aunts and uncles who were so put off by our methods, most likely do not know the various obstacles and things hidden in the history of our family that had to be overcome in order to succeed.  They maybe didn’t know there were damaging habits, thoughts and tendencies that had to be addressed, removed, and/or learned in order to circumvent or defeat them.

Because our family had very real and very serious issues of poverty cycles, mental illness, addictions, rejection/abandonment/divorce histories, etc., we had to first identify how unhealthy these were.  Then we had to determine what in our bloodlines lent to the same patterns and habits in us.  We had to remove them in ourselves, and then help our children identify them to remove or overcome them.  Family members who hadn’t recognized the dysfunction of their own thoughts, attitudes or behaviors, ranged from misunderstanding to opposing us.  They couldn’t see the unhealthy consequences of lives riddled with these encumbrances.

It would have been easier at times to have explained to an extended family member that she was controlling and manipulative, and her interactions with others were unhealthy, but she couldn’t see it in herself.  Another member had addictions that led to immorality which had caused unhealthy and painful circumstances in her life, and those inevitably seep into others’ lives that touch hers.  There was baggage in the bloodline that led to anger issues, and anger unresolved just leads to damage.  There just wasn’t a solid understanding of how dysfunction had created unhealthy thinking, lifestyle choices and habits.  So for us to address them was futile.  We could only address it at the level we could control it: in our home.

To do that, we identified obstacles within ourselves and were honest about them.  I had serious anger issues from a highly dysfunctional childhood.  I had unhealthy fears that altered my behavior.  I had learned how to manipulate and control people and was quite adept at it.  These things were destructive in the long-run, and damaging in the short.

Poverty cycles had to be broken by breaking thinking patterns that enabled poverty.  Mental illness issues were dealt with spiritually.  We had to recognize wrong patterns of thinking that had created destructive habits and behaviors.  Then we had to seek out truth and healthy thinking.  The only way to health that I knew I could trust was God.  He was the only thing I knew was outside my thinking and had no hint of error or deception.  I could not trust others, and I most definitely could not trust myself.  So we sought His counsel, His wisdom, His Word for how to walk in truth and health.

America has a troubling history.  While it has some very notable achievements, it has suffered some serious internal wounds.  People within  its leadership ranks have compromised its integrity, instilled destructive programs and habits, and reformatted its foundation blocks so much that we have a significant population that is actually entrenched in unhealthy thoughts, attitudes and actions.   It’s like the generations of dysfunction in my family.

We propagate what we know and have learned.  Until the error is recognized and corrected, we reproduce it.  Depending on our level of awareness is our level of bondage.  Those who are in denial of their addictions look obvious to those who are not.  Consider the liberal ideology that defies logic, like illegal immigration protective measures.  They want to grant noncitizens citizen rights.  Logically that is ridiculous.  Citizenship affords not only rights and privileges, but also responsibilities.  That’s like saying anyone who wants to pretend they’re a member of my family (even though not born or adopted by me) can have provision and protection from me.  That’s absurd!  Who in their right mind would allow that?

But here’s the deal, either they’re crooked and have an ulterior motive (say, crushing the economy and/or bribing votes?), OR they’re in the midst of their unhealthy mindset and can’t see it.  They have somehow been sold the lie that compassion is inclusive and without healthy boundaries.  So they promote illogical ideologies in ignorance, unable to see the error in their ways, and depending on their level of blindness, combative to having their ideology challenged, with say… logic.

Those who have been responsible for leadership in America have meticulously orchestrated methods of deceiving Americans.  They have inculcated ideology into the schools, entertainment industry, and media:  the three main conduits for information and influence.  They have deliberately and systematically downplayed the family and its role in society, in order to promulgate collective thinking instead of independent thinking.  Their ideology is designed specifically to weaken America to the point of dividing it and crippling it in order to assimilate it into a global community submitted to world leaders.  In contrast, America was founded to provide a bastion for liberty and independence.

The mouthpiece for getting information out, the mainstream media, has partnered with those intent on changing America.  The public school systems, where generations are indoctrinated for thirteen years of their formative years, further endorse these intentions.

This has created a chasm of ignorance in significant proportions of people who are genuinely ignorant of how to stimulate and maintain a healthy independent nation, culturally, socially, and politically.  They have been so entrenched in these ways of thinking, that these attitudes permeate their identity to where they seriously cannot see the error in their ways.  It’s like my extended family members who cannot see the dysfunction as unhealthy, and recoil against thinking and actions that don’t fit the status quo mold.

America’s generations that have been fed lies and deceptions that have affected social, cultural, political and personal thoughts, attitudes and behaviors, cannot understand the abrupt pulling up of the brakes on this downward decline the current President has done.

It’s like a spoiled child that has grown accustomed to crying or throwing fits to get his way, but goes to visit the strict relative that sees the damage done and responds to the child in a way to bring change.  The child fights it.  The child misunderstands it, misperceives it, and distrusts it.

My husband and I pulled up the brakes on a legacy of dysfunction, and those members who could not identify the dysfunction could not understand our different choices.  There was a push back against us to conform instead to their traditions and ways of thinking.  We were ostracized at times because of our lack of compliance.

Liberty threatens control. When we walk in liberty of thought or action, those who need to control are threatened.

America needs to break cycles of poverty, (political and social) abuse, addictions (for government aide and bidding), ignorance and a lot of other evils.  To do so is going to take a concerted effort of exposing unhealthy habits and mindsets.  Few will understand what that’s like or how to do it.  In fact, few will even see that the legacy the current American generation has acquired is debilitating for health in the long run.  If we want Americans’ future to include liberty and health, we have to break those cycles.  We should start in ourselves, and then apply them in our nation.

Trump may very well be another political pawn in a long line of Establishment Deep State.  Because of the depth, history and decades of this Establishment, it’s very difficult to believe an “outsider” has made it into the White House and may actually be a Patriot.  I keep a cautious eye open and feel like I’m always waiting for the other shoe to drop.

Or Trump may be a Patriot.  He may be the one who has rejected the legacy of dysfunction pouring from the halls of Capitol Hill.  If this be the case, his actions will be scrutinized for very different reasons.  Those in lock step with unhealthy dysfunction will fight his every word and move.  Those in deception and ignorance of the dysfunction will be like the family members who could not understand our thinking and actions.

If Trump is a Patriot intent on dismantling the Deep State, his actions will need the wisdom of the Almighty.  When we look at the recent events in Syria, it appears this may indeed be the case.  There are complex plans and alliances that look like one thing on the surface but are quite another in reality.  Russia practically forecast the false flag that was coming to Syria three weeks before it happened.  They were spot-on in their deductions for how the international community would react.  This afforded Trump the time to prepare his counter-move.  In order to be strategic, he had to look on the surface as though he was going along with the ruse.  In reality, he was counter-striking.  And he did so in such a way that because the Deep State’s objectives are a charade, they couldn’t even retaliate without exposing themselves.

Trump isn’t going to be able to correct things overnight.  His methods will have to be strategically calculated because he is countering dark agendas that have masqueraded as light for so long that people actually believe what they see in front of them is real and good.  The average American isn’t going to be able to understand and rightly discern what’s going on, even if they’re paying attention.   The average American thinks the dysfunction we’re living in is normal, some even think it’s good.

My husband and I worked for years undoing the damage of a legacy of dysfunction.  Now we’ve released four individuals into the world who walk in health and strength.  There were long seasons it was messy and it looked like the dysfunction of the past was going to win.  These things don’t undo themselves.  It takes time, patience, wisdom and persistence.  For us, the stakes were high.  It was our children’s health for our God’s glory.  For America the stakes are high.  It’s our nation’s health for our God’s glory.

If Trump’s a pawn, I’ll be the first to self-correct and acknowledge my mistake.  But from someone who spent two decades undoing an unhealthy legacy, the things I’m seeing indicate he’s doing the same thing on a much, much larger scale.  There will be times it looks like loss.  There will be times it looks like the enemy.  We may not understand.  Be encouraged; Trump has made the effort through Q to communicate with Patriots to help them go through the process with understanding, which is awesome, because we aren’t left totally in the dark.

War games are indeed ensuing, but the battle has nothing to do with party lines and everything to do with the health of America and its destiny.

© 2018 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

I  took an oath to the Republic specified in our great Constitution of the United States of America. But, I refuse to support any part of the Faux Government/Swamp, not authorized by our Constitution. I acknowledge the real dangers that all patriots face, caused by our words of loyalty to the Constitution, and our opposition to the ongoing Marxist Revolution by Pagans, AKA Communists, Democrats and many Republicans. Pagan is the word used for thousands of years to describe those who hate the major established religions because they might restrict evil anti social behavior by Pagans. But, our Founders knew that those without principles, religious or otherwise, would have a negative effect on society and the Republic.

Our Communist controlled government has allowed thousands of innocent citizens to be killed, raped, robbed, molested and tortured by illegal Barbarians brought into our country for cheap labor and votes.. Many more Americans have been gunned down, framed and jailed by Pagan Traitors in the FBI, DOJ, IRS, Courts, et al. I am concerned for my life and freedom, as are all patriots, in the absence of the Rule of Law and a Constitutional government. It is clear to Patriots that our Constitution and God Given Rights have been subverted by the Treason of Communism (modern word for Paganism), love of Money and Power. These corrupt bastards should cease their destruction of the Rule of Law, if for no other reason than to save their own miserable lives from the guaranteed retribution of “We The People”.

Anyone reading our Constitution, can understand the unconstitutional and criminal actions of our Pagan officials and judges. Our Constitution encourages and justifies retribution.

People in the Western States, like the Bundy Family, et al. ,have called out the government bureaucrats for the unconstitutional use of government power, and have been put down with every possible corrupt tool of power, including death. I commend these patriots for not firing “The Second Shot Heard Around the World”.  President Trump must stop this by terminating the DOJ. the FBI and firing all employees. Judges at all levels who refuse to obey constitution should also be fired.

Also, we must not forget the danger and evil of  Islam. Sidney Secular wrote on April 12, 2018 in NWV. That: “Islam is not a religion nor is it a cult. It is a complete system of self-contained society. Islam has religious, legal, political, economic and military components.” Like Communism/Paganism in our cities, Islam cannot peacefully co-exist with our Constitution, and has made war on Americans since our founding.

It was Barbarians, felicitated by Pagans, who destroyed Rome, and are now trying to destroy America. Barbarians who unlawfully enter our country are stealing our heritage and killing our people. We also have native born Pagans, who denigrate church going people because of their family life styles and mutual benefits. Pagans promote one night stands, orgies, prostitution, deviant life styles, drugs, and STDs, resulting in a shorter life. Men have a God given attraction to women for mutual benefit.  Pagan whores in Hollywood and Media offer sex to weak men for advantage over decent women. The whores will then come back in 10 to 20 years  for additional compensation when the bloom is off their rose.. The result is that many men now accept the fact that they can’t tell the difference between decent women and whores resulting in less legitimate  interaction.

Our major problem really starts with cowardly teachers who refuse to defend themselves and actively promote Communism/Paganism, Islam and deviant life styles to their students. After students are taught the lies of Communism in schools, at all levels, the Fake News Media reinforces it every day. Teachers and members of the fake Media who promote Communism every day are native born Pagans, and do more harm than those who kill us..

Teachers who refuse to protect themselves with firearms are cowardly and ignorant communists and should  be fired.  Only a moron believes that  gun free zones can exist without becoming killing fields.

When I served my country, I took an oath “To Support and Defend the Constitution of the United States against all Enemies, both foreign and domestic”. The only reason that the left leaning politicians, faux elites, and Communists/Pagans want to take away our God given Constitutional right to keep and bear arms is because they are afraid we will shoot them in self defense.

Everyone in the three branches of federal government, except for President Trump and his staff, most of the Military, First responders and a few others are criminal elites and outright traitors to our Constitution. These Traitors function as a faux government and are responsible for the deaths and impoverishment of millions of citizens. Criminal elites are mostly Communists/Pagans immune from prosecution and protected by the DOJ, FBI, IRS, Courts and others.  The faux government does not honor the  Rule of Law or Constitutional authority. The faux Government operates for the exclusive benefit of Super Rich Families, the Democrat/Republican Establishment, Business Round Table, K-Street Lobbyists, Chamber of Commerce, and Multi National Corporations et al. Faux government employees and leaders are bribed and protected from prosecution.

People taking serious exception to unconstitutional actions by Communists/Pagans in government can expect to be framed, jailed, or shot dead. For details read my last two papers for Newswithviews.com

None of what traitors do would be possible without support of Fake Media and Teachers at all levels who do their best to denigrate our Constitution and promote Communism/Paganism. Members of the fake media are propagandists and a dedicated hate America group. Communism is a deadly lie promoted by teachers who are not our brightest.  In 1968, I asked my Mother why teachers were so deficient. She replied, “ you could not expect more, when she knew from observation that for 50 years only the least capable students went into education”. Many also went into teaching to dodge the draft. Based upon real experience and simple math, this means that many of our teachers have been anti-American and inadequate pansies for at least 100 years. So it should be no surprise when Florida teachers refused to be trained to use a gun to defend students and their own lives in schools, which by law are killing fields. There is little money to pay for police guards. These teachers are mostly  just stupid inadequate  cowardly communists who don’t give a damn, but are otherwise  nice people. We can do without nice teachers unless they are also  patriots willing to shoot invaders and teach the truth. Too many  graduates turn out to be wimpy anti-American Communists/Pagans just like many of their teachers.

Being long in the tooth has given me the time to learn from a modicum of education, modified by more important life experiences such as service in the military and state police, flying as a commercial pilot, College teaching of Economics/Marketing, and operating a business.  I never was a hero, or did great things, but  I did confront unjust organizational  power directly with truth in the real world,  and was smacked down hard most every time by the Pagans. I mention some life experiences so that you can see how ridiculous it is for recent high school  students to give me, or any other experienced adult. advise on most anything.  Make no mistake,  criminal traitors in the DOJ and FBI, et al, will kill or frame anyone who endangers their attempted Communist takeover of our Constitutional Republic.

Even though I have done it in the ignorance of my youth, it is still difficult for me to understand the willingness of today’s military and first responders to protect those parasitic cowards who refuse to even defend themselves, but expect others to defend them.

The odds are that many don’t know the facts of our nation’s founding, nor the difference between Capitalism and Communism. Most don’t know the absurdity of putting  people in gun free zones that are really killing fields. Most don’t know that Communism has killed millions and always fails. Many don’t know that our founders gave us guns to protect us from a rogue government like this one. Without common sense, if you attended most any high school  or college and got your news from the fake media, then you are what Lenin called a Useful Idiot and my comments apply to you. I just heard that one school put a bucket of rocks in every room so students could throw rocks at killers with guns.  The only reasonable alternative is to arm teachers and hire professional guards. But, maybe public schools should be terminated and replaced with public money for other forms of education that support our Republic..

The hard reality for those who oppose President Donald J. Trump is that  President Trump is the only one among his supporters who does not want the opposition in jail, or gone. In the very near future those who oppose President Trump’s program for “ Making America Great Again” will either change sides, leave the country, or engage in open bloody revolt against the people, and die.

Our Federal Government and Courts are over run with Communists/Pagans attempting to overthrow a duly elected President. The DOJ and FBI are so corrupt that all employees must be fired and the department terminated. The FBI attained its present status with media promotion and blackmail under Hoover. The FBI should be replaced with the Militia of the Several States as specified in the Constitution. The IRS and Private Federal Reserve Bank are also beyond redemption and should be terminated. Income tax should be replaced with Tariffs that worked so well until 1913. Replace currency with gold and silver as specified in Constitution. The use of digital money in any form should be outlawed. The federal government controls 24% of all land contrary to the Constitution. Judges who make decisions on what they want the law to be rather that what the constitution says it is, should be terminated at once.  No legal document, much less the Constitution changes over time

Those in Congress are mostly corrupt Communist/Pagans who should pass no law without attaching a statement of authorization from the Constitution.

There are 15 unconstitutional departments.  Failure to terminate the Departments of Commerce, Transportation, Interior, Education, Agriculture, Energy, Health and Human Services, Housing and Urban Development, and Labor are acts of Treason to modify our Constitution

The Treasonous SOBs in Congress gave all departments the faux legal power of all three branches of government ( so much for separation of powers).This means that unelected Bureaucrats can (1) make a rule, (2) charge you with violating the rule,(3) find you guilty, and (4) determine your penalty. This unconstitutional procedure is called “The Administrative State”..

Except for President Trump, there is very little Constitutional Government.

There are no innocent employees of the DOJ and FBI, except for those few with the courage to loudly insist on enforcing the Rule of Law with zero tolerance. The DOJ and FBI, and all their employees must be terminated.

President Donald J. Trump is no saint, but he is a really smart warrior and the only man who can save our Constitutional Republic. “We The People” have his back against all enemies both foreign and domestic.

We The People will support President Trump’s efforts to reinstate our Constitutional Republic with Rule of Law, and remember: “We have the Guns.

© 2018 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Barbara (Flynn) Redgate and Joseph Flynn

When we were children growing up in a 1200 sq. ft. house with 9 kids and two amazing parents right next to the ocean in Middletown, RI, we never dreamed that we would be faced with the surreal situation we are currently enduring.  While we had very little financial means, we were blessed to be raised by two incredible people who instilled in each one of us strong values, very high expectations, and service to this magnificent country. Our dad, Charlie was the son of a WWI, Veteran and an Irish Immigrant mother.  After being drafted at the ripe old age of 18 in 1943, fighting in WWII with Patton’s Army, and afterwards in Korea he and his bride brought their sprawling brood back to the place where they grew up, the “City by the Sea”, Newport, RI.

Our dad, Charlie was the son of a WWI, Veteran and an Irish Immigrant mother.  After being drafted at the ripe old age of 18 in 1943, fighting in WWII with Patton’s Army, and afterwards in Korea he and his bride brought their sprawling brood back to the place where they grew up, the “City by the Sea”, Newport, RI.  This was shortly after Charlie retired as an Army Master Sargent in 1963.

Our Mom, Helen Andrews Flynn, was the Valedictorian of her High School Class and the daughter of the Quarter Master Chief of the Newport Naval Base, (also a WWI veteran) and an Irish Immigrant mother.  Her older brother Frank was a 1942 graduate of the US Naval Academy, a Veteran of the WWII Pacific Theater and one of Admiral Rickover’s key partners in the creation of the US Navy’s Nuclear Submarine Program. Uncle Frank had a major influence on all of our lives and went on to raise 12 kids of his own!   Despite their lack of means, Charlie and Helen raised us with important principles among them; faith in God, loyalty to family and friends, hard work, education but most of all an undying love for this great Nation, the United States of America.

Helen and Charlie were wonderful role models.  After Charlie served his country, he came home and worked as a Manager at a local RI bank.  In Helen’s case, after raising her 9 kids went on to teach, sell real estate, and get her undergraduate and law degrees all while raising 9 rambunctious and incredibly competitive kids during the 60s and 70s, not an easy time to raise teenagers.  Any of our friends or relatives who frequented our family “cookouts” or dinners knew that they had better come with their ideas and arguments in order because you could always be sure a lively political debate would be raging at the Flynn house along with many beers. Out of that “organized chaos” of 57 Tuckerman Ave Middletown RI, otherwise known as “Sea Lodge” we grew up happy, healthy and of course always together.  Newport was a beautiful place to grow up and all of us of course were drawn to the ocean which surrounds the place and still plays a central role in all our lives.  We swam; we surfed, lifeguarded, jumped off cliffs, listened to loud rock and roll music, played all kinds of sports and ran our parents ragged with all of our multiple activities.

When it came to education and work, Helen, the intellectual of our family was clearly the enforcer. With Helen there was no room for slouches or whiners. If the Nuns sent you home with a bad grade or bad behavior slip, you would fear her wrath far worse than anything the good Sisters of Mercy who taught us would ever dole out.  While we were all far from perfect, we grew up with a strong sense of accomplishment.  Helen and Charlie went to every sporting event, graduation, birth, promotion, they could attend and sat by proudly with huge smiles on their beautiful faces.

Like many parents, they were also not immune to heartbreaking tragedy with the death of their eldest child in 1968.  Our sister Helen, Lennie as we called her died, at the young age of 21 in an automobile accident. Incidents like this can be knock out blows for many families, but Helen and Charlie despite their shattered worlds, pulled it together and soldiered on through their anguish once again instilling in us a strong sense of perseverance.

Helen and Charlie have long since left us, but their spirit and their tenacity live on within all of us and their 19 grandchildren and 6 great grandchildren.

The Flynn Family has had very little preparation for the situation our family now find ourselves in.  Helen and Charlie were proud to raise 4 successful entrepreneurs, a Teacher of the Year, and a dedicated servant to their beloved Catholic Church.  Also as the family of a 20-year enlisted man, undoubtedly, their raising of two General Officers, Major General Charles A. Flynn and of course the subject of our current concern Lt. Gen (R) Michael T. Flynn was likely the greatest source of their pride. Many of you are aware of the difficulties currently facing our beloved brother General Mike Flynn and his family.

When General Mike (as we call him) left his last position as Director of the Defense Intelligence Agency in 2014, the 2016 Presidential election was just starting to heating up. As a patriot, his number one priority is to serve America.  During that time many candidates reached out to him for advice on national security and he gladly responded. Donald Trump was one of those candidates.

Little did he realize at the time, that his efforts in helping elect President Trump would result in the assassination of his reputation by the highest ranking political operatives’ in the FBI DOJ and White House National Security Council intent on knocking him out and taking down an elected president

– A situation that is still unfolding today

When General Mike agreed to join President Trump in his campaign to be our 45^th President of the United States, on the surface they had very little in common with one another.  President Donald Trump was a world-famous NYC billionaire real estate tycoon and reality TV show star on his third marriage.  General Mike Flynn married to his high school sweetheart had very recently finished a very decorated and distinguished 33-year military career, the last 8 years of which he spent away from his family fighting international terrorists in Iraq, Afghanistan and all over the world for that matter.  But there was one thing that bound them together; they understood that the worst possible thing that could happen to the country they loved is the possibility of the election of Hillary Rodham Clinton and her cronies.

It was over that seminal issue which would decide the future direction of this country that these two unlikely partners bonded. Make no mistake, our brother, the General, and Candidate Trump foresaw that if Hillary Clinton won the election, America would no longer be the “land of the free” –rather it would be shrouded in a dark cloud of scandalous actions by a cartel of compromised individuals who couldn’t care less about our Constitution and the American way.

The partnership between Candidate Trump and General Flynn led to a successful historic election which changed the course of our nation’s future and exposed the vast corruption that has seeped into our beloved institutions which We The People are currently still battling daily.

There is not enough time to go through all of the Obama-Clinton cabal’s lies and dirty dealings that run the gambit from the Fast and Furious gun-running scandal, Benghazi, the IRS scandal, the VA scandal, the Iran Ransom scandal, Uranium One, the pay-to-play Clinton Foundation scandal, Hillary Clinton’s email scandal, and of course the Clinton Campaign and DNC-paid-for Christopher Steele dirty dossier used to gain improper authorization from a secret FISA court to spy on US citizens.

But General Flynn predicted it…he saw it coming and warned us. At a Trump rally late in the campaign, he said, “This is our time. This is our last shot…this election is about the heart and soul of the United States of America…”

His forthright words were feared by a Deep State of political, power-hungry operatives in America. The player-operatives, in the opinions of many, are part of the Obama-Clinton-Comey-Brennan-Clapper-McCabe-Rice-Yates-Ohr…and others cabal. They knew that their nefarious actions, to steal our America, and our way of life would be exposed when President Trump took office with General Mike Flynn by his side.

As reports have indicated, certain anti-American hateful actors put into play an “insurance policy” when the election was over by activating a weaponized intelligence community, consisting of influential and powerful members of the FBI, DOJ, White House National Security Council and others…and so began the political assassination of General Mike Flynn.

Since December 1, 2017, when General Mike took a bullet in court, massive amounts of information have been released to the public that is unraveling every day, not only the Hillary Clinton email scandal, but also the Deep State plot, seemingly designed to undermine America and Overthrow Our Duly Elected President. Many opinions have been written. Leaks are daily, and Americans are now very skeptical of the FBI, DOJ, and others and we are legitimately mad as hell.

The simple fact of the matter is that people fear those who speak the truth. In our brother’s case, the bad actors knew he spoke the truth. He had already proven his might and character during his tenure at the DIA. They had to get him out of the White House as quickly as they could.

To get what they wanted done, they diabolically spied on, ambushed, and framed General Flynn, while working in his White House office. His name was illegally unmasked and a legitimate phone conversation that he had was illegally leaked to a compliant and complicit press.  It’s despicable how easy it has been for this cartel to run afoul of our Rule of Law and to make a mockery of our Constitution.

Which leads us to the entire point of this article; we wanted to let everyone know that our family will be forever grateful for the outpouring of love, prayers, and support we receive daily from individuals and groups of people who have so generously helped General Mike with his quest to afford the ever-mounting legal bills by donating to the Michael T. Flynn Legal Defense Fund which was created by our family this past September, 2017.   People like General Flynn when asked to serve their country and their President typically do so without question or hesitation.  As a military person, it is in their blood.  However, they are often ill prepared for the ugliness of political life.

In the case of General Mike this ugliness has been on full display even many months before the election.  Because of his outspoken criticism of Obama and Hillary’s failed foreign policy and his deep suspicion of the politicization of the intelligence and law enforcement agencies, our brother General Mike Flynn has found himself a target of one of the worst legal, political and media fueled smear campaigns in modern US history.  No one can prepare themselves financially or mentally for this type of battle.  We knew we had to do something quickly to show our love and support, we implored our brother to let us open The Michael T. Flynn Legal Defense Fund.  We knew that the burden to fight this would be financially impossible and morally exhausting.  We also knew that there had to be many Americans who would gladly lend their support.

Since we launched the Michael T. Flynn Legal Defense Fund, we have been deeply inspired and humbled by the cards, letters, kind messages, and donations we have received.  We never imagined so many people cared so deeply for the future of our nation and for the fate of our brother General Mike Flynn.  Our followers are not big shots, political donors or Hollywood millionaires.  They are veterans, farmers, factory workers and other hard-working everyday American Patriots from all over this great nation.  We want them to know how deeply moved and thankful we are for their support.  Our fight is not over, the legal bills will not cease anytime soon, so we will continue to need your prayers and support. You and your families are forever in our hearts.  We also know that in addition to God’s support, Helen and Charlie Flynn and our sister Lennie are praying for us all as they look down to us from Heaven.  May God Bless You and Your Families and May God Bless the United States of America.

© 2018 Barbara (Flynn) Redgate – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Barbara (Flynn) Redgate: redgatebarbara@gmail.com

All who were blessed to be taught authentic American history clearly understand that the United States of America was founded upon Christian principles. The concept of one living in a land of liberty could never been established and carried out, if it were not for Christian virtues. Self governance as a high priority if adhered to circumvents the need and should squelch the desire to overpower the people with a nanny goat government that bosses law abiding citizens around, from cradle to grave.

Is abundantly clear that government schools, colleges and universities are methodically poisoning the minds of countless American students against all that is good, decent and intellectually stimulating.  After several generations of such dogma, parents have become increasingly unable or unwilling to train their children up in the way that they should go. Thus, many are formally departing from principles and practices that enhance the quality in America.

In 1776 the future President John Adams said, “Statesmen may plan ad speculate for liberty, but it is religion and morality alone, which can establish the principles upon which freedom can securely stand.” That mindset was widely held among the Founders who helped shape the political, educational, and legal foundations of the new republic.  Men such as Daniel Webster, Benjamin Franklin, Benjamin Rush, Samuel Adams and George Washington echoed these same sentiments.  They firmly believed that the strength of the republic was dependent upon the morality of her people, and that the Christian way of life must undergird it. The saw the education of young minds at the heart of it.

Not surprisingly, most of America’s oldest universities were founded by preachers and churches.  Harvard, William and Mary, Yale, Princeton, Kings College, Brown, Rutgers, and Dartmouth were started by Christian ministers and church affiliations.  Harvard University, for example, which was founded in 1636 by the Puritans adopted the “Rules and Precepts” of the university that stated:  “Let every student be plainly instructed, and earnestly pressed to consider well, the main end of his life and studies is, to know God and Jesus Christ which is eternal life (John 17:3) and therefore lay Christ at the bottom, as only the foundation of all sound knowledge and learning.”

Even Harvard’s original seal, which can be seen etched in the walls of the campus today, states upon it these words: “Truth for Christ and the church.”  For you American detractors, I’ll agree with only one of your constant complaints.  “Our republic isn’t perfect,” but I must tell you she is good in many ways.  As long as the principles of doing right, trusting God, appreciating our nation, striving to build great families and encourage individual achievement our republic was assured greatness.

But in recent decades we have witnessed American decline in education, individual liberties, parental rights, freedom of or from religion and, the God given right of self protection.  There are several main factors to blame for those setbacks.  But for me, the number one cause for the decline of our national quality of life lies squarely at the feet of the wimpy and complacent church, or body of Christ.

From America’s humble beginnings until the 1960s, the Christian church of various denominations had a major influence on society.  Our republic became number one economically, militarily and educationally.  Believe it or not, American cities were at onetime renowned for their beauty and civility.  The American dollar, known as the greenback was the unchallenged economic standard of the world.

Unfortunately, over time the body of Christ and Christians in authority throughout society literally gave up their positions of authority to the leftists who have set out to literally ruine America beyond repair.  Good people of God shrunk for positions of authority in education, the entertainment industry and even mainline church denominations like the Methodists, Episcopalians, and Lutherans to name a few are headed by leftists who do not encourage adhering to the moral standards enumerated in the living word of God.   Now America is in a battle for her very existence as a great nation. You might call it our second Civil War.

The good news is that America now has a president who is seeking to govern n behalf of our republic, rather than allow foreign interests and leftist destroyers have their wicked way.  Many Christians are waking up and discovering the power of prayer and seeking to obey Christ and occupy until He comes.  Christians are once again realizing they are not the doormats of the world and are to be salt and light in the world setting a standard instead of simply trying to go along to get along.  Most surprisingly are the increasing numbers of patriotic Christians who honestly care about the United States and are not just sitting around waiting around on the fly away doctrine to take them to their mansion in the sky.

The United States is worth fighting for and with Providential Guidance “We the People” will defeat those who seek to bring tyranny around our necks.  To put quote John Paul Jones: “We have only just begun to fight.”  Are you in?  Don’t miss the Ron Edwards Experience Fridays at 1:00 PM PST, 4:00 PM EST on AM 1180 KCKQ Reno, Nevada, shrmedia.com, Spreaker, americamatters.us and now at 8:00 PM PST on goodtalkradio you can enjoy The Ron Edwards Experience and throughout the day The Edwards Notebook commentary airs on both goodtalkradio.com and freedominamericaradio.com.  The Ron Edwards Experience also graces the talkamericaradio.com radio stations and internet connections on Sundays at 12:00 AM

© 2018 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

We’ve got to start listening to leftists. They keep telling us who they are and what they want to do—and it ain’t good.

For starters, they’d like us to stop reading the Bible. The editors of Gentleman’s Quarterly, a magazine for doofuses who care about what other doofuses think of their clothes, last week published a list of “21 Books You Don’t Have to Read”, in which God’s Word was No. 12 on the list. They don’t like it because it’s “foolish” and “repetitive” and “ill-intentioned.” They recommend we read, instead, something called “The Notebook,” about “two brothers who have to get along when things get rough.” Goodbye, creation of the world. Goodbye, Good Samaritan. Sayonara, Psalms. I think we can take it as given that these guys never read it.

Oh—and goodbye faith and hope, forgiveness of sins, and eternal life. We don’t need no stinkin’ hope.

Once they’ve weaned us off the Bible, they’d kind of like to do away with our Second Amendment right to bear arms. We don’t need no stinkin’ self-defense. So a bunch of “celebrities” and “activists”—rapidly becoming dirty words, those two—have banded together to form a mob called NoRA, short for “No Rifle Association”. Led by a potty-mouthed high school kid who curses his parents on national TV, this bunch vows to put down the National Rifle Association—although you’ll search in vain for the name of any of the NRA’s 5 million members who ever perpetrated a mass shooting. But that’s leftism: blame innocent, peaceable, law-abiding people for the acts of a few homicidal maniacs who choose not to obey any of our hundreds of existing gun laws. Disarm everybody—except for those psychos, criminals, and terrorists who don’t obey the law.

What do they mean by “No Rifle”? I think they mean no rifles allowed. We should take them at their word.

Having disposed of the Second Amendment, they take aim at our free speech rights enshrined in the First Amendment. We don’t need no stinkin’ free speech, either.

The California legislature is processing a bill to ban and criminalize all speech, all writing, that goes against “LGBTQ priorities”. Assembly Bill 2943, which has already sailed through two committees, would criminalize “efforts to change behaviors or gender expressions.” It seems to be aimed at practicing psychologists, psychiatrists, or counselors whose clients ask them to help them get rid of unwanted sexual attractions; but the bill is so vaguely written that it could be used against virtually anybody—commentators who dissent from the agenda of Organized Sodomy, parents who teach their children that there are only two “genders,” and Biblically orthodox churches where homosexual acting-out is presented as a sin.

Why they think such a freedom-crushing law would survive ten minutes of a court challenge is a mystery, but obviously they think they can get away with it. Simply put, the law would allow no one to have any opinion on this issue that is not endorsed by gays and government. Maybe they can find a wacko leftid judge somewhere who thinks it’s a good idea.

We don’t need no stinkin’ Bill of Rights.

I make it a rule to believe bad people when they say they’re going to do bad things. They will certainly try very hard to do them.

No Bible, no self-defense, no right to hold a dissenting opinion—only the right to say and do whatever our masters tell us we can say and do. That’s who they are, that’s where they’re coming from, and what’s where they want to take the rest of us. Please don’t forget that the 2016 Democrat platform included a plank authorizing the Attorney General to “investigate” the newly-created crime of Climate Change Denial.

This is why liberals must never, never, ever again be allowed to take power in our country.

Because if they do, it won’t be our country anymore.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Why not stop in and visit? A single click will take you there.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

On my travels throughout America, I have the privilege to speak to youth in public, private, and home schools and occasionally churches.  While touring in Iowa I had the chance to address a mixed crowd that included a high school church youth group.  My first thought when speaking to youth is, Awesome, I can teach and equip these kids with what they need to stand against the secularists in America’s current culture war. After all, every youth loves to challenge the status quo. At least I did.

During this presentation I asked the question “So what makes you an American?”  I believe it is ascribing to the doctrine of what the U.S. Code calls the “organic law of the United States” – The Declaration of Independence.

This amazing document contains the ideology that all men are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness. AND to secure these God-given rights, governments are instituted among men. Therefore, the principal prerequisite to American citizenship is the acknowledgement that there is a God, our rights come from Him, and the purpose of civil government is to secure (protect) our God-given rights.

After devoting 5 minutes to that concept (a concept which I thought would have been a presupposition to all youth that were at this event), I was directly affronted by at least 30% of the Christian youth present.  Their 16-year-old spokesperson asserted, “We cannot force a Muslim to listen or learn the Christian value system in a public institution.”

I retorted, “The Muslim is free to leave, but you will find he won’t because the tolerance of the Christian ethic is what drew him and every other immigrant to America. Tolerance and liberty are anathema in much of our world today, especially Muslim controlled countries.”

I loved this young man’s tenacity and courage to stand in an auditorium full of people and challenge what he thought was fallacy. We fenced a little on the topic of religious freedom and what that truly meant.  His arguments were not very deep because the government school systems are not designed to give understanding but rather simple rhetoric, which is becoming more and more antithetical to American tenets.

I want the youth of this nation to understand you can’t subjugate a Christian people. They won’t stand for it! A Christian culture will recognize and reject tyranny before tyranny can get a foothold. A Christian people, by virtue of their understanding of God’s creation, their knowledge of history, their comprehension of the divine origin of law, and their assurance of heavenly citizenship, will never suffer earthly leaders who do not speak and act lawfully.

In order, therefore, to subjugate and enslave a Christian people, you must first de-Christianize them. You must remove from the culture that which prevents you from conquering them.

I am grateful for the opportunity to speak publicly with this youth, and of course we continued our dialogue privately to an exceptional conclusion regarding history, understanding, and mutual respect.  I live to change this anti-Christian cultural tide and I hope you do to.

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2018 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

Part 3:  The African-American tribe, Black Lives Matter, three out of four black children born out of wedlock, joblessness, welfare, violence, Chicago.

African-Americans arrived in America, not as hopeful immigrants, but bound in chains.  Christian preachers sought to save their souls while white slave-owners beat, raped and lynched them.  Owners ripped their cultures, languages and families to smithereens.

If you can stomach it, watch the movie “12 Years a Slave” to provide you with an idea of the whites’ brutality against the Negro race in America.  On TV, you may see “Underground” as a continuing series showing the trials and tribulations of the Black Tribe in America back in the 1800s.

It took forced integration into the military during WWII before African-Americans enjoyed some semblance of equality.  It took Rosa Parks and Martin Luther King back in 1955—to force Caucasian-Americans to share their seats on the bus and tables at the restaurant.  It took Selma, Alabama’s march led by King to allow African-Americans the ability to eat at any restaurant, watch movies among whites, drink at the same fountains and rent motels.

History watched Jackie Robinson break the baseball color barrier.  Louis Armstrong’s music finally allowed him to dine at the same hotels where he entertained millions.

As you can imagine, the Black Man in America struggled against horrific odds less than 60 years ago in a country where our founding fathers promised every human being the right to “Life, Liberty and the Pursuit of Happiness….”

During the 1960s, I attended Michigan State University.  While Bubba Smith played for the Spartans for a national championship, blacks rioted in Detroit.  Racial differences festered with a guy named Sam Riddle whom I confronted at East Holden Hall when his brothers and he tried to break through the exit door of the cafeteria for a free meal.  As a staff member, I stopped him, so he threatened to kill me.  At the next dinner, he brought 80 of his brothers into the dining hall, lined up at one end, and drove everyone out of the hall by tipping their plates and pouring milk on their heads.  If I had been in the dinning room, his buddies would have killed me.

Blacks let the whites know that the “same ole same ole” wouldn’t cut it any longer.

With the voter rights and equal rights bills signed into law by Lyndon Baines Johnson, he gave power to Black America.  At the same time, Johnson—who proved himself a raging racist—said  (to a trusted staff member) after signing the bills, “With those bills I signed, we (democrats) will have the ni**ers’ votes for the next 100 years.”

I watched history up close and personal.  But 50 years later, racism continues in this country both black against white and white against black. It’s sad beyond measure, and it proves one thing: ethnic tribes shun integration.  You see it as you watch weekly racial confrontations on the national news.  Watch Black Lives Matter grow into a nationally violent entity every time they see injustice to their black brethren.

Yes, millions of Black Americans enjoy reasonable lives with jobs and homes.  Millions of African-Americans live far better than virtually all their forefathers back in Africa—where killings, diseases, tribal wars, overpopulation, lack of clean water, religious wars, and worse, continue with a stranglehold on that continent.  Would any Black American woman ever choose to immigrate back to the Congo, Sudan, Ethiopia or Somalia?

But for millions of African-Americans living in the projects in Chicago, Detroit or New York City, life reveals illiteracy, poverty, lack of personal will to learn or lack of intellectual horsepower, and lack of jobs for specific educational levels or intellectual abilities.  The black family unit disintegrates into chaos and violence. In its wake, angry young men and millions of illegitimate babies explode upon the American landscape.

An astounding 73 percent of African-American children arrive out of wedlock and suffer without fathers as their single mothers subsist on welfare—with no end in sight.  They live with drug-addicted mothers, broken homes, violence, endless TV and lack intellectual curiosity to succeed in school.  Millions of blacks reach 18 without the ability to read, write or perform simple math.

Blacks protest police shootings, yet black on black murders exceed 6,100 annually. That means they kill themselves with guns and knives at a rate far greater than police officers.  For example:  Michael Brown’s attack on a police officer that led to the Ferguson, Missouri riots.  The same happened in Baltimore when a black man fought with police officers and died in the struggle.

Ironically, when police back off because of racial reasons, crimes skyrocket because black youth see an opening to “Smash and Grab” in big cities where anarchy reigns.  Blacks kill for sport with “Knockoff Games”.  As the blacks overwhelm the law in cities,  whites flee. Detroit, Michigan dropped from one of America’s most successful cities of 1.85 million down to its 648,000 today—all because of black violence on the streets, car-jacking’s at stop lights, graffiti, violence at schools and endless welfare and babies.  The Detroit riots of 1968, which I witnessed, terrified the whites into fleeing.

The official U-6 category of unemployment has shown explosive rates for young adults aged 18 through 29.

Those unemployment rates for workers who want a full-time job but can’t find one:

30% — for all persons in the U.S. aged 18-29 without college
35% — for Hispanic Americans in that group
40% — for Black Americans in that group

 Ironically, the Black Caucus in Congress and this black president did nothing to change those figures in the past seven years.  Instead, both entities promoted unsecured borders for endless illegal immigration and continued importing 1.2 million legal immigrants every year for the past seven years—decisions that ensured millions of African-Americans languishing in unemployment lines.

Obviously, this column barely touches the surface of the boiling caldron of despair and anger of African-Americans. Their families suffer from unemployment. Their youth suffer in the projects with no solutions in sight.

Of note, “Black Lives Matter” forms a whole new violent tribal group that incorporates angry black youths to murder, rob and commit anarchy against the American flag and the people of America.   You can’t get much more tribal than that. When you add it to the Muslim Louis Farrakhan, who preaches for the killing of whites, our boiling caldron of black anger may explode before our eyes.

At some point, President Trump must engage a panel of the finest educators, business people and entrepreneurs to create an entirely new “educational-jobs dynamic” in America to provide a living wage and suitable work for the capacities of African-Americans. Should that not occur, we face horrific civil unrest and flag-stomping demonstrations across America where black poverty, crime and hopelessness dominate.  Thus, we lose the cohesiveness and talents of black Americans.  Fact: like the passengers on the Titanic, we’re all in this together, so we must work it out.

Part 4:  15 million illegal Mexicans within America, changing English to Spanish, cultural flux, slums, trash, lawlessness. Jobless Americans because of endless immigration.

© 2018 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

On Wednesday, U.S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions discussed immigration enforcement at a special joint conference co-sponsored by the Southwestern Border Sheriff’s Coalition (SBSC) and the Texas Border Sheriff’s Coalition (TBSC). The conference was held in Las Cruces, New Mexico.

Despite the anti-Trump news media, political activists and politicians denigrating President Donald Trump’s latest border security actions — such as the deployment of National Guard troops on the southern border — the immigration enforcement plan enjoys widespread support among the nation’s sheriffs.

Southwestern Border Sheriffs’ Coalition was organized to assist Sheriffs, who are empowered by their state constitutions, from Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and California, whose counties are situated within  25 miles of the international boundary between the United States of America and the Republic of Mexico, with the protection of lives, property and the rights of the citizens and inhabitants, maintain order and public safety in the United States along the Republic of Mexico boundary.

It also supports the enforcement of laws impartially, and the working partnership with other law enforcement agencies, organizations, and community partners.

According to a Conservative Base/National Association of Chiefs of Police earlier this week, National Guard troops began deploying after the announcement of the much-heralded authorization. In press statements, Mattis and Secretary of Homeland Security Kirstjen M. Nielsen said DHS worked closely with border-state governors and identified security vulnerabilities the National Guard could address.

“We appreciate the governors’ support and are dedicated to working with them to secure the national borders,” Mattis and Nielsen said.

DoD and DHS are committed to “using every lever of power to support the men and women of law enforcement defending our nation’s sovereignty and protecting the American people,” they said, adding that they will continue to work with the governors to deploy the necessary resources until the nation’s borders are secure.

Here in its entirety is the transcript of Attorney General Jess Sessions:

Thank you, Sheriff Martinez, for that introduction, for your leadership as Chairman of this Coalition, and for your 40 years in law enforcement.

Thank you also to Clint McDonald of Terrell County, Texas, Larry Guerra of El Paso, and my friends Harold Eavenson and Jonathan Thompson.  I also want to thank Sheriff Leon Wilmot and Sheriff Mark Dannels, both whom have shared their experiences and insights in Washington on numerous occasions.  Mark, you’ve been one of the strongest advocates for a secure border, and I want to thank you for that.

It is an honor to be with all 31 of our sheriffs from San Diego to Brownsville.

I just had the opportunity to visit the U.S. Attorney’s office in Albuquerque.  This afternoon I’ll be visiting the U.S. Attorney’s office here in Las Cruces.  Thanks for the invitation to visit with you.

I understand that you heard from Steve Cook yesterday.  He is a tough act to follow.  I hope you all got a chance to meet him.  He is the Director of our Office of Law Enforcement Liaison, and an important part of my team that ensures we are serving our law enforcement partners and growing those relationships.

On behalf of President Trump, I want to thank each and every one of you for your service to this country.  We’ve got your back.

We recognize that you are the thin blue line that stands between law-abiding people and criminals – between a family’s security and lawlessness.  You protect us and our communities, and you secure our country from drugs and violence.

And I think this group is particularly important.  Everything that happens on our border affects the entire country.

A 2,000 mile border leaves this country vulnerable to transnational criminal organizations like drug cartels, violent street gangs like MS-13, human traffickers, and other criminals who bring drugs, guns, and gang violence into our communities.

Most of the heroin, cocaine, methamphetamine, and fentanyl in this country was not made here.  It came here across the border.  These are the deadliest drugs this country has ever seen—and they are killing more Americans than ever before. From coast to coast, people are dying from drugs that were brought over this border.

Wearing the badge anywhere takes courage.  But officers on the border face a unique set of challenges.  You have limited resources.  You need manpower and equipment.  And you face violent and dangerous threats every day.

We have a crisis at the border. 

Last month, we saw a significant increase in illegal border crossings from the lows we saw last year.  We saw a steep drop after President Trump’s inauguration with record low illegal crossings for most of his first summer in office.  But now illegal entries have begun increasing again.

Some of it could simply be the Trump economy, which has been booming.  It’s no surprise that the lure of employment is a magnet for illegal immigration.

The lack of a wall on the southern border is an open invitation to illegal border crossings.  The failure of Congress to move on the wall and to take other necessary steps is sending a message of irresolution and uncertainty.

But the increased crossings are also happening because of the loopholes in our laws being exploited by illegal aliens and open border radicals every day.

For example, the last Administration released large numbers of illegal aliens who illegally crossed our border, but who claimed that they were afraid to return home.  Unsurprisingly, the exploitation of this “credible fear” loophole exploded.

After their release from custody, a large number of these aliens simply disappeared—never showing up for their hearings in immigration court.  The vast majority who did show up had their asylum claims denied—although in many cases years after their illegal entry into the United States.  The claims were denied because the claims were not justified.

Many smugglers and transnational criminal organizations have also been exploiting another loophole in our immigration laws that pertains to the ability to quickly return purported “unaccompanied alien children” back to their home countries after they illegally enter the United States.

We can return UACs from Canada and Mexico relatively quickly—but because of loopholes in our laws, the large numbers of UACs from Central America are not able to be returned quickly.  Instead they are released into the interior of the United States.

They know this, of course, and that is why so many of these children are flooding across our border.  They know that they can take advantage of our system.

That frustrates and undermines the work of our Customs and Border Protection Officers. And it has terrible consequences for this country.

For example, in just four days at the end of March, Customs and Border Protection apprehended five juveniles who were allegedly smuggling killer fentanyl across the border.  Between the five of them, they allegedly had more than 16 kilograms of fentanyl—enough to kill millions of people.  One of them also carried enough cocaine to kill thousands.

I could go on.  There are many more stories like these—not to mention the countless deaths from drug overdoses—stories that show, every day, the real consequences of the illegality at our border.

It is unacceptable. It cannot continue. No one can honestly defend that status quo.

We are a strong, prosperous, and orderly nation.  And such a nation must have a lawful system of immigration.

Nations must have borders.

But let no one contend that we reject immigration and want to “wall off America” from all lawful immigration.  Such arguments are totally false.

Every year, we grant lawful permanent resident status—green cards—to 1.1 million aliens.

It is only reasonable that the good and decent people of this country want to end the illegality, create a rational immigration flow, and protect the nation from criminals.

The American people have demanded this of Congress for more than 30 years.

Law enforcement officers have been asking for the same thing.  Last month, nearly 400 sheriffs from across America sent a letter to Congress asking them to finally secure the border and take action against sanctuary policies.

It cannot be that someone who illegally crosses the border on Monday and makes it to Albuquerque or Santa Fe on Tuesday is home free—never to be removed.

It cannot be that a great nation rewards those who unlawfully enter its country with legal status, Social Security, welfare, food stamps, and work permits.

The first thing we should do to end the illegality is to stop rewarding it.

The United States of America is not an idea—we are a nation.  We have a Constitution, laws, and borders, all of which are designed to protect our nation’s interests.

Most Americans get this.  They are working hard to make ends meet, follow the rules, and try to keep their loved ones safe.

Under President Trump, we’ve seen wages increase at the fastest pace in a decade.  And we can already hear the open borders crowd—and certain sectors of the business lobby—starting to complain.  But we absolutely must not flood the labor market with foreign workers—legal or illegal—in order to bring wages down.

Our citizens want our government to think about them for a change.  They have dreams too.

With President Trump, we have a new era of support for law enforcement like we haven’t seen in a long time.  You might even say we have a new sheriff in town.

Under President Trump’s strong leadership, we have taken a number of steps to make your jobs easier by taking criminals off the streets and by restoring the rule of law to our immigration system.

First of all, the President has ordered the Department of Defense to work with the Department of Homeland Security to secure our border.

Second, the Department of Justice is taking actions to bring down the 680,000-plus case backlog in our immigration courts.

That includes a surge last year of more than 100 immigration judges to our southern border.  And we are actively working with our partners at DHS to ensure that we can deploy judges electronically and by video-teleconference to efficiently handle more cases in the near future.

I have made it clear to these judges that we expect them to complete cases quickly and efficiently.  Not to put them on hold—but to complete them.  We are now directing them to complete at least 700 cases a year.  This is about average.  This is not a radical goal, but a rational policy to ensure consistency, accountability, and efficiency to our immigration court system.

Third, we have appointed a Border Security Coordinator in each U.S. Attorney’s Office, each of whom carry a number of responsibilities to ensure the restoration of the rule of law in our immigration system.

Fourth, we have gone to court with the biggest sanctuary jurisdiction in America—the state of California.

We cannot allow states, cities, or counties to violate federal law.  Sanctuary policies hinder the work of federal law enforcement; they’re contrary to the rule of law, and they have serious consequences for the law-abiding people.

Cities, states, and counties that knowingly, willfully, and purposefully release criminal aliens back into their communities are sacrificing the lives and safety of American citizens in the pursuit of an extreme open borders policy.  If a jurisdiction won’t accept the deportation of someone who enters illegally and then commits another crime—then who do they think should be deported?

We are not asking you or anybody else to enforce our immigration laws for us.  Our ICE agents do incredible work every day.  But we welcome your voluntary cooperation, and I encourage you to consider joining the effective 287(g) program with our partners at ICE.

We are determined to finally end “catch and release.”  On Friday, President Trump ordered me to report to him on what we have done—and what we can do in the future—to fix this broken system.

That same day, I ordered a change to Department criminal prosecution policies on for those who enter our country illegally.

I have ordered each United States Attorney’s Office along the southwest border to have a zero tolerance policy toward illegal entry.  Our goal is to prosecute every case that is brought to us.  There must be consequences for illegal actions, and I am confident in the ability of our federal prosecutors to carry out this new mission.

Our team here in New Mexico has already demonstrated its effectiveness over the last year or so, with illegal entry prosecutions increasing sevenfold in just one year, and continuing to increase in 2018.

Making this our national policy sends a clear message: if you break into this country, we will prosecute you.

That will deter thousands of illegal aliens.

But there is still much for us to do.

Ultimately, ending illegal immigration will require action from Congress.  And if Congress wanted to, they could end illegal immigration tomorrow.

It’s time for Congress to finally take action.  A great nation cannot allow this lawless disgrace to continue any longer.  The sheriffs in this room deserve better.

I want to close by reiterating my deep appreciation and profound thanks to all of our sheriffs.  Since even before our founding, the independently elected Sheriff has been seen as the people’s protector, keeping law enforcement close to and amenable to the people.

The work that you do – that you have dedicated your lives to – is essential.  I believe it.  The Department of Justice believes it.  And President Trump believes it.

You can be certain about this: we have your back and you have our thanks.

[YouTube Video]

[YouTube Viseo]

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

That well-fed Muslim Fresno State “Professor,” Randa Jarrar, who publicly cheered the death of much loved Barbara Bush, is now making public terrorist threats against us–The United States–(which is a crime) while this blimp brags publicly; “I cannot be fired because I am a tenured professor!”  Yeah, you go girl. You no doubt will when this is published.

Meanwhile a new video discovered by The Fresno Bee, about this ship wreck PRAISING THE 9/11 PLANE HIJACKERS, whom she called, “resistance fighters,” as well as calling for acts of domestic terrorism against specific individuals….wait… didn’t she cross a line here?

The video shows her discussing Fresno’s agriculture industry, noting that “a lot of the farmers are Trump supporters and just f—ing stupid.” Farmers, take note of this.  She also stated that she cannot stand “the white, hetero patriarchy.”

She goes on to ramble in her own Fresno classy professor way: “I don’t give a f—, I’m ‘buying guns. I’m an American (really!), I’m buying guns. The other side is, like, doing some stupid s–t, I’m gonna do some stupid s—t, I’m tired of, like, being the bigger person (at last truth)–literally am usually–but like, I’m also just tired of the left being, like, f—-ing stupid and being, like, ‘No we have to, like, be gentle…no don’t be f—ing gentle.’

Remember parents, this is who you are paying a fortune to indoctrinate your kids, and what does this ‘tenured’ professor teach? ENGLISH!!!  Yea. we can see that.

Later in the video, Jarrar calls for attacks against someone named Spencer, asking why “Spencer’s house is still standing.  “It needs to be f—ing broken into it. I don’t give a f—” (Robert Spencer is an author who writes the truth about Islam)

Mr. President, arrest this dyke woman (as other newspapers describe her), punish her severely and keep her in prison for the safety of our country. You are the only one who will handle this outrage properly. This is why you were overwhelmingly voted into office. The other politicians and D.C. Department heads. including Homeland Security and DOJ are peopled by Muslims and Communists. This is insane!

From this viewpoint, we are seeing America’s stupidity being the forerunner to America’s doom. It is unfolding before our very eyes with no rightful interference from our politicians who belong to George Soros. How can we be so dumb as to see and hear these things and do nothing.

So Mr. President, it is now in your corner. This is why you are now in the Oval Office.

Haven’t you noticed Readers? We are witnessing the closing days of history when it will all be over…the world, the knowledge of the world and…..us. The Bible lays it all out in detail to forewarn us so we can prepare our destiny with God before it happens. Remember,  practically all the prophecies given before Jesus came have been fulfilled….proven to be accurate. The rest will be fulfilled as well in the coming days.

As the former spokesman for Men’s Wearhouse would say–(go to deep voice):

“I guarantee it.”

Again, The Bible foretold these closing days over 2000 years ago, predicting exactly the way the end will come about, along with clues God has been giving us throughout The Holy Scriptures, showing extraordinary events that cannot be overlooked since they are clues showing the end coming closer and closer. And at this moment we are closer than anyone suspects.

No wonder Satan is so obsessed with turning people away from God and His Word. After all, if people do not read the Bible, learn about God and Jesus, they will fail to accept Jesus as their savior thus receiving salvation, meaning being saved, while the devil will delight in taking the biblically ignorant down with him to the fiery pits of hell, where they will live in agony forever.

Satan has his evil army on duty at all times to prevent us from believing in God, ridiculing us for going to church and reading the Bible. Satan wants the souls of every man, woman and child and spends full time trying to snatch all our souls out of God’s Hand. Don’t let him do it.

This is why the Democrat-Communists have worked so hard to get prayer and Bible reading out of the schools and have done so successfully. 

They have worked to destroy the Church and have his chief disciple, George Soros, order the media that he virtually owns, to always write negative things about Christians, pastors and churches, in order to discourage anyone from having anything to do with the church. This is why there is so much slanted fake news.

And this is carried over to Hollywood that portrays Christians, churches and pastors in a negative light in their powerful persuasive movies that bring realistic emotions to those foolish enough to buy a ticket to see that propaganda.

These movies make audiences sympathize with criminals, murderers and adulterous married couples, along with the sexually confused, convincing the targets that here is where the truth lies based upon the producer’s lies.

In the movies, Bible believers are portrayed as bumpkins while atheists are portrayed as the intellectual caring people. Haven’t you noticed this?

So we see, in these last days, how desperate the devil is to take as many of us down with him as can possibly be snared. Satan wants to persuade people to get away from God, Jesus or church itself. That is why he hates the Church and the Bible that snatches people’s souls out of his hands.

Wait–hold on! Something just clicked!  Satan wants the church and all Christians destroyed. Isn’t that precisely what the Communist Party wants? Of course since they know that a Christian mind cannot be enslaved. And the Communists want the entire world to be enslaved to them.

They are panicked since they have not succeeded in establishing a New World Order, under Communist tyranny, where George Soros will sit on a global throne as Potentate of The World.  And why have the failed to do that?

Because ONE country is standing in the way of the New World Order–The  United States of America!  Americans have so many Christians and churches standing in the way of the “progressive” takeover that it makes the goal nearly impossible.

So the Democrats are actually the Communist Party, which is why they are so active in their attempts to close churches and to actually to make the Bible illegal, prohibiting military chaplains from having a Bible in sight or to read from one, even during military funeral services! And Jesus is not to be mentioned at any time. Beg Pardon?

We of course have proof of all of this…a heavy sponsor of the Democratic Party is: CPUSA–Communist Party USA. They were the force that shoe-horned Obama into the Oval Office.

And it was the DEMOCRATS who are known to have spurred these actions. We mentioned above how the devil had enforcers to carry out his goal to see Christianity abolished. These enforcers also are referred to as Satan’s Angels.

OK, here it comes: Since the Democrats have for years created relentless attacks on Christians, even trying to find a way to close down churches, we now have the correct description of the Democratic Party. They are correctly, yes, CORRECTLY known in the Spirit world as Satan’s Angels.

To vote for a democrat is to openly vote for Satan. I kid you not. This writer feels like the voice crying in the wilderness, pastors, man your pulpits. Readers, recommit yourselves to God. This is your final opportunity to defeat Satan. Begin with defeating Satan’s ‘Angels.’ You now know exactly who those are.

We acknowledge that the Democrats today are not anything like the democrats of yesteryear. Back then they were decent human beings who had character, dignity, and who served the people. That is BEFORE communist infiltrators got in the Party, multiplied and took it over to serve their own ends.

EXTRA NOTE TO READERS.  Do not question my belief in God and the Bible. I actually died in 2003 after a stroke and made the ultimate field trip. Yes it is all real, and by the way, when you do leave your body it is not at all scary. Indeed, there was no fear, but perfect calm and it felt totally natural. So please make Bible reading a normal part of your days. And spend more time in church. Your future eternity depends upon it.

Photo Caption: Fresno State’s Muslim Professor Randa Jarrar (L) Talks Terrorism with Colleagues.

© 2018 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

“A people that values its privileges above its principles soon loses both.” – Dwight D. Eisenhower  

It has been rightly stated, “Fool me once shame on you, fool me twice shame on me!” When does that “shame on me” come into play when it comes to the blatant hypocrisy of those who call themselves conservatives who have been fooled over and over again by the current administration?

The sad part about this is what the right calls “the left” is calling them out for their hypocrisies (Matthew 23:3).  I hope you now understand why today’s conservatives are yesterday’s lawless and un-principled liberals.

Do you remember on the campaign trail that Donald Trump was going to have Mexico fund the border wall, and that it would cost $4 billion dollars, and that it was going to be so easy to get the job done?

Well, think again.

How many times was the wall (Malachi 1:4) promised to the American people with ever changing and unfulfilled promises?

The list of false promises and an ever-changing agenda are marked below.

Each statement is different and in a different setting regardless if he is speaking to a reporter or an audience. Donald Trump is simply telling the sheep what it is that they want to hear (Matthew 13:25).

Wasn’t Mexico supposed to pay for the wall?

Donald Trump, “I will build a great, great wall. And I will have Mexico pay for that wall. Mark my words.”

Well, Mr. Trump, I am marking YOUR words.

• The wall is going to be built, folks. Just-in case anybody has any question.
• We need the wall. We’re going to build the wall.
• We’re going to have a wall.
• The wall’s happening.
• Build that wall. Build that wall.
• On day one, we will begin working on an impenetrable, physical, tall powerful, beautiful southern border wall.
• We’ll, I’d love not to build the wall but you need the wall.
• Building it, not negotiable.
• We have no choice.
• We have to close down our government we’re building that wall.

(The government was never shut down! Yet Obama’s $1.3 trillion dollar omnibus bill funding America’s enemies without and within was not only illegally and unconstitutionally signed by Obama, but Donald Trump also signed similar legislation this year behind the media’s smoke and mirrors “March for our lives” on the same weekend)

Remember, Paul Ryan went from saying, “We are not going to pay for that [the wall] to, “We are going to finance the Secure Fence act, which is the construction of the physical barrier.”

Back to Donald Trump mockingly repeating critics, “You can’t get Mexico to pay for the wall.” Of course, you can.

• Do you have any doubt that I will get them to pay for the wall?
• We will build the wall as sure as you are standing there.
• As sure as you are standing there. 100 percent.
• Who’s going to pay for the wall? Audience: Mexico!
• Who’s not going to pay for the wall? Vermont.
• REPORTER: It now appears clear U.S. taxpayers will have to pay for it upfront. What is your plan- TRUMP: That is not clear at all.
• REPORTER: So the American taxpayer will pay for the wall at first?
• TRUMP: All it is, is we’ll be reimbursed.
• Mexico will be reimbursing the United States.
• It will be reimbursed.
• It may be through reimbursement.
• We did discuss the wall, we didn’t discuss payment of the wall.
• I will build the greatest wall that you’ve ever seen.
• I want a gorgeous wall. And you do a beautiful, nice precast plank with beautiful everything. Just perfect.
• CHILD: What’s it going to be made of? TRUMP: Ohhhh, It’s going to be made of hardened concrete, and it’s going to be made out of rebar and steel.
• I’m talking about a wall. See that ceiling up there? Higher.
• We’re thinking about building the wall as a solar wall.
• And were going to have a door in the wall.
• If they ever get up there, they’re in trouble. Because there is no way to get down, maybe a rope.
• It’s not a fence, it’s a wall.
• Yeah, it could be-it could be some fencing.
• Mexico will not pay for the wall. Could we have your comment? I said, yes the wall just got 10 feet higher.
• 10 feet taller.
• 10 feet higher.
• 10 feet higher, higher, higher.
• Let’s say the wall costs $4 billion.
• $5 Billion dollars.
• The wall is going to cost $6 or 7 billion.
• The wall is probably $8 billion.
• It’s going to cost $10 billion.
• The wall’s going to cost $10 billion, maybe 12.
• We’re putting down $25 billion for the wall.
• TRUMP: And who’s going to pay for the wall? AUDIENCE: Mexico! TRUMP: Who’s going to pay for the wall? AUDIENCE: Mexico! TRUMP: Who’s going to pay for the wall? AUDIENCE: Mexico! I’ve never done that before, that’s actually cool. I’ve never done that before-I swear it.

Wasn’t Mexico Supposed to Pay for The Wall?

[YouTube Video]

You just cannot make this stuff up! The hypocrisies of Donald Trump and his blind and unprincipled followers (Matthew 15:14) are unprecedented.

This is what happens when men put their trust in the arm of the flesh (Jeremiah 17:5).  The curse (devoted to destruction) simply falls upon them that refuse to acknowledge the truth (Jeremiah 3:13).

Remember what President Eisenhower stated,

“A people that values its privileges above its principles soon loses both.”

Article posted with permission from Sons Of Liberty Media

© 2018 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

“There is no crueler tyranny than that which is perpetuated under the shield of law and in the name of justice.”     (Charles de Montesquieu – a French Judge – 1689 to 1755)

It was just after breakfast when Natalie, looking out the front window, saw a man walking through the field in front of their home.  She called out to her husband Ryan to check it out.  Ryan hurriedly pulled on his pants and boots and headed out to the middle of the field where an armed man was making notes in a notebook.  Ryan, with a bit of anger in his voice, called out to the man as he approached yelling, “Hey, what the Hell are you doing on my land.  Didn’t you see our No Trespassing signs at the front gate.”

The man responded, “I’m an agent from the Federal Government and I’m just doing a routine inspection.  My authority is greater than that of your No Trespassing signs and I simply ignored them.”

The man’s flippant response really ticked Ryan off.  “Did you read the sign” he quipped.  “Did you read the part where it says, ‘Owner(s) refuse to permit any access, search, audit, assessment, or inspection whatsoever of this property without the presentation of a warrant, prepared as prescribed by the 4^th and 14^th Amendments to the U. S.’ ….. unless you have my written or verbal permission, which you don’t.”  What part of that sign don’t you understand?”

The government agent stopped writing in his notebook, looked up and blurted out: “What’s your name?”  Ryan talked right over the agent’s impertinent question and said, “by what authority do you have the right to trespass on my property?”

The agent, looking annoyed, said, “my right to come on your property any time I wish is authorized by two U. S. Supreme Court decisions in Breard v. Alexander and Florida v. Jardines wherein they state that government agents and law enforcement can come on your property, walk up to your front door and “knock and talk” to you.”  (He’s right.  That’s the law folks if you can believe it.)

Ryan shot back, “Well Mr. government agent, whomever you are, you didn’t come up to my front door and request my permission to trespass on my property, or talk to me, nor did you give me the opportunity to refuse to talk to you under your so-called “knock and talk” authority.  You just unilaterally decided to trespass on my property. Therefore, I am demanding that you leave this property and don’t come back.  If you don’t leave I will swear out a complaint with the county sheriff and the state attorney general and charge you with criminal trespass.  My complaint could make you liable for a $10,000 fine and ten years in jail.  It will also start an investigation into your illegal conduct and you will have to answer to your superiors.  The paper work you will have to fill out will be voluminous.”

“But wait!  I’m not done.”

Then Ryan pulled out a piece of paper from his pocket that he had been saving for such an event and began to read:

“I know the law too Mr. government agent.  My right to question your authority is embodied in the a legal precedent in Federal Crop Ins. Corp v. Merrill, as follows:  ‘Whatever the form in which the Government functions, anyone entering into an arrangement with the Government takes the risk of having accurately ascertained that he who purports to act for the Government stays within the bounds of his authority.  The scope of this authority may be explicitly defined by Congress or be limited by delegated legislation, properly exercised through the rulemaking power.  And this is so even though an agent may himself be unaware of the limitations of his authority.'”

So before you leave, I have the right, under Public Law 93-579, as Codified under 5 USC Section 552a, to obtain certain information from you:”

“As a free man of the United States of America and the state in which I reside, pursuant to said Public Law, I am authorized to gather the following information:”

“First let me enter today’s date and time of trespass:  (as he wrote on the back of his piece of paper)

What is your full name?

What is your government title?

What government agency do you represent?

What are your office and cell telephone numbers?

What is the physical and mailing addresses of the government building out of which you work?

What is your badge or employee number?

What is the make, model and license number of your vehicle?

Is it a government owned vehicle?

What is the specific purpose for entering my private property without my permission?

What is your Legal authority, including law or statute under which you are operating?”

The government agent reluctantly answered all of Ryan’s questions.

Ryan went on.  “And one more thing.  Note that alleged zoning, land use, or environmental code violations, do not establish constitutional reasons for you entering my property.  Your flippant remark that you are ‘doing a routine inspection’ doesn’t hold water with me, and it tramples all over my rights.  Any and all evidence you gather in your ‘routine inspection’ and used against me for any reason, or in any manner, will be challenged in court as having been gathered under color of law and in violation of my Constitutional rights, potentially triggering the penalties of 18 USC 242 that I listed earlier.  Further, I can sue you under 42 USC 1983.

Ryan continued: “Be aware that this information will be passed on to your superiors and to the local sheriff, as well as the local prosecuting attorney and the state attorney general.”

“Further, I have the right to tape, photograph, or make a video record of this trespass violation, including photographing your vehicle, you and your badge or employee ID numbers. 

Ryan puts his pencil and paper in his pocket and said:  “Now that I have gathered the information I am authorized to obtain under said Public Law, I ask that you immediately vacate my property and do not return unless you have secured a legal 4th Amendment criminal warrant, signed by a judge indicating probable cause, along with describing the place to be searched and the persons or things to be seized, photographed, or recorded.  Your ‘routine inspection’ is over.”

In a huff and visibly shaken, the government agent turned and walked towards his car, got into the car and drove away.  He never returned.  Ryan wiped the nervous sweat off his forehead and proceeded back to the house to tell Natalie what happened.   He smiled as he thought on how he just bested an arrogant government agent with the law.  Sadly, most government agents, at every level, think they are the masters instead of the servant and it is up to the people to set them straight, as Ryan just did.

SIDEBAR:  In a recent article entitled, “Can A Sign Revoke Government’s Implied License To Trespass“, we demonstrated how landowners can revoke the “knock and talk” provisions of the two U. S. Supreme Court decisions named above.  We also have a form that a property owner (urban or rural) can use for taking down information about a government intruder.  You can view the form HERE.  Know your rights!

Ladies and gentlemen:  We have reached a point in America where government is now the MASTER of the people and they exercise their power as if they were king.  They invade our property, they collect our private data, they spy on us with three powerful federal agencies, the FBI, the CIA and the NSA, and they continue to pass more laws that bring restrictions to the point of virtual slavery.  We can’t build anything, we can’t say anything and we can’t do anything without obtaining authority, or an expensive license or permit from an alphabet soup of federal, state, or local government agencies.  And we’re supposed to believe that is freedom?

Education Liberty Watch, (ELW) an education watchdog organization, just put out a bulletin on the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) because under the Act the federal government has the authority to collect and store personal, emotional and psychological data on our school age children.  ELW is demanding that FERPA be re-written to remove this authority.

Dr. Karen Effrem, ELW President, stated: “General education and labor databases should not be collecting and storing sensitive, subjective social, emotional, psychological and behavioral data.  Psychological data related to behavioral, mental health, or special education concerns should be gathered only after informed consent of the parents and treated with the same care and confidentiality as medical data, with appropriate sharing with law enforcement as needed under current statutes. If this had been done in the Parkland situation, that horrific tragedy could have been avoided.”

The U. S. Census, designed by the constitution to only collect just the number of humans, their ages and physical location residing in America for congressional representation purposes, is now being used to data mine some of our most personal data.  Sadly, the American people lie down and roll over when the Census taker comes calling, gushing out their most private information to a total stranger.  One of our readers told us that he provided financial information to a Census taker and found that financial information on the Internet shortly thereafter.  Although the Census bureau claims confidentiality, it just ain’t true.  You cannot trust government with your information, much less your life, property ….. or your freedom.

Social media is collecting all of your on-line data, by the minute and allegedly using it for marketing purposes.  What happens when the government decides to serve a written request or a subpoena on Google, Facebook, or Twitter for all the information they have gathered on you?  Will the private corporation shield your data?  Don’t count on it!

In the name of the “law and justice”, government agents invade your privacy every single day.  They trespass on your land, they collect your private information, they hound you for taxes and they bully you into compliance with threats and intimidation.  Just try to challenge the IRS and you will feel the full weight and power of the federal government on your very soul.  None of this is freedom.  It is nothing more than evolving slavery.

But hey!  Some people like being slaves and take the EASY path.  It’s hard work to be self-reliant and independent ….. and free.

Which are you, FREE MAN or SLAVE?

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

It seems that, almost every day, new evidence emerges to validate as prescient the warnings I put forth most recently in my NewsWithViews commentaries “The Irrelevant Second Amendment” and “Another Oracular Pronouncement”—namely, that: (i) in the “weapons-of-war” theory applied in the Kolbe v. Hogan and Worman v. Healey decisions “gun-control” fanatics have hit upon a rhetorically powerful rationalization for actually banning (not simply “regulating”) the very types of firearms which the Second Amendment should most emphatically protect; and (ii) as those decisions prove, the “individual-right” theory of the Amendment provides only an impotent (indeed, an irrelevant) counter-argument.

The latest manifestation of this unsettling development appears in a recent report that Bank of America has announced that it will no longer make loans to, underwrite securities for, and (presumably) otherwise conduct normal banking business with manufacturers which produce and sell so-called “military-style” firearms for civilians’ use. See, e.g., [Link]

To be sure, it is conceivable that Bank of America might determine that a particular manufacturer of firearms under particular circumstances fell so far short of meeting generally recognized standards of (say) solvency, profitability, and sound corporate management as to justify the Bank’s denial of various banking services in that case pursuant to normal banking policy applicable to everyone else. It is self-evidently absurd to assume, however, that Bank of America (or anyone else) could possibly make such a negative determination in the present as to all manufacturers of “military-style” firearms as a class and with respect to every imaginable set of circumstances which might arise in the future. Therefore, Bank of America must be predicating its action, not on a contingently commercial, but on a fixedly ideological, decision. Bank of America has apparently concluded, not that “military-style” firearms for civilian sale can never be manufactured so as to earn profits sufficient to justify the Bank’s conducting normal business with such manufacturers—but (i) that such firearms should not be manufactured and sold at all for civilians’ use, notwithstanding that a significant part of the general public is ready, willing, and able, both legally and economically, to purchase these firearms in the free market; and (ii) that Bank of America should and will do whatever it can to discourage, hinder, and even eliminate such manufacture and sale.

Plainly enough, Bank of America has set out to interfere with, curtail, and even stifle entirely a particular form of legitimate and profitable commerce. If Bank of America can take such economically arbitrary action with respect to the manufacture and sale of certain types of firearms desired by many ordinary Americans, then all banks can do so, with respect not only to those firearms, but also to any and all others. And if banks as a class can take such action with respect to the manufacture and sale of firearms, they can do so with respect to the products and services of any and every legitimate business. Thus, relying on the old adage that “money talks”, Bank of America is declaring no less than that banks are entitled to behave as the veritable arbiters of American domestic commerce—today, with respect to certain firearms which bankers particularly disfavor; tomorrow, with respect to anything and everything that may fall afoul of their peculiar ideological notions.

So what is to be done about this situation?

I. The naïve patriotic response of Americans concerned with preserving “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” would be to appeal to Bank of America’s concern for the Constitution—in general, for “the Blessings of Liberty” which the Preamble identifies as one of the Constitution’s permanent goals; and, in particular, for “the right of the people to keep and bear [specifically ‘military-style’] Arms” for defense of their “Libert[ies]” which the Second Amendment guarantees against “infringe[ment]”. This approach would surely prove to be futile, though. For it is an observation as accurate as it is hoary that merchants—and especially bankers—have no country. And having no country they have no fixed concern for any country’s constitution or laws. Merchants—and especially bankers—respect a nation’s constitution and laws only to the extent that the legal principles they embody can be bent to serve the merchants’ special interests. Indeed, if America’s bankers gave a tinker’s dam about this country’s Constitution, they would refuse to operate as member-banks in the Federal Reserve System—arguably as gross an affront to the Constitution as can be imagined. See my book Pieces of Eight: The Monetary Powers and Disabilities of the United States Constitution (GoldMoney Foundation Special Edition [2011] of the Second Revised Edition, 2002).

II. The naïve economic response of Americans concerned with preserving “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” against economic sabotage would be to employ the supposed restraining and retributive powers of “the free market” by organizing a sustained nationwide boycott of Bank of America (and every other bank which followed its lead). Such a boycott would, of course, be constitutionally protected. See NAACP v. Claiborne Hardware Co., 458 U.S. 886 (1982). But it, too, would likely turn out to be no more than an exercise in wishful thinking. After all, as far as banks in general are concerned, Americans are not blessed with a “free market”. Unfortunately, under contemporary conditions banks are necessary evils which most Americans are not really “free” to refrain from using. Banks are necessary, because ordinary Americans have no practical choice but to employ some bank for business or personal purposes. And with respect to “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” all too many banks are evils, because all too many bankers (at least in the uppermost tiers of that business) are generally anything but friends of that “right”. In aid of attacks on the Second Amendment banks are free to exercise the immense financial power that derives from their oligopolistic position. Ordinary Americans, on the other hand, are “free” only to like it or lump it, but in any event to learn to live with it.

In particular, buoyed by its immense resources Bank of America is probably willing to forego doing nickle-and-dime business with those “deplorable” American “gun nuts” who might opt to boycott it. No doubt the Bank already has evaluated the possible economic downside from a boycott, and discounted it.

Moreover, whatever the possibility of organizing a suitably punishing boycott of Bank of America alone, a boycott would be exceedingly difficult, if not impossible, to sustain should other banks in large numbers align themselves with Bank of America. By acting more or less in unison, the bankers would predictably be able to apply far more financial pressure against owners of firearms among the general public than those Americans could apply to the banks.

III. Obviously, a legislative response to Bank of America’s actions would offer a better chance of success than either a quixotic appeal to bankers’ patriotism or a problematic boycott. Bank of America has set out to dam the stream of legitimate commerce in certain firearms on a nationwide scale. Such is not its, or any bank’s, prerogative, however. In Article I, Section 8, Clause 3 (the Commerce Clause) the Constitution empowers Congress, not Bank of America (or any bank), “[t]o regulate Commerce * * * among the several States”. So how might a Congress concerned with protecting “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” employ the Commerce Clause to thwart Bank of America’s obnoxious new policy?

A. The first inquiry must be “What has Congress already done which might now be thought to be potentially useful?” For one thing, Congress has enacted antitrust laws. If, as might be expected, banks agreed in unison to deny their services to manufacturers of “military-style” firearms supplied to the civilian market, then the Sherman Act’s prohibition of “contracts, combinations, or conspiracies in restraint of trade” could come into play, at least in principle.

In practice, however, proving actual collusion among those banks would likely pose a daunting problem. For, tutored in subterranean machinations by skulks of vulpine lawyers adept at secreting the evidence of their clients’ questionable activities, bankers driven more by ideology than by profits could successfully contrive to act in an ostensibly “independent” manner. Perhaps a sufficiently aggressive investigation would shine enough light into the banks’ dark corners to expose the truth. But, even were actual collusion made evident, would typical prosecutors in today’s Department of Justice and judges in the General Government’s courts—all too many of whom are as antagonistic to “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” as they are well disposed towards the banks—be expected to do anything about it? Hardly.

B. The next inquiry is “What new legislation might Congress enact under the Commerce Clause in order to bring errant banks to heel? History provides an answer.

Although they were then (as they are now) private businesses, places of so-called “public accommodation” (such as hotels, motels, restaurants, and so on) were considered so vital to unimpeded “Commerce * * * among the several States” that in the Civil Rights Act of 1964 Congress employed the Commerce Clause to prohibit them from engaging in racial discrimination. This was perhaps not a wholly surprising development even at that time, inasmuch as Americans’ right to be protected against racial discrimination had long been and was then (as it is now) guaranteed by the Constitution in other areas. But “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms”—including especially “military-style” firearms, according to the Supreme Court’s decision in United States v. Miller, 307 U.S. 174 (1939)—is no less constitutionally secured. And although they too are private businesses, banks are self-evidently enterprises of “public accommodation” which are so much more vital to unimpeded “Commerce * * * among the several States” than run-of-the-mill hotels, motels, and restaurants that Congress could fairly prohibit them from engaging in discrimination driven by the bankers’ ideological disapproval of manufacturers of “military-style” firearms for ultimate sale to ordinary civilians under the aegis of “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms”.

Interestingly enough, Congress’s employment of the Commerce Clause for that purpose would not need to be explicitly linked to that “right” at all. For, as lawyers know, in most instances a statute enacted under the Commerce Clause is constitutionally valid if any so-called “rational basis” for the legislation can be adduced. And, even leaving “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” aside, surely a “rational basis” exists for concluding that “Commerce * * * among the several States” would be seriously impaired were banks allowed to refuse to provide their services to any manufacturers of any legitimate products, not on the grounds of some generally accepted commercial or other economic standard applicable to all of the banks’ customers without distinction, but solely on the basis of a peculiar ideological hobbyhorse (no matter what it may be) which the bankers were riding at the time to the detriment of some disfavored class of customers.

Whatever Congress’s rationale for employment of the Commerce Clause, the banks should not be suffered to complain about such a statutory restriction on their invidiously discriminatory misbehavior. For they are already highly regulated under the Commerce Clause, mainly for the perverse purpose of supplying them with abusive special privileges more than merely arguably against the public interest—including the entire Federal Reserve System, “deposit insurance” designed to prop up their use of the inherently unsound scheme of “fractional reserves”, and periodic “bail outs” with taxpayers’ money when their imprudent business practices give rise to nationwide financial crises. If the Commerce Clause licenses Congress to lavish such unmerited and highly questionable favors on banks, it undoubtedly authorizes Congress to deprive the bankers of the ability to withhold their services from legitimate businesses which happen to arouse their ideological displeasure.

IV. Although legislation enacted pursuant to the Constitution’s general grant of power in the Commerce Clause could suffice to bring arrogant “virtue-signaling” bankers to heel, the better, because more constitutionally specific, remedy would be for Congress to protect “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” against economic subversion by focusing on the first thirteen words of the Second Amendment—namely, “[a] well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State”—implemented through Congress’s power in Article I, Section 8, Clause 16 of the Constitution “[t]o provide for * * * arming * * * the Militia”.

At the present time, a Congressional statute asserts that everyone eligible for “the militia of the United States” who is not a member of the National Guard is automatically enrolled in “the unorganized militia”. 10 U.S.C. § 246. For “[a] well regulated Militia” to function as the Constitution requires, Congress must guarantee at least that all citizens eligible for the Militia have ready access to “Arms” suitable for Militia service—amongst which class of “Arms” “military-style” firearms are self-evidently of the greatest potential importance, in light of the responsibility of the Militia “to * * * repel Invasions” set out in Article I, Section 8, Clause 15 of the Constitution.

The Constitution does not specify exactly how Congress is “[t]o provide for * * * arming * * * the Militia”. In keeping with the pre-constitutional practices which defined the concepts of “arming” and “Arms” at the times of ratification of the Constitution (1788) and the Second Amendment (1791), today Congress could direct some agency in the General Government to disburse suitable “Arms” to “the people” eligible for the Militia. Or it could direct the States to provide such “Arms”. Or it could direct those individuals to supply themselves with particular “Arms” through the free market. Or it could simply allow all such Americans to purchase from domestic manufacturers whatever “Arms” they themselves deemed sufficient—in practical effect, the situation which obtains today (albeit only imperfectly so). See my book Constitutional “Homeland Security”, Volume Two, The Sword and Sovereignty: The Constitutional Principles of “the Militia of the Several States” (Front Royal, Virginia: CD-ROM Edition, 2012).

Obviously, however, Congress could not “provide for * * * arming * * * the Militia” by inhibiting citizens eligible for the Militia from procuring—if in no way other than through their own efforts—“Arms” which would enable them to perform one or another form of Militia service to which Congress has made them liable by statutorily enrolling them in “the unorganized militia”. Neither may it sit idly by while private special-interest groups such as banks attempt to frustrate the constitutional mandate that the Militia be “arm[ed]”. The Constitution, after all, is not a schizophrenic screed. By no conceivable rational reading does it allow Congress to apply the Commerce Clause to underwrite the economic power of banks, so that bankers through their misuse of that power can intentionally set about to defeat the Militia Clauses, and thereby undermine “the security of a free State”. Therefore, Congress can, should, and must regulate banks so as to ensure that they do not interfere in the operation of the free market for firearms, and are suitably punished if they attempt to do so.

A statute sufficient for that purpose would prohibit banks from denying their services to any present or potential customer solely because that customer were a manufacturer, distributor, retailer, or purchaser of “military-style” firearms offered for sale to civilians. The statute would create a civil cause of action for any such customer against whom a bank so discriminated. And the statute would establish a presumption that a bank’s denial of any of its services in such a case were for the purpose of illicit discrimination, would provide for significant statutory damages in every case in which discrimination were established (in addition to whatever compensatory damages might be proven in each particular case), and would mandate the assessment of attorneys’ fees and costs in favor of the complainant.

The advantage of a statute bottomed explicitly on protection of “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” suitable for Militia service would be its disapprobation of the obnoxious theory put forward in Kolbe v. Hogan and Worman v. Healey that ordinary Americans enjoy no constitutional right to possess firearms which rogue judges denounce as “weapons of war”. The constitutional authority of Congress in Article I, Section 8, Clause 15 “[t]o provide for calling forth the Militia to * * * repel Invasions” self-evidently foresees the necessity for citizens statutorily enrolled in the Militia to be armed precisely with “weapons of war”. And the necessity for citizens statutorily enrolled in the Militia to be armed with “weapons of war” self-evidently defines the most important class of “Arms” which the Second Amendment—read in its entirety—protects against “infringe[ment]”. The sooner the American people, through the efforts of their loyal representatives in Congress, ram that reality down rogue judges’ throats the better.

In sum, this would be a relatively straightforward, and undeniably constitutional, means to thwart what will prove to be—if nothing is done to prevent it—a deadly serious inroad by banks on “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms”. Moreover, in light of the orchestrated hysteria in favor of “gun control” now sweeping this country in the wake of the school shooting in Parkland, Florida, one can anticipate that, if banks are suffered to misuse their privileged positions to attack that “right”—first against manufacturers of “military-style” firearms, then against distributors, retailers, and even private citizens desirous of purchasing such “Arms” with bank-issued credit cards—other centers of private economic power will soon follow suit. Insurers will deny, or radically increase the cost of, coverage to homeowners who possess such “Arms”. Health-care plans will claim that the possession of such “Arms” by their subscribers so imperils the subscribers’ physical or psychological well-being that onerous additional charges must be levied for the plans’ services, if they are made available at all. Prestigious private schools at every level in this country’s educational system will exclude from enrollment present or prospective students who live in homes in which such “Arms” are kept. And so on—with no discernible limit, until private citizens’ possession of “military-style” firearms becomes a thing of the past, and with it “the security of a free State”, too.

These possibilities present a clear and present danger to “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” which cannot be met by rote invocation of the “individual right” to possess “military-style” firearms, which Kolbe v. Hogan and Worman v. Healey held not to be protected by the Second Amendment at all. Only by asserting Americans’ “Militia right” to possess such “Arms” can such possession be adequately secured against “gun control” fanatics and the rogue jurists who dance to their discordant tune. Time for bringing this assertion to the forefront of the countrywide shouting-match over “gun control” is rapidly running out, however.

I should hate to have to say “I told you so” when it was too late for effective action to be taken. But I have told you so, more than once—and it may soon be too late for anything else to be said.

© 2018 Edwin Vieira – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Edwin Vieira: edwinvieira@gmail.com

America has a troubling history. While it has some very notable achievements, it has suffered some serious internal wounds. People within its leadership ranks have compromised its integrity, instilled destructive programs, and reformatted its foundation blocks so much that we have a significant population that is actually entrenched in unhealthy thoughts, attitudes and actions.

The mouthpiece for getting information out, the mainstream media, has partnered with those intent on changing America.  The public school systems, where generations are indoctrinated for thirteen years of their formative years, further endorse these intentions.  This has created a chasm of ignorance in significant proportions of people who are genuinely ignorant of how to stimulate and maintain a healthy independent nation, culturally, socially, and politically.  They have been so entrenched in these ways of thinking, that these attitudes permeate their identity to where they seriously cannot see the error in their ways.

This is a loose interpretation for where we find ourselves with a Trump administration.

America’s generations that have been fed lies and deceptions that have affected social, cultural, political and personal thoughts, attitudes and behaviors, cannot understand the abrupt pulling up of the brakes on this downward decline the current President has done.  It’s like a spoiled child that has grown accustomed to crying or throwing fits to get his way, but goes to visit the strict relative that sees the damage done and responds to the child in a way to bring change.  The child fights it.  The child misunderstands it, misperceives it, and distrusts it.

Let’s look at the current escalation in Syria.  I’m going to highlight dates so we can try to keep track of the chronology:

On March 14, 2018 the Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavron made this public statement:

“According to our sources, new provocations are being prepared in Syria with the use of chemical weapons. There will be stagings, including in Eastern Ghouta. The attention of the international community will be attracted, using as always a tragic aspect, on the sufferings of civilians, innocent victims.  This will be used as a pretext for the coalition to use force, especially against the Syrian capital.”

[Articles referencing this can be found here and here, including additional references of counter attacks.]

On Thursday, March 29, Trump announced during a speech in Ohio a “soon” departure out of Syria, causing many in the Pentagon to scramble to cover his statement with conditions and criteria.

On Tuesday, April 3, Trump announced in a press conference with the leaders of Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania that he wanted to pull U.S. troops out of Syria and bring them home to concentrate on America.

Four days later, on Saturday, April 7, an unimagined (yet foretold) tragedy unfolded in Douma, with reports that Assad had chemically attacked his own people (in a rebel controlled area nonetheless).

In the midnight hour April 7/8, Q posted cryptically, specifically:  “Auth B19-2.  Sparrow Red.”

There is plenty of evidence the “gas attack” of April 7, 2018 in Douma, Syria was fake.  Read here to see about the discovery of the filming area.  Read here to see evidence the “attack” was staged.  Read here to see pictures of Hassan, one of the child actors in the recent “attack” (paid in rice, dates and cookies).  Read at this Veteran’s publication to learn about various evidences gathered linking the chemicals in Syria to America, UK, Germany and Israel.  Look at this report in a hospital in Douma denying any intake of chemically injured patients.  Watch this twelve minute video interview with another hospital in Douma by Pearson Sharp of OANN (One America News Network) also denying any chemical attacks and stating outright it was a fraud.  And here’s another twelve minute video with Pearson reporting live from Damascus with a very different perspective than the headline news.

Just peruse the videos on this page to see the contradicting evidence that keeps piling up.  Carla Ortiz takes fifteen minutes to walk you through several ISIS buildings in Aleppo and their direct connection to the White Helmets, clearly indicting the White Helmets of their loyalty to ISIS and NOT the Syrian people.  And here is a fascinating interview with a Syrian Christian about how Syrians in Syria really view their President Assad.

The reports of those in the trenches are very different than those coming from headline news.  Russia’s denial and own investigation found links to the U.K. and the disreputable White Helmets.

However, within hours of the alleged chemical attack, Israel led airstrikes against Syria, preventing international organizations from entering the region to do their own investigations (and perhaps destroying evidence?)

On April 9 Q posted the following in an effort to help Patriots understand the process the Administration was going through:

Syria. Hold until CONF. MIL assets on the ground locked out of GZ. ISRAEL strike harmed ability to prove events. Clown report must be verified. Troop unwind to STILL occur.

This communication was letting Patriots know in regards to Syria, the White House was in a holding pattern until certain things could be confirmed.  The U.S. military assets on the ground in Syria were locked out (of the gas zone).  Israel’s air strikes did indeed damage the evidence and the ability to get confirmation of accused events.  The “clown report” is his reference to the CIA, and the assumption here is report of a “gas attack” was an orchestrated report by the CIA.  (Think staged, false flag.)  He then assures us that the troops are still going to be sent back home.  That plan hasn’t changed.

On April 13 Q posted to the Patriots:  Trust POTUS.  Sparrow Red.  Missiles only.  Intel good.

And then in the wee hours of Saturday, April 14 Syrian time, the U.S. under Trump’s leadership, unleashed a calculated strike causing simultaneous praise and criticism.  The strike hit a scientific compound in Barzeh, outside of Damascus (the Barzeh Research and Development Center), the Him Shinshar Chemical Weapons Storage Site, and a military base, Dumayr Air Base.  These targets were selected supposedly because they housed chemical weapons and the equipment for making chemical weapons.

Ironically, or strategically, the missile strike came mere hours before the UN Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons (OPCW) was scheduled to visit Damascus for their investigation.

Russia (rightfully) denounced the strike, citing U.N. Security Council violations.  Notice that Russia’s resolution to stop aggression in Syria (what’s wrong about THAT???) was voted down 8-4 with 4 abstentions.

At the conclusion of the strike Trump announced “Mission Accomplished”, echoing (or was it mocking?) George W. Bush’s controversial declaration of an “end” to the Iraq conflict in 2003.

On April 17, 2018, four days after the strike, The National Interest reported that two B-1 Lancer bombers launched nineteen missiles at the Barzeh Research and Development Center.   Hmmm…. Now that’s interesting.  Didn’t Q post about authorizing two B1 bombers on April 7, the same day the “chemical attack” happened?

Now, a week after the strike, headlines have moved on to other stories.  After looking for updates on mainstream media, CNN, NBC and ABC had nothing on it, FOX had two articles after scrolling down to “World”, and CBS had one article mainlined.  Pretty much it seems American media has moved on.

But what do we make of it?  Was there a real chemical attack in rebel-controlled Douma?  If so, was it really Assad’s doing?  Shouldn’t these questions be asked and answered before a “counter-strike” is carried out?  What was the three-nation (US, UK, France) objective in the strike?  Do these things matter?

Let’s look at some other clues we can factor in…

A picture has surfaced of John McCain meeting with Syrian rebels in the border town of Bab Al Salam (along the Turkey border).  In the picture he’s posing with a big smile alongside Abu Mosa, an ISIS Press Officer; Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi, the Head of ISIS and reportedly actually Mossad agent Simon Elliot; Muahmmad Noor, a Syrian terrorist; and Mouaz Moustafa of the Syrian Emergency Task Force.  The picture was taken May 27, 2013, (during the BO administration).

Clearly America is not interested in taking down ISIS.

The picture is taken at a building with a sign over it that reads, “The New Syria Hospitality and Reception Hall.”  It’s almost like they’re foreseeing a “new Syria”, with maybe a new Syrian government…

It would appear that America’s interests in Syria are not to defeat ISIS, but to overthrow the Syrian government and replace it with whom?  Someone friendlier to the interests of whom?

Then we have US Army General Wesley Clark’s testimony that as far back as 1991 a plan to destabilize the Middle East was in the works.  He tells of how ten days after 9/11/01 the plan to overthrow seven Middle Eastern countries in five years was laid out.  You can pick your version of his videoed interview at this link.  He tells how the report came down from the Secretary of Defense office that Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan and Iran were to be taken down with a five year plan.  So since 2011 (and before) the US Government has been planning the overthrow of seven sovereign nations in the Middle East.  (We should be tried for war crimes.)

Clearly American politicians are involved in this plot.  McCain’s “non profit” Operation Smile program that is set up for helping children with cleft palates and cleft lips get needed surgeries is allegedly just a front for smuggling supplies to insurgents in these regions.

Syria’s Golan Heights is a hotly contested region which Israel occupies in violation of the Geneva Conventions.  Israel has granted oil drilling rights to Afek Oil and Gas and Genie Oil.  The Board of Genie Oil includes :

• Efrain Eitam, Head of Genie oil and an Israeli military commander
• Rupert Murdoch, owner of FOX News
• Dick Cheney, Vice-President under GWBush
• Lord Jacob Rothschild, elite banker and world wealth owner
• James Woolsey, former CIA director and co-founder of Energy Security Council
• Lawrence Summers, Secretary of Treasury under Clinton, and Director of National Economic Council
• Mary Landieu, helped pass US-Israel Energy Cooperation Bill for the Senate Committee on Energy and National Resources
• Bill Richardson, Energy Secretary under Clinton

Perhaps we can draw more clues from this article:

While the Afek ilk set their sights on Golan Heights oil and natural gas, Turkey, the U.S., Russia, Daesh, and a spate of others have been fighting over Syria’s geostrategic location for major oil pipelines under the cover of religious and civil strife.

“[W]e may want to look beyond the convenient explanations of religion and ideology and focus on the more complex rationales of history and oil, which mostly point the finger of blame for terrorism back at the champions of militarism, imperialism and petroleum here on our own shores,” Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., intoned in an April editorial for Ecowatch.

As Kennedy astutely noted, U.S. interventionism in the Middle East, and particularly Syria, has  little to do with fighting terrorism and far more to do with the region’s rich petroleum reserves  — as in the case of Genie’s magnates. And such insistent international meddling at the behest of corporate oil interests so destabilized the entire region, it led to the formation of Daesh (ISIS) and similar radical groups.

It makes you wonder who the good guys are?  Or are there any good guys?  A little over a year ago, Putin said, “95% of the world’s terrorist attacks are orchestrated by the CIA.”  In this article, it goes on to say,

When questioned by a top aide as to whether the 95% figure was accurate, Putin sighed heavily and fixed the assembled group with his trademark stare before explaining that in regards to how the world is run, all is not how it seems.

Putin affirms that the CIA is a rogue element of the Deep State, and “an expression of the will of world oligarchy and their vision for a New World Order.”

He claims that CIA exists today as part of America – but it is certainly not American. “The CIA does not work on behalf of the American people or act in their interests.”

[It’s unfortunate we have to go to foreign leaders and media to get informed news.  There have been Americans trying to report this for decades, but with all the propaganda conditioning, not enough people are really able or willing to receive these truths.]

Now let’s reconsider the targets of this very specific missile attack:

The Barzah Research & Development Center, run by Amr Armanzi, is part of the Scientific Studies and Research Center (SSCR).  The Armanzi family has provable ties to British intelligence MI5.  The SSCR is responsible for developing and stockpiling chemical weapons.  While Amr Armanzi is under  international sanctions for his role in chemical weapon manufacturing, etc., his brother and adult sons have been granted British citizenship and hold key roles in investment banking in the UK.

Don’t these things seem a little odd?  Our ally, the UK, is enabling a family responsible for chemical weapons manufacturing liberties and banking positions.  I don’t have time to get into this, but briefly reflect on the Russian spy poisoning in the UK a month or so ago.  The UK flat out accused Russia of the poisoning, called upon international repercussions, refused Russia the legal ten days for investigation, and withheld their alleged intel.  When it later came out that the poison could not be linked to Russia, there has been no recanting.  Ask yourself why the American media and why the UK need Russia to be the “bad guy”, the enemy we must have?  Just look at the headlines.  Someone desperately needs Russia to be the enemy.

Now when you take into account that the missile targets had been emptied out a few days before the attack, according to various reports including this one, Paul Antonopolous, The Spectator Index and Al Arabiya English’s Twitter account, and that the Syrian airbase that was hit was moved to a Russian base just days before the attack, it’s almost like there was a coordinated effort to move Syrians out of the way.  Why?  Because the intel they were waiting to confirm was connected to Iranian weapons factories being aided (and probably funded) by rogue CIA operations in place for years, probably decades.  (Which might also explain why Russia did not use their S-400 to defend “Syrian” targets…)*

So the actual targets were ISIS and Deep State.

Think about it.  While Russia and Syria have come out verbally assailing America’s actions, there have been no retaliations.  Have you seen Pearson Sharp’s video report of the Syrians celebrating in the streets the morning after the attack?  Why would they be celebrating?

If this is inaccurate (and it may be in detail, but I mean if the theme is off), we’ll know (should’ve known by now) by Russia’s reaction.  We’ll know if troops aren’t brought home within the year.  We should be able to gauge by McCain’s reaction who probably got caught with his pants down.  This is what he was calling for all along, remember?  Yet McCain’s voiced response was affirmation for Trump’s attack, followed by his “advice” of continued long-term strategy in the region.  He even went so far as to warn Trump that “this is not the end”.  Why would that be, John?

While the old adage “All is not fair in love and war” rings true, it especially rings true here.  Either it was a staged false flag chemical attack to provoke the US and its allies to punish Assad, and we used the provocation to bring our own damage to Deep State resources, or we took the bait and furthered the war in Syria.  Either Trump and his administration is using the Deep State’s own ploys against them to bring them down, or they’ve made a catastrophic mistake and are just like all the criminal administrations that have gone before.

* [Much credit to NeonRevolt for intel and breakdown revelations.]

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

Last month marked a huge victory for man’s best friend and dog-loving Americans as President Trump signed a spending bill that finally defunds nearly all of the Department of Veterans Affairs’ (VA) cruel and wasteful canine experiments.

Amid pressure from myself, Congress, veterans groups and countless taxpayers, the new law enacted by POTUS dramatically restricts the use of taxpayer money for deadly dog experiments at the VA. In the recent past, VA’s studies have included horrifying and needless practices like causing heart attacks in 6-month-old beagle puppies, collapsing dogs’ lungs, cutting into their brains, and severing their spinal cords.  This waste and abuse was especially egregious given the VA’s ongoing failure to give veterans the proper physical and mental health services–including failing to provide service dogs–and other benefits they have earned by defending our freedom.

Unfortunately, the VA isn’t the only entrenched government agency where mission creep has resulted in the senseless torture of helpless animals with our tax dollars and the madness must be stopped immediately.

Take the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), whose laudable mission is “to protect human health and the environment.” Sadly, many of the agency’s programs and policies accomplish neither, and even undermine the EPA’s objectives. In the name of reducing fuel emissions, it set federal ethanol standards that are helping decimate butterfly populations, and to allegedly protect land and waterways it attempted to fine one family $16 million for building a small backyard pond on their own property.

As the Daily Caller reported, the EPA’s National Health and Environmental Effects Research Laboratory (NHEERL) is another well-intentioned program that has gone awry.  NHEERL is reportedly squandering millions in citizens’ hard-earned tax money to conduct useless air pollution tests and other exposure experiments on over 20,000 rabbits, mice, and other animals a year.

A review conducted by conservative watchdog group White Coat Waste Project of some 20 EPA studies done in the past two years shows that animals were forced to inhale toxic fumes and were exposed to pollutants the EPA claims can be deadly in humans. The tests shockingly involved force-feeding animals lard to make them obese and then exposing them to air pollution, forcing animals to breathe diesel exhaust, blasting animals with loud noises and light and then exposing them to ozone, and giving baby animals electric shocks.

EPA critic and JunkScience.com founder Steve Milloy told the Daily Caller, “Mice are not little people when it comes to studying the potential health effects, like cancer, of low-level exposures to chemicals in the environment.” He went on to explain that, “Generally, in order to demonstrate a chemical can cause cancer in a rodent or other lab animal, the researcher will have to literally almost poison the animal” and that, “In addition to the physiological differences between mice and men, laboratory exposures to chemicals are typically nothing like real-life exposures.” The EPA’s animal tests are as dumb as they sound. They’re also dangerous because their misleading results may be used as a basis for flawed public health and regulatory decisions that harm people and industry.

My friend Congressman Matt Gaetz (R-FL) recently took to the floor of the U.S. House of Representatives to call out the EPA’s animal experiments, explaining, “We sure find a lot of ways to waste money in this town, but the EPA may just have reached a new low. We are spending $5 million dollars on a study to force-feed rats lard and coconut oil until they’re morbidly obese. Then we pump their enclosures full of exhaust until they die…. I would invite my colleagues to join me in fighting this and so much other wasteful spending.”

EPA released a draft policy last month aimed at reducing and replacing animal testing by the industries it regulates, but it has not made the same commitment to get rid of the expensive, awful and unnecessary animal testing its doing in its own labs. EPA administrator Scott Pruitt, a Trump favorite, needs to get his own house in order, too.

President Trump just made history by cutting funds for VA’s dog testing and now he has another opportunity to clean up research labs at the EPA. The administration’s 2019 budget proposes cutting NHEERL’s funding by 37 percent, from $115 million to $71 million. If Congress heeds Trump’s request, as it should, it will be yet another win for taxpayers, animals and anyone fighting to drain the DC swamp.

Roger Stone is a legendary Republican political consultant and a veteran of many national Republican presidential campaigns.

© 2018 Roger Stone – All Rights Reserved

In the countdown to the last election, and then with the bombshell election of Donald Trump as president of the United States, a kind of virtual reality revolution was started, and it has begun to spread globally.

This revolution is not about Trump, Hillary Clinton or any Republican, Democrat, conservative or liberal/progressive. This is a transcendent revolution that is not tied to or connected to any one group connected with the globalist elite.  This revolution does not have one single leader, but is composed of independent thinkers, writers and innovators who are atheists, Christians, people into meditation, and others that are not tied directly to one ideology.

The common quality of all these independent thinkers is that they are free thinkers and are in search of and practice the truth and are not married to any one political party, ideology or religious super-structure.  Their power is connected to their commitment to intellectual integrity and not selling out over a paycheck or a position of power.

People who despise Trump acknowledge that his unexpected election and its aftermath involved around-the-clock, all-out mainstream media attacks against him. The fact the media coordinated its talking points and scandals reveals that Trump’s election is a direct threat to the globalist elite who control our media and nation, and that they consider him the single greatest threat to their plans to create a new world system.

My co-author Troy Anderson and I go into this in greater detail in our new bestselling book, Trumpocalypse: The End-Times President, a Battle Against the Globalist Elite, and the Countdown to Armageddon.

Others say Trump is an essential part of this new world order and that he is in fact working for the military-industrial complex in neocon conspiracy.

A Political Awakening  

Across America, the European Union and in places like the Middle East, Asia, Africa and South America, there is a political awakening among atheists, Marxists, progressives and intellectual leaders on the left who have left the intellectual prisons of ideologies and religious beliefs developed two centuries to two millennia ago. The common DNA among all these intellectuals is that they are independent thinkers who think outside of the box of dogma, such as left vs. political paradigms.

The late Christopher Hitchens, a British columnist, essayist, orator, religious and literary critic, social critic, journalist, and author of over 30 books, transcended the political paradigm of once having been a social democrat, Marxist and anti-totalitarian and broke ties with the political left. Having long described himself as a social democrat, a Marxist and anti-totalitarian, Hitchens began to break with the established political left after the left began its embrace of Bill and Hillary Clinton.

Hitchens’ writings include critiques of Bill Clinton, Henry Kissinger and other members of the totalitarian globalist elite who under the guise of creating a utopian world socialist state are in fact putting into place a global dictatorship for the benefit of the 1 percent of globalist elites who now own 99 percent of the world’s money and resources.

Low Information Leftists and Narrow Information Conservatives

Apparently, the elite believe in all-out fascism and total dictatorial control beneath a corporate façade of a button with a happy face on it. In 1970, Former National Security Advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski, a member of the Bilderberg Group, wrote a book titled, Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era. Brzezinski defined the “technetronic society” as “a society that is shaped culturally, psychologically, socially, and economically by the impact of technology and electronics – particularly in the arena of computers and communications. The industrial process is no longer the principal determinant of social change, altering the mores, the social structure, and the values of society.”

Brzezinski was talking about using scientific mind control technologies to create the kind of “scientific dictatorship” that English Aldous Huxley

wrote about in his 1932 dystopian novel, Brave New World. In his 1958 essay, “Brave New World Revisited,” Huxley wrote, “In politics, the equivalent of a fully developed scientific theory or philosophical system is a totalitarian dictatorship. In economics, the equivalent of a beautifully composed work of art is the smoothly running factory in which the workers are perfectly adjusted to the machines. The Will to Order can make tyrants out of those who merely aspire to clear up a mess. The beauty of tidiness is used as a justification for despotism… The twenty-first century, I suppose, will be the era of World Controllers, the scientific caste system and Brave New World.”

What is ironic here is that people like Huxley, Brzezinski, American psychologist B. F. Skinner and many others wrote openly and in detail about a scientific dictatorship that used totalitarian propaganda and mind control to enslave the masses.

Yet, ever since the 1930s the left has entirely missed the point of these warnings by some of the greatest thinkers of our time. They are unable to connect the dots between English author George Orwell’s 1984, Huxley’s Brave New World, and warnings by countless authors and intellectuals.  Not only have they become blind, but they have become the programmed people that Orwell and Huxley warned about.  The mainstream media, films, music, culture, television shows and books that are churned out could have been written by Orwell’s “Thought Police.”

Hitchens, an atheist who regarded the concept of God or a supreme being as a totalitarian belief that impedes individual freedom, argued that free expression and scientific discovery should replace religion as a means of informing ethics and defining codes of conduct for human civilization. The dictum, “What can be asserted without evidence can be dismissed without evidence,” has become known as Hitchens’s razor.

In American Fascists: The Christian Right and the War on America, Chris Hedges attacked the Christian right as fascists, but he also attacked the left’s new atheists for their relationship with the neocons for preaching a new kind of fundamentalism just as dangerous as Christian fundamentalism.

Hedges attacked the left for preaching a utopian belief system.  According to Hedges, Adolf Hitler’s Holocaust was promoted as a modern scientific project — the result of technological advances. He wrote in his book that the Holocaust, because it was framed as a modern project and an outgrowth of technological advances, was a child of the left’s utopian belief system. Like in Huxley’s Brave New World, it led to a cult of science based on the science of eugenics where Hitler was attempting to scientifically breed a master race and sent expeditions to Tibet to find a genetically pure master race.

The Apprentice and the Anti-Establishment Candidate

Returning to Trump, one fact remains. Trump’s unusual ability to win the election was partly due to the skills he developed as a reality television star on The Apprentice and his completely unorthodox debating strategy. It appears the real hunger of American voters was the desire to have a president who was not part of the Establishment or the system.  The only candidates that managed to define themselves this way were Trump and U.S. Sen. Bernie Sanders, I-Vermont.

The other problem for those on the left and the right was the failure of much of the mainstream media to assume their role as champions of the people through nonpartisan reporting. Early on it became obvious that there was cooperation between the Deep State and the mainstream media. This resulted in destroying candidates like Sanders and helping or hurting Trump depending on how you look at it. What emerged was a clear pattern among Republicans and Democrats — politicians who had sold out to multinational corporations and powerful globalist groups — of mysteriously receiving both favor and money.

Autopia on the Road to Tomorrowland

As a young boy growing up in New York City, I would visit the World Fair on a regular basis where I would get to see many nations and major corporations create a global utopian future.

This vision of a positive, scientific and globalist vision of the future seized my imagination. Then I experienced at Disneyland its Autopia on the road to Tomorrowland. However, after the assassination of President John F. Kennedy and seeing photographs of the Vietnam War, I like millions of others developed a deep pessimism about our future.

When I was fifteen years, I read a book by radical activist Abbie Hoffman titled, Steal This Book, which I wanted to steal but I purchased.  It was Hoffman’s counterculture revolution by a kind of “living theater” that functioned as an intellectual bridge that enabled me to cross over from the land of an atheist- and humanist-based “New Left,” to the hyperdrive and LSD-driven counterculture revolution of the late 1960s and 70s characterized by the slogan, “Make Love Not War,” which at its root was a vision of paradise on earth fueled by psychedelic drugs, higher consciousness and environmentalism.

What Hoffman did was capture the imagination of people like myself through creative communication.  Although raised a liberal, I could not buy into the pre-industrial Marxist and communist theories because they were antiquated and obsolete.

I was raised in a very liberal, middle-class household in New York City, where my parents were artists and musicians and hung out with notable artists, writers, intellectuals and thinkers. I was exposed to all kinds of higher-level thinking at a very young age.

I was taught that the Republican Party was the party for the wealthy, elite and big business. In addition, I was raised to be an atheist or existentialist, and my parents embedded in me the idea that Christianity was a religion for people who were superstitious and who were “anti-sex,” “anti-joy” and anti-life.”

One day I encountered a bunch of Catholic school “jocks” who noticed that I didn’t attend Catholic school, but I looked Catholic in contrast to the predominantly Jewish neighborhood I lived in. They asked me what religion I was, and I responded by saying, “I am an existentialist.”  They had no idea what the word meant, but it sounded evil to them, so they pounded me into the sidewalk to teach me a lesson.  That was my first exposure to “Christian evangelism.”

Soul on Ice: Black Panther Party

A few years later after joining Hoffman at numerous radical demonstrations in Manhattan protesting the Vietnam War and joining mass demonstrations against the Vietnam War in Washington, D.C., I became part of the radical counterculture and found myself in meetings with the heads of the radical left and learned all kinds of things.

Also, at around 15 years old, I had read the book, Soul on Ice, by Eldridge Cleaver who was the minister of information for the original Black Panther Party.  At the time, Cleaver’s book had a profound impact on me, and to use a term popular during that time, I developed solidarity with the Black Panther Party.

At the time, my family was living in Jackson Heights, Queens. One morning I got up and decided I wanted to be a member of the Black Panther Party. One of their primary locations was Corona, Queens on Northern Boulevard, which was about a half-hour bus ride from my home. I got off the bus in an all-black, ghetto-type neighborhood.

The minute I got off the bus, a lot of eyes were staring at me with a look of, “What are you doing in this neighborhood, white boy? Do you know where you are and if you had any sense you would get out of here as fast as you can.”

A group of African-American gang members came up to me and I could sense that this was not going to be pleasant. They asked me what I was doing there, and I said, “I am on my way to the Black Panther Party headquarters. Do you know where it is?”

They were caught totally by surprise. They either thought I was crazy or I really was on my way to the Black Panther Party headquarters. The leader of the gang looked at me and pointed to a storefront about three stores down and said, “That’s the Black Panther headquarters.” I thanked him and proceeded to walk as fast as I could to the storefront that served as an entrance to the Black Panther Party headquarters. I could see as I turned toward the door that the gang walked away once they were assured that I was going to go inside.

In the front windows were big posters of the heads of the Black Panther Party, Huey P. Newton and Eldridge Cleaver.  When I walked inside I notice some very tough looking African-American males wearing black leather jackets standing around checking me out warily. I approached the front desk where I was ignored for a few minutes and finally the guy sitting at the desk looked at me and said, “What are you doing here?”

I think he must have thought I was a pizza delivery guy or someone like that. I looked at him and said, “I am here to join the Black Panther Party.”  He looked at me somewhat stunned, as did the others in the room, and I did not know if they were going to laugh or hurl me onto the street. So, with a straight face, he asked me, “What makes you want to join the Black Panther Party?” I answered, “I have been reading a book by Eldridge Cleaver and I want to do what I can to help with your cause because I believe in it.”

The man at the desk was surprised by the answer, so he went over toward another area with an office door and asked one of the leaders of the Black Panther Party my question. I could hear the leader answer as he emerged from his office and the man at the desk relayed his answer to me.

I raised my voice moderately, just enough to be heard and responded, “Excuse me sir. Can I ask you a question?”  The leader paused and then said, ‘Go ahead.” I said, “I just want to know the reason I cannot join the Black Panther Party. I express solidarity with your cause I and I want to help, so how come you won’t let me join the Black Panther Party?”

He answered, “Because you are white and white people cannot join the Black Panther Party.” Being somewhat naïve and not realizing that I had already pressed my luck, I said, “But that’s racial discrimination?” The room went deathly silent as nobody seemed to know what was going to happen next. He thought for a second and finally said, “Okay, then I will make an exception in your case and allow you to become an honorary member of the Black Panther Party.” I thanked him, signed something, left and was happy that I at least could be allowed to become an honorary member of the Black Panther Party.

Cuckoo’s Nest and Violent Revolution

During this time, I spent a lot of time in New York’s Central Park and in The East Village participating in demonstrations and going to meetings with leaders of the counterculture like Ken Kesey, author of One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest, who distributed close to a million doses of free LSD from his Day-Glo psychedelic bus called, “Further.”

Also, I hung out with Dr. Timothy Leary, the Harvard professor and LSD guru, at the very first meetings of counterculture leaders who planned the environmental movement and Earth Day celebrations. The ideas of Leary, Kesey and others fueled a vision of a psychedelic utopianism, and scientists like Buckminster Fuller, inventor of the geodesic dome, presented a dynamic future based on scientific creativity.

But then I saw a disturbing change begin to happen as the counterculture was infiltrated by hardcore communists and violent groups like the Weather Underground co-founded by Bernardine Dohrn and Bill Ayers.  Their young disciples would attempt to recruit people in Central Park wearing a T-shirts that said, “Armed Love,” with a hand holding an AK-47 assault rifle.

I was on the radical left, but when I saw the “Armed Love” T-shirts, it was obvious that they were trying to use propaganda to hijack the hippie word, “love,” like in “peace and love,” into love being synonymous with armed, violent and Marxist revolution. I had read their literature and Chairman Mao’s Little Red Book that they gave out for free, along with books such as The Communist Manifesto by Karl Marx. If this was going to be the revolution that everyone was talking about, I wanted nothing to do with it!

I had seen the black and white pictures of history starting in the early 1900s with the Bolshevik, or Russian Revolution, and other communist revolutions, that clearly showed where “armed love” and where The Weather Underground would take us. Photos of millions of people being slaughtered, shot, tortured, starved to death, sent to mental hospitals and concentration camps, exposed the reality of the communist vision of a “workers’ paradise,” “social justice” and “wealth redistribution.”

A few years later when I attended the University of Missouri where I majored in filmmaking and the brand new field within psychology called, “Altered States of Consciousness,” I realized that fascism, the right wing or left wing, communism, and socialism all led to the same place, which was an all-powerful totalitarian state where ordinary people would lose all their freedoms and become slaves through what Huxley called, the “scientific dictatorship,” and what Orwell warned about in 1984 with a “Big Brother” government and the “Thought Police.”

Most Dangerous Fascist Movement in History

I concluded that an all-powerful authoritarian government would arise just as Dr. Francis Schaeffer said, from the right or the left, to manage the chaos. I saw the radical left, counterculture, or what was then called the New Left, degrade in front my eyes from a movement of true liberation, freedom of speech, freedom of thought, freedom of religion, freedom of the press and “Power to the People,” or “We the People,” into a movement that today has become one of the most dangerous fascist movements in human history.

The 1960s counterculture at the University of California, Berkeley started out as “The Free Speech Movement” led by radical activist Mario Savio. Yet it was in 1961, also at the University of California, Berkeley, where Huxley lectured a group of neuropsychiatrists and said, “In a truly effective scientific dictatorship men and women will not even know they are slaves and they will learn to love their servitude.”

So, right there at the inception of the counterculture, Huxley promoted an all-powerful mind control dictatorship where people are programmed to be slaves through scientific techniques such as mind shock, drugs, musical repetition, sleep deprivation, etc.

But the greatest surprise was that this took place at the birth of the counterculture and “The Free Speech Movement” in which the founding tenets of the new cultural revolution was total free speech in which absolutely nothing was to be censored!

Yet, today, almost sixty years later, this leftist-progressive counterculture has brought about a “Reign of Terror” with a total lockdown on free speech, except that speech which a tiny elite determine is politically correct. The oppressive and brutal nature of this total censorship is being enforced as diligently as it was by Hitler and his Nazi Party who sought to destroy any criticism of their agenda.

It’s staggering to any thinking person how what began as a liberating movement designed to protect free speech in 1961 has devolved into a Big Brother-like authoritarianism where mainstream media, films, television, the educational system, politics , the Internet, social media, culture and even some of our intelligence agencies are working synergistically to create what science fiction author and former head of British intelligence in World War I,  H.G. Wells, labeled the “World Brain” or the “Hive Mind.”

The irony of all this is that when I was raised in a very liberal home in New York City, I was taught to believe that it was the conservatives, the Republicans, Protestant Christians and Catholics, who were the censors and enemies of free speech. This belief was echoed repeatedly by the mainstream media, the educational system, artists, writers, filmmakers, and musicians like a mantra.  At the time, the accusation that the right, capitalists, Christians and conservatives were censors had a factual basis. These voices were repressive and seemed to block mankind’s evolution into a utopian society.

Authors like D. H. Lawrence in his novel, Lady Chatterley’s Lover, many books by Henry Miller such as Tropic of Cancer, were being censored by the highest courts in our land, and important warnings against totalitarianism by Huxley in Brave New World and Orwell’s 1984, amid countless others, had their books censored primarily by conservatives and Christians due to their sexual content.

This censorship from conservatives and Christians continues today with books like J. K. Rowling’s Harry Potter series, Fahrenheit 451 by Ray Bradbury, Huxley’s Brave New World, and the Naked Lunch by William S. Burroughs, who repeatedly warned of the emerging “scientific dictatorship.”

Much of the censorship against these books is irrational. For example, Orwell’s 1984 warns of godless totalitarianism, and Brave New World warns against the “scientific dictatorship” attempting to destroy the family unit and motherhood.

Clearly much of the censorship of these books ended up attempting to destroy messages that would have been almost universally championed today by conservatives and Christians.

Yet, during the last 15 years or so, we have witnessed the most virulent, totalitarian strain of censorship coming from a new kind of “fascist left,” which has completely strayed from the principles such as freedom of speech upon which the new left was founded. The book burners, censors, “Thought Police,” and those who are destroying freedom of speech along with other freedoms, now come from the new left, progressives, socialists and liberals with a viciousness I’ve never seen before.

When as a teenage boy I began to see the Weather Underground and other leftist radical movements start to incorporate the language of the counterculture like “peace and love” into propaganda terms like, “armed love,” and a call for violent revolution, I knew then based on history where this would lead.

The more I read and studied, I realized that the peace movement, anti-war movement, environmental movement, and many other movements were nothing more than stealth means to transform America and the world into the “world socialist government” spoken of by David Rockefeller and other members of the elite.

Globalist Elite Seek Total World Control

But all the “true believers” from the past and today cannot see behind the masks and all this talk about a new utopia, a “workers’ paradise,” “social justice,” the fair distribution of wealth, and an environmentally-friendly world are seductive attempts to deceive the masses from the true agenda of the globalist elite, which is in their own words total control of the world and its people.

As Huxley said, as have many others about this globalist elite, the easiest way to control the masses and make them your slaves in effect is through scientific mind control.  When you learn to read between the lines, these statements, along with others like them, were not promising a new utopia. They were revealing the game plan by the elite to create a “scientific dictatorship.”

In 2012, Brzezinski, a top advisor to five American presidents and co-founder of The Trilateral Commission along with Rockefeller, warned of a “global political awakening” that was being driven by alternative radio, television and the Internet. Brzezinski, at a Council of Foreign Relations meeting, warned the leaders of the most powerful nations in the world that although the lethality of their military might have never been more powerful, their ability to impose control over the politically- awakened masses is at an all-time low.

About the time Trump was elected, thinkers on the left and right began to see how the Internet, social media, mainstream media, film, television, and music were being used to control, not to enlighten the masses.

Technology, science and the new field of transhumanism are quickly evolving to build Well’s “World Brain.” In the process, the individual is being replaced with “group think” and the “collective.”

The real danger is not found on the left, with progressives, socialists, and Democrats. Nor is the danger found among the right, conservatives, Republicans and the religious right.

The real danger is found among any group or individual, no matter what side of the spectrum they are own, when they surrender their integrity to truth and real social justice for selfish reasons like power and money and join groups and become friends with individuals who they know deep inside have become soulless — and not simply in the religious sense.

In our bestselling book Trumpocalypse (Hachette Book Group), we are not equating Trump with God, apple pie, mom and the “American Way.”  We no longer live in the time of “Leave it to Beaver.”

Nor are we attempting to demonize the many independent thinkers with integrity in both political parties, the arts, publishing, and entertainment industry simply because they appear to be on the left.

Both the left and right are illusory metaphors designed to create warring factions. We are at a time in history in which each of us must transcend the boundaries created by ideologies and political beliefs.

This transcendence must involve the courage to reject the stereotypical categorizations to maintain an illusory and artificial cultural war.

© 2018 Paul McGuire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul McGuire: newmediavoice@aol.com

Release of the Comey memos has shaken Washington, DC’s establishment elite. The one person who should be shaking is dirty cop, James Comey.  A 6’8” narcissist who has over-estimated his own intellectual level.

Over the past months since his very public firing, Comey’s hubris comes only second to the impostor president, Barack Hussein Obama. The old saying comes to mind: ‘Be careful what you wish for’. Comey has walked into his own trap.

Predictably, the fake media (ABC, CBS, NBC, MSNBC, big city newspapers as well as popular ‘left sites’) has been either eerily silent or have for the most part sanitized this earthquake. They have failed while citizen investigators as well as ‘government watchdog’ groups like Judicial Watch have been relentless in getting the truth exposed regarding the trumped up ‘Russia collusion’ hoax.

(And, by the way, since collusion is NOT a crime, why was a Special Counsel even appointed?)

Too many Republicans have distanced themselves from Trump or have worked diligently to kill his efforts to fulfill his campaign promises to the American people who elected him. A number have come out forcefully demanding Mueller be protected from Trump! Really? Mueller is as dirty as Comey.

If you missed Kelleigh Nelson’s superb column last week, read it and get it distributed to your email lists, post on Facebook pages and get the link out on Twitter. Kelleigh’s column rips the mask off of their phony faces.

The American people – with the exception of the brain-dead loyalists out there to the Democratic/Communist Part USA – are fed up with the whole ‘Russia collusion’ manufactured scandal. It’s taken a while but the truth has slowly trickled out and I believe the damn is now too compromised to keep the flood contained.

I have been a harsh critic of Rush Limbaugh and Sean Hannity over the years for being nothing but water boys for the GOP. However, I always give credit where credit is due. I believe a few years ago both of them had their own personal epiphanies about the Republican party and their role in the swamp.

For months both Limbaugh and Hannity have been dissecting and hammering on this criminal cabal of high ranking individuals in the FBI and Justice Department. Hannity gives it double time each day with his radio show and anchor slot on FOX. Uranium One is next to explode.

This entire mess does go to the top when Barry Soetoro aka Obama was masquerading as our president and Hildebeast Clinton as our Secretary of State and during her miserable failure as a presidential candidate. Both usurped the offices they occupied through fraud and deceit.

This whole cauldron of deceit and lawlessness is rather convoluted with numerous players. Sometimes it’s overwhelming – especially if you hold down a full-time job, have family commitments and sometimes are just too darn tired to sit and read what you might wish to on this massive corruption by the highest up in the FBI, CIA and Justice Department.

That’s why I urge you to watch three short videos. They are concise and spell it all out. If you are unfamiliar with Joe deGenova who is in the first two videos, here’s a very short bio:

He was a United States Attorney for the District of Columbia.  While there he “supervised federal criminal and civil matters involving international drug smuggling, public corruption, espionage, insider trading, tax fraud, extradition, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, export control, and international terrorism.”

deGenova was the Independent Counsel who investigated the snooping into of Bill Clinton’s passport records before his election by officials of the George H.W. Bush Administration. deGenova is married to his law partner, Victoria Toensing. I became familiar with both of them back in the 90s.

deGenova is one tough man who is not afraid of the slime in Washington, DC. He calls it as he sees it – like boldly stating Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein, should be fired and why.

Does Jeff Sessions have the stones to do it? Don’t hold your breath. Session’s has shown himself to be nothing but a squishy, gutless nothing as Attorney General. About ten days ago Sessions and Rosenstein were seen having a nice dinner together.

Do us all a favor, Jeff: Resign and go home. You’re in over your head and simply do not have the internal fortitude to play with the big boys in a deadly serious legal shoot-out.

In these videos deGenova’s statements are based on his years of experience and in my humble opinion, worth gold compared to some of the baloney from so-called ‘experts’. Videos:

Joe diGenova: Comey memos constitute a ‘suicide note’

Former US attorney: FBI officials will likely face charges

We now know the memos Comey released contained classified information. Put him in jail.

We also know Comey, with deliberate malice and intent, leaked at least one of those memos to a friend of his to get it into the media for the sole purpose of triggering a special counsel to go after President Trump. Of that, there is no longer any doubt. He and he alone would save Hillary Clinton and all his rotten comrades from the evil Donald Trump.

Nunes, Gowdy And Goodlatte Go Nuclear After Comey Memos Released

“We already know that Comey’s leak to the press was illegal – as the FBI’s chief FOIA officer, David Hardy, gave a sworn declaration to Judicial Watch in which he says that all seven of Comey’s memos were classified at the time they were written, and they remain classified.

“Perhaps most disturbing is that James Comey’s memos do not make a compelling case for obstruction whatsoever – which Deputy AG Rod Rosenstein (who Comey said “I didn’t have confidence” in), used to launch the special counsel investigation headed by former FBI Director Robert Mueller.

“In response to the Comey memos, Congressional Committee chairs Devin Nunes (R-CA), Bob Goodlatte (R-VA) and Trey Gowdy (R-SC) fired off a scathing rebuke, in which they made it abundantly clear that the Mueller investigation is a farce based on yet another example of the FBI using a flimsy document to launch a politically motivated investigation.”

We’ve all seen shows like Law & Order, CSI and others where a cop or someone from a forensics lab moves too soon and seizes alleged evidence before a proper search warrant is issued. Or, a crooked law enforcement type knows the ‘evidence’ is either false or tainted and moves forward anyway. Either way it all gets thrown out of court because it’s considered ‘fruit from the poisonous tree’.

“Comey gave his friend Daniel Richman, a former federal prosecutor who is now a law professor, four memos, people familiar with the situation said. At the time, only one contained information considered to be classified. Last year, while testifying before Congress, Comey told lawmakers that he gave the memos to a friend to share with media because he didn’t want to do it himself.

“My judgment was, I need to get that out into the public square,” Comey said during his hearing last year. “I asked a friend of mine to share the content of the memo with a reporter. Didn’t do it myself for a variety of reasons. I asked him to because I thought that might prompt the appointment of a special counsel.”

Needed to get out in the public square? What? BS about Trump and some whores peeing on themselves over in Russia? Never happened. Trump colluding with Russia during the 2016 campaign season? Never happened.

Mueller needs to shut down his phony “investigation” that has produced NOTHING except cost us millions in more debt. All he’s done is expand his authority going after others like Mannafort and Trump’s attorney and friend, Michael Cohen, in an effort to nail Trump. Mueller will threaten him with life in prison if he doesn’t roll on Trump. You watch. The same kind of threats which ruined Gen. Flynn’s life.

All based on lies. Lies of omission to the FISA Court judges and a manufactured piece of garbage known as the ‘Steele Dossier. And, in the midst of all this enters a female who has been selling her body for money since age 17, Stormy Daniels.

At Cohen’s court appearance who shows up but opportunist, Stormy Daniels, a badly aging stripper out for fame and big money. Who would pay a nickel to see her naked? Suckers out of curiosity while she laughs all the way to the bank.

Seriously, her 40 years have not been kind to her so she’s going for the brass ring while she can. Made 140 ‘adult’ films. In other words, filthy porn for anyone with a buck can watch. Like her 7-year old daughter who can watch her naked mother having oral and vaginal sex with a parade of men on screen. What a great role model for a 7-year old little girl.

Comey is out to get Trump. He commits a felony using a back-door source he knows because he wants a Special Counsel. Since that foolish idiot, Jeff Sessions, recused himself faster than lightening, I believe Comey thought he could get away with political murder.

What Comey’s actions have done – along with all the other co-conspirators – is sully the reputation of the FBI, ruin people’s lives with Mueller pulling the legal strings and try to embarrass and destroy a legally elected U.S. president.

What should happen? What I believe anyone caught up in this nightmare, including Mannafort and Cohen, is go for the fruit of the poisonous tree. Everything thrown out and Mueller shut down his politically motivated, corrupt mission that was never about the truth or justice. While I could be wrong, Mueller’s appointment was illegal because it was based on lies and instigated by someone who committed a felony to get a Special Counsel appointed – a good friend of Comey’s who could be relied on to go for the throat.

We shall see but now that the cat’s out of the bag, I think things are going to accelerate – not as fast as we’d like. But, maybe the people’s time for justice is finally unfolding.  I’ll leave you with another short video I hope you watch. It’s Judge Jeanine from FOX and it’s a doozy.

Judge Jeanine: Clinton is about to face a real investigation

© 2018 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Part 2:  Millions of immigrants bleeding America with a thousand cuts.  Dominant tribe fat, lazy, apathetic.

“Read the book by Thomas Chittum, Civil War Two: The Coming Breakup of America. Diversity has been the death of every advanced civilization on the face of the earth. The fact that Americans have elected a Muslim communist twice to the White House as a presidential pretender should be an indicator.”  U.S. Army officer’s statement to me in a letter.

Part 1 of this series hit a serious cord with readers all across America and beyond.  Several German readers said, “We face civil war.”  A Swedish respondent said, “We are losing our culture and our future.”   Three Michigan writers said, “Get ready to lock and load.”

Several readers made note of the fact that I left out several important tribes that affect America.  Native Americans once dominated North America: European-Americans slaughtered them with their “mechanized violence” and placed them into internment camps known as “reservations” in the late 1800s where they remain today.  Around 522 tribes from Canada to Mexico enjoyed limitless freedom, food, clean water and wildlife. Unfortunately, they lost their languages, cultures, religions and way of life.  Today, Native Americans suffer from illiteracy, alcoholism, poverty and difficult lives as they wade through what they once were and what’s happened to them in the white man’s world.

Remember, all tribes compete for dominance.  If you look at the Jewish tribe, you see enormous financial power in Congress and the Wall Street Bankers.  You see American taxpayers giving $3 billion in foreign aid to Israel annually because they constitute our ‘ally’ in the region. In reality, they wouldn’t last a year in the Islamic world that wants to kill all Jews—if not for American money and arms.   The fact remains: we don’t need them for anything, but the Jewish tribe dominates the financial purse strings.

What tribe took over all the independent motels across our country?  Answer:  immigrants from India.  They enjoy chain-migration to the point that you will see only Indians running and cleaning motels from the Atlantic to the Pacific.  How did they do it?  Congress, driven by some powerful Indian forces, gave unlimited loans to buy up motels by Indian immigrants.  Today, they chain-migrate their relatives and buy up more motels to maintain a monopoly.  Who wouldn’t be happy to leave the slum-hole, hellhole, population bomb of India to come to America?

Ironically, African-Americans could run motels just as easily, but they didn’t have any powerful voices in Congress to gain such loans.  It shows you how corrupt or how powerful different tribes wield their power in the United States.

Of no small note, Chinese immigrants gained a foothold, and today, via their power in Congress, notice that nearly all manufacturing goods bought by Americans read, “Made in China.”   That tribe outsmarted Americans within America and outside America.  We owe China over $1.4 trillion in trade debts.  You must know that huge amounts of money changed hands over the years into the wallets of U.S. Senators and the House of Representatives members.  We received “free trade” and they took us for a ride.  Our unemployment of our minorities and uneducated middle class with 42 to 48 million Americans subsisting on food stamps—tells the cautionary tale.

Not to be outdone, Asians now dominate academia in California’s colleges and job market. They come from the orient.  You can see they fail to assimilate into America because California features over 100 languages.  New York City boasts 800 different languages.  As Asians’ numbers grow, so will their reach for power.

Of course, illegal Mexicans and Central Americans enjoy more than 8 to 10 million of them undercutting jobs from Americans.  They cost American taxpayers $346 billion across 15 Federal agencies annually, but members of Congress won’t stop their violation of our laws.  Why?  Because the majority of Congress remains corrupt.  Notice big, illegal employers like MacDonald’s, Chipotle, Hormel, Tyson Chicken, Marriott, Holiday Inn, construction companies, landscape companies, et al, get away with hiring illegals because they are paying off many people in Congress. (Source: Economist Edwin Rubenstein, “Cost of Illegal Immigration.”)  The U.S Chamber of Commerce promotes illegal alien labor.  Also, note the Mexican tribe sends $25 billion back to Mexico annually. A total of $80 billion streams out of the USA annually via cash transfers to immigrants’ families around the world.  They bleed your tax dollars.

Finally, the dominant tribe, Caucasian-Americans, while still on top with 54 percent, don’t seem to see or care that their country slips out of their hands faster and faster with endless immigration.  Additionally, if you look at the physical and intellectual “shape” of Americans, you see 67 percent of them fat or obese. The Average American male watches 4.5 hours of TV every night, seven days a week.  You see only 50 percent voting in national elections and 10 percent voting in local elections.

Chicago journalist Dave Gorak said, “Americans don’t deserve the country they inherited.”

With 1.5 million legal and illegal immigrants flooding into America annually, you can bet the competition for jobs, water, resources and turf expects to accelerate.  Again, America faces an added 100,000,000 (million) more immigrants within 30 years.

Once that immigrant juggernaut lands, everybody becomes a victim.

As you can see, this “immigration thing” will become really ugly.

“Any culture that will not defend itself against displacement through mass immigration faces extinction. That includes both time-tested and successful cultures. Embracing diversity results in cultural suicide. America’s multicultural path guarantees its destruction via cultural clashes and conflict with Islam, Mexican and African cultures that diametrically oppose American culture. The more diverse a country, the more destructive and broken-down its future. The more people, the more it destroys its quality of life and standard of living. The more it adds immigrants, the more destruction to its environment. The more it imports refugees, the faster America, Canada, Europe and Australia lose their own ability to function and worse, their identities. Exponential growth of any civilization leads to ultimate collapse. You see it in Africa, India and China today. You will see it in Europe, Canada, Australia and America in the coming years, “IF” Western countries don’t stop all forms of immigration.”

Part 3:  The African-American tribe, Black Lives Matter, 3 out of 4 black children born out of wedlock, welfare, violence, Chicago.

© 2018 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

What is it, in your life, that is truly important to you?  As I think back over my lifetime, there were many things that consumed my time and attention when I was younger.  Most of those things that were SO important to me then, just don’t matter anymore.  The older I get, and the more I study God’s Word and seek to follow Him, the more wisdom I have gained.  As Paul said to the Corinthians, “When I was a child, I talked like a child, I thought like a child, I reasoned like a child.  But when I became a man, I put away the things of childhood.

Please don’t think me arrogant or boastful, because even after all these years of following the Lord, I am still no more than a student.  But the more I learn of our God and His Kingdom, the more I want to learn more, drawing ever closer to Him, as the Holy Spirit fills me with a hunger and thirst I never knew I was missing when I was young.   I DO hope this message will help open some eyes and hearts — of both the young and the old.  Because today as I look around, I see so many people who are SO lost, seeking the pleasures of this world that exist for but a fleeting moment, and ultimately never truly satisfy the soul.  My heart aches for the sad, lost and lonely, and knowing what I know today, I understand there is only ONE thing — one PURPOSE — in this world that will ever be worthwhile.

Our American culture has really gone downhill, just in the past few decades.  When I was a teenager, the subject of homosexuality was only spoken of in hushed tones.  It was rightfully categorized as a mental illness, and certainly not at all commonplace.  Today it is glorified and pridefully celebrated everywhere you look, and even the majority of regular church-goers now believe it is just another acceptable “alternative lifestyle.”  Many today are even on the verge of accepting the next step down the road to depravity:  “transgenderism.”

When I was young, my parents and grandparents did just fine without fifteen different prescription drugs every day, which now are considered “essential” to living.  In the 1980s, the government waged a “war on drugs,” telling people to “Just Say No.”  It was  about that time that the pharmaceutical industry exploded and began pushing prescription drugs on the populace with wild abandon.  Today, with every election cycle, we hear the cry of the lying politicians: “The helpless elderly are so poor, they must choose between buying food and their medications!”

When I was young, yes, we had rock and roll music.  But in those days, the songs were, for the most part, all about love.  I’m not saying they were WHOLESOME, God-honoring songs, but they were nothing in comparison to what passes for popular music today.  We have gone from words like “I Want To Hold Your Hand,” to things I could not — and WOULD NOT — dare to even speak, because they’re so filthy and blasphemous.  That’s our “music” today.   In the 1980s, “Rap” music began to become popular, which was followed by the more extreme “hip hop,” with their vulgar and violent lyrics, and today we have what is known as “Death Metal,” and even worse:  “CHRISTIAN Death Metal,” as if there could ever even BE such a thing.

When I was young, a FEW people had tattoos.  Only women had their ears pierced.  Today, people young and old are tattooing every blank spot on their bodies, and piercing everything from their ears to their noses to their private parts, and proudly displaying all of it in public and on social media.

And yes, when I was young, people drank alcohol and used illicit drugs.  But it was a shameful thing to be drunk or to be labeled a “druggie.”  You certainly could not buy booze at your local gas station.   Today, people self-medicate with such things, and when they get to the point where they can no longer function in society, society rewards them with the label of “victim,” and provides “disability” benefits, so they no longer NEED to hold a job or support their families, because truly, so many today are no longer capable of doing so… all because of their horrible addictions.

The other day I was in a convenience store and saw a man, probably in his mid-forties, though he looked much older.  He was obviously drunk, and as he wandered in a daze through the store, he had two young toddlers in tow, cursing at them with the foulest of language because he couldn’t stand to be bothered with their needs — and he was buying a case of beer, at 9:30 in the morning.  I asked if he was alright or needed any help, only to be cursed at too, and told to mind my own business.

When I was young, there was no such thing as “smart phones” or even the most basic of cell phones.  But today, we seem to be addicted to them, a world of information, communication, gossip and pornography at our fingertips.

In the world of news media, government and politics, we once wondered if those in charge were telling us the truth about the most important of matters.  Today, there is no doubt:  they ALL lie, and we would expect nothing else.  Once upon a time, we went to church to seriously and reverently study God’s Word, and we attended church for a good dose of reality, as our pastors called us back to repentance and fealty to Christ week after week, reminding us that while we are saved by the grace of God alone, we, too, had a duty to take up our cross daily and follow Him.  Today, if we attend a church at all, (and most no longer do),  it’s only for what WE can get out of it;  it all depends on whether or not WE feel comfortable and affirmed in our personal sins of choice.  The idea of Repentance has been removed from the modern “gospel,” and the pastor is rare who will speak of — or explain — that there is such a thing as sin, which separates us from God.

Truly, our parents and grandparents would not recognize America today, nor would they even want to live in a world like this.  What have we done?  And what do we truly value?  It is said that people make time for the things they truly value… and so we fill our days, nights and weekends with sports — from football to car racing.  Then, there’s music, television, movies, the internet, and other forms of entertainment that we dearly hold on to as our national pasttimes.  We honor Hollywood celebrities and idolize the popular music, movie and sports stars.  And through it all, we have forgotten those things that truly are most important.  Most of us know nothing about history or the great men and women of God who came before us, nor do we care to;  certainly it’s no longer taught in our public schools, having been replaced by “more important’ things like “sex education” and “gender studies.”   And we have replaced God with a twisted, secular humanist view of life based on fake science, wholly invented by those with a nefarious agenda to remake our country into a socialist “utopia.”  Our nation spirals into insanity and our children are growing up embracing the lies of the enemy of our souls.  And we’re too busy with nonsense to even take notice.

People often tell me I’m too harsh, too political, too critical, too negative.  I live a very lonely life, sometimes, feeling like the weeping prophet, Jeremiah — shouting from the hilltops a clarion call to return to those things that are of utmost importance, yet no one wants to hear.  “Why don’t you lay off all that ‘pro-life’ talk?” they ask.  “MY God LOVES people, just the way they are,” they say.  “I choose to love people rather than condemn them,” I’m told.  And I’m told many other things too, much worse.  Suffice to say, I am certainly not very popular in this world, and especially among modern day church-goers.

But I don’t follow any particular “religion” or “denomination.”  I follow God’s Word, the Bible, and that’s enough for me.  I’m not a theologian and I have not been to Seminary.  I have no letters or degrees after my name.  But I have God’s Word, which I learned as a child, and which I continue to learn every day.  Though I did not always follow the Lord perfectly, even as I was in the midst of some of the poorest decisions I ever made as a young person, the Holy Spirit was there, guiding me, speaking to my heart, asking me VERY CLEARLY, “Rob, what are you DOING here?  This is not for you.  You know better.”  And so I did.  And so I left that life, and as I said, the more I seek the Lord, the more I hunger and thirst for His wisdom and fellowship.

Today I am at the point where I cannot get enough, and I am also at the point where I can not stop this ministry He has entrusted to me, even if I had a mind to.  I have an URGING from the Holy Spirit to do more and more and more… I feel the time is VERY urgent… as if each day could well be my last chance.   I see lost souls everywhere I turn, but so FEW even care.  We are SO lost as a people and a nation.  And I grieve.

A member of my extended family is about my age and has never married.  He has a good job and has his mortgage paid off.  No wife or family, he has chosen to spend his money on THINGS.  A couple years ago he spent $80,000 on a fancy new truck — the best there is, with every possible option.  This past summer, he bought a very expensive imported sports car.  To the best of my knowledge, he gives nothing to the work of God’s kingdom, has no involvement in any church and no interest in the things of God.  His life consists of work, his expensive “toys,” drinking and sports.  He knows better, but like most Americans, he doesn’t care.  This really, is where we are at today.  The spirit of Apathy is THICK.  Don’t get me wrong;  he’s a very nice guy and we love him, but that’s not going to “cut it” when he stands before the King of Kings to give an account of his life.  And I have to wonder:  is he truly satisfied with life, having based it on mere possessions and frivolous entertainment?  Does he not LONG for something more SUBSTANTIAL in his life?

If America is going to survive as a nation and if we are going to survive as a people, then there is only ONE answer:  we must REPENT, in humility and in sorrow, and turn our hearts back to our Creator, God Almighty, the One Who has given us so much grace, so much love and patience, even as we have shaken our fists at Him and spit in His face.  What other hope could we possibly have?  Have we not YET had enough of the vanity of entertainment and riches and useless THINGS?  Do we not LONG, desperatley, for a life of substance and fulfillment, with the knowledge that we are investing our time, talents and God-given resources for the Kingdom of God, rather than squandering them all on our own carnal pleasures?  Isnt’ ENOUGH ENOUGH already?

Peter thought just that, as he warned in his first letter to the saints.  In chapter 4, he wrote, “For you have spent enough time in the past doing what pagans choose to do — living in debauchery, lust, drunkenness, orgies, carousing and destestable idolatry.”  John gave a similar admonition in 1st John 2:  “Do not love the world or anything in the world.  If anyone loves the world, love for the Father is not in them.  For everything in the world — the lust of the flesh, the lust of the eyes and the pride of life — comes not from the Father but from the world.  The world and it’s desires pass away, but whoever does the will of God lives forever.”

Paul wrote to the Corinthians, “The wisdom of this world is foolishness in God’s sight.”  But he also warned them, “The natural person does not accept the things of the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness to him, and he is not able to understand them because they are spiritually discerned.”  And to the Romans, he wrote, “You know the time, that the hour has come for you to wake from sleep.  For salvation is nearer to us now than when we first believed.  The night is far gone;  the day is at hand.  So then let us cast off the works of darkness and put on the armor of light.  Let us walk properly as in the day time, not in orgies and drunkenness, not in sexual immorality and sensuality, not in quarrelling and jealousy.  But put on the Lord Jesus Christ and make no provision for the flesh, to gratify it’s desires.”

Friends, when I began this ministry work, I had no idea what was in store for me.  It has been a life of trouble, difficulty, great challenges and much persecution — from the world AND from the church.  I was a young man then.  Now, after nearly 20 years of full time ministry, I am much older, and I hope, much wiser.  Somewhere along the line, as I sought to do the LORD’s will over my own, He has trained me up to be a servant to HIM, and to others.  I serve with pleasure and with great zeal.  I think back on those things that were once so important to me in my younger days and as I said, they just don’t matter anymore.

I have learned to constantly turn my eyes upon Jesus, and look full in His wonderful face.  And as I have been persistent in doing so, the things of earth have grown strangely dim, in the light of His glory and grace.  We have only ONE life on this earth to serve the King of Kings.  He is our Creator, our Father, our Provider, our Sustainer and our Savior.  Jesus said, “All authority has been given to Me in heaven and on earth.”  That is WHO I work for, according to the guidance of the Holy Spirit.  I do it for HIS glory, but I ALSO do it for those I dearly love.  My wife, my children and my grandchildren.

I wonder why so many professing Christians, and so many regular church-goers just don’t seem to care much about God, but they SURE care a whole lot about the Green Bay Packers.  And I wonder: what sort of world are we leaving to our grandchildren?  What will be our legacy when we are gone from this world?  Will we have made any difference at all?  Will all the days we’ve spent on this earth have any significance in eternity?  I pray you will ponder these things along with me.  Lord, I pray, help us to turn our eyes upon Jesus, and come to LOVE those things that truly matter.

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com and ask for message number 209.

© 2018 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

What we have seen in this series is a complete usurpation of our Constitution by both Parties.  Democrats seem to have less regard for it than Republicans as the blatant overreach of Democratic administrations have been the most damaging.  Woodrow Wilson in establishing the ‘Federal Reserve’ which is neither Federal nor does it have any reserves.  It is run but the Rothchilds and Rockefellers.  Wilson stated after the fact: “I am a most unhappy man, I have unwittingly ruined my country.  A great industrial nation is controlled by its system of Credit.  Our system of credit is concentrated.  The growth of the nation, therefore, and all of our activities are in the hands of a few men.   We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated governments in the civilized world.  No longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men.

The Rockefellers have been working for decades for a New World Order.  Keep in mind that for that to happen, the United States as a sovereign nation must be eliminated.  Many will say that the Rockefellers would not do that. In David Rockefellers own words: “Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as internationalists and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure – one world, if you will.  If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.” [1]

As I stated they have been working on this for decades.  Working hand in hand with them is the liberal media.  They have NOT reported the decades of meetings with the worlds elite in moving the world in that direction.  Again, in his own words: We are grateful to The Washington Post, The New York Times, Time Magazine and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost forty years. It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subject to the bright lights of publicity during those years. But, the work is now much more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national autodetermination practiced in past centuries.” [2]

Concerning the Trilateral commission, it is again members of the Democrat Party that are involved in helping to bring America.  Zbigniew Brzezinski was Jimmy Carter’s National Security advisor and a Founding Member of the Trilateral commission. It’s mission is to facilitate a one world government: The Trilateral Commission is a non-governmental, policy-oriented forum that brings together leaders in their individual capacity from the worlds of business, government, academia, press and media, as well as civil society.  The Commission offers a global platform for open dialogue, reaching out to those with different views and engaging with decision makers from around the world with the aim of finding solutions to the great geopolitical, economic and social challenges of our time.  Its members share a firm belief in the values of rule of law, democratic government, human rights, freedom of speech and free enterprise that underpin human progress.  Members are also committed to supporting a rules-based international system, closer cooperation across borders and respect for the diversity of approaches to policy issues.

The Trilateral Commission was formed in 1973 by private citizens of Japan, Europe (European Union countries), and North America (United States and Canada) to foster closer cooperation among these core industrialized areas of the world with shared leadership responsibilities in the wider international system. Originally established for three years, our work has been renewed for successive triennia (three-year periods), most recently for a triennium to be completed in 2015.[3]

Other members of the Trilateral Commission are  Paul Volker, Chairman of the Federal Reserve under Presidents Jimmy Carter and Ronald Reagan: Peter Sutherland, UN Special Representative of Secretary General for Migration and Development; former Chairman, Goldman Sachs International: Graham Allison, Director, Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs, and Douglas Dillon Professor of Government, John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge; former Dean, John F. Kennedy School of Government; former Special Advisor tothe Secretary of Defense and former Assistant Secretary of Defense: C. Fred Bergsten, Senior Fellow and Director Emeritus, Peterson Institute for International Economics, Washington; former U.S. Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for International Affairs and Assistant for International Economic Affairs, National Security Council: Adm. Dennis B. Blair (ret.), Chairman, Sasakawa Peace Foundation, Washington; former U.S. Director of National Intelligence; former Commander in Chief, U.S. Pacific Command:  Michael Bloomberg, Founder and CEO, Bloomberg LP, NewYork; fomer Mayor of New York City: Michael Chertoff, Chairman and Co-Founder, The Chertoff Group; former Secretary of Homeland Security; Former Judge, U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit; Former Assistant Attorney General, Criminal Division, Department of Justice, Washington.  You remember that Chertoff was Secretary of Homeland Security under George W. Bush.  Michael Duffy, Executive Editor, TIME Magazine, Washington: Andrea Mitchell, Chief Foreign Affairs Correspondent, NBC News, Washington. [4]

This is just a drop in the bucket of who is involved with this anti-American organization.  These are powerful men and women who, at one time, kept their intentions secret as mentioned in Rockefellers previous statement but now they operate in the open and most people don’t even notice.  They are men and women from all over the world and their intent is to bring America into s world alliance that leaves us and all our resources at the mercy of these globalists.

This has happened because we have failed to vet the people we have put in positions of authority.  Noah Webster warned us: “In selecting men for office, let principle be your guide. Regard not the particular sect or denomination of the candidate — look to his character… When a citizen gives his suffrage to a man of known immorality he abuses his trust; he sacrifices not only his own interest, but that of his neighbor; he betrays the interest of his country.”  Patrick Henry gave us advice that is as good today as it was in his day: Bad men cannot make good citizens. It is impossible that a nation of infidels or idolaters should be a nation of freemen. It is when a people forget God that tyrants forge their chains. A vitiated state of morals, a corrupted public conscience, is incompatible with freedom. No free government, or the blessings of liberty, can be preserved to any people but by a firm adherence to justice, moderation, temperance, frugality, and virtue; and by a frequent recurrence to fundamental principles.[5]

The likelihood of returning America to her greatness is not very good.  We can regain some of what we have lost but we will never return to our full glory.  Benjamin Franklin stated when asked what type of government the Continental Congress gave us: “Well, Doctor, what have we got—a Republic or a Monarchy?” “A Republic, if you can keep it.”  We have failed to keep it.

© 2018 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes:

1. David Rockefeller autobiography “Memoirs” page 405.
2. Address to a meeting of the Trilateral Commission, June 1991
3. http://trilateral.org/page/3/about-trilateral
4. http://trilateral.org/download/files/membership/TC_list_3_23.pdf
5. Roger Anghis, Defining America’s Exceptionalism, pp. 172, (Westbow Press, 2012)

In the internet era, the amount of information we offer up about ourselves is staggering.  No one has to dig around for what we freely give.  We do it without much thought and seem concerned only when there is a breach revealing our credit card numbers and even then there is a thriving industry to cure that ailment.  Practically every app we download to our phones asks us for access to virtually every piece of information we carry around or receive.  Then, we appear shocked when our information is used for purposes we did not intend –  like unwittingly helping out political campaigns. Now we are excited to spit on a Q-tip and give up our DNA as if every other piece of personal data about ourselves, our relationships and what we buy at the grocery store is not enough.  With the advance of artificial intelligence, how long before even a hint of privacy becomes a fantasy.  We have no one to blame but ourselves and our addictions to gadgets and social media.  After all, it is exciting when Alexa’s soothing voice, always peering out at you through her camera and always listening through her microphone, gives you the weather, your appointments and plays your favorite music.  The persistent questions are how far have we willingly gone down the Orwellian hole?  And can we ever climb out of it?  There will always be some willing to take a potential good thing and use it for bad purpose.

Within weeks of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attack, President George W. Bush signed into law the Patriot Act.

There was some debate, but with urgency an overwhelming Congressional majority passed it.  There were concerns about electronic surveillance of Americans inside the United States in violation of their rights to freedom of association and freedom of speech.  We trusted politicians and political appointees to do the right thing.  Following the Ben Franklin axiom, we forfeited some liberty for promised safety.

On the subject, I was one of many fence sitters.  I wanted our agencies enabled to collect intelligence and foil terrorist plots.  I did not think it likely they would intentionally collect data on average Americans.  My naivete also steered me to believe the Government of a free United States of America would never abuse this power to spy on Americans for reasons other than anti-terrorism and especially not political opposition during a Presidential campaign.

Back in 2005, when the political conversations heated up around the subject, I favored the Patriot Act because I chose political sides.  If certain people came out against anything rigid thinking automatically compelled to be for it.  My thinking has matured some since.  Even though I made and received frequent international calls as the NSA was making bulk collection of phone records I expressed concern then that I feared Google more than the remote possibility the National Security Agency would capture my data illegally or otherwise.

Surveilling the landscape today I sort of feel like a prophet – at least as it relates to Google.  I also believe that our government intel collection methods capture everything to sort out later if needed.  How long before the Russians or Chinese hack them servers?

If you have a Google account, an Android cell phone in your pocket, and use the Chrome web browser you can probably hear the old 80’s The Police tune Every Breath You Take playing in the background.

Every breath you take and every move you make
Every bond you break, every step you take, I’ll be watching you
Every single day and every word you say
Every game you play, every night you stay, I’ll be watching you

Google not only captures but stores enormous amounts of data on each of us.  Data we offered up freely.  The potential for abuse of this data by criminals, unknown intelligence agencies (foreign and domestic), and political parties should concern every American.  Especially in light of current events.

Over recent months, we learned unscrupulous people are willing to abuse the Federal Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) to spy on Americans under the guise of monitoring possible foreign agents.  It just so happens the foreigners being monitored were having conversations with members of an opposing political party during a Presidential campaign.  We’ve also learned FISA court judges appear, with a 99.97% approval rate for warrants, rubber stamps.  Google may actually do a better job protecting our data than the government.  With our proven abilities to gather and store vast amounts of data, whose to say our government doesn’t already have its arms wrapped around Google and others.  What’s the downside?  Abuse of this power likely leads to legislation and regulation that hinders our ability to protect ourselves and restricts our ability to freely use the Internet.  Or we become Mr. Orwell’s totalitarian state.  For public consumption, what we write may end up being nailed to a tree.

As our founders reminded, our system of government is designed for law abiding people.  With no exceptions, people proven to have illegally abused FISA and illegally spied on Americans must be prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law.  The saddest fact?  Most people consume only legacy news media and nowadays social media so are literally blind to this abuse.

And then there’s Facebook.  Facebook also collects data offered up freely by people who decide the need for a Facebook presence – myself among them.  It seems we want to be noticed so we readily give up many details about our lives and readily “friend” people we know nothing about giving them access to our personal information.  It is something most of us would never do in a face to face conversation with a stranger.

By what you read, what you share, what you like, what products you search for, who you follow, who follows you Facebook can make a relatively accurate assessment of you and your social network.  Facebook analyzes and uses this information for lucrative targeted advertising.  When you are the world’s largest social media network, it’s an absolute gold mine.

In terms I can understand, a social graph is a chart that shows relationships between all the people in a community.  In the internet era, it’s sort of like the universe.  It’s massive and endless.

As of 2010, Facebook‘s social graph is the largest social network dataset in the world, and it contains the largest number of defined relationships between the largest number of people among all websites because it is the most widely used social networking service in the world. – Wikipedia

Facebook has some problems however.  They’ve decided to protect us by deciding what we should post and what we should read.  It’s that algorithm thing we keep hearing about –  the process that decides what’s hate speech, what’s unsafe, what’s fake, and what’s real.  They want to know all about us and then guide us toward their idea of what’s good for us.  It is a utopian mindset.  It’s as if they would prefer to rid the planet of critical thinking.  Their other problem is the data they collect with which to target us is also available to or accessible to anyone or organization savvy enough to mine it.  They played fast and loose with our data until a company that did not share their worldview used some of it.

Cambridge Analytica is a data analytics company that mines and uses data about what we like, what we share, who we friend, etc. to target political advertising.  Their problem, it seems, is they provided data to some conservative campaigns and supposedly to the Trump campaign.  These assertions alone led to Congressional hearings.  It was unacceptable that a company helping conservative campaigns may have used information readily available to anyone including President Obama’s campaigns.  It was so offensive that Facebook banned them.

Congresswoman Maxine “Impeach Trump” Waters let the cat out of the bag some time ago, but it never broke through the liberal media firewall other than to compliment the genius of Obama’s social data mining.

“The president [Obama] has put in place an organization that contains the kind of database that no one has ever seen before in life. That’s going to be very, very powerful. That database will have information about everything on every individual in ways that it’s never been done before.” Maxine Waters

While Facebook and assorted liberals are throwing a conniption fit about the activity of Cambridge Analytics, they are ignoring the fact that they either provided or allowed access to data on millions of users to Obama’s reelection campaign.  This could be a violation of federal election law, but don’t hold your breath for the investigation to begin.

Carol Davidsen was the Director, Integration and Media Analytics for Obama for America.

“In 2011, Carol Davidsen, director of data integration…” and media analytics for Obama for America, built a database of every American voter using the same Facebook developer tool used by Cambridge, known as the social graph API. Any time people used Facebook’s log-in button to sign on to the campaign’s website, the Obama data scientists were able to access their profile as well as their friends’ information. That allowed them to chart the closeness of people’s relationships and make estimates about which people would be most likely to influence other people in their network to vote.

“We ingested the entire U.S. social graph,” Davidsen said in an interview. “We would ask permission to basically scrape your profile, and also scrape your friends, basically anything that was available to scrape. We scraped it all.” – The Washington Post

“We ingested the entire U.S. social graph.”  In other words, millions of “friends” had their data sucked up without their knowledge or consent.  According to Davidsen, Facebook was really broken up by this revelation.  She recently Tweeted:

“They came to office in the days following election recruiting & were very candid that they allowed us to do things they wouldn’t have allowed someone else to do because they were on our side,” – Carol Davidsen – The Daily Caller

Whether it is information swept up by NSA surveillance or what we freely give to Facebook, Google, Twitter, LinkedIn, et al we have made ourselves vulnerable to manipulation and misinformation campaigns.  We have allowed others, using psychological graphs and other tools, to guide us.  They want to guide our thinking, steer us toward the news and information some “algorithm” has determined is safe for us.  Being human, we like the easy route so we are likely to go where the search engine leads.  We prefer to follow rather than lead and our youth are the most susceptible.  It’s brainwashing on a sophisticated global scale.  Survival requires us to start searching for the way out of the Orwellian hole we’ve dug for ourselves.

© 2018 JD Pendry – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JD Pendry: jd@jdpendry.com

(These are my views as a woman living in England, on how the culture and spirit of my country has changed over 50 years.   Why the country does not feel protected or strong any more, how it has lost, and is losing it values and decency, and how we are daily losing our free speech.)

When I was a child, I had my very own bodyguard. His name was Robert Barker, and he was the boy next door.

If anyone at school threatened me, then the name of Robert Barker would be sure to send just a few shock-waves through the mind of any kid who thought they could beat me up or threaten me.   He was a very useful neighbour to know.

At home, I would secretly design wedding dresses; this was my knight in shining armour.   He was tall, dark, and had muscle.

One evening, whilst sitting safely on the garden swing in my own back garden, I noticed Robert was looking out of his bedroom window.   He vanished, and then returned with his air rifle and shot a bird that was innocently sitting on a branch right above me.  As it landed at my feet, with its wings splayed, I noticed there was blood leaking from its motionless chest.   He had already filled my mother’s garden ornaments with lead pellets and destroyed them, now he had taken the life of this innocent little bird.  There and then, as I looked up and saw Robert Barker grinning from ear to ear with pride, it was decided; this marriage had ended, and it was the end of my very fine romance.

Boys with air rifles were just a little bit too risqué, I would now rely on my own awareness, a bit of charm, and a small black plastic spud gun, which could possibly look real to the unsuspecting.

But as the years have passed in England, and where our total dependence on an overworked and depleted police force, and a considerable rise in violent crime now dominates society, personal protection seems to only be afforded to those of a special status. Even in your own back garden, there is an extreme vulnerability in every aspect of life for the ordinary man and woman.

Peace at What Price!

As London is now considered a city to be more violent that New York, with the investigation of 55 murders taking place in this year alone, the recent story of a 78 year old South London homeowner, Richard Osborn-Brooks, who recently defended himself and his wife with a ‘screw-driver’ in his own home, and was later arrested for murder, has bought to light not only what constitutes ‘reasonable defence’ for an un-armed individual, but has highlighted our own personal ethos, and what weapon, what action, and what tactic we may be allowed to use if faced with a similar situation to Mr Osborn-Brooks.

Following the Bataclan massacre in Paris, 2015, when Islamic terrorists shot and killed 90 concertgoers, staff at my place of work were seriously planning their escape routes should a similar incident ever occur in the relatively quiet, semi-rural, and un-noticeable building that we work in.

Was this an indication of an overly-reactive knee-jerk mentality to an isolated event, or a realistic view of just some of the dangers we now face in Europe?

Our cities, towns and some of the surrounding suburbs have now become places where your only protection may be to avoid them at all costs. If you have to travel through some area’s you lock your doors, and you most certainly do not partake in any type of confrontation with another driver or get out of your car. At a moments notice, the polarization of yourself as an individual and the area that you find yourself in may become painfully clear. The streets now belong to a more aggressive and streetwise individual, who, in the absence of a police presence, has claimed ownership. Whereas, these areas were once in a minority; like a virus, petty and violent crime is spreading and it is creeping up upon many areas across the country which were once considered relatively safe.

In many instances, the law is also favouring the side of the aggressor and not the victim.  This is creating an overall tension, a state of suspicion, and an increased fear across the country.  The initial arrest of Mr Osborn-Brooks, although he has now been released, raised an overall national outcry.  This is because there is now a very long history of unfavourable outcomes which has seen perpetrators of crime walk free based on their human rights.

As we live in a country where individual protection has been largely handed over to the state, people are now crying out for more law enforcement and a more visible presence of police on our streets.  However, will this usher in a police state, where we might see armed servicemen and police patrolling the streets as we once witnessed in Northern Ireland (1969-1998)   Is this now our very own era of ‘troubles’? [Link]

A Return to the Garden

Feeling safe, by whatever means, within your own home and garden, should be an individual’s right, regardless of your position or status in life.

Today in 2018, because of the increase in crime in the UK, I would once more dearly love to have my very own Robert Barker to keep a watchful eye over me. Despite his child-like enthusiasm to impress the girl next door by shooting a bird, in our school days he still had a heart for protecting the weaker person from the bully.

In the face of the continuous growing evil which we confront today, I have slowly re-kindled my love affair towards those who know how to physically protect themselves.  I understand more clearly the battle we face in an imperfect world.

The reality is that evil holds no fear in killing someone.  Your charm or vulnerability, and even an escape plan, cannot deter an assailant who wishes to destroy you.  Mr Osborn-Brooks only had a screw-driver to protect himself and his disabled wife.  Unfortunately, it fatally wounded his assailant, but what would have happened if he had not attempted to protect his family?

How fortunate are those who are able to be physically protected?

In 2013, whilst walking in his own back garden in the grounds of Buckingham Palace, Prince Andrew was not so grateful.   When armed policeman designated to protect the royal family mistook him for an intruder and he was ordered to identify himself, he reacted angrily by saying “Don’t you know who I am”.   It is reported he was ‘incredibly’ angry as he didn’t like guns being pointed at him. Later, it was reported that the police had to profusely apologise to him.    He offered this conciliatory statement:

‘The police have a difficult job to do balancing security for the royal family and deterring intruders, and sometimes they get it wrong.’

But hinting at his anger over the confrontation, he added: ‘I am grateful for their apology and look forward to a safe walk in the garden in the future.

The garden fences are down, we have no security patrolling our grounds, wolves and foxes trample over the flower beds as they weave their wave through urban streets in the dead of night looking for any left over pickings and an easy pocket to pick or pounce upon. In the distance, there is the sound of running.

I remember life as a child and the safety of the garden.  Come back Robert Barker, you can bring your air rifle, some real muscle, a catapult and your cheesy grin; all is forgiven.

© 2018 Shirley Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Shirley Edwards: eshirley02@gmail.com

Additional Information

1 – Self defence and prevention crime
2 – Prince Andrews rage as palace police Duke angry officers mistook intruder
3 – Suspected burglar dies tussle pensioner
4 – UK England London
5 – Prince Andrews rage Palace police Duke angry officers mistook intruder
6 – Troubles security forces
7 – Crime rises statistics England Wales police officer numbers record low government tories labour
8 – 55 murder investigations launched in London this year as death toll continues to rise

I woke up on April 19^th and turned on the radio only to find a veteran film maker by the name of William Friedkin being interviewed by the substitute on the Laura Ingraham radio show about exorcisms. Readers may remember the original movie of the EXORCIST kicked off intense debate among critics, community leaders and even religious leaders.

For readers unfamiliar with conservative talk show host Laura Ingraham, she wears a gold cross around her neck which she got when she was baptized into the Catholic Church 15 years ago.  The original cross was stolen in July 2011 when the dress she had to wear for some photo didn’t seem compatible so she didn’t wear the cross that day and it was stolen and to the best of my knowledge, she has replaced it.  Laura speaks Russian and studied there so it is understandable why she has adopted three children from an orphanage. On her 11/24/2017 show she mentioned they are 12, 9, and 7 and the subject on her show that day were the IPhones so she had a pediatrician on the show explaining the dangers of these phones for young people because the right brain forms in the first six years.

From the many books William had read on the subject and knowing the Vatican had an “in house” exorcist for 31 years on board, he was desirous to film an exorcism, if possible, and eventually was given permission. So, on May 1, 2016 at 3 p.m. with no camera crew or lights and only his small digit camera shaking slightly, he began to film this exorcism by himself. Clips of the movie THE DEVIL AND FATHER AMORTH will begin showing in theaters this weekend. [Link]

The Catholic Church authorizes the use of exorcism for those who are believed to be the victims of demonic possession. In Roman Catholicism, exorcism is sacramental but not a sacrament, unlike baptism or confession.  The Catholic Church is in need of more exorcists due to the urgent increase in demonic possession so the Vatican trains as demonic possession claims rise.

COMMUNIST INFILTRATION INTO OUR GOVERNMENT

As I view daily happenings around me, I shake my head in amazement at how depraved civilization has become in just the last couple decades and especially since Madeleine O’Hair became the almost only recognizable voice and face of atheism in America wanting prayer out of school when her son, William, who was allegedly the victim of prayer and bible reading in his school.  William said his mother raised him in a Marxist home and that the campaign against prayer in public school was simply an off-shoot of Marxism. And atheism’s female Lone Ranger was wielding amazing influence through the courts. William said his mother was under Communist Party employment when she introduced a hi-powered brief which apparently befuddled the Supreme Court justices into banning prayer and Bible reading in school. She also renounced her US citizenship and tried to take her two children to the Soviet Union.   They rejected her, however, on the ground she could do more good for the Communist cause by returning to the US and continuing as she had in the past.

A BILLION DOLLAR BOONDOGGLE

Dr. W. Cleon Skousen, (now deceased)a spokesman for the Mormon Church, and former FBI agent wrote the book  THE NAKED COMMUNIST  was told by officials in Washington that there are thousands just like O’Hair. Some of them are inside the government, othe are in the media, the schools or the legal profession. Every day, in every way, they continually work like moles to undermine the US and weaken her defenses against the demoralization and despondency which the Soviet Union feels will bring down the US in the not too distant future. That was in 1983, folks. And look at the bedlam we’re experiencing in our once Constitutional Republic today. [Link] Comey’s book hopefully will finally put an end to this billion dollar deep state silent coup boondoggle.

AMERICAN NEEDS A DEVIL AND I AM IT

In 1983 O’Hair had printed up a Petition that she was trying to eliminate all public broadcasting and circulated in churches to make Christians look foolish. The FCC indicated no such Petition existed but protest mail clogged the Federal Communications Commission in Washington D.C. (Source: Colorado Eagle forum)   In 1988 she was targeting our nation’s motto: In God We Trust.  She said “The religious community desperately needs a DEVIL and I am it.”  In 1989 she sued Beverly LaHaye and Concerned Women for America but in June 1990, a judge ruled that each of O’Hair’s legal claims “lacked merit” and dismissed them.

In 1989 she  took a group of her flock to Moscow, the citadel of atheism. There the pilgrims were quickly dismayed to discover that seven decades of totalitarian socialism had failed to “cure the religious inclinations of the Russian people (Source: 12/31/1991 New American).

However,  in 1995, O’Hair, her son, John Garth Murray and her granddaughter Robin Murray-O’Hair(daughter of William Murray, who had become an evangelical Christian) disappeared from the American Atheists offices.  The office manager, David R. waters, had stolen the organization’s money, murdered the three and buried their bodies on a remote Texas ranch. In 2003, at the age of 56, Waters died in a Federal prison medical facility of lung cancer. In 1984, O’Hair was “chief speech writer” for pornographer,  Larry Flint’s failed presidential campaign.  (Source: May 2008 Berean Call Newsletter) And while O’Hare met with a terrible ending, her censorship of Christian values is happening all across America.

COGNITIVE DISSONANCE

As   America began to deteriorate and God was no longer blessed, many were faced with “Cognitive Dissonance”-having to unlearn what we were taught as children in Sunday School and especially the lies in school, and to process our new information to align with the Politically Correct doctrine making, for instance, homosexuality which was once a deviant, mental disorder in the Psychiatry Diagnostic Manuals into something normal and good,  that it is OK to kill babies in the womb and the Tax Cuts are only for the rich. There are still millions who believe airplanes  brought down the twin towers on Sept. 11 although it is now common knowledge dynamite caused the collapse of not only the twin towers but an adjoining building and the excuse to attack Saddam Hussein and Iraq, a war that has lasted 17 years and no end in sight.  As I tried to bring this information to my 26 year old granddaughter, she insisted it was airplanes and then on her trusty biased IPhone, showed me a picture of the planes flying into the tower.  Then I had to explain why planes are unable to fly right through structural steel columns in the TwinTowers perhaps to no avail.

Although Cognitive processing therapy is what veterans go through to regain mental health and try to recover from PTSD when they get home, certain triggers cause fear and relapse so they are encouraged to find the courage to get help.  And, of course, the public system is the instrument being used today as children are being taught about transgender and the alphabet groups (LGBTQ) now accepted in our society in the early childhood development programs.

On April 9, 2018, Ms. Smallback, contributor to NewsWithViews, had an interesting article about the red pill and why is it so hard to swallow.

AMERICA OVERSATURATED WITH EVIL

This evil is especially true in the U.S.A. where reprehensible acts have become normalized and sin is openly embraced.  It has become a land where the most heinous sin of all occurs on a day-to-day basis as more than one million unborn babies are brutally slaughtered each year. My own state of Oregon has a  Democrat governor who celebrated the murder of the unborn by making abortion free in the state. According to the WASHINGTON TIMES Sept. 18, 2017, those in attendance “regularly broke into rousing cheers and applause.” It was known as the “Reproductive Health Equity Act,” (H.B. 3391) on August 15 when she signed the law. “To lead productive and thriving lives, Oregonians must have the ability to control their bodies and make informed decisions about their health care,” the governor said. “I am proud to sign legislation that expands access to basic reproductive health services for all Oregonians regardless of where they live, where they come from, or how they identify as a person.”

The bill which was passed by the  Democrat controlled House and Senate in July, required all health benefit plans in Oregon to provide coverage for various services that include abortion, contraception and testing for sexually transmitted diseases. It allows an exemption for religious businesses and nonprofits, outlining that “an insurer may offer to a religious employer a health benefit plan that does not include coverage for contraceptives or abortion procedures that are contrary to the religious employer’s religious tenets, BUT ONLY if the insurer sends a detailed notice to employees to advise which services their employer declines to cover.  The legislation created much contention in both the House and Senate as Republicans were horrified that an estimated half a million dollars would be used for abortions. Now, remembering that the Psychiatric industry once declared homosexuality as a mental disorder,  compare our demonic controlled Oregon transgender governor to Indiana governor who signed a historic bill permitting murder charges for killing an unborn baby.  And without asking Jesus to become their Savior and receiving forgiveness,  many women who have had abortions feel guilty and end up on drugs or become alcoholics or do other terrible things.

HILLARY’S PRESIDENTIAL LOSS CAUSES TEARS AND DISTRESS

I’m reminded of the tears on the faces in front of T.V. cameras after Hillary Clinton lost the presidency and some have suggested the lesbians, Jennifer and Sarah Hart, who adopted those six black children and then Jennifer drove off the cliff into the Pacific Ocean were likewise affected because Hillary was a strong supporter of such a lifestyle.

In June 2016, while speaking before a gathering of Planned Parenthood supporters, Democratic presidential candidate Hillary Clinton said she believes legalizing abortion has helped to keep women in the workplace, and thus has aided the economy.  “Roe vs. Wade transformed (women) because it meant that women were able to get educations, build careers, enter new fields, and rise as far as their talent and hard work would take them – all opportunities that follow when women are able to stay healthy and choose whether and when to become mothers,” she asserted. Clinton opined that birth control has likewise helped the economy because it has kept woman in the workforce instead of at home raising children. [Link]

It has been reported that the driver of that fateful Pacific Ocean accident purposely was going 90 miles an hour and she was drunk.  Autopsies have shown the children had Benadryl in their bodies.

The biological mother of these precious children was a long-time user of cocaine. The CPS officials removed the children from her care on August 29, 2006 and gave an aunt in Texas custody with the understanding the children were not to even have visitation with their mother. One day while she was gone, her daughter allowed the kids to see their mother. When CPS found out, they took the children from the aunt. The aunt’s lawyer, Priscilla Jones, fought long and hard to get the children returned to the aunt but CPS gave them to the same-sex couple  instead. Not surprising, our children now belong to the collective and the CPS offices are heavy with lesbians and homosexuals. [Link]

And then on August 1, a prominent LGBTQ New York City Attorney, David Buckel (60) who led lawsuits legalizing same-sex marriage set himself on fire in Brooklyn left a note in a shopping cart not far from his body found by passers-by in Brooklyn Prospect Park saying his suicide is a grisly protest against ecological destruction.  Once again, could homosexuality and mental illness be the cause of these strange, atrocious happening?  An April 12 news story indicated at least 13 assassination threats had been directed at the new Environmental Protection Administrator, Scott Pruitt from February 2017 to August 2017.

DEMONIC FORCES AT WORK IN AMERICA

As you read this article, you can see that demonically driven goons are at work in America. Since President Trump’s election, many groups are calling for a revolution.   In 2016, Chairman Mao’s spawn was occupying the White House and we’ve got to give them credit. They knew what they were doing. They want our kids. They stole the Christian heritage out of the hearts of our children and we couldn’t even see it happening.

© 2018 Betty Freauf – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Betty Freauf: bettyfreauf@gmail.com

What if I told you the left wing and the right wing belong to the same bird. —Anonymous

I believe in less government.  I believe in fiscal responsibility and all those things that maybe republicans used to believe in but don’t anymore.  —Clint Eastwood

Yes, the left wing and the right wing both belong to the same bird, and that bird is the destruction of the land of the free and the home of the brave.

Money can’t buy manners, morals, respect, trust, patience, class, integrity, love, character or common sense, and that is why Congress has a 9% approval rating.

Not once during the entire reign of the socialist Muslim loving, race baiting presidency of Barack Hussein Obama did the Congress balk at what Obama wanted, neither did they delay his appointments, unlike what the Republican Senate has done to their own Republican President.  Obama loved spending, and so does the Republican Congress.

Presidential Influence Over Omnibus Bills

Obama and others before him loved Omnibus Bills because they could use these monies in ways to promote their own agendas.

As previously explained an omnibus bill is a single document that is accepted in a single vote by a legislature, but it packages together several measures into one or combines diverse subjects. Because of their large size and scope, omnibus bills limit opportunities for debate and scrutiny, which we’ve just seen. This is part of the rot of an omnibus bill as compared to a budget.

An omnibus bill mixes mandatory spending and discretionary spending. So, does the President have the ability to use the funds as he chooses? Yes, to a point. President Trump was not happy with the Omnibus Spending Bill of 2018 and voiced his displeasure up until he actually signed it at the last minute.  He can’t take money from the Jordan Wall, (why the hell are we building a wall for Jordan?) for example to make his own wall, depending on where those monies are appropriated. But within the budget there are likely places where he can adjust the way the monies are spent, and that includes the military building the wall.  Link

That wall our President wants protects American citizens from criminal illegal aliens and terrorists entering our country as freely as they do now.  And it’s not 11 or 12 million illegals who have crossed our borders, it’s more like 60 million, replacing the aborted American citizen babies murdered in their mothers’ wombs.

Presidents can use their influence over any items that have been appropriated, depending on the agencies involved. Obama used his to influence spending in agencies that were advancing his agenda.  There is little information to tell us how appropriated money is actually spent, and in eight years we never found out what Obama did with the monies in his Omnibus bills, did we?!  Link

Now we have a Republican president who loves this country and wants to keep her citizens protected and safe and these leftist socialist Republican rags (neo-con Trotskyites – Trotsky was a Marxist who murdered 3 million Russian citizens) are willing to thwart what they know Trump could do with the omnibus bill.

The Impoundment Control Act

Impoundment is an act by a President of the United States of not spending money that has been appropriated by the U.S. Congress. Thomas Jefferson was the first president to exercise the power of impoundment in 1801.  The power was available to all presidents up to and including Richard Nixon, and was regarded as a power inherent to the office.

Citing government spending as a reason for surging inflation, Nixon refused to spend nearly $12 billion of congressionally appropriated funds for 1973 and 1974. He claimed that the deficit was causing high inflation and that as a result he needed to curb government spending.

Nixon did so under the executive action known as “impoundment.” Faced with Nixon’s unusually large impoundment, and with the president bogged down in Watergate, Congress rebelled, passing legislation to make impoundment illegal. Nixon vetoed the bill, Congress overrode his veto, and Nixon stood his ground. The administration challenged the new law barring impoundment, but a federal court sided with Congress, saying impoundment was unconstitutional.

The 1974 Congressional Budget and Impoundment Control Act modified the role of Congress in the federal budgetary process. It created standing budget committees in both the House and the Senate, established the Congressional Budget Office, and moved the beginning of the fiscal year from July 1 to October 1, once again the bureaucracy in increased…thanks to Congress.

The Impoundment Act Goals

The Act had two main goals: (1) strengthen and centralize Congress’ budget authority; (2) reduce the President’s impoundment authority. The latter was done by drafting detailed guidelines restricting how the President can impound funds already appropriated by Congress.

The Impoundment Control Act of 1974 provides that the president may propose rescission of specific funds, but that rescission must be approved by both the House and Senate within 45 days.  Congress can approve the rescissions with a simple majority vote, no clotures, no filibusters.  However, the requirement removed the Presidential impoundment power, since Congress is not required to vote on the rescission and, they have ignored the vast majority of presidential requests.

Congress doesn’t mind the practice as long as its use is fairly trivial. But if a president actually uses it in big enough chunks to make a difference, they go nuts.

Recent Usage of Impoundment

Barack Hussein Obama, aka Barry Soetoro never saw an omnibus spending bill he didn’t like.  We know that because the debt doubled.  George Bush never used impoundment, whereas Reagan used the act several times.  Nevertheless, even with over $75 billion being requested, Congress only agreed to $25 billion in cuts.  Can you see who the unconstitutional spenders are…both Republican and Democrat?

With a Republican majority in both houses of Congress, our Republican President could request that McConnell and Ryan impound all of the Democratic wish list in the 2018 Omnibus bill, but the reality is they were just as pleased with this outrageous bipartisan leftist spending as Schumer and Pelosi.

Mitch McConnell, the “leader” of the Senate has failed to support his own party’s president, and has waffled on everything the President requests, and is even allowing speculation about a bill to keep the President from firing Mueller.  Now he has even killed President Trump’s plan to cut $60 billion in spending…a pittance, and McConnell won’t even allow that.  What a traitor.

Then there’s Speaker of the House, turncoat Paul Ryan hoping to push amnesty for illegal alien law breakers through the house before he leaves in nine months, and he won’t leave now…why?  Because this moderate leftist Republican wants to do as much damage as possible before he exits to run for President.

Top it all off with Vice President Pence’s lack of personal loyalty to the President.  Pence actually hired Nikki Haley’s deputy Jon Lerner, a virulent anti-Trumper.  Lerner crafted brutal attack ads for David McIntosh’s pro-amnesty Club for Growth’s multimillion-dollar anti-Trump blitz during the Republican primaries.  Remember that Nikki Haley is another neo-con, but fortunately has done as her boss directed in her position as UN Ambassador, unlike other Trump appointees.

Chief of Staff John Kelly told colleagues that Pence’s chief of staff Nick Ayers, who orchestrated the appointment, had not “fully informed” him of Lerner’s anti-Trump history. Ayers and Lerner have worked together in the past for Haley, among other campaigns. Trump tried to put the kibosh on this appointment, but then Pence spoke with him and Trump relented.

Fortunately, Lerner has withdrawn his name for Pence’s National Security Advisor.

Conclusion

The swamp our President works in is filled with an over abundance of poisonous and vicious snakes.  Republicans have been just as divisive and antagonistic to our President’s campaign promises as have the Democrats.  Truly, they are false friends and how obvious does it need to be for Trump supporters to see that they’re part of the same globalist agenda as the left.

Who is advising our President to choose people for his administration from the swamp?  Why is he not seeking credentialed people from the heartland who supported and worked for him throughout his campaign?  This is what troubles so many of us.  How we wish that a few of us could get an hour of his time and send him toward valuable people who would help him gain even greater achievements.

Pray for Mr. Trump and his family and pray for his protection.  We really need to pray against the fiery darts of the evil ones because there are many, especially in the swamp.

P.S. Please consider donating to NewsWithViews.  Our CEO, Paul Walter works daily not just on this website but throughout his community to save our beloved country from communist takeover.  Why?  Because he escaped, just like President Trump’s beautiful wife Melania, from communist Slovenia years ago.  America is the last bastion of hope for freedom.  There is nowhere else to run to.  Please consider donating funds to NewsWithViews monthly.  Thank you and tell your friends to sign up for daily emails from this conservative website.

© 2018 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

A nation is made great by its people and the principles they embrace. In addition, a nation remains great by its leaders and the statutes they enact. It has been stated that a nation rises and falls on the condition of its leadership. While others, like my Dad often said that a nation is only as strong as its families. In the Bible, it is noted when ancient Israel was blessed with a king who reverenced God and held the word of God in high esteem, the nation prospered. When they had a bad king who did not respect the word of God, or did not govern on behalf of the best interests of the nation, there was much misery accompanied by economic hardship.

In our own republic we have endured the misery that comes with eight years of over taxation, regulation and an onslaught of laws that go against the grain of maintaining a high moral standard.  In the year since the inception of the Trump administration, our republic has experienced measurable increases in economic growth and respect from many leaders from around the world.

For you never Trumpers who believe he is a paragon of evil, you may be shocked to learn that President Trump has accepted Christ.  In addition, unlike the previous Obama administration, President Trump is working diligently to improve the quality of life in our nation and standing in the world.  Is Mr. Trump perfect?  No way Jose.  But neither are you or even the great King David of ancient Israel.  But despite his flaws, King David sincerely loved God very deeply and sought to be a good king over Israel.  That is why God himself called King David, a man after His own heart.

I believe the President Trump loves both God and the United States of America and will historically be judged to be a good, or possibly great president.  American history is vividly clear that a faith in God and a reverence for His living word provided the basis for the founding of this republic.  That same reverence for God by many of our presidents has had a profound impact upon the greatness of our nation.  One truth is undeniable:  The Bible has been one of the greatest influences on America’s presidents.

“The first and almost the only book deserving of universal attention is the Bible.  I speak as a man of the world… and I say to you, “Search the scriptures.”: John Quincy Adams, Sixth President.

“The strength of our country is the strength of our country is the strength of its religious convictions.  The foundations of our society and our government rest so much on the teachings of the Bible that it would be difficult to support them if faith in these teachings would cease to be practically universal in our country.:  Calvin Coolidge, 30^th President.

“Inside the Bibles pages lie all the answers to all the problems man has ever known… It is my firm belief that the enduring values presented in its pages have a great meaning for each of us and for our nation.  The Bible can touch our hearts, order our minds, and refresh our souls:  Ronald Reagan 40^th President.  President Trump and his family continue to endure the onslaught of evil unrelenting attacks from those dedicated to literally destroying America from within.  Their vehicles driving their evil mission are open borders, government school indoctrination, and the elimination of high moral standards.  However, I believe that America will soon be reborn and experience a new era of greatness and fulfill her manifest destiny as a light of liberty and conduit of God’s unyielding love and guidance. May God bless President Trump, that he will follow Providential guidance in the valiant effort to make America great again.

Please join me every Friday at 1:00 PM PST, 4:00 PM EST as I host the Ron Edwards Experience emanating from flagship station KCKQ AM 1180 Reno, Nevada, shrmedia.com, americamatters.us and Spreaker.  Also catch a page from The Edwards Notebook commentary daily on freedominamericaradio.com and during Money Talk with Melanie at 5:12 PM on shrmedia.com.

© 2018 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

During several cable news shows this month Catholic League president Bill Donohue comments on how bias affects decision making at the Southern Poverty Law Center:

Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) is regarded by many journalists as the gold standard for information on hate groups. But its record is dotted with inconsistencies—it has itself engaged in hateful discourse against some traditionally minded organizations: branding the Family Research Council a hate group is one glaring example. Not as well known are its more subtle ways of emitting bias.

SPLC issued a statement on April 3 about a federal court judge’s decision against Matt Hale, an imprisoned neo-Nazi who sued the Federal Bureau of Prisons for violating his religious rights; prison facilities monitored his mail, disallowing incendiary material. U.S. District Judge Marcia Krieger of Colorado ruled that Hale’s religion, the Creativity Movement, failed to meet four of the five legal determinants of what constitutes a religion. Ergo, his religious rights were not violated.

Judge Krieger’s decision was a model of excellence: Hale’s “religion,” she said, was essentially a secular philosophy, and a hateful one at that.

The issue for the Catholic League is why SPLC, which accurately cited Hale’s hatred of Jews and African Americans, didn’t mention his anti-Christian, especially anti-Catholic, animus. A thorough check of its many reports on Hale, and his predecessor, Ben Klassen, found scant mention of either man’s hatred of Christianity, in general, and almost no mention of his hostility to Catholicism.

Hale is serving time for soliciting a hit man to kill a federal judge. A failed lawyer, he is a real wacko. According to SPLC, “He never had a serious job, sported a Hitler wristwatch and used an Israeli flag as a doormat outside his room [he spent almost his entire life living in his father’s house in East Peoria]. He kept a collection of teddy bears on his bed, and although he eventually married—twice—neither union lasted more than a few months.”

Hale took over the Church of the Creator once its founder, Klassen, committed suicide in 1993. Hale renamed it the World Church of the Creator in 1996, and in 2003 it became known as the Creativity Movement.

Klassen, even more than Hale, made known how much he hated Christianity. He called Jesus a “fiction,” whose fictitious followers practiced celibacy, self-denial and pacifism. They also professed to love their enemy, all of which he said were “wimpish ideas attributed to Jesus Christ, the holy guru of the Roman Catholic Church.”

Regarding Jesus, and the first appointed pope, Peter, Klassen said that “this actually has no historical basis in fact, any more than the story of Mother Goose or Santa Claus. There is no historical evidence that either Christ, or Peter, or Matthew, Mark, Luke and John ever existed.”

Given all this, how did the Church proceed? It used “terror, torture and tyranny,” perfecting “the Jewish techniques of total mind enslavement.” Furthermore, the Church “is outright hostile to the White Race and strongly favors the rights and interests of the niggers, Indians and mud races of the world. From its inception, the creed and teachings of the Catholic church have been an unmitigated disaster for the White Race.”

Klassen and Hale were hateful men who took aim at Christians, as well as Jews and African Americans. So why does SPLC fail to profile their bigotry targeting Protestants and Catholics?

This is not the first time this has happened, and it is not unique to SPLC. When the media talk about the Westboro Baptist Church, we hear about the church’s hatred of African Americans and homosexuals, but not much about its animus against Catholics. Similarly, the Ku Klux Klan is anti-Catholic, anti-Jewish, and anti-African American, yet we hear little about its hatred of Catholics.

When SPLC whitewashes the anti-Christian bigotry of Klassen and Hale—focusing almost exclusively on their hatred of African Americans and Jews—the implication is that the victimizers are Christians. After all, if 70 percent-75 percent of Americans are Christians, who would the offenders be?

All manifest demonstrations of bigotry should be condemned equally. When politics intercedes—elevating some expressions over others—it does a disservice to justice. And it calls into question the sincerity of those who purport to be outraged.

© 2018 NWV News – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

The wisdom of God, personified in Proverbs Chapter 8, tells us, “But he that sinneth against me wrongeth his own soul: all they that hate me love death” (v. 36).

There’s a lot of that going around, this month.

Across the Atlantic, at the annual Amsterdam funeral show, some guy from Australia who bills himself as a “euthanasia activist”—can you imagine that as your life’s work?—displayed his stylish new suicide machine. Reportedly, it was a big draw.

Easy and fun to do, although if you do it right, you can only enjoy it once, all you have to do is climb into the pod and close the hatch after you, get comfy, and just press the little button that fills the space with nitrogen gas—and that’s it, you’re history. You can probably set it up in your living room, bedroom, or somewhere in your dorm if you’re still in college.

According to Mr. Activist, you’ve got a natural human right to off yourself if that’s what you feel like doing at the moment, so he’s there to make it easy for as many people as he can.

They love death—although some of them do seem rather short on sympathy.

Earlier this month, in Saskatchewan, a Junior Hockey League bus crashed into a truck and 16 people died. Someone started a GoFundMe page to help the victims’ families, and raised $4 million in just two days.

This didn’t sit well with another “activist.” I’m beginning to think “activist” is some kind of bad word, on a par with “child molester” or “grave robber.”

I don’t know who or what Ms. Activist expected to be riding on a Junior Hockey League team bus—illegal alien lesbians, maybe—but I think we have to quote her verbatim to convey the full loathsomeness of her mindset:

“I’m trying [not very hard!] not to get cynical about what is a totally devastating tragedy but the maleness, the youthfulness, and the whiteness of the victims are, of course, playing a significant role.” That was her two cents that she just had to throw in, just in case the families of the victims weren’t feeling bad enough to suit her.

It does take a real creep to say a thing like that, doesn’t it? Into this dreadful tragedy, she must inject her own obsession with racial categories. Like, the only reason people contributed all that money was because they’re all racists who only care about a calamity when it strikes down young white males.

They love death. Or is it that they just don’t have a lot of love for human life?

A mayoral candidate in a Japanese city has promised that he, if elected, will work to replace politicians and public officials with robots and computers because, you see, Artificial Intelligence is just so much smarter and cooler than the real thing—although he has said nothing, yet, about replacing himself, possibly with a toaster-oven.

True, a lot of government bureaucrats are kind of hard to distinguish from robots, especially when all you can get out of them are the unresponsive and unthinking words, “We have a policy…” But this whole idea is, to put it kindly, glaringly half-baked: the notion that human beings, sinful, fallible, not really all that clever and certainly not wise, can create some other kind of intelligence that’s far superior to their own. I mean, really—have you seen some of the things your computer gets up to lately? Do you really want it governing your city? Our flesh-and-blood officials are bad enough, but at least there’s usually a hope of finding some kind of common ground with them.

They love death, and don’t think much of humanity.

They play God—as if God would try to create some other god mightier and wiser and more righteous than Himself.

But God doesn’t do that. Frankenstein did that.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Why not stop in and visit? A single click will take you there.

© 2018 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Part 1:  The façade of diversity, multiculturalism and co-existence in America. Tribes and racial conflict.

“All ethnic groups or tribes feel more comfortable among themselves.  Like all of nature, human tribes in the modern world compete for dominance.  Call it pecking order or the struggle for survival, but it’s in humans’ DNA to fight for one’s tribe.”

America today faces its greatest fracturing and fragmentation since the Civil War in 1861 to 1865.  Back then, whites fought whites as to states rights, the North’s taxation of the South’s trade agreements and historians say slavery played a card. To the victor came the ultimate interpretation.  A mind-numbing 620,000 men died on the battlefield while tens of thousands sustained horrific war wounds—which if taken as a percentage of today’s population, the toll equaled six million deaths.

But today, America faces a new kind of Civil War.  It features four major ethnic groups struggling for dominance.  Caucasians, Africans, Latinos and Muslims!  Other minor tribes compete in America such as the Native America Indians interned on reservations, the Jewish contingent that holds financial power, Asians, Russians, Indians taking over the motel industry and Chinese dominating manufacturing—make up a few of the other tribes.

Whites hang on to a majority of 54 percent, down from 90 percent in 1965.  Within 26 years by 2042, Hispanics will become the new majority.  Blacks continue their birth rates to remain in third place on the population ladder.  But the most aggressive of tribes, followers of Islam, prove the most provocative in their birth rates and ability to “seed” foreign countries with their followers from war-torn Middle Eastern Islamic nations and the overpopulation overload of Africa.

Our way of life remains completely out of bounds to Islam. This 4-minute video explains our plight.

They all flood into America!

No matter how you cut the cloth of America’s future, the more you add countless third world millions from 190 different countries around the world—multiculturalism, tribalism and diversity will create the “perfect storm” for this civilization’s downfall in the 21^st century.

You’re seeing it happen at breakneck speed in Europe, Canada and Australia. The greater numbers of immigrants, the faster the disintegration of Western countries’ ethos and cohesiveness.  The flood of refugees cannot be sustained on a sociological level let alone a water, energy and resource level.

Tribes, slavery, racism!

For the record, slavery began with the advent of the first human tribes that conquered other tribes on the battlefield.  Once a victorious tribe found it could dominate other tribes, it grew in power and acreage.  For the sake of history, most know the Romans as the most powerful tribe in antiquity.  Slaves built the aqueducts, roads, coliseums and cities of the Roman Empire. Evidence still remains all over Europe and Africa.

Additionally, the Incas, Mayans, Persians and Trojans became great powers that incorporated slaves.  Those unfortunates built stone roads, bridges and dramatic cities with their toils.   In modern times, Great Britain enslaved its colonies such as India, to rape its resources and enslave its people.

Those ethnic groups felt no moral compunction, ethical responsibility or sense of humanity.  Christians, Muslims, Hindus and dozens of other religious groups employed slavery.

Once the Mayflower landed on North America, slavery continued its cruel cycle all over again.  As the Industrial Age accelerated, slaves toted water, built roads and picked cotton in the new American colonies.

Down through history, any ethnic group that conquered another employed its power via violence or the threat of violence to utilize slaves.  Slaves come in all colors, but for some arcane reason, Africans seem to have born the brunt of slavery down through time.   They still enslave each other in Africa in the 21^st century.

Ben Franklin, Alexander Hamilton, George Washington and Thomas Jefferson owned slaves.  They beat them, broke their families apart on the auction block and stripped them of their freedom, religions, languages, cultures and way of life.

While Lincoln signed the Proclamation of Emancipation in 1865, giving freedom to all people—-racial unrest, racism, bias and racial tension remains thick in every city in America where blacks and whites abide.

If you look at the Latino invasion, notice entire cities turned into one Hispanic region such as Miami or Los Angeles or many towns in Texas.  One look at the new Muslim tribe, everyone fears treading into the ‘no go zones’ such as Detroit, Minneapolis and Miami.

While America grew to a 90 percent Caucasian, 7 percent African and 3 percent Hispanic by 1965—that changed with the Immigration Reform Act that same year.  Back in 1965, someone, somewhere decided that America needed to be broken into racial pieces.  Congress pumped into America over 100,000,000 (million) different people from 190 different tribes from around the world in the past 51 years.

I equate this multicultural experiment to a bunch of high school students who have no idea of the consequences of throwing 190 different chemicals into a lab jar to see what happens: it will either melt the jar or the entire concoction explodes.

Today, the buzzwords of multiculturalism and diversity ring from collegiate bell towers all the way to the NFL.  Everyone talks about ‘diversity’ in the workplace, but most folks return to their ‘white’ or ‘black’ or Hispanic or Muslim neighborhoods.

Unfortunately, while we struggled through Civil Rights of the 1960s, today in America, you notice news reports on “racial unrest” such as Ferguson, Missouri or Baltimore, Maryland.  You read about black on black crime, black on white crime and prejudice as to job discrimination, daily.  Black Lives Matter leaders call for the killing of white cops.  And, they DO kill white cops, execution style!

Facebook illustrates tribal battles with Muslims, Christians, Latinos and African-Americans.  After all these years and all our education, racial tensions accelerate with every confrontation with police or mayors or in the workplace.

It appears that racial groups lack any ability to peacefully co-exist.

While everyone faces forced integration in the workplace and sports fields—most hang with and go back to their own racial groups in their own neighborhoods. As a world bicycle traveler who pedaled through countless countries and cultures, I respect all races, colors and ethnic groups.  I’m not too thrilled with some religions and what they do to their followers or the rest of us, i.e., Islam.  At the same time, I’ve seen racial unrest, conflict and violence. Every person on this planet does the best he or she can to live his or her life as best as possible.  Most want peace, but many provoke conflicts.  And, all groups band together to fight the other tribal group when it comes down to water, food and/or turf.

Today in America, whether it’s the Mexicans invading from the south or the Muslims flooding in from Africa or the African-Americans struggling in the ghettoes—I think we face enormous biological-tribal conflicts from too many ethnic groups vying against one another to maintain turf, language and culture.

We face an added 100 million legal immigrants within 30 years. That mind-blowing number creates a dilemma to the point of no solutions.  We either stop mass immigration immediately, or face irreversible consequences and unsolvable problems.  We have become a civilization at war with itself.

Part 2:  Segregation, integration, Muslims’ theocracy, Hispanic dominance.  Civil War II: The Coming Breakup of America.

© 2018 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

How Low Can The Christianity Haters Go?

My conscience compels me to write this but I don’t suggest you read it.

You read that correctly.  If I was you I wouldn’t want to read this.

If you insist on ignoring my warning and reading it anyway perhaps you should prepare yourself by taking a moment to read ROMANS 1 which explains from a spiritual perspective what it is you are about to see.

I warn you again.  THIS IS VULGAR and it is taking place in Cleveland next weekend and soon an American city near you.

Recently Brannon House, the leader of the Christian ministry Worldview Weekend had several seminars cancelled at hotels in the upper Midwest.  Mr. House’s ministry is designed to alert and inform Christians about the enemies of Christianity that are currently working over-time to undermine Christianity.

Here is a firsthand account of what the Islamists and the Marxists did to Mr. House and his organization.   In a nutshell, Christ-hating groups organized to shut down Mr. Houses’ events at hotels that he had legally contracted with to hold his seminars.  The hotels cancelled his events and left his ministry holding the bag for nearly $20,000 in expenses he had hoped to recoup from offerings taken at the seminars.

This censorship of Christian values is happening all across America.  One need look no farther than what Facebook, Youtube, and Google has been caught doing with “conservative” groups on their social media platforms.

I suppose we are expected to just sit back and take it.  After all, Jesus told us to “turn the other cheek”, right?  We should never fight back or stand up for what we believe.  That wouldn’t be very Christian, now would it?

I hope Worldview Weekend sues SOMEBODY into oblivion.

Are you ready for the gross part?

Here is an example of what IS accepted and approved up in YOUR neighborhood brought to you by the homosexual deviants that many of the modern church so openly embrace?  Are you ready?

Be forewarned you may need to get out the Lysol or the Raid…I am not sure which is more appropriate…and imagine your next family outing to a getaway weekend at the local Westin or Hampton Inn.

Some of my regular websites may not post this, and most of the readers will NEVER forward this.  It just doesn’t fit the mold of our contrived view of homosexuality.  I bet YOU won’t forward it.  THE TRUTH SOUNDS LIKE HATE TO THOSE WHO HATE THE TRUTH.

Here we go.

Go to this website. This is the website that will connect you to the travelling debauchery that is being hosted by hotels around the nation.

I warn you…this is sickening.

Their next “event” is in Cleveland, Ohio on April 26-29.  The entire hotel is closed to the public during the weekend as the guests come and learn about the latest sexual deviancy.

(Remember, Brannon House was not given the freedom to hold his seminars.)

What seminar would you like to attend in Cleveland?  Here is a list of “skills” being demonstrated for the weekend.

(You have travelled this far…take a minute and look at the “classes” offered).  Aren’t these a violation of the public health?  Would you like for your family to unknowingly stay in the hotel the night after this wicked event is over?  Don’t you think the hotel has a duty to tell future guests what went on in the conference room the previous weekend?  Would you want to hold your meeting in a banquet room the night after this group left?

Please understand…these programs involve hands on (sorry) attendee participation.

How about participating in a seminar called INTRO INTO FISTING( 10 am Thursday).  Fisting is putting your fist where the sun don’t shine.

Perhaps you would enjoy SCAT: BEYOND BROWN. (3:30  Friday)  SCAT is how to enjoy homos pooping on each other during sex.

If you are a novice perhaps you would like to learn more about ASS PLAY: FILL THAT HOLE. (7 PM  Thursday).  I don’t think this needs much explanation.

Folks…this is going on in public venues in America while at the same time the voice of Christian/Conservatives is being silenced all across the land.

Our government officials are either bought off or afraid of the radical homosexual mafia.  They love to tell us that homosexuals are just like everyone else and they only want to love the person of their choice.

Don’t believe it.  Radical homosexual behavior is deadly and in hotels all across America customers are being put in danger due to the acceptance of deviant sexual practices all across this nation.  This is a direct threar to public health.

Brannon House and the Worldview Weekend folks are not free to explain how the Devil is working in America while the Devil’s kids are free to practice all forms of debauchery in public venues.

If you would like more information on our plan to push back against this darkness visit AFT

How low are we willing to let the deviants go?

© 2018 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

“It is in the religion of ignorance that tyranny begins.” –Benjamin Franklin

It seems that when covering this country from coast to coast in providing presentations from the House of Representatives to high schools, colleges, television, radio and every other outlet which we are able to take advantage (Luke 19:10) when the opportunity is offered, there is this reoccurring theme of ignorance when it comes to the history or where it is that “We the People” came from, and who it is that we are as a people.  In other words, ignorance of our American history starts with Biblical and constitutional illiteracy.

I can say with all confidence that if you do not know where it is that you came from, then you have no idea as to where you are going.  It all starts in the American Church that is to be the moral compass of society.  When that goes, so goes the government (Matthew 5:14-16).

Think of this, you now have the impotent hirelings in American Churches (John 10:13) unscripturally and heretically (1 Timothy 4:1) teaching (out of context) that the sheep are to submit themselves to tyranny (the wolves) in American government by teaching Romans chapter 13 upside down.

“Make yourself sheep and the wolves will devour.” –Benjamin Franklin

Of course, there would be no conversation on this topic if Christians would simply go to the preceding verse found in Romans 12:2 where it simply reads:

“Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good.”

We are now seeing in this country an unprecedented level of corruption within government ranks with an 11% approval rating.  This first begins in the church.

[YouTube Video]

Why? The church in this country has failed to hold itself to the Christ that they profess to love in the keeping of His commandments (Deuteronomy 4; 1 John 2:4).

Is the world to know a just and a holy God through an uneducated, ignorant, disobedient and hypocritical lot of cowardice unbelievers? I think not! Though the God of Israel will set the record straight through judgment, though He desires to show mercy (Ezekiel 18:23), and that just happens to be the course that this country has clearly and willfully taken (Jeremiah 5:20-31).

America is going to learn the hard way.

Let me explain.

Pulpits across the country today are the greatest advocates to the crimes against Heaven and the corruptions found in American government and society. Instead of the American Church confronting sin (1 Timothy 5:20) and corruption, it has now ignorantly taught that Christians are to submit to corruption in government (Matthew 16:18).

But they cried out, Away with him, away with him, crucify him. Pilate saith unto them, Shall I crucify your King? The chief priests answered, We have no king but Caesar. (John 19:15).

How far this teaching is from that of the first, The Bible, and secondly, our forefathers and our Constitutional Republic form of government, which they established.

First, Romans chapter 13 reads,

“Let every soul be subject unto the higher powers. For there is no power but of God: the powers that be are ordained of God. (Who ordained that power?)  Whosoever therefore resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinance of God: and they that resist shall receive to themselves damnation.  For rulers (representatives) are not a terror to good works, but to the evil. Wilt thou then not be afraid of the power? do that which is good, and thou shalt have praise of the same:  For he is the minister of God to thee for good. But if thou do that which is evil, be afraid; for he beareth not the sword in vain: for he is the minister of God, a revenger to execute wrath upon him that doeth evil.”

I have searched Scripture high and low looking for Scripture that would support the Lord God of Israel having His children to submit to unjust rule, and, of course, I could not find it!

[YouTube Video]

As a matter of fact, what I did find was quite the opposite.

For example, I found that Moses was sent forth to confront the Pharaoh and commanded him, by God, to let His people go (Exodus 5:1).  In the end, the Lord brought forth judgment upon judgment upon the head of Pharaoh and all that pertained to him and his people through plagues (Exodus 7:1-4).

What of the lone prophet, Elijah?

Elijah was sent by God to confront the tyrant Ahab and his wicked wife Jezebel to meet on Mount Carmel where the fire from Heaven would bring destruction to the false prophets (1 King 18:36-40).

Do you remember what the tyrant king Ahab said to Elijah before going to Mount Carmel?

^“And it came to pass, when Ahab saw Elijah, that Ahab said unto him, Art thou he that troubleth Israel?

(Here Ahab is accusing Elijah for the things that he and his wife were guilty of) And he answered, I have not troubled Israel; but thou, and thy father’s house, in that ye have forsaken the commandments of the Lord, and thou hast followed (false god) Baalim.” 1 Kings 18:17-18

What of Shadrach, Meshach and Abednego, who would not bow to the image of gold that King Nebuchadnezzar created? They were thrown into the fire for their lack of submission to the tyrant, and at a short length, because they did not bow, they did not burn, and sure enough the fourth man, the Son of Man, appeared on their behalf to the glorifying the God of Israel.

^“Then Nebuchadnezzar spake, and said, Blessed be the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, who hath sent his angel, and delivered his servants that trusted in him, and have changed the king’s word, and yielded their bodies, that they might not serve nor worship any god, except their own God.”(Daniel 3:28)

What of John the Baptist, “The greatest prophet born of woman?” (Luke 7:28) John confronted King Herod for all of his evils (Luke 3:19).

Or what of the Apostle Peter, who was put in prison because the tyrant Herod wanted to please the religious hypocrites of the day by imprisoning him.

Acts 12:5-11 explains the account:

Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made without ceasing of the church unto God for him.

And when Herod would have brought him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison.

And, behold, the angel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison: and he smote Peter on the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands.

And the angel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals. And so he did. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me.

And he went out, and followed him; and wist not that it was true which was done by the angel; but thought he saw a vision.

When they were past the first and the second ward, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth unto the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went out, and passed on through one street; and forthwith the angel departed from him.

And when Peter was come to himself, he said, Now I know of a surety, that the Lord hath sent his angel, and hath delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expectation of the people of the Jews.

I ask, who sent the angel to break Peter out of prison?

When I look to our forefathers who drew up that document called the Declaration of Independence, I see 75% of it is documentation of them candidly showing the world where they threw off tyranny when it came to the corrupt King George from across the pond and his usurpations which they would no longer tolerate. They wrote,

“That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to affect their Safety and Happiness.”

[YouTube Video]

President Thomas Jefferson, the chief architect of the Declaration of Independence, exhibited in his writings and his life (1 John 3:18):

 “Rebellion to Tyrants is Obedience to God” 

Like that of Elijah, it wasn’t our forefathers that were troubling the country, it was the corruption in government that would not be ruled by God as they swore that they would be. That is where the trouble begins.

In the Church, if the preachers are not going to preach the word in deed and truth, then they simply need to be removed. And so it is in Government, if those who represent “We the People” are not going to uphold the US Constitution in which they swore to uphold, then we will throw them off (out).  We are not throwing off the Constitution, but those who pervert the Constitution. (Article 2, Section 4, US Constitution)

“The limits of tyrants are prescribed by the endurance of those whom they oppress.” –Fredrick Douglas

[YouTube Video]

© 2018 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

“Actually, in its essence, democracy is a totalitarian ideology, though not as extreme as Nazism, fascism or communism. In principle, no freedom is safe in a democracy, every aspect of the individual’s life is potentially subject to government control.  At the end of the day, the minority is completely at the mercy of the whims of the majority.  Even if a democracy has a constitution limiting the powers of the government, this constitution can be amended by the majority. 

The only fundamental right you have in a democracy, besides running for office, is the right to vote for a political party.  With that solitary vote you hand over your independence and your freedom to the will of the majority.”  [mob rule]

By Frank Karsten, Beyond Democracy: Why democracy does not lead to solidarity, prosperity and liberty but to social conflict, runaway spending and a tyrannical government.

The American Founding Fathers created a Constitutional Republic.  In the last 120 years Progressives have turned America into an Absolute Democrat Oligarchy, where the Liberal Establishment buys off and exploits the weakest in the society for their votes with the funds in the public treasury and turns them into a voting mob, a mob that demands by force of law that the strongest and most capable among us must pay for the mob’s subsistence.  This is an exact definition of Karl Marx’s failed socialist ideology, “from each according to his ability, to each according to his needs.”  The Progressives have in fact, over time, created a government in America, under a distorted form of Democracy that uses and manipulates the weakest among us for the sole benefit of the manipulators and their hold on political power.

What it boils down to is that the weakest among us have been given an unconstitutional ironclad contract, fully supported by the absolute power of government, to “steal” by force, under mob rule, from those who produce goods and services.  This is enforced charity at the point of a gun.    The “gun” is held in the hands of a Gestapo-like agency known as the Internal Revenue Service, signed into law by your so-called government representatives.  Enforced charity makes a mockery out of voluntary charity.

But America was never designed to be an Absolute Democrat Oligarchy.  It was designed to provide an irrevocable mandate on government to protect the natural rights of individuals.  It was NOT designed to protect the un-constitutional rights of a group, an association, a corporation, a union, a mob, or American Bolsheviks.

Individuals, working either individually or collectively with other individuals, have been, are and always will be the movers and molders of a society, for good or evil.  They are ultimately the decision makers and the risk takers, whether those decisions and risks be of the small variety covering our daily lives, or the ultimately large decisions and risks that set the direction of cultures, countries, or hemispheres.  Such individuals can either do so for sound, common sense motives, or for totally self-serving ones.

Most positive human achievement comes as a result of efforts of and by an individual, not a society or a culture.  As a matter of fact, societies, cultures, religions and groups have generally stood in the way of most human achievements.  Scientific discoveries, improvement in the human condition, or positive advances of government, come about from individuals working either by themselves or with a few others.  A collective or a community didn’t invent the light bulb.  Thomas Edison, an individual, did.  It is extremely unusual for large groups to accomplish anything.  One only has to look at our local, state and federal legislatures and bureaucracies to see the truth in this statement.

If we must emulate someone, let us emulate the individual achievers.  If we must follow, then let us follow in the footsteps of those that pioneer and forge ahead no matter what the odds or what peril lays in front of them.  Intelligent, wise men and woman of vision forged the constitution of the United States.  Courageous, individual pioneers settled the West against all odds.   Now today, the individual spirit of thousands of entrepreneurs commence new businesses every day, risking their relationships with each other and their personal fortunes, no matter how large or small.  They put up with every conceivable obstacle thrown in their path, not only from market forces but also by government regulation and edict.

Nevertheless, individualism is the engine that keeps the wheels of a free economy turning.  Sixty to seventy percent of all jobs in the United States are created by individuals running their own businesses.  What a country we live in.  What a tribute to its resilient peoples.  We are people of guts, courage, intellect, enterprise, fortitude and compassion.  We are individuals in a sea of individuals and there is no strength on Earth that can match ours, in spite of our perceived troubles.  That strength and power is a direct result of individuals and individual expression, living free under a Constitutional Republic.

But individual achievement in the United States today is getting a bad rap.  It is either maligned or heavily taxed.  As we move towards the collective, we either have to be part of some group to get accepted and our individual beliefs, goals and motives must be subjugated to the needs of that group.   Our public schools are institutions of indoctrination, infiltrated with the ideology of the collective.  In short, our kids are, en masse, being brainwashed in the Progressive ideology and they and their parents are none the wiser.

The doomsayers will tell us that we are going to run out of power.  We are going to run out of oil.  We are going to pollute the environment and destroy the Earth with our cars and our industry.  We must conserve instead of build.  We must retrench instead of create.

They con us into believing that it “takes a village” to raise a child.  Poppy cock!  These are the words of the users, exploiters, manipulators and fear mongers.   These are the words of those who wish to dominate the individual and break his spirit.

Man is driven by the one unique human trait that apparently does not exist in other creatures that share this planet with us.  He is driven by that all-present, individual, “joy of wonder” and to go where no man has gone before.  We are going to the stars one day and nothing anybody can do will get in our way.  No amount of fear of the unknown, or nay saying about financing will stop us.  The strength, power, creativity and spirit of the incomparable individual will carry us there.

We, as individuals, have a significant obligation to ourselves and to our children.  We have the obligation to defend our freedom and to learn everything we can about everything we can know in our lifetime that we can document and prove beyond a reasonable doubt, and then pass as much of that information on to our offspring.  We have an imperative to do no less.  We have a responsibility to not abdicate this task to others.  We shouldn’t let our doctor, our teacher, our lawyer, our priest, or clergy, much less our government, make decisions for us.  They can be a source of information or counsel, but the ultimate decision maker is us, that is, if we value our freedom as individuals.

What we need to do, more than anything else is to educate our people in all of the true knowledge we have discovered over the last 5,000 years and to foster unabashed individualism.  Collectivism is a killer of freedom.  Knowledge is the great equalizer among men.  If all individuals possess the same knowledge, it is much more difficult, if not impossible, to “Lord” over the other, thus muting the necessity of war.

The problem in this country and every other country for that matter and every other people that exist on this earth is not poverty.  It is not the disparity between poverty and wealth.  It is not pestilence, or flood, famine, earthquake, or any of these things.  It is the attempts by the Progressive mob to strip individuals of their freedom, liberty and property rights.  It is pandemic ignorance.  It is also the efforts of the Absolute Democrat Oligarchy to break the backs and spirit of the individual.  The power of the individual is a dictator’s worst nightmare.

What we need is a way to get more people motivated to seek that truth and their own “point of reference” and the solid basis of why their particular “point of reference” is relative to them.  And we must resist with all of our might, government and special interest group’s relentless perversion of the truth for their own ends.

We need to eradicate mysticism, propaganda, lies and distortion and replace them with the truth and universal, provable realities.  And then we must teach our children to question even the provable realities and always leave room for a different perspective, a different view, or new information.

There are some real basics here and the hard cold truth of the matter is, we are individuals and no matter what the mechanism for getting here, we come into this world absolutely alone.  No other person can live with us inside our minds.  No other person can be part of our soul.  We are here unequivocally, irreversibly alone.  As individuals, we must face all the trials and the joys and the sickness and the sorrow and death absolutely alone.   Sure, others can hold our hands and stroke our brow, but nobody will die with us and although we won’t say it out loud, most of us know it instinctively.  In every sense of the word, we are totally unique individuals and only we occupy our “space” and our “time”.  But that individuality is the true source of our strength, power and creativity.

The stark reality is that if we destroy our God-given, natural freedom that allows our unique individuality to blossom, we will descend into the Hell of the collective and it will take a bloody revolution to restore freedom and liberty so that the individual, once again, with all his strength, power, beauty, compassion, spirit and the joy of wonder, will lead man on the never-ending, exciting journey to explore our Universe.  The Universe is waiting, if we don’t stumble and get in our own way.

It took individuals with guns to wrest our freedom from a King some 240 years ago.  It took the power of American freedom, production, raw materials and guns to conquer several megalomaniac dictators in two world wars.  It will take strong, united individuals that believe in the sanctity and the absolute right of freedom to wrest control from a government that has morphed into an Absolute Democrat Oligarchy.  It will take the power of liberty in individual thought, expression and action to quash the Oligarchy, the mob and the American Bolsheviks, to restore our individual, God-given, natural rights.  If it can’t be done peaceably, it may even take individuals with guns ….. again!  If the people do not believe that they are individually sovereign, as nature intended, then neither peaceful means nor guns will restore our freedom.

Sadly, none of this will change the minds of the average urban dweller whose sole means of survival is government.

However, if you believe that you are individually sovereign, you should consider signing our “Declaration of Individual Independence and Reaffirmation of American Constitutional Sovereignty” Petition.  Many others have already.

Your THOUGHTS?

© 2018 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

Our nation’s first president, George Washington, under the newly formed Constitution in 1789, found himself in an uncomfortable position.  As the nation’s first Chief Executive and Commander-in-Chief he knew the delicate ground between strength and tyranny.

Fearing any comparison to the monarchal government from which America had just been liberated, Washington took care to avoid any physical or symbolic references to European monarchs.  When the Senate proposed that he be called by the official title “His Highness the President of the United States of America and the Protector of Their Liberties,” an abashed Washington opted for the more modest address of “Mr. President.”

How far we have come in America.  Since Washington’s modesty, there has been no implication that the president of these United States has ever been handed the unilateral authority of kings, monarchs, or dictators.

How unfortunate the present Senate, and all of Congress for that matter, has refused to stop recent presidents from self-nominations to this title.

Many kings and monarchs of antiquity suffered from the dangerous Narcissistic Personality Disorder (NPD) in which a person is excessively preoccupied with personal adequacy, power, prestige and vanity, mentally unable to see the destructive damage they are causing to themselves and others. This is not a disorder that should be left unchecked in our leaders.

Understand, elected state leaders, your duty is to interpose between your citizens and a central government bent on tyranny.  Simply put, you must stake a claim.  You cannot remain silent, because silence implies consent.

George Washington believed, “When People shall have become incapable of governing themselves and fit for a master, it is of little consequence from what quarter he comes.”

The Hebrew prophet Isaiah resolved, “When God’s judgments are in the earth, the inhabitants of the world will learn righteousness.”

Democrat or Republican, state officials and citizens alike must learn and resist tyranny in all of its forms.

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2018 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

On Friday, the United States, along with Great Britain and France, bombed three targeted chemical weapons facilities in Syria.

The targeted strikes on Syria were a retaliatory response following Syrian President Bashar al-Assad’s alleged use of chemical weapons against civilians outside Damascus, reportedly killing at least 42 adults and children. After the chemical weapons attack, U.S. President Donald Trump vowed to exact a “big price” upon the Assad regime.

Pentagon spokesman Lt. Gen. Kenneth McKenzie told reporters on Saturday following the strikes that the strikes hit at the “very heart” of Syria’s chemical weapons program and dealt it a “serious blow.” McKenzie further stated that Syria could easily reconstitute its chemical weapons program and that the strikes did not take out all of Syria’s chemical weapons facilities or capabilities, implying that Assad could use chemical weapons on civilians again in the future.

President Trump spoke after the strikes, saying that the United States was “prepared to sustain this response until the Syrian regime stops its use of prohibited chemical agents.”

Russian President Vladimir Putin called the strikes an “act of aggression that could have a destructive effect on the entire system of international relations.” Iran’s supreme leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei called the strikes on Syria “a crime.”

No American troops were killed in the retaliatory strike on Syria and it is currently unknown if any Syrian military or civilians were killed in the strike.

Scripture prophecy declares that Syria will be a burden to the civilized world, until Damascus is one day utterly destroyed.

ISAIAH 17:1 (NKJV):
The burden against Damascus.
“Behold, Damascus [SYRIA] will cease from being a city, and it will be a ruinous heap.”

Damascus is the capital of Syria and currently its largest city with a population of just over 1.5 million as of 2018. Located in southwestern Syria, Damascus is a major cultural and religious region and the center of a large metropolitan area, which is perhaps the oldest, continually inhabited city in the world.

Scripture prophecy declares that Damascus will cease from being a city and it will be a ruinous heap.
WARS AND RUMORS OF WARS

MATTHEW 24:6-7; MARK 13:7-8 (NKJV):
“And you will hear of wars and rumors of wars. See that you are not troubled; for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom.”

American and Russian tensions have been high during the months leading up to October, 2016. American and Russian politicians have been saber rattling over Syria. Russia is backing Syrian President Assad and is seeking to destroy the ISIS terrorists who cause instability around the world. America wants the Assad regime toppled and is even willing to back ISIS terrorists to help them achieve that goal.

The American – Russian political disagreements over Syria have led many pundits, the American mainstream media excluded, to conclude that the current American – Russian tensions may lead to World War III. Scripture prophecy foretells that there will be no WWIII between America and Russia, but instead a great tribulation of numerous regional wars throughout the world after America (Babylon the great) is destroyed (Revelation 11:12-19, 14:8, 18). Events will unfold  that will lead to the destruction of Damascus, Syria, which will cease to be an inhabited city.

One of four forces is most likely to destroy Damascus, to make it a ruinous heap: America, Russia, civil warring factions within Syria, or Israel.

DAMASCUS, SYRIA WILL BE DESTROYED BEFORE AMERICA IS SIMILARLY DESTROYED

JEREMIAH 50:18 (NKJV):
Thus says YHWH (the Lord) of hosts, the God of Israel:
“Behold, I will punish the king of Babylon [PRESIDENT OF AMERICA] and his land [AMERICA], as I have punished the king of Assyria [PRESIDENT OF SYRIA].”

There will be wars and rumors of wars. The talk of America and Russia going to nuclear war in World War III is a rumor of a war. Damascus, Syria will cease from being a city and it will be a ruinous heap. Sometime after the destruction of Damascus comes to pass, Russia will lead a great assembly of nations (Jeremiah 50:3,9,41-46), will disable America with a cyber / EMP attack (Jeremiah 51:32), and then destroy America in one hour (Revelation 18:10,17,19). America will not retaliate (Jeremiah 51:56; Revelation 18:9-11).  Russia will destroy America as Damascus was destroyed. America and Russia will not go to war before Damascus is destroyed, nor will Russia destroy America before Damascus becomes a ruinous heap and an uninhabited city. America will also have a sitting male president (king of Babylon), not a female president, when it is destroyed.

This is the order of things according to Scripture prophecy and Scripture will be fulfilled, as it is written.

© 2018 George Lujack – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail George Lujack: georgelujack@gmail.com

On the morning of April 20, 1986, Americans woke up to the news that Air Force F-111’s and other support aircraft had carried out a full-scale raid on Moamaar Khadafy in Libya. Why did Ronald Reagan order this precision bombing of Tripoli? A series of telex messages had been intercepted from Libya’s East Berlin embassy right before and after a disco was bombed in West Berlin on April 5, 1986. Based on hard intelligence, Reagan cited “irrefutable” evidence that Libyan leader Moammar Khadafy was the brains behind the bombing and the decision was made to strike back.

This act of cowardice by terrorists killed two people, including an American GI; hundreds were wounded, including 50 to 60 Americans. Once Reagan was absolutely certain beyond a shadow of a doubt that Libya was responsible for this unprovoked act which led to the murder and injury of Americans, he acted without hesitation.

The guidelines for this mission were crystal clear: There should be minimal risk to pilots to reduce any chance of our own becoming POWs. The targets would be military, civilians would be spared as much as possible, but there was no mistake: Go for the kill and send a very clear and unequivocal message to anyone who dare harm our own. If the proof is there, our military go, get the job done and come home.

We did not invade that country and begin the process of destroying the culture of the indigenous population by forcing “democracy” on them. Following our right to retaliate against any nation that kills or harms our own, Reagan did not engage in an endless and deceitful mission to “rebuild” Libya.

Americans were not fleeced to the tune of tens and tens of billions of dollars to provide “humanitarian aid,” build new schools or become friends with an enemy nation – a certain recipe for failure. It is not our responsibility or duty to “win the hearts and minds” of any foreign country or their people to fight some endless “war on terrorism.”

Let’s walk back to what I have previously written about Syria and the civil war created by disgruntled voters.

2013: “Bashar al-Assad is the president of Syria. In June 2014 Syria had elections and Assad was reelected. There were two other candidates on the ballot unlike other fake elections in the Middle East. Assad received 88.7% of the vote. Those blood thirsty rebels you and I are being raped to pay for their internal civil war over there didn’t like the outcome of the election as I wrote in my last column, States Must Refuse To Take Any More Refugees.”

2015: “As I have written several times, you and I are being raped in taxes to fund so-called rebels in Syria who want their legally elected president, Assad, thrown out of office. Assad is another bad guy who oddly enough has protected Christians in his country even though he is a Shia muslim.

“Reps. Tulsi Gabbard, a Democrat, and Austin Scott, a Republican, introduced legislation on Friday to end what they called an “illegal war” to overthrow Assad, the leader of Syria accused of killing tens of thousands of Syrian citizens in a more than four-year-old civil war entangled in a battle against IS extremists, also known as ISIS.

“The U.S. is waging two wars in Syria,” Gabbard said. “The first is the war against ISIS and other Islamic extremists, which Congress authorized after the terrorist attack on 9/11. The second war is the illegal war to overthrow the Syrian government of Assad.”

“Scott said, “Working to remove Assad at this stage is counter-productive to what I believe our primary mission should be.”

“Publicly, the United States has focused its efforts on fighting IS and urging Assad to step down. But beyond thousands of U.S. airstrikes targeting IS in the region, the CIA began a covert operation in 2013 to arm, fund and train a moderate opposition to Assad. The secret CIA program is the only step the U.S. is taking on Assad militarily.”

“There is the key word: illegally. Something the criminal impostor in the White House and hundreds of Republicans and Democrats in Congress don’t seem to give a damn about. In the case of Barry Soetoro aka Barack Obama, he does what his handlers tell him to do while ignoring any input from high ranking military who are actually in the theater of operations. The brain dead in the U.S. Congress continue to sit back and allow we the people to be raped in more massive unpayable debt to play geopolitical games in pursuit of world government through brute force.”

That’s right. Our involvement in Syria’s election war is illegal. There’s been no declaration of war by Congress. Yet, once again, our government has stuck its nose into another foreign country’s woes.

CIA Ops Finally Revealed: What the US Ambassador in Benghazi was Really Doing

“According to information cited by Klein, Stevens served less as a diplomat and more as an arms dealer and intelligence coordinator for assistance to the so-called Arab Spring, with particular emphasis on the Syrian rebels.

“As was widely reported, Stevens originally arrived in Libya during the revolution aboard a Greek cargo ship carrying equipment and vehicles. His original task in Libya was to serve as the main interlocutor between the Obama administration and the rebels based in Benghazi. Stevens never abandoned that role, even after becoming ambassador, according to Klein.

“Indeed, the New York Times reported in December 2012 that Stevens himself facilitated an application to the State Department for the sale of weapons filed by one Marc Turi, whom the Times’ describes as an “American arms merchant who had sought to provide weapons to Libya.”

“The Times reported Turi’s first application was rejected in March 2011 but was approved two months later after he stated “only that he planned to ship arms worth more than $200 million to Qatar.” Qatar was Turkey’s partner in aiding the Syrian rebels.”

The Benghazi Brief – The Entire Story Of Operation “Zero Footprint” In Libya and Why Further Benghazi Committee Hearings Are Futile

“We know Operation Zero Footprint was the covert transfer of weapons from the U.S to the Libyan “rebels”. We also know the operation avoided the concerns with congressional funding, and potential for public scrutiny, through financing by the United Arab Emirates (UAE).

“We also know that officials within the government of Qatar served as the intermediaries for the actual transfer of the weapons, thereby removing the footprint of the U.S. intervention.

“We know the entire operation was coordinated and controlled by the State Department and CIA. We also know (from the Senate Foreign Relations Benghazi hearings) that “Zero Footprint” was unknown to the 2011 Pentagon and/or DoD commanders who would have been tasked with any military response to the 9/11/12 attack – namely AFRICOM General Carter Ham.’

Last week President Trump ordered massive bombing in Syria over alleged use of chemical weapons by Assad against his own people. Why would Assad do that knowing the major superpowers would come down on him like a ton of bricks?

Mainstream Media Cuts General’s Mic As He Tells the Truth On Syrian Gas Attack

“As General Shaw noted during his interview with Sky News, even U.S. officials are admitting that the “civil war” between the Syrian government and the Islamic State has come to an end—so why would Assad carry out an attack on his own people that would result in greater intervention from world superpowers, such as the U.S. and the UK?

“He said that Assad has won this war, and we need to face that,” Shaw said. “And then last week, you’ve got a Tweet by Trump that America is finished with [the Islamic State] and we’re going to pull out soon, very soon. And then suddenly you have a gas attack…”

“This was further evidenced by the fact that the UK later teamed up with the U.S. and France to launch airstrikes targeting the Syrian government that have the potential to spark World War 3.

“The question over what motive Assad would possibly have to launch a chemical attack on his own people when he knows that reports of chemical attacks in the past—even though they were unverified—have resulted in increased aggression from the United States, serves as a reminder that nearly every war in U.S. history has been started based on lies and propaganda that were used to blind the American people into believing the war was being fought “for their freedom.”

US Launches Impotent Attack on Non-existent “Chemical Facilities”

“I ordered the United States armed forces to launch precision strikes on targets associated with the chemical weapon capabilities of Syrian dictator Bashar al-Assad,” Trump said late Friday at the White House. Of course, the phrase, “associated with the chemical weapon capabilities” of Syria is intentionally ambiguous.

“Considering that any attack on actual, currently active chemical weapon facilities in Syria would risk the spread of toxic chemicals over civilian areas – attacking such sites would contravene the entire supposed purpose of the US-led attack – protecting Syrian civilians from “chemical weapons.”

Senator Dick Black, VA from his official web site – He’s a Republican.

The Washington Times: Syrian rebels used Sarin nerve gas, not Assad’s regime: U.N. #SyrianStrikes @realDonaldTrump #PeaceForSyria official

Senator Richard Black Exposes Chemical False Flag in SYRIA

Once again, President Trump has switched his position on Syria. FLASHBACK: Here’s A List Of The Times Trump Warned Against Getting Involved In Syria

June 15, 2013: “We should stay the hell out of Syria, the “rebels” are just as bad as the current regime. WHAT WILL WE GET FOR OUR LIVES AND $ BILLIONS? ZERO”

August 29, 2013: “Let the Arab League take care of Syria. Why are these rich Arab countries not paying us for the tremendous cost of such an attack?” Many more examples of Trump’s firm position to stay out of Syria.

Remember the proclamation about Hussein acquiring yellow cake and WMD to justify our illegal bombing and invasion of Iraq? How’d that work out for America with rivers of blood spilled by our military, innocent civilians and a couple trillion dollars in borrowed debt?

WikiLeaks Secret Cable: “Overthrow The Syrian Regime, But Play Nice With Russia”

Nikki Haley is the US Ambassador to the United Nothing (UN). (The bill to get us out of that world order cabal of corrupt members is still dying in committee.) To say I can’t stand Haley is an understatement. I put her in the same ‘pants suit’ brigade as Hillary Clinton when it comes to war.

Good old Nikki, when Governor of South Carolina, jumped on the PC bandwagon back in 2015 to erase part of America’s history. Remove the Confederate flag from the state house! Good or bad, our history is just that. We learn from our mistakes.

The history of the South is also just that. It should not be removed to placate a newly developed ‘movement’ out to destroy our history. Haley is nothing but an opportunist who never met a Muslim she didn’t love. Those peace-loving people and their fake religion responsible for nothing but violence around the globe and hatred of anyone who doesn’t swear allegiance to some god name Allah.

She’s also a war monger who really cranks it up at the UN playing tough in a ‘man’s world’. Have you ever watched her? I have and each time I want to puke. On Syria she’s “manned up”; big bad Nikki Haley. Hey world – the US is “locked and loaded” she proclaimed last week. We will use our might to illegally bomb the hell out of Syria again just because we can, based on unverified allegations.

Trump brought another war monger into his camp as his new National Security Advisor. John Bolton is a former US Ambassador to the UN – which I might remind is NOT a government. It is merely representatives from governments who have never kept peace anywhere on this globe.

They are all globalists – with perhaps the exeption of Russia which believes in its own sovereignty. Bolton never saw a war he didn’t love and can hardly wait for the US to create a new one. I was just sick about that appointment.

Bolton, key Trump adviser, has evolved his views on Syria – “I don’t think it is in America’s interest,” Bolton said in a FOX interview in 2013. “I don’t think we should in effect take sides in the Syrian conflict.”

Am I the only one upset about Trump’s complete flip on Syria? Hardly. I keep asking myself? Who is advising President Trump on these issues?

Trump supporters slam decision to launch strikes against Syria

“Fox News hosts Tucker Carlson and Laura Ingraham both questioned Trump’s decision Friday to launch strikes in retaliation for a chemical weapons attack last weekend that the U.S. has attributed to the Syrian government.

“Carlson noted the move was inconsistent with the president’s message during his 2016 campaign, and Ingraham said she found that intervention in other countries could be risky, as shown in the Iraq War, according to the Daily Beast.

“Michael Savage, a prominent conservative radio host and author, tweeted that “We lost. War machine bombs Syria. No evidence Assad did it. Sad warmongers hijacking our nation. Sad.” Alex Jones, one of Trump’s biggest and most consistent supporters went ballistic over the bombing.

Infowars’ Alex Jones blasts Trump over airstrike – “We’ve made so many sacrifices and now he’s crapping all over us. It makes me sick…F— Trump,” he vented Friday.”

No one – except the shadow government – wants to see chemical weapons used on any people if in fact chemical weapons were used. But, the lies and expert propaganda fed to the American people is not a basis for us to once again bomb the hell out of a foreign country.

Why not Myanmar, Mr. President?

“Bangladesh has taken in the people fleeing genocide of Myanmar (formerly Burma), who are being slaughtered by the Burmese military. This army is systematically working to eradicate anyone who is not like them: Rohingya Muslims, Christians, Hindu, other tribes…the list goes on.”

Genocide is wiping out thousands of human beings by the Myanmar government of barbaric savages so why don’t we bomb them into oblivion? Are their lives less precious than Syrians?

How about the continuing slaughter of human beings in the Sudan by their government? Christ, it’s been going on for years.

“Squire Patton Boggs is a big firm and it’s entirely possible that John Boehner, Trent Lott and John Breaux simply don’t know that their firm has taken on this account.

“It’s also possible they don’t know that the government of Sudan continues to use starvation as a weapon of war on its own people, still funds militias that murder its own innocent civilians, and continues to loot the country of its natural resources and funnel the wealth of Sudan into the hands of regime leaders through massive corruption.

“It’s certainly possible that they don’t remember that these are the exact same people whose systematic attacks led to the deaths of hundreds of thousands of innocent civilians in Darfur just a few years ago. And they probably don’t know that the person who is footing the bill is President al-Bashir, who cannot enter any country with an extradition treaty with the International Criminal Court because he would be immediately arrested and tried for war crimes at The Hague.”

How about Saudi Arabia, Mr. President?

Yemen: The War that Isn’t Happening Even as It’s Happening

“A child dies in Yemen every ten minutes from preventable causes, UNICEF reported in June. These deaths are only part of a humanitarian catastrophe, among the worst in the world, including a rampaging cholera epidemic, to which the witness of the overwhelming majority of the West’s warmongering Goebbelist media pretends to be deaf, mute, and blind…

Saudi Arabia, backed by the US and Britain, began bombing Yemen, the poorest country in the region, on 23 March 2015—without a Security Council resolution, as has been the tradition for launching western wars since Bill Clinton’s 1999 Kosovo War (the bombing of Serbia).

“The stated objective of the Anglo-American backing of the Saudi attack was the restoration of Yemen’s US-supported government of President Abdrabbuh Mansour Hadi’s, which fled to Saudi Arabia under the mounting pressure of the Houthi Shia rebels, accused by the United States of being pawns of Iran, or, dismissively, plain Iran-supported.

“Boggles the mind to think of the blithe moral logic that justifies the support of the United States for a (largely faked) uprising in Syria when Iran is not allowed to assist Houthis in Yemen, fighting an authentic civil war, unlike the so-called Free Syrian Army and their hordes of 80% foreign al-Qaeda and Isis allied invaders of Syria’s sovereign state in 2011.

“The hypocrisy of empire, one supposes: supporting rebels in one case and the legitimate government in another.

“For this reason—Iran’s backing—the Saudis blockade the air and the ports of Yemen to check the flow of Iranian arms shipments to the rebels, adding to the infamy of the war the infamy of an economic siege—infamy because the largest number of victims in this tactic to encircle Iran are civilians, which is another tradition respected by the sorry, deceptive War on Terror.

“The blockade also checks the “flow” of food and medicines and other health necessities, with devastating consequences, as we shall see.”

Yemen: ‘No Country for Old Men’- I hope you take the time to read this entire, brilliant piece by one of the most gifted writers on the Internet.

“Why did this war happen in the first place? Simply put, Saudi Arabia has been buying off and interfering with Yemen’s leadership and tribal structure since the late 1970s. The Houthis decided they didn’t want a “president for life.”

“How would Americans feel if, in 2016, Jimmy Carter were still president and South Korea, Afghanistan, Nicaragua, Rhodesia and other nations – imperiled by Carter’s incompetence between 1976 and 1980 – were merely a foretaste of decades of malaise and failure? Saudi Arabia (and other nations) supported Yemen’s “president for life.” The Houthis, like the American colonials in 1776, aren’t buying into the old paradigm.

“Yemen’s exiled government has welcomed the U.S. plan to restart peace talks. You can read that article here. This Reuter’s article says the Houthis are ready for peace talks if attacks cease against them. This article claims Saudi Arabia is training 5,000 “terrorists” to fight in Yemen.”

Why haven’t we bombed the government of South Africa? There is genocide going on down there with only one goal: Kill every white human being in the country. It’s horrible. If whites were slaughtering black people in South Africa the world would be screaming.

I have spent a considerable amount of time on this and it makes me sick to my soul – just like when I researched the mass killings in Rwanda. Murders, rape and robbery against white human beings in South Africa is happening on a mass scale. Why haven’t we gone in and bombed their government?

White Genocide in South Africa

South Africa’s Farm Murders: Jeanine’s Story

White Farmers Slaughtered in South Africa

Targets in South Africa’s ‘genocide’ all white

Inside South Africa’s White Displacement Camps

Where in the U.S. Constitution does it authorize our military to be used for global squabbles and civil wars that have nothing to do with our homeland security? Oh, yes, I know. The ‘war on terrorism’ is dragged out every time while our southern border remains open for terrorists to walk across.

We cannot win these undeclared wars in the Middle East with military intervention. It’s up to the countries to find peace and make it work. All countries on the globe should condemn what’s going on with these civil wars and make it clear we won’t do business with you until it stops.

There is ZERO language in the U.S. Constitution that authorizes stealing the fruits of your labor to fund – with borrowed dollars and that debt slapped on our backs – ANY foreign aid for ANY country. As for sanctions by the U.S., has that worked? It has not but what has worked is thousands and thousands of innocent civilians continue to live in the most deplorable conditions and die because of sanctions.

Countries can and should stop doing business with governments that inflict such horror on their own citizens. Leaders of every country including President Trump should continue to hammer on countries like Saudi Arabia. Once again, the sickening situation in Yemen is over one country’s interference with who is going to run another country’s government.

Oh, no. We the people are going to throw more borrowed money at Saudi Arabia:

“A Humanitarian Catastrophe”: The Five Countries Enabling Saudi’s War in Yemen

“When President Trump visited Saudi in May, he pledged to give $350 billion in arms to Saudi Arabia over the next 10 years.  The U.S. notoriously refuels Saudi jets mid-air, ensuring its aerial campaign, which has been flagged as source of war crimes, can maintain a near-constant tempo.”

If you want this lunacy stopped, make your voice known to President Trump and your congress critter: Stop bombing other countries and stay out of their regional squabbles. Be polite but firm.

“Equal and exact justice to all men, of whatever state or persuasion, religious or political; peace, commerce, and honest friendship with all nations, entangling alliances with none.” —Thomas Jefferson First Inaugural Address, March 4, 1801

© 2018 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

“War is a racket,” said U.S. General Smedley Butler in World War I.  “Wars make money for bankers, corporations, and let the little guy die on the battlefield.”

Since my youth, I watched our country fight useless wars around the world for the past 60 years.  Korea killed 33,000 innocent American kids for absolutely nothing.  Vietnam killed 53,319 U.S. kids while injuring 350,000 both physically and mentally as it dragged on for 10 years. It accomplished nothing but death and ecological mayhem in Nam. It killed 2.3 million Vietamese.

It created the rampant drug culture in America.  Desert Storm killed 400 kids with zero reasons for that conflict.  Over 2,300 of our kids suffered death in 17 years of Afghanistan, with more to come. We killed bin Laden: so why didn’t we leave?  Over 4,800 of our kids died in Iraq.  The absolutely bogus wars in Iraq and Afghanistan for the past 16 years created in excess of $7 trillion in U.S. debt.

Who made out?  Corporations, bankers and stockholders!  Who lost? Answer: you and your military kids!  You and I stand $20 trillion in debt. We pay and pay and pay!  Our infrastructure rots while our tax dollars build other nations.  Our schools rot, our teachers suffer penury wages and our kids lack basic educational excellence—but we fund endless wars that accomplish nothing.  We’ve got millions in poverty, millions of homeless and millions out of work, and horrific social problems as to race, welfare, immigration, environment and more—but we keep fighting bogus wars.

Our third President Thomas Jefferson warned against any wars or foreign entanglement whatsoever.

Nonetheless, President Trump, using scant information, much like Bush with his “weapons of mass destruction” farce or LBJ with his “Gulf of Tonkin Resolution”, unloaded on Syria this last weekend.  More death, more destruction, more misery and more suffering for countless people. Which means, we’ll see more Moslem terror attacks in our country against our people!

Our country maintains 700 military bases, 450,000 personnel on those bases, and war equipment in 80 countries around the world. To what point?  To what reason?  To what in the name of common sense?

Why do we make everybody else’s business our business and why do we maintain endless wars?  Why?

What and who gives us the right, the moral authority and the audacity to start these wars, maintain these wars and fuel these wars?  We’ve stuck our noses and bombs into Iran’s country, Chile’s country, Panama’s country, Korea’s country, Iraq’s country and Afghanistan’s country for decades.  Our CIA disrupts entire governments of elected officials if we don’t like them.

Does anyone in Congress know his or her right hand from his or her left hand?  Why do our elected officials fund those attacks, those wars and their continued atrocities?

I write this column in total exasperation as to our last six presidents who waged wars on foreign countries and their people.

Fact: we really don’t know what’s going on in Syria, Iraq or Afghanistan.  We can’t discover the truth because every news agency carries a slant, a prejudice and a bias.  They report what their ‘rulers’ tell them to report.

What do we know?  We know that Moslem nations fought wars for turf since the 6^th century.  We know that Africa, Asia and the Middle East fight wars because they fight wars.  Why make their wars our wars?

How about this idea?

Withdraw all our troops and military hardware from Africa, Asia and the Middle East.  Take our bases out of 80 countries and bring our kids home to our country.  Just leave! Let those countries settle their differences by themselves.

All we need to do: protect and defend our borders!

Which, of course, Congress won’t do and hasn’t done for 40 years! We’re being invaded by 1,000,000 legal immigrants annually and 500,000 illegal migrants each year.  It’s time to defend our country and keep our noses out of everybody else’s business.

How about you?  Aren’t you sick of our wars?

I am sick to death of our wars. I am exasperated that our presidents and Congresses continue endless wars that kill and destroy—but accomplish nothing. They make bankers rich and bloat corporation’s profits.  I am sick about every one of our kids who died in Korea, Vietnam, Desert Storm, Iraq and Afghanistan—died for nothing but money for bankers.

Any chance the United States might mind its own business?

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Mueller and his gang have weaponized the criminalized justice system attorney. These no-knock raids that were done on his personal lawyer’s house and offices, those kinds of tactics are reserved for dope dealers and terrorists. —Attorney Victoria Toensing on Lou Dobbs, 9 April 2018

Donald J. Trump is our legally elected President, but the establishment cabal, including a majority of the Republicans, are fighting him tooth and nail at every turn. Mitch McConnell stated that Mueller “should be allowed to finish his job.” Chuck Grassley said that it would be “suicide” for Mr. Trump to fire the special counsel. Our President has always been the target. The agenda is to remove him from the White House and install another globalist who would follow orders. Establishment insider Mike Pence comes to mind.  Meanwhile, Pence is silent as a stone, just licking his chops for the top job.

Time for the Long Knives Mr. President

And if our President doesn’t get out his long knives and begin chopping, he will not last against this entirely illegal, unconstitutional, and unjustified onslaught.  Trump is in a battle for his life, he needs to fire these basturds (purposeful misspelling) no matter what the Congress and advisers say.  Who the hell are his advisers anyway? Rosenstein needs to be immediately ousted over his secret messages to Mueller who has completely undermined the legal process and has extended his probe well beyond its initial scope.

All these chummy fellows, Wray, Mueller, Rosenstein, McCabe, Strzok, Ohr, Page, the rest of Obama’s gang, and Rosenstein’s wife, Lisa Barsoomian, are as far left as they come and are working to destroy this legally elected American President.  Why?  Because he’s set fire to their plans and disrupted their goals and they hate him for it along with all of us “deplorables” who voted for him.

Rotten Rosenstein

Chris Farrell of Judicial Watch asks how Rosenstein is even allowed into the DOJ every day since he was the one who convinced Sessions to recuse himself in early March of 2017, and then he called for Trump to fire Comey and even wrote a letter stating same in May of 2017.  Rosenstein then names his close buddy, Mueller as the special counsel to investigate Trump’s firing of Comey.  Trump had every right to fire James Comey and now Comey has a new self-aggrandizing book out lauding his “accomplishments,” when he should have been prosecuted for leaking to the New York Times when he was the FBI Director.  His wife and daughters all voted for Hillary and marched in an anti-Trump parade.

How the hell did this immoral, ill mannered, boorish incompetent ever make it to the top?  His actions while Director, and his recent filth laden book of lies tells me our President should have fired Comey the very day he took office.

The old adage of cream always rising to the top doesn’t fit Comey.  My grandparents were dairy farmers and I remember the fresh milk coming into Gram’s kitchen.  She would pasteurize it and then put it in the fridge to cool.  When it was cooled, she’d take it out and skim the “scum” off the top and dump it down the drain.  Underneath the scum was cream, and below that was rich milk.  A good lesson to remember.

Because AG Sessions recused himself from the investigation, Rosenstein became acting Attorney General, with all the powers that entails for purposes of the Russia probe. As such, Rosenstein had full authority to unilaterally pass responsibility off to Mueller, who will continue the already yearlong investigation without reporting through the normal FBI and DOJ chain-of-command.

Last August Rosenstein stated that Mueller can’t expand the investigation without requesting additional authority.  Quite obviously Rosenstein has given free rein to Mueller to investigate anything outside the purview of the so-called Russia collusion.

Mueller has veered sharply off course into matters that have nothing to do with Russia’s tampering with our 2016 election. He either has to be reeled in to do the job he was hired to do, where there isn’t a shred of evidence, or be fired.

Our Lily-Livered Attorney General Jeff Sessions

The President needs to call Sessions into his office and tell him to rein in Mueller, that his only investigation is into Russian collusion.  If Sessions refuses to do that for whatever reason, then Trump needs to hand him his resignation and say, “Sign here.”  I would do this immediately, but perhaps it would work best during a Congressional recess.  That way Trump could temporarily appoint whomever he wishes, just as G. W. Bush did with John Bolton as Ambassador to the UN in order to break through the wall of opposition.

The President absolutely cannot choose from the swamp.  He has three choices and they are Rudy Giuliani, Joe diGenova, and Gregg Jarrett.  Giuliani had the fortitude and chutzpah to put five mob dons in prison while there were many death threats against him and his family. Joe diGenova has proven that the knows exactly where the corruption lies and what should be done. Gregg Jarrett has openly stated that, “The FBI has become America’s secret police and Mueller is using them as a political weapon.” Choosing any one of these three sharks would guarantee an elimination of the FBI nest of vipers.

Damn the torpedoes, full speed ahead!  Believe me, Trump’s base would rally around him.

Cohen Raid Treachery

On 9 April 18, federal investigators searched the office, home and Manhattan hotel room of President Donald Trump’s longtime lawyer, Michael Cohen, seizing communications between the lawyer and his clients that cover topics including payments to the former porn actress known as Stormy Daniels, according to a person familiar with the matter.  Many of Cohen’s client interviews are on tape.  Think these private conversations won’t leak to the leftist press?  Think again, the FBI has a bad history.

The searches were executed at the direction of the southern district of Manhattan U.S. attorney’s office, which has opened an investigation that is being coordinated with the office of special counsel Robert Mueller.

Stormy Daniels has nothing to do with Russian collusion, neither did the Michael Flynn set-up by McCabe and gang, neither did the raid on Manafort’s home, and neither does the 13-year-old Access Hollywood tape.

As journalist Daniel Greenfield said, “The entire basis for this witch hunt was the Steele Dossier. And that was covertly paid for by the Obama/Clinton law firm, Perkins Coie and was lied about on FEC disclosures.  If a special prosecutor had dedicated a fraction of the time investigating the Clinton world that Mueller did to nailing assorted Trump associates on process crimes, there would be an actual case. We are headed for a major showdown. And its outcome will determine who runs this country, the people or Washington D.C.”

An equally important harm is to important relationships that are protected by the law: between lawyer and client, priest and penitent, doctor and patient, husband and wife, etc.

If the ordinary citizen sees that even the president’s confidential communications with his lawyer can be seized and perused, he or she will be far less willing to engage in such communications. As a society we value such communications; that is why our laws protect them and that is why it should be extremely difficult for the government to intrude upon them, except as a last recourse in extremely important cases.

From what we know, this case does not meet those stringent standards. Much of the material sought from Cohen by the warrant could probably be obtained through other sources, such as bank, tax and other records that are subject to subpoena.

Michael Cohen’s lawyer, Stephen Ryan stated, “The decision by the U.S. Attorney’s Office in New York to conduct their investigation using search warrants is completely inappropriate and unnecessary.  It resulted in the unnecessary seizure of protected attorney client communications between a lawyer and his clients.”

Rep. Jim Jordan said, “The FBI raided Trump’s lawyer and got privileged information, yet they let Hillary Clinton destroy emails, her telephones and even her hard drives with bleach bit.”  Double standard for the rotten Obama/Clinton FBI.

Professor Alan Dershowitz

Professor Dershowitz, although a staunch Democrat, comes down on the side of the law and has stated, “This is a very dangerous day today for lawyer-client relations.”

“I tell clients on my word of honor that what you tell me is sacrosanct,” Dershowitz added later. “And now they say, just based on probable cause … they can burst into the office, grab all the computers, and then give it to another FBI agent and say, “You’re the firewall. We want you now to read all these confidential communications, tell us which ones we can get and which ones we can’t get.”

“If this were Hillary Clinton being investigated and they went into her lawyer’s office, the American Civil Liberties Union would be on every television station in America, jumping up and down,” he said.

“The unalienable Bill of Rights protects from this kind of government intrusion.”  Dershowitz writes, “The Fifth Amendment is an exclusionary rule. By its terms, it prevents material obtained in violation of the privilege of self-incrimination from being used to incriminate a defendant – that is, to convict him or her of a crime.

But the Fourth and Sixth Amendments provide far broader protections: they prohibit government officials from in any way intruding on the privacy of lawyer-client confidential rights of citizens.

If the government improperly seizes private or privileged material, the violation has already occurred, even if the government never uses the material from the person from whom it was seized.”

Well Alan, there’s a double standard, the ACLU only protects the socialist left, to hell with the unconstitutional attacks on anyone conservative.

FBI Failures and Corruption

One need only remember the FBI’s jaded past…Waco, Ruby Ridge, Elmer Geronimo Pratt who was framed for murder by the FBI in 1968 and spent 26 years in prison for a crime he never committed, the Las Vegas slaughter, Parkland, the Tsarnaev brothers, and the many scandals under FBI Director Robert Mueller.

Omar Mateen, who killed 49 people and wounded 58 others at the Pulse nightclub in Orlando in June 2016, had previously been the subject of a 10-month FBI terrorism investigation.

Esteban Santiago, who killed five people and wounded eight at the Fort Lauderdale airport in January 2017, had walked into an FBI office in Alaska with a loaded handgun magazine two months earlier and reported having “terroristic thoughts.”

Al Qaeda (AQ) hostage Matt Schrier, an American photojournalist appeared on Fox News and dropped a bold claim. The FBI allegedly betrayed him in order to track AQ while he was being held by al Nusra and tortured in Syria, and Matt said he can prove it.  Here’s the interview.

Robert Mueller took criminal investigative action against Paul Manafort a week before he had permission from Rosenstein to do so, which was outside the purview of his investigation.  The pre-dawn witch hunt FBI raid had nothing to do with Mueller’s Trump/Russia investigation.

Conclusion

Mueller’s job was defined as being at the start of all this, courtesy of the Legal Insurrection blog, “The Special Counsel is authorized to conduct the investigation confirmed by then-FBI Director James B. Comey in testimony before the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence on March 20, 2017, including: (i) any links and/or coordination between the Russian government and individuals associated with the campaign of President Donald Trump; and (ii) any matters that arose or may arise directly from the investigation; and (iii) any other matters within the scope of 28 C.F.R. § 600.4(a).”

When the book on U.S.-Russian/Soviet diplomacy is finally written, it will show collusion was basically a pillar of Democratic foreign policy from the 1970s on, from Teddy Kennedy and Jimmy Carter to Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton.

Mueller’s investigation linking Trump with Russian collusion is going nowhere, so he has decided to broaden the investigation.  It is beyond his brief as a Special Counsel and he should be told to stick to what he’s supposed to do, but Rosenstein is silent.

Mueller’s limited investigation has now turned into a free-for-all investigation in which he is looking to find a crime, any crime, that he can even remotely attach to Donald Trump’s past activities, whether related to the Russia-collusion scandal or not. That will give the Democrats what they wanted all along: An all-purpose reason to pursue impeachment charges against Trump.

It is an attempt at a legal coup, an attempt to overturn the results of a lawful election by the American people.  In short, Mueller isn’t empowered to do this extraordinarily wide-ranging investigation into all things Trump.

Mueller has to be reeled in, better yet, he needs to be shut down and fired. [Link]

Mr. President, time to cut the Deep State down. Do it now!

P.S.  Our country needs citizens who will stand up for her and for her Constitution. This is the call of the editor of NewsWithViews.com. He has put his reputation and finances on the line for our country.  Please help him keep the truth arriving daily in your mailbox and tell your friends to sign up on the website to receive daily email alerts. And please, you can donate here, even if it’s just a small amount every month, it helps keep freedom and truth alive.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Over the last few years, specifically under the Obama years, there was a lot of talk about a Con-Con, i.e. Constitutional Convention. Our Founders put this into our Constitution to give us the right to reset our Constitution if the government has taken things too far away from the intentions of the original Constitution and Bill of Rights.  I don’t doubt that this has happened but the problem with a Con Con is when it is called out existing form of government comes to a complete halt and what ever form of government comes out of the Con Con is what we will have.  I don’t think we should go into a Con Con unless we know definitively what form of government we’ll end up with.  There is nothing wrong with what the Founders gave us IF we would simply follow it.  I don’t see a guarantee that we will come out with a government that is as good as the one the Founders gave us.

Some have said that the most conservative Justice on the Supreme Court, Antonin Scalia, was okay with a Con Con but it was only the provision for the Amendment Process that he would call for one. On April 17, 2014, Supreme Court Justices Antonin Scalia and Ruth Bader Ginsburg appeared on an episode of The Kalb Report, a one-on-one panel discussion television and radio program jointly produced by the National Press Club Journalism Institute, George Washington University, and the Philip Merrill College of Journalism at the University of Maryland. The subject of the program was “A Conversation About the First Amendment.”

During the program, host Marvin Kalb asked a question of Seth Dawson from the office of Congressman Denny Heck (D-Wash.) regarding the recent suggestion by Justice John Paul Stevens of a constitutional amendment to modify the Second Amendment. The question was, “If you could amend the Constitution in one way, what would it be, and why?” The first to answer was Scalia, who replied:

I certainly would not want a Constitutional Convention. I mean whoa. Who knows what would come out of that? But, if there were a targeted amendment that were adopted by the states, I think the only provision I would amend is the Amendment Provision. I figured out, at one time, what percentage of the populace could prevent an Amendment to the Constitution. And, if you take a bare majority in the smallest states by population, I think something less than two percent of the people can prevent a Constitutional Amendment. It ought to be hard, but it shouldn’t be that hard. [1]

Further on in this debate he solidified his opinion concerning a Con Con:  Scalia acknowledged the difficulty of amending the Constitution, and speaking in the context of amendments, he clearly warned against the notion of a convention, which is the second, or alternative, method for amending the Constitution under Article V.

During the question-and-answer session following a speech Scalia gave to the Federalist Society in Morristown, New Jersey, on May 8, 2015, he was asked whether a constitutional convention would be in the nation’s interest.

“A constitutional convention is a horrible idea,” Scalia replied. “This is not a good century to write a constitution.” [2] We have operated under the Constitution for 231 years, the most successful government document in the history of the world, so it doesn’t need to be change, it needs to be followed.

The encroachment of the federal government into the States rights and the rights of the American people has been done a little at a time as so not to be noticed by the people.  Our rights have been slowly eroded by those in power that want America to be part of the New World Order. This includes virtually all of the Democrat Party and the RINO’s like John McCain, Lindsey Graham, Orrin Hatch, Jeff Flake just to name a few.  These Republicans also include George H.W. Bush and George W. Bush.  This should have become very evident in the last general election when none of the former Republican presidents voted for the Republican candidate, Donald J. Trump.  They vigorously opposed him and still do.  We can also see why they oppose him because he is exposing the massive corruption that is deeply embedded in the federal government from the so-called justice department, the FBI and even the IRS.  Its ugly tentacles reach deep and they don’t want to let go.

There are other factors that we need to address as well.  Our original Constitution along with its amendments are not the same as we have today. Today’s 13^th Amendment refers to slavery but in a copy of the Constitution that was printed in 1825 referred to the prohibition of lawyers from serving in government.  In 1983 David Dodge and Tom Dunn were searching for evidence of government corruption in public records in a Belfast Library on the coast of Maine. They uncovered probably the most explosive evidence ever uncovered in our history. They uncovered the United States Constitution printed in 1825, which was to prohibit lawyers from serving in Government.

Extensive research since then has uncovered the following:

1.) The unlawful removal of a ratified 13th Amendment from the US Constitution.

2.) The Amendment had been printed in at least 18 separate publications by 11 different states and territories from 1819 to 1868.

3.) The Amendment was secretly removed from documents by a group of lawyers and bankers. In its place was entered the slave Amendment, which was the 14th amendment, which was changed to the 13th Amendment. All of this occurred during the turmoil of the civil war.

4.) Since the Amendment was not lawfully repealed, it is still the law of the land.

5.) Colorado printed the correct 13th Amendment in 1668. [This probably should read 1868.] [3]

What we are experiencing is a complete side-stepping of our Constitution by people who are looking to keep the American people in ignorance concerning our rights.  That is one reason why we no longer teach our Constitution in our schools. I grew up in the 50’s and 60’s graduating in 1968 and they were still teaching the Constitution then but by the time my kids started school it was no longer part of the curriculum.  For America to stay free, we must keep our heritage alive and that can only be done by keeping it in front of our eyes and the eyes of our youth.  Noah Webster stated “Every child in America should be acquainted with his own country. He should read books that furnish him with ideas that will be useful to him in life and practice. As soon as he opens his lips, he should rehearse the history of his own country.” We have failed to do this and in doing so we have failed our children.

FootNotes

1. Justice Scalia’s warning of a constitutional convention
2. Justice Scalia’s warning of a constitutional convention
3. Missing 13th Amendment to the United States Constitution which was to prohibit lawyers from serving in the government
4. Roger Anghis, Defining America’s Exceptionalism, pp. 172, (Westbow Press, 2012)

A Mexican NGO called the Consejo Ciudadano para la Seguridad Pública y Justicia Penal, A.C. (Citizen Council for Public Security and Penal Justice), whose president is Jose Antonio Ortega Sanchez, released a list of the world’s 50 cities with the highest homicide rates in 2017.

In order to be on the list, the city must have at least 300,000 inhabitants.  The ranking is based on homicide rates calculated per 100,000 inhabitants.  (Cities in war zones are not included in the ranking.)

Of the 50 most murderous cities, 42 were in Latin America and 47 (all but three) were in the Western Hemisphere.

The country with the most cities on the Top Fifty list was Brazil, with  17 cities.

Mexico was in second place with twelve  cities.  Plus, half the Top Ten cities were in Mexico.

In third place was Venezuela, with five cities on the most murderous cities list.

The United States was in fourth place, with five cities on the list, including one in Puerto Rico, a U.S. territory in the Caribbean.

South Africa, the only country on the list not in the Western Hemisphere, had three  cities.

Colombia also had three cities on the list.

Honduras had two cities on the list.

El Salvador, Guatemala and Jamaica each had one city on the list.

Los Cabos, located on the tip of Mexico’s Baja California Peninsula, entered the Fifty Most Murderous Cities list for the very first time and went straight to the top, to be the world’s most murderous city.  There were 365 murders in Los Cabos (one for each day of the year), among a population of only 328,245, making for a murder rate of 111.33 per 100,000.

Caracas, Venezuela was the second-most murderous city on the planet, with  3,387 murders in a population of  3,046,104,  which was a murder rate of 111.19 out of 100,000.

Acapulco, Mexico was #3 with a rate of 106.63.

Natal, Brazil was #4 with a rate of 102.56.

Two Mexican cities were in fifth and sixth place:  Tijuana at #5 with a rate of 100.77, and La Paz at #6 with a rate of 84.79.

Fortaleza, Brazil was #7 with a rate of 83.48.

Ciudad Victoria, Mexico was #8 with a rate of 83.32 murders per 100,000 inhabitants.

A city in Venezuela called Guayana (not to be confused with the country Guyana) was #9 with a murder rate of 80.28

Rounding out the Top Ten Most Murderous Cities list was Belem, Brazil, with a rate of 71.38.

As for Mexico, it had 12 cities on the list, in contrast to only 8 cities last year.

The Mexican Cities:

• Los Cabos, at the southern tip of the Baja California Peninsula, which has never been on the list before and went straight to #1.

–  Acapulco (on the Pacific Coast), at #3 on the list.   Its murder rate of 106.63 was, however, a decrease from that of last year, which was 113.24, when it was #2 on the most murderous cities list.  So that’s progress.

• Border Town Tijuana was #5 on the list.  Its 2017 rate of 100.77 was almost double its 2016 rate of 53.06.
• La Paz, on the Baja California Peninsula, was the wrold’s sixth-most murderous city.
• At #8 was Ciudad Victoria, in the northeastern state of Tamaulipas. Its murder rate of 83.32 was a slight decrease over last year’s rate of 84.67.
• Culiacan, capital of the western state of Sinaloa, was at #12, with a murder rate of 70.10.  That’s actually an increase over the 2017 rate of 51.81.
• Ciudad Juarez, across the border from El Paso, Texas, was the world’s twentieth-most murderous city with a rate of 56.16, an increase over last years rate of 43.63.
• Chihuahua City, Chihuaha, in western Mexico, was #29 with a rate of 49.48, an increase over last year’s 42.02 rate.
• At #31 was Ciudad Obregon in western Mexico, with a murder rate of 48.96, an increase over the previous year’s 40.95 rate.
• Tepic, capital of western Nayarit state, was #36 on the list.
• Reynosa, a border town across from Hidalgo, Texas, was #38.
• Mazatlan, on the west coast, was #43 with a murder rate of 39.32, a decrease over the 2017 murder rate of 48.75.

U.S. cities on the list were:
– St. Louis, Missouri, the 13^th-most murderous city in the world at 65.83, an increase over the previous year’s 60.37.

–  Baltimore, #21, its 55.48 rate an increase over the previous year’s 51.14.
– San Juan of Puerto Rico (a U.S. territory), at #32, had a rate of 48.70.

–   New Orleans, #41, a rate of 40.10, a decrease from the previous year’s 60.37  murders per 100,000 inhabitants.
–   Detroit, at #42, with a rate of 39.69, a decrease from the 44.60 of 2016.

Each of these deaths is a human tragedy.  So why study such a morbid subject?   The hope is that by studying these  patterns, strategies  to decrease the violence might be found and enacted.

To peruse the data yourself, click here.

© 2018 Allan Wall – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Allan Wall: allanwall39@gmail.com

One of the strangest and most misleading statements ever uttered by an American President occurred when George W. Bush described Islam as “a religion of peace and tolerance.” He was probably told to make that statement by his controllers who were busily planning the New World Order.

The true nature of Islam is found in the 109 verses of the Koran that demand war against all non-Muslims, or so-called “infidels.” Many verses are quite graphic, and command believers to sever heads and fingers and kill infidels wherever they may be.

If Islam were subjected to the same scrutiny and historical standards by which the West is routinely judged and condemned –- based on such considerations as slavery, imperialism, warfare, intolerance and misogyny — the verdict would be devastating for Islam.

VIOLENCE

Some Westerners accept the notion that Islam is simply another monotheistic religion, and thus similar to Christianity and Judaism: They believe that Islam preaches the New Testament virtues of peace, love, and tolerance. Many are shocked or embarrassed to discover the bloody genesis of Islam and its history indicate otherwise.

Paying “lip service” to peace and tolerance may win over naïve infidels, but when every twelfth verse of the Koran speaks to Allah’s hatred of non-Muslims — or else calls for their death, forced conversion, or subjugation — it is little wonder that sympathy for terrorism and violence runs deeply in the broader Muslim community. Very few Muslims can bring themselves to roundly condemn Islamic terrorism.

Violence is so thoroughly a part of its religion that Islam has perpetually waged war, either with other religions or among its own factions. Moreover, Muslims who don’t join in Islam’s latest “Jihad” (holy war,) are called “hypocrites,” and warned that Allah will consign them to Hell if they don’t join the slaughter.

Except for a few rare instances where Islam has not massacred infidels within their domain, there is little else they can point to suggesting theirs is a peaceful or tolerant religion. Where Islam is dominant — as in the Middle East and Pakistan –- religious minorities usually suffer brutal persecution. Where Islam is in the minority — as in Thailand, the Philippines and Europe — there is often violence when their demands are not satisfied.

Whether Muslims are in the majority or the minority, either situation affords them a justification for religious terrorism, which is endemic to Islamic fundamentalism. Islam parades as a religion of peace when they do not have sufficient power and numbers on their side, just as violence and terrorism increase as their power and numbers increase.

Dr. Salah al-Sawy, the chief member of the Assembly of Muslim Jurists in America, stated in 2009 that “the Islamic community does not possess the strength to engage in offensive Jihad at this time.” His statement tacitly implies that an “offensive Jihad” is a legitimate option once Muslims DO achieve sufficient numbers in America.

Islam is the only religion that has to retain its membership by formally threatening to kill anyone who wants to leave the fold, much like the old Cosa Nostra used to do. Islam also teaches that non-Muslims are less than fully human, and by “dehumanizing” its enemies, it facilitates killing or terrorizing all infidels.

HISTORICAL EVIDENCE

The Koran has few verses extolling the virtues of peace and tolerance to balance those calling for infidels to be fought and subdued until they are humiliated, converted to Islam, or killed. Muhammad’s own legacy, along with the remarkable emphasis on violence found in the Koran, have produced a trail of blood and tears across world history

Muhammad was himself a military leader, laying siege to towns, massacring their men, raping their women, and seizing the property of others. He often rejected offers of surrender from the besieged inhabitants and butchered those he captured. When his men had reservations about the manner in which they fought, he promised them slaves and booty if they fought and Hell if they did not.

The violent verses of the Koran have played a key role in many very real massacres and genocides. These include the brutal slaughter of tens of millions of Hindus across five centuries, beginning around 1000 AD with Mahmud of Ghazni’s bloody conquest. Both he and the later Tamerlane (Islam’s Genghis Khan) slaughtered an untold number who were merely defending their temples from destruction. As a consequence, Buddhism was very nearly wiped off the Indian subcontinent.

Judaism and Christianity experienced the same fate — albeit more slowly — in areas conquered by Muslim armies, including those in the Middle East, North Africa, Turkey and parts of Europe. Zoroastrianism, the ancient religion of the Persians (modern day Iranians) is despised by Muslims, and today barely survives in Iran due to its persecution.

PROBLEM OF INTERPRETATION

Just as many Christians never read their Bibles, Many Muslims are willfully ignorant of or “blissfully” unaware of verses in the Koran that preach universal non-violence. Their understanding of Islam comes from what they have been taught by radical and fundamentalist Imams.

Unlike most Old Testament verses containing violence, most verses in the Koran are open-ended, meaning they are not restrained by historical context or that context found in surrounding text. Many Muslims interpret the Koran in this manner.

These violent verses are just as relevant or subject to interpretation as anything else in the Koran, and thus part of the eternal and unchanging word of Allah. Although the Koran itself claims to be clear and complete, apologists and Islamic leaders speak of the “risks” of trying to interpret verses without their assistance.

The Sunni theologian, Sheikh Yusuf al-Qaradawi justifies terror attacks against Western targets by noting that there is no such thing as a civilian population under “Jihad.” He openly sanctions offensive Jihad because the Islamic state must spread the word of Islam and remove all obstacles in its way.

He declares that “Islam has the right to take the initiative…this is God’s religion and it is for the whole world. It has the right to destroy all obstacles in the form of institutions and traditions…it attacks them to release human beings from their poisonous influences that distort human nature and curtail human freedom. Those who say that Islamic Jihad is merely for the defense of the ‘homeland’ of Islam diminish the greatness of the Islamic way of life.”

The widely respected Dictionary of Islam states: “Jihad is a religious war with those who are unbelievers in the mission of Muhammad. It is an incumbent religious duty, established by the Koran and in the Traditions as a divine institution, and enjoined specially for the purpose of advancing Islam and of repelling evil from Muslims. The destruction of the sword is incurred by infidels although they be not the first aggressors.”

Followers of Islam never relinquish what they conquer. They also never make any real effort at moral progress. They are the least open to dialogue and the most self-absorbed people on Earth. Since they feel Islam is perfect and has divine sanction, they brutally shun self-examination and repress criticism of Islam for their behavior. “Moderate” Muslims do not dare to contradict or dispute fundamentalist Muslims.

CONCLUSION

The popular argument among apologists is that the many verses encouraging violence in the Koran apply only to war. They often claim that Muslims may only attack in self-defense. This is undermined by the fact that war has frequently been instigated by Muslims as a pretext for violence, both in Muhammad’s time and since. Islamic armies have traditionally waged campaigns of aggression against their enemies, which they define as all non-Muslims.

Many Westerners turn a blind eye to Islamic violence, having swallowed the Liberal poison that all religions and belief systems are of equal validity. In this sense, Muslims and empty-headed liberals can condone Western juries that exonerate perpetrators of so-called “honor killings,” because they are merely following their cultural norms found in Sharia.

Liberals will defend Muslim violence just to spite patriots, conservatives, or nationalists who condemn the violent and savage practices of the Islam. Their control of the dominant narrative will be the death of the West, if we don’t do what must be done now, and not allow phony accusations of racism or bigotry to distract us.

© 2018 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Robert Peck

During the 2016 Presidential election, a number of Christian personalities began making a comparison between the ancient Persian King, Cyrus, a heathen king who God used to release the Jews from their Babylonian captivity, and Donald Trump as a potential modern-day deliverer of American Christians. It seems that idea is still in vogue, at least in some circles.

I recently read an article about Israeli Prime Minister, Benjamin Netanyahu, likening President Trump to King Cyrus. That article referenced another article and both referenced various Christian personalities who are all keeping the Cyrus appellation alive. I’m not claiming special prophetic revelation on the matter like some have intimated, but I do find myself compelled to comment on the applicability and significance of drawing a parallel between President Trump and King Cyrus.

First of all, before using the King Cyrus analogy, I believe we should all consider, and make clear, whether we mean:

1. Donald Trump is a direct parallel to King Cyrus, being to American Christians what the ancient Persian King was to the exiled Jews, and that this scriptural reference is being used in correct context with the same spiritual events and principles applying to the church in America today as applied to Israel of old, or;
2. Cyrus is proof that when God’s people get so screwed up and so out of touch with Him that He cannot deliver them out of the hand of their enemies through their own judges, prophets, kings, etc, then God is able to use a heathen; an unbeliever; an outsider to loose his people from their oppression so they can return to serving their God like they were supposed to be doing in the first place, or;
3. As things were better for the Jews under Cyrus, things are better for Christians under Trump, so, Trump is “kinda sorta” like Cyrus in that things are kinda sorta better for Christians, though Trump and Cyrus really are not at all the same thing.

If we mean “A,” a direct parallel, as those touting the notion seem to be indicating, then for Donald Trump to be the deliverer of modern American Christians, it would mean we first must be in captivity. For the parallel to fit, it would mean being in captivity to a godless government of heathen people because we, the church, like ancient Israel, forsook our God, rejected His many warnings, and ultimately suffered the just judgment.

Interestingly, God said it was His own people who “sold themselves” into the Babylonian captivity for their iniquities (Isa 50:1 and 52:3). If the parallel fits, and if the church in America has been suffering in captivity under the oppression of heathen rule, then it is because we “sold ourselves for our iniquities.”

But if Trump is the deliverer, then who have the oppressors been? Most on the Christian-conservative-right would say, “the liberal Democrats.” However, a couple years ago I did some research and discovered that over the past 20 years, Republicans had held 57% of the control of our federal government – 68% if you count the Supreme Court. At that time, Republicans held complete control in 23 of the union states as compared to only 7 for the Democrats. That number is now 26 Republican states to 8 Democratic.

So, anyone who contends that Trump is delivering Christians in America from godless, heathen political rule, is saying that the Republican Party and it’s elected leaders are the church’s godless, heathen oppressors since they have held the majority of the political power. Though I should add that if the numbers were reversed, I’m sure we would find the Democrats to be godless, heathen oppressors too.

Something to keep in mind is that though King Cyrus released the Jews to return to their homeland to rebuild the temple and renew their prescribed form of worship under the old covenant, the full nation of Israel was never restored and only a portion of the Jews actually returned. The area that the repatriated Jews inhabited existed primarily as a self-governing region within various heathen kingdoms from that time until Jerusalem’s ultimate demise under the Romans in 70AD. So, if the current affairs are a direct parallel, then it doesn’t bode well for the church or the nation.

Therefore, if we are saying that Trump is a deliverer of the modern American church in true parallel to ancient Israel and King Cyrus, then rather than adulation for Mr. Trump, and jubilation for ourselves, the church should be hanging its head in shame and morning with our face to the ground as we come to the horrific realization that we, the church, have forsaken our God, played the harlot, sold ourselves into the captivity that we’ve been suffering under, and have even been using the ballot box to authorize by our own hand the godless, heathen oppressors who have ruled over us.

On the other hand, if we mean option “B,” then we have just about as much cause for shame. Option “B” means that we, the church, are so backslidden, so out of touch with God and His ways, and have been so deaf to His voice and His warnings that God has had to go outside the church to find someone that He can use to loose His people from their oppression. That’s pretty bad. If this is the case, then God may be using Mr. Trump as a stop-gap measure to provide us a temporary reprieve that the church should be using as an opportunity to repent, turn back to God, and receive His loving correction as we turn from the horrific folly that we evidently have engaged in to get ourselves into such a predicament.

Finally, if we mean option “C,” that President Trump is just “kinda sorta” like Cyrus in that he may not be Christian, but we think God might use him anyway to kinda sorta make things a little better for us, then we’re really just grasping at theological straws with the whole Trump/Cyrus thing and need to admit it and stop using scripture out of context to fabricate some new doctrine.

Personally, I don’t believe the church in America has fallen to the same depths of depravity and desolation as ancient Israel – serving idols, sold into captivity, and the temple lying in ruin. However, neither have we been the shining city on a hill that we ought to be.

So, how do I view the church and Mr. Trump? Glad you asked. I view the church as the foolish girl who’s loving father has instructed her what kind of boys to date and what kind of man to marry. But, instead, she has dated and run after all the wrong boys for all the wrong reasons of money, popularity, and position and ended up marrying someone who doesn’t fit the criteria admonished by her father and now she’s using her father’s words out of context to try to make herself feel good about what she’s done. Nevertheless, a father with unending love for his daughter will, as much as the daughter and son-in-law allow, work with and through that son-in-law to provide his daughter the best life she can have. In that way, I believe God quite likely is working with and through President Trump for the sake of the church.

And please let me make clear that I am not belittling or reviling President Trump by referring to him as a heathen or an unbeliever. For the Cyrus analogy to fit, he would have to be a heathen, i.e., an unbeliever, or one outside of God’s covenant people, and that’s precisely why the Cyrus comparison was chosen in the first place. Nevertheless, some now claim to be privy to the fact that Mr. Trump has prayed a salvation prayer, which would please me just fine as God wants all men to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth, including President Trump, former President Obama, and Hillary too.

Ultimately, either the Trump/Cyrus parallel fits and is a grievous indictment as to the horrific state that the American church has fallen into, or, it’s kinda sorta just a bunch of theological hokum set to a scriptural tune so we can all feel good about what we’ve done. Either way, repentance is in order and the church in America would do well to do what the Israelites failed to do – return to wholehearted devotion to our God before we sell ourselves into captivity, and trust Him enough to just do what He says is right.

© 2018 Robert Peck – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Robert Peck: rwpeck59@gmail.com

By Rob Pue

Today’s message may not be very popular.  But it is time to call things like they are.  First, a disclaimer, what I am about to say does not apply to EVERY pastor and EVERY church.  But I believe any thinking person must agree that it most certainly DOES APPLY  to MOST.  Yes, the VAST MAJORITY, … of pastors and churches… and professing Christians.

First, a few questions:  why is our nation under such outrageous confusion and demonic delusion?  Why is it that so many of our children cannot even say for sure whether they are male or female — and the parents are now encouraging them to “explore and experiment” with their sexuality, some even at preschool age?  Why do these same parents take their young kids to sodomite “pride” parades and “drag queen story time” at the local library to gleefully celebrate “diversity?”

Why today, with all the modern science and technology we have, do so many STILL refuse to acknowledge that a baby in the womb is a real living human being — a CHILD?  And why do we ignore these MILLIONS of HUMAN BABIES who are murdered legally EVERY SINGLE DAY for MONEY, while claiming to be so concerned for the victims of  school shootings?  Why do we not simply put an IMMEDIATE END to this holocaust, if we really ARE a compassionate people?  Why is this even a question or a controversy?  NO — this has ABSOLUTELY NOTHING WHATSOEVER TO DO WITH “WOMEN’S HEALTHCARE!”  That’s complete nonsense.

And why do we think the answer to gun violence is creating “gun free zones,” and banning ownership of guns by law-abiding citizens?  Will the violent criminals suddenly abide by the new gun laws any more than the drug dealers have stopped selling heroin, cocaine or Meth?  The Left tells us we cannot legislate morality, or “shove our religion” down their throats, yet they seek to legislate IMMORALITY — and THEY do it constantly, and with stunning success.

And while we’re asking these questions, why is it considered a “good” thing to create “safe spaces” on our college campuses where free speech is off limits?  Why are SOME forms of speech — even outright HATEFUL speech — viewed by the social media “police” as perfectly fine, while other opinions (specifically those having to do with traditional marriage, family, and Christianity) are blatantly censored?

Why do we think it is perfectly “normal” for men to “marry” other men, and women to “marry” other women?  Why is it that the average church-goer knows more about the Oscar and Grammy awards, more about sports scores, more about the latest TV sitcom than they do about the basic fundamentals of the Christian faith or for that matter, what USED TO BE 5th-grade level American history?  Why is Islam considered to be “loving and peaceful” — despite the daily horrors we see committed by muslims WORLDWIDE in the name of their “god,” while Christianity is considered to be hateful, violent and bigoted?

Why are SO MANY people — even regular church-goers — so very confused?  It’s because of where they are getting their information — and more to the POINT, where they are NOT getting it.

You see, in the “old days,” which really were not that long ago, our Pastors and Preachers served as a restraining force against evil in our culture.  They preached the WHOLE TRUTH of God’s Word, unapologetically, boldly and courageously, TEACHING their congregations the difference between right and wrong, between good and evil, between morality and immorality.  They confronted the vital issues of the day head-on.  Our Pastors led the way, not just preaching from the pulpit, but leading their “sheep” OUT of the church house to make a difference in the world outside.  If there was a great evil in the town, the Pastor would lead his people out to confront it, and the people were thankful for his leadership, and his guidance.  His boldness for the cause of righteousness emboldened the PEOPLE.  HE stood for something, and therefore, THEY stood as well.

But things have changed.   Some time ago, I BEGGED one particular pastor to PLEASE preach on these evils that we are facing in the world — the evils that are destroying our society, twisting the minds of our children and their parents alike, forever fundamentally transforming America into a hideous thing that Satan and his demons can be proud of.  His response?  “These topics make people uncomfortable,” he said.  “They don’t want to hear about them.”  When I challenged HIM to challenge the church members to get more involved in local evangelism, street ministry and outreach, his response was, “Most people are just not as COMFORTABLE as you are doing things like that.”  In short, he flat out refused all my pleadings.

Sad to say, but this is how the VAST MAJORITY of our pastors and churches are today.  When was the last time you heard ANY ONE of these most vital cultural issues discussed from the pulpit?  When was the last time your pastor encouraged you to be a bold, courageous Christian, making a difference in this world by going OUT of the church building, and also TOOK THE LEAD, and LED YOU OUT to the streets to do just that?  My guess is, it’s never happened.

So my next question is, why do we go to church?  What is our purpose in going to church?  Some will say, we go to worship God, through music.  Some say we go to commune with God, through prayer.  Some say to study His Word, through Bible studies and sermons.  But I believe many go because it’s expected… we want to be “good Christians,” and in our minds, “good Christians” GO to church.  So we feel guilty if we DON’T go.  We feel it is our DUTY to go, to support the church and pay our offerings.  That, we believe, is just our “reasonable service.”

But what does the BIBLE say about our duty — our “reasonable service” to God?  Romans 12:  “I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that you present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service.  And be not conformed to this world, but be TRANSFORMED, by the renewing of your mind, that you may prove what is that good, and acceptable and perfect will of God.”

So friends, our REASONABLE SERVICE — our DUTY  to God — is NOT just to “go to church,” sing songs, bow our heads when someone else prays and sit through a 15 minitue sermon once a week…  but rather to present our very BODIES as living sacrifices.  We are to be holy, even as God is holy, we’re to be sanctified, set apart for His service.  And SERVICE, I might remind you, implies SERVING — DOING something, for goodness’ sake!  We are to go out and witness to others, MAKE DISCIPLES, teaching them the TRUTH of all Jesus’ commanded — and then BRING THEM IN to the church house as new members of the Body of Christ.

At the same time, we are NOT to be CONFORMED to this world, accepting whatever abominations the winds of pop culture throw at us as “normal,” or “just the way things are,” but rather, we are to be TRANSFORMED, by the renewing of our minds.  How in the world will we ever be transformed — how will our minds be RENEWED, coming into alignment with the will of God —  if the TRUTH of what God’s Word SAYS about all these things is NEVER EVER spoken of from our pulpits, because our pastors are so afraid of making people feel UNCOMFORTABLE?  And instead of the congregation being made up of true believers and followers of Christ, we are allowing the things of this world to invade our sacred meetings, and not only that, but to take over and DICTATE what is spoken of inside!

It’s been said that a Pastor’s job is to comfort the afflicted and to afflict the comfortable.  But again, things have changed.  Today, they leave the afflicted alone, accepting and affirming them in their all their varied sinful, worldly  lifestyles, in order to make sure the people REMAIN COMFORTABLE!

But my friends, the peoples’ souls are STARVING for bold leaders who will tell them the truth.  There is a FAMINE in the land — a famine of Biblical proportions — a famine of GOD’S TRUTH!  I fear so much for our young people, who spend the whole of their formative years in the public school systems, being indoctrinated with evil, leftist agendas and disinformation and revisionist “history,” and fake “science.”  Then, when high school is over, instead of moving on to a good specialized education where they can learn a trade or get a degree that will help them become productive members of society with a good job, our colleges and universities are now offering some of the most ludicrous classes I’ve ever heard of — further twisting reality into lies — and brainwashing our young people with even more Leftist propaganda.  And the biggest increase in these new college level courses all seem to revolve around sexual deviancy and perversion in one way or another.  Have you noticed that?

WHO will tell them the truth?  Who will mentor them before it’s too late?  Kids aren’t stupid.  They KNOW vain religion when they see it.  And they SEE the vanity of meaningless, powerless religion all their lives growing up in our so-called “Christian” churches today.  It is no wonder they run as fast as they can as soon as they are out on their own, most never to return, UNLESS, by the grace of God, they find TRUE Christianity, but unfortunately, that is not practiced in MOST of our churches anymore…  it just makes people too UNCOMFORTABLE.

Want to know what IS taking place at church Youth Groups today?  Here are just a few of the highlights from one local church in my area:  “Wear your favorite baseball cap night,” “Will it be ketchup, mustard or both?  It’s HOT DOG HONK night tonight!”  “Jump Rope night.”  “Swimming pool noodle night.”  “The Ice Cream Sundae Race.”  I could go on…  but I can’t.  Is it any wonder that in the teen years, when these kids find themselves in the midst of the toughest challenges of their lives, and having had no solid foundation for their faith, they simply walk away from church — and TO drugs, sex, violence and crime?  And then the parents are shocked.  After all, they sent them to Youth Group and Sunday School and took them to church every week.  “What happened?” they cry!

Friends, I AM NOT COMFORTABLE going to the streets and confronting evil either — especially when I have to do it all alone, because the faithful church-goers refuse to join me, and the pastor ABSOLUTELY will never join me.  But what does MY COMFORT have to do with anything?  Was Jesus comfortable, as He was persecuted by the “pastors” of His day during His entire earthly ministry, even until they murdered Him?  Were the disciples COMFORTABLE as they were arrested, jailed, tortured and ultimately put to death?  You see, it’s not ABOUT US!  It’s about serving our Savior, it’s about passing the very TRUTH of GOD’S WORD on to our children and grandchildren.  Revelation reminds us, we overcome the enemy, “by the blood of the Lamb, the word of our testimony, and loving not our own lives, even unto death!”  It doesn’t say ANYTHING there about being COMFORTABLE!

If you want to know what this world is coming to, you need only look at Isaiah 59:  “Your iniquities have separated you from your God.  Your sins have hidden His face from you, so that He will not hear.  For your hands are stained with blood, your fingers with guilt.  Your lips have spoken falsely, and your tongue mutters wicked things.  No one calls for justice, no one pleads a case with integrity.  They rely on empty arguments, they utter lies; they conceive trouble and give birth to evil…. Their deeds are evil deeds, and acts of violence are in their hands.  Their feet rush into sin, they are swift to shed innocent blood.  They pursue evil schemes, acts of violence mark their ways.  The way of peace they do not know, there is no justice in their paths.  They have turned them into crooked roads;  — no one who walks along them will know peace.  So justice is far from us, and righteousness does not reach us.  We look for light, but all is darkness, for brightness, but we walk in deep shadows.  Like the blind, we grope along the wall, feeling our way like people without eyes.  At mid day we stumble as if it were twilight; among the strong, we are like the dead.  …For our offenses are many in Your sight, and our sins testify against us.  Our offenses are ever with us, and we acknowledge our iniquities:  rebellion and treachery against the Lord, turning our backs on our God, inciting revolt and oppression, uttering lies our hearts have conceived.  So justice is driven back, and righteousness stands at a distance.  Truth has stumbled in the streets.  Honesty cannot enter.  Truth is nowhere to be found, and whoever shuns evil becomes a prey.”

Friends, we cannot rely on our pastors to speak the truth or be the courageous leaders they are supposed to be, because the fact of the matter is, our churches are not filled with true believers and followers of Christ anymore;  our churches are filled with apathetic,  COMFORTABLE worldly people… and in order to keep them coming back, the pastors must make sure they remain COMFORTABLE.  Scripture tells us that the time will come when people will not put up with sound doctrine, but instead, will heap up for themselves false teachers who will tell them what they want to hear.

We have reached that point long ago.  And now our children and grandchildren are paying dearly for us allowing that to happen.  What are we going to do about it?  NO, it’s NOT comfortable to go out and confront evil, to preach truth to a world that hates you for Christ’s namesake…  but what is our reasonable service?  It certainly is NOT our own comfort.  So are we going to get serious about this now?  Or not?   Think about it.

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 221.

© 2018 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

For at least five years, American government school educators have been indoctrinating students. The long ago abandoned the concept of making sure the young Americans receive the best education possible.  No longer are most educators making sure their students are tops in math, science, American history, language skills, etc.  Now their focus is anti gun rights, a 57 variety of sexes and gender bending, hatred toward the United States, Christianity, fatherhood and the free market.  In fact, many educators proudly instruct elementary students on how to have oral sex and sexually pleasure each other in other ways.

Finally, some parents have had enough.  Many throughout the United States and beyond are beginning to turn their quiet frustration into bold action.  Admittedly, some parents have tried to quietly express their disappointment in the demented direction government schools have taken.  To add insult to injury, American taxpayers fork over more money per student than almost every other nation on earth.  But unfortunately, Students in this republic are among the least truly educated yet most indoctrinated.  Through the years I have identified the government school system as the number one enemy of the United States of America.

For the first time in American history, most college students believe is ok to destroy the free speech of those who for example likes America and President Trump.  On college campi throughout the land if someone simply wares a MAGA hat, they may be beaten into a coma.  That kind of behavior is permissible, as long it is pro American, pro legal immigration, pro Trump supporters, etc. being beaten and deprived of their right of freedom of expression.  The root of moral corruption is deeply ensconced within government schools and are morally destructive to students before nine years of age.  Students are now indoctrinated with material that would make many adults blush from embarrassment.

It is horrible that tax paying Americans are coerced into paying for curriculum and recourses that instruct dangerous and promiscuous behaviors that most parents find morally abhorrent.  The Centers for Disease Control has stated the activities now being taught in government schools are a health risk.  I personally find it reprehensible that school administrators and their educators act as if they have more authority over the children they indoctrinate, than the parents who birthed them.

I thank God more parents are coming out of the shadows and refusing to allow their children to be indoctrinated into perverts.  A grassroots movement of frustrated government school parents is morphing their frustration into real action.  The parents rightfully want an end to sexualizing their children and a return to properly teaching them in the class room.  To further make their point, parents are conducting a “Sex Ed Sit Out” protest on Monday April 23^rd 2018.  The protest was the brainchild of a few mothers who were communicating on social media about their displeasure over the graphic nature of current sex education resources in government schools.

It has grown into a global movement with protests being planned in the United States, Canada and Australia.  Parents are livid in cities like Fairfax, Virginia and Rocklin, California where they have been featured in news reports for being hotbeds of controversial, gender-bending, sick graphic sex education and anti-bullying programs.  Parents were not informed that these “subjects” would be taught to their children, sometimes as young as five years old.  Personally, I am encouraged to see that parents are beginning to get directly involved in the battle to restore true education in America.  We owe them a debt of gratitude.  But one cannot lay the total blame of the current “state of affairs” at the feet of school educators and administrators.

Parents in general must reclaim their God given responsibility of parenthood, by properly carrying out their duties as their children’s first teachers. Whether they realize it or not, our republic is a refection of it’s families and that includes our schools. Without strong families and Providential guidance, the fall of our republic will be fast upon us. But it can be avoided if “We the People” are willing to stop the mental abuse and spiritual corruption of America’s young people.  God bless you, God Bless America and may America bless God.

© 2018 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

The Left in America has been very frisky this month, and a lot less bashful about showing us who they are and what they want to do. We wonder why.

Through their many surrogates—the colleges, the nooze media, Hollywood, wacko judges, and, of course, the Democrat Party—they’ve been uncharacteristically candid about their plans for us. What gives them so much confidence? Is it genuinely delusional, or do they know something that we should know, but don’t?

George Washington University, for one, has held a seminar on “Christian Privilege,” which is sort of like “White Privilege” and has to be abolished. Christians in America—that would be the majority of Americans–have all these “unmerited perks” that must be done away with if we’re ever to create Utopia. GWU is here to lead the jihad.

Many of our looniversities, meanwhile, are participating in the 19^th Annual White Privilege Conference, which will feature such illuminating workshops as “Breaking the Chains of Capitalism.” Held this year in Grand Rapids, the wingding “brings thousands [of idiots] together to discuss privilege, primarily though not exclusively, racial privilege”—in addition to laboring to break the chains of capitalism, a la Venezuela and North Korea. Your sons and daughters will receive academic credit for attending these workshops online. Your hard-earned money pays for it.

But wait, there’s more!

Our wonderful high schools don’t want the colleges getting all the glory; and at a high school in Nebraska, they’ve done something about that. They’ve put up a poster in a classroom saying “Republicans=Nazis”. Do these schmendricks even know what a Nazi is? Like, it’s short for “National Socialist.” Yes, socialist. No, they don’t know: “Nazi” just means anyone who’s not them, and is therefore really, really bad.

So how un-bashful are they now? For the answer to that question, we turn to the social media.

Jack Dorsey, CEO of Twitter, already in hot water for censoring and “shadow banning” conservatives, has praised an article by two San Francisco dunderheads in a publication called “Medium,” in which the authors call for “a civil war” to put the Republican Party out of business for as long as it takes to wipe out all non-leftid thought.

As incredible as it may seem to anyone but a foaming-at-the-mouth leftid, “California is the future,” prattle the authors, to enthusiastic praise from Dorsey. California is “about 15 years ahead” of the rest of America, but not to worry—the other 50 (or is it 56?) states are bound to catch up—and in a mere 15 years, your state, too, will host impoverished tent cities swarming with illegal aliens. Comin’ your way!

Really, now—this is what they want? For all of us?

I make it a rule always to believe bad people when they say they intend to do bad things. If they don’t do them, it won’t be because they didn’t try.

These people on the Left are coming right out into the open, telling us what they mean to do to our country. They declare that this year’s national elections will metastasize into a Great Blue Wave that will give them power to do all those things they want to do—erase our nation’s borders, trash our economy, wipe out our civil liberties—federal prosecution for Climate Change Denial, anyone?—and complete that “fundamental transformation” which President *Batteries Not Included started and which Hillary Clinton, in between drinking bouts, was supposed to finish.

Well, they mean to finish it! Having tantrummed their way into our hearts since Election Night of 2016, they are convinced that we will flock to the polls to give them the keys to the kingdom. Why we would even think of doing that, who knows?

Either they think that we’ve gone mad, or they’ve got something more than usually wicked up their sleeves.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Why not stop in and visit? A single click will take you there.

© 2018 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Frosty Wooldridge and RN Stephany Gabbard

Part 3: The Irish Got It Right

Does this sound familiar? “Children born to foreign parents in Dublin maternity hospitals accounted for 25 per cent of total births this year,” according to Declan Keane, Master of the National Maternity Hospital.  “This number is causing major problems.”

“We were stretched last year and the situation is even worse this year,” Dr. Keane said.  “We have more and more patients and no resources to hire extra staff to look after them. That means cutting corners. If you cut corners then safety is an issue.”

“It is worth noting that very few immigrant parents are actually refugees or asylum-seekers and the majority are people who have come over here to have an Irish baby and Irish citizen,” said Dr. Keane.

A member of Fianna Fail, Ireland’s Republican Party, appearing on television stating that “60% of all female asylum-seekers over the age of 16 arrive here pregnant.”

Ireland experienced the same abuse of their immigration laws as the U.S. The difference: they chose to do something about it. In January 2003, the Irish Supreme Court ruled in a landmark decision by a 5-2 verdict that immigrant parents of an Irish born child could be deported. This reversed Ireland’s liberal policy of granting residency and possibly citizenship to anyone who had a baby on the island, including illegal aliens. Deputy Prime Minister Mary Harney was encouraged by the courts decision, saying, “It will prevent others from coming to Ireland to abuse our asylum process on the basis that they are pregnant.”

Non-EU member nationals, mostly from Nigeria, came to Ireland claiming political asylum. Many came pregnant. AP writer Shawn Pogatchnik writes, “While asylum applications frequently take years to complete, until now the birth of a child has resolved matters conclusively–with Irish citizenship for the infant and residency rights for the mother, usually followed by arrivals of more relatives.”

Are you getting the picture? We are not alone in this fight. This happens to every First World nation. Ireland became a destination country, just like America. The difference: they recognized their liberal immigration laws were being trashed and put a stop to it.

By November 2001 asylum seekers had submitted 5,247 applications asking for permission to remain in the country on the basis of parenting an Irish citizen child. In 2002 residency was granted to 4000 asylum seekers based on giving birth to an Irish child, while another 10, 462 remained outstanding. In March 2002 the government of Ireland stated it “would oppose granting residency rights to the parents of Irish-born children in two cases, and may seek a constitutional referendum to end birthright citizenship.”

They recognized the recent Supreme Court decision wasn’t working. More and more asylum seekers and illegal aliens were arriving and they were not being deported. Irish hospitals were filling up with pregnant immigrant women.

In June 2004, the Irish people took action. They voted birthright citizenship out of existence. By an overwhelming success the Citizenship Referendum passed by 79.17% Yes and 20.83% No.

The Twenty Seventh-Amendment Bill of the Irish Constitution now reads:

1. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Constitution, a person born on the island of Ireland, which includes its islands and seas, who does not have, at the time of the birth of that person, at least one parent who is an Irish citizen or entitled to be an Irish citizen is not entitled to Irish citizenship or nationality, unless provided for by law.
2. This section shall not apply to persons born before the date of the enactment of this section.

Ireland is a parliamentary democracy and they take democracy seriously. The people decided. They experienced the usual whining and complaining by liberal groups that did not want to see this referendum succeed, but they rose above it. They did the right thing for their country.  They put Ireland and its people first.

Ireland was the last of the 15 original EU countries to abolish birthright citizenship. They did not want to be seen as a back door to the European Union citizenship.  No anchor babies plague Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Portugal, and the United Kingdom. The Irish got it right!

What does it mean for America with over 300,000 ‘anchor babies’ being fraudulently born in our country annually?   Do American citizens like adding not only 300,000 welfare cases but the added 300,000 mothers that go with those babies?  That’s 600,000-people sticking their straws into the public trough.  Why is it that we become responsible for this financial nightmare when we’ve got over a million homeless Americans?   How about our school systems clawing for money?  How about our 48 million Americans on food stamps?  What about our Social Security system financing other countries like Mexico?  Why does our Congress condone this ongoing ‘anchor baby’ nightmare?   When does the insanity of this immigration nightmare end?  When will you, as an American, raise your voice? If you’re Irish, raise your hand.  If you’re just plain disgusted, do something today.

Let’s stop the “anchor baby” nightmare by calling our Congressional critters and demand they introduce a bill to stop this abuse of our country and the American taxpayers.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers. NWV believes President Trump had a reason for signing this bad Bill and we don’t believe in throwing the best President since George Washington under the bus. We also believe that a Deep State President would mean the end of America Forever!]

HYPOC’RISY, noun [Latin hypocrisis; Gr. simulation; to feign;

1. Simulation; a feigning to be what one is not; or dissimulation, a concealment of one’s real character or motives. More generally, hypocrisyis simulation, or the assuming of a false appearance of virtue or religion; a deceitful show of a good character, in morals or religion; a counterfeiting of religion.

Beware ye of the leaven of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy Luke 12:1.

2. Simulation; deceitful appearance; false pretence.

In my article I wrote last week titled “1.3 Trillion Omnibus Bill Sold as ‘National Security’ Funds Avowed to America’s Enemies,” I highlighted the treasonous acts of the new administration concerning that which was laid on the backs of the American tax payers and their children when it comes to the reallocation of funds and how they are being used to literally (And illegally) fund America’s sworn enemies. P.S. This same kind of bill was brought forth under criminal Barrack Hussein Obama and his administration with the help of Paul Ryan, who played the Judas with the American people (Luke 22:48).

Back on December 16, 2015, when Breitbart first blew the trumpet (Ezekiel 33:3), I did a follow-up on LIVE radio several times and even wrote an article on June 16, 2017 titled, “Paul Ryan Helped Open the gates to The Wolves.”

I knew that it was just a matter of time before Donald Trump, with the help of his right hand man, Paul Ryan, was going to move the agenda forward, and right on cue, they did.  Please take note that this all happened during the same weekend that the “March for Our Lives” protests were taking place, which was, in fact, was planned months before any alleged shooting ever took place in Florida.  In the end, it was nothing less than smoke and mirrors to divert the American people from passing this unconstitutional and treasonous (Article 3, Section 3, US Constitution) bill (Psalm 94:20).

This, in part, is what we found in this omnibus bill that DONALD TRUMP JUST SIGNED:

• $12m for Scholarships for Lebanon
• $20m for Middle East Partnership Initiative Scholarship Program
• $12m in military funding for Vietnam
• $3.5m in nutrition assistance to Laos
• $15m in Developmental assistance to China
• $10m for Women LEOs in Afghanistan
• $1m for the World Meteorological Organization
• $218m for Promoting Democracy Development in Europe
• $10m for disadvantaged Egyptian Students
• $1.371bn for Contributions to International Organizations
• $51m to promote International Family Planning and Reproductive Health
• $7m promoting International Conservation
• $10m for UN Environmental Programs
• $5m for Vietnam Education Foundation Grants
• $2.579m for Commission on Security and Co-operation in Europe
• $15m to USAID for promoting international higher education between universities
• $1m for the Cultural Antiquities Task Force
• $6.25m for the Ambassadors Fund for Cultural Preservation
• $20m for Countering Foreign State Propaganda
• $12m for Countering State Disinformation and Pressure

After reading through the content found in this unconstitutional omnibus bill, I ask, did you vote for this?

Yet, today’s conservatives (yesterday’s liberals) are now requesting (asking the criminal to give himself up), you heard me right, requesting Paul Ryan’s resignation.

One has to take into account that Paul Ryan didn’t sign the bill, Donald Trump did. No wonder why these hypocrites are looked upon as a reproach!

After seeing the provisions passed in this bill, you would have thought that the professing Christian conservatives would have been up in arms about this, but if you thought that, you were wrong.

This was sent to me by a reader, which was found on one of my forty outlets nationwide.

The new headline reads,

1.3 Trillion Omnibus Bill Sold As “National Security”

As you can see, they first changed the headline by omitting the second half and then put this disclaimer right below it.

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of (the outlet), it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers. (The outlet) believes President Trump had a reason for signing this bad Bill and we don’t believe in throwing the best President since George Washington under the bus. We also believe that a Deep State President would mean the end of America Forever!

They stepped all over themselves in an attempt to justify the treasonous acts of President Donald Trump (Luke 16:15), and then went on to compare Donald Trump to that of George Washington.

In a piece penned by –Joseph Sobran titled, “How Tyranny Came to America,” he wrote:

“If Washington and Jefferson, Madison and Hamilton could come back, the first thing that they would notice would be how the federal government now routinely assumes thousands of powers never delegated or granted to it.  These were the words used and it is a good idea for us to learn their language.  They would say that we no longer live under the Constitution they wrote.”

There you have it, “Kings will be tyrants from policy when subjects are rebels from principle.” (2 Thessalonians 2:10)

The U.S. Constitution is as foreign to these hypocrites (as the Bible is to the immoral workers of iniquity) as it is to the Chinese and Russians, and all three parties act accordingly.

[YouTube Video]

What happened to patriotism? President Theodore Roosevelt said,

“Patriotism means to stand by the country. It does not mean to stand by the president or any other public official, save exactly to the degree in which he himself stands by the country. It is patriotic to support him insofar as he efficiently serves the country. It is unpatriotic not to oppose him to the exact extent that by inefficiency or otherwise he fails in his duty to stand by the country. In either event, it is unpatriotic not to tell the truth, whether about the president or anyone else.”

Speaking of our Constitutional Republic, the second President of the United States, John Adams, said that our country is based upon Laws, and not of men (Exodus 20). How right and wise this founder was.

Laws must not be altered, for if they are, then it leaves us without any Law at all. A sliding scale of duty is an immoral invention, fatal to the principles of law (Such as making excuses for the president like “he is only human,” or “he is doing his best,” “Nobody is perfect” etc.), which America is. (Article 4, Section 4, US Constitution)

Yes, hypocrites have shifted the standard, by claiming we are a democracy, and every man will now do that which is right in their own eyes and claim to be doing their best.

[YouTube Video]

If you shift the standard pound weight or the bushel measure, you will certainly never get full weight or measurement again. There will be no standard to go by, and each man will do his best with his own pounds and bushels. If the standard is tampered with, you have taken away the foundation upon which trade is conducted.  It is the same in matters of Law—abolish the best rule that ever can be, even God’s own law (our Mosaic Institution), and there is no rule left worthy of the name.

This truth must be maintained, for if it goes, our tacklings are loose, we cannot well strengthen the mast; the ship goes all to pieces; she becomes a total wreck and, at length, the same will be true of our country.

[YouTube Video]

The problem is that I have seen these people adjust themselves to the shifting standard of immorality (Lawlessness – counterfeit grace; Isaiah 30; Matthew 7:23) over and over again throughout the years, especially when it comes to their tolerance of representatives both in the church and in government (Jeremiah 5:31).  And then we wonder why they do what they do.  They do what they do because they are allowed to do it.

How much further backward do you suppose we, as a country, can go before it all goes awry? (Psalm 9:16) Only Americans can answer this question.

If you are going to confess to being someone or representing someone or something that is to be right, then practice what you preach.  That is how credibility is established. People are sick and tired of hypocrisy on both fronts, and so am I (Matthew 23:3).

When you act right, it means that you are right.

[YouTube Video]

Article posted with permission from Sons Of Liberty Media

© 2018 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Dateline High Point, North Carolina:

In June, Kay Council of High Point, NC came home one night to find a note from her husband, Alex: “My dearest Kay – I have taken my life in order to provide capital for you. The IRS and its liens, which have been taken against our property illegally by a runaway agency of our government, have dried up all sources of credit for us. So I have made the only decision I can. It’s purely a business decision… You will find my body on the lot on the north side of the house.” At the end of a nine-year battle over a disallowed tax shelter, the IRS claimed that the Councils owed $300,000 in taxes, interest, and penalties.

When their financial resources were exhausted, Mr. Council committed suicide to provide Mrs. Council with $250,000 insurance money to continue the battle. Ironically, Mrs. Council eventually won a court ruling that she and her husband owed the IRS nothing.  Mrs. Council, 48, said, “I was cheated out of growing old with the man I love.” 

Dateline Columbia River, Washington State:

Raven bought her land in 1999, not knowing the horror she would endure at the hands of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFW) and two non-governmental organizations (NGO’s) known as the Columbia Land Trust (CLT) and another NGO, Ducks Unlimited (DU).  Armed with millions of dollars of federal grant money, USFW and the two NGO’s set about to restore the Grays River to its pre-human days, in the pursuit of salmon habitat recovery.  From Raven’s own words:

“CLT, in partnership with Ducks Unlimited and USFW, began immediately.  A 36-inch tide gate was replaced with two 13-foot culverts.  Sloughs were filled in.  In 2005 CLT asked me to give them my land.  I refused.    More sloughs were filled in, a county road made lower in some areas and higher across my property.  Trees with Eagles nests were bulldozed.  The only thing left alive, were the mosquitoes.  The chum salmon get swooshed onto my fields where they flop around and die.  The rivers depth went from 21 feet to 9 feet due to the increased sediment and debris thrown into the river, thus destroying fish spawning areas.  Much of their so-called restoration work was done in the dead of night so that it would go unnoticed by the locals.”

“On December 31^st, 2005 my home, property and barns were flooded.  My home and the out buildings stayed immersed in water until March 17^th 2006.  My utility room flooded, destroying my freezer, all the food, linen, and all supplies that were stored there.  With each high tide, the water got deeper and the property itself stayed flooded until late June.  Almost everything was a total loss.   No automobiles ran, classic cars destroyed, a professional automotive shop and all the tools gone.  My home had extensive damage.  CLT requested I give them the property.  Again, I refused.”

“I repaired what I could.  It took me two months to get enough money to buy a used van.  In the meantime I had to hitchhike to work.  My minimal insurance would not cover anything because the insurance company determined my loss was from third-party error.  The ‘third-party’ refused my demand for damages.”

“When my property flooded, I had three-to-four foot waves crashing on to my house.  It sounded as though I was at the beach.   I live 25 miles inland.  The water filled my property, then headed east, flooding Altoona highway and the Scott’s Bed & Breakfast.  Since USFW and the NGO’s started this salmon recovery project, my property has flooded eleven times.  I am out of money and have nothing left to fight with.  The government agency and the NGO’s don’t care.  It appears to me, that neither does anyone else.”

Raven eventually gave up, abandoned her land and moved to Idaho to live with relatives having lost everything. (Full Story)

Dateline Gig Harbor, Washington:

John (not his real name) owned a few acres of land in Washington State, about a half hours drive from a big city.  John’s neighbor had a minor grievance with John over some work along a common boundary and instead of working it out man-to-man, the neighbor called the county land use authorities (CLUA) and filed a complaint.  The CLUA comes out, looks at what John is doing and says they didn’t see any problem. John didn’t need a permit and CLUA went away.  That wasn’t good enough for John’s neighbor and he kept bugging CLUA until they came out to the property and told John that he needed to cease and desist.  But John had already ceased and desisted with the ditch cleaning.  That wasn’t good enough for CLUA, thanks to continued bugging by John’s neighbor and CLUA finally filed misdemeanor charges against John for continuing to do allegedly illegal work that John had already stopped.  Essentially John’s activities consisted of cleaning out some areas around a ditch and burning the slash, for which John had gotten a burning permit.

John ignored the CLUA warnings for several months and thought the whole issue had gone away.  But behind the scenes John’s neighbor kept pressuring CLUA and the county prosecutor, to “get” John.

CLUA and the county prosecutor dragged John into District Court on misdemeanor charges for filling in a wetland.  John elected to represent himself for what he thought was just a minor land use violation that he could make go away.  No such luck.  The prosecutor and the District Court Judge decided to make an environmental example out of John by thwarting every legal attempt John made to defend himself, to the point that the judge found John in contempt of court and sentenced him to 150 days in jail on a full cash bond of $20,000 each, for five separate contempt of court charges.  Not having $100,000 dollars to pay the court, John was forced to sit in jail with thieves and murders for over 60 days before a third party filed a writ of Habeas Corpus in Superior Court and had to fork over $20,000 in cash to get John out of jail on appeal.

The wetland charge was made by creating the wetland AFTER John had done his clearing and burning.  There was no wetland designation in the area anytime before John did his work.  In other words, the prosecutor drummed up the charges by creating a wetland violation after the fact.  That’s how they “got” John.

While out on appeal John used every legal trick he knew to get the case dismissed but the court clerk would fail to file and record his motions.   Some motions were lost, others ignored.   The District Court judge literally thumbed his nose at all of John’s efforts.  When John filed a motion to get his case elevated to Superior Court because according to the state Constitution, the lower court has no jurisdiction in real estate cases, the District Court judge de-railed that too.

John filed motions in Superior Court to get the lower court decision rescinded.  The Superior Court refused to hear the case.  The transcript screamed of the District Court Judge’s environmental bias against John and he was going to “get” John any way he could.

Finding no help in the two lower courts, John filed motions with the state appellate court.  No help there either.  John went to the State Supreme Court.  They refused to hear the case.

Finally, just days before the District Court’s order to send John back to jail for another 90 days and pay a fine of another $1,000, John filed for clemency with the Governor of the state.  The Democrat Governor ignored John’s plea.  John tried to get the District Court to give him credit for time served and for good behavior while in jail for the first 63 days.  The District Court judge said emphatically NO! and John went back to jail to sit with thieves and murders again, essentially for doing maintenance on his property.

John was forced back to jail for another 90 days for a charge of clearing out a wetland that didn’t exist before the act of clearing.   John became a sacrificial lamb in the name of radical environmentalism.  (Full Story)

Dateline California:

A man and his wife in California bought some rural acreage that had a home and outbuildings on it.  After they bought the land, the local Land Use Agency said that one of their buildings was not in code and filed a code violation against them.  But it turns out that the Land Use Agency had filed a code violation on the property 12 years ago against the previous owner for the same reason, but the code violation did not show up on the Title Report for the new purchaser.  Nevertheless, the new owners were still responsible for the old code violation and had to fork over $28,000 in fees and fines to bring the property in compliance.  They also discovered that there is no statute of limitations on land use code violations.

Dateline Georgia:

A man and his son had all the permits necessary to fill in a portion of the waterfront property.  Along came the Army Corps of Engineers and hit them with a criminal violation of filling in a wetland and took them to Federal Court.  The judge would not allow the landowners to enter into evidence their permits and sentenced the man and his son to 21 months in a federal prison, with the further requirement to restore the property when they were released.

Dateline Los Angeles County California:

In Antelope Valley, a very rural area of Los Angeles County, the rural landowners are being faced with fully armed SWAT teams that haul the landowner off to jail or court, if they haven’t moved fast enough in clearing up a code violation.  Los Angeles County calls the SWAT team a “nuisance abatement team“.  America has become a police state?

Dateline Ohio:

A rural Ohio family, with a going family business, faced the same dilemma with the Army Corps of Engineers. They were also criminally charged with filling in a wetland.  The Corps took them to Federal Court.  But the hitch was, they hadn’t filled in a wetland.  However, that didn’t stop the Army Corps from pursuing the case.  The family first tried to defend themselves in court and quickly used up their savings in the process.  They were then approached by the Ohio Farm Bureau who offered to help them with their case.  All they had to do was to put up their land as collateral for the Farm Bureau loan.  The Farm Bureau lost the case and then took the farm from the family to repay the loan, including most of their possessions on the farm.  This proud Ohio family, with a going business, was left penniless for a manufactured environmental violation.  (Full Story)

Dateline Idaho:

An Idaho couple bought a lot in a completed subdivision with homes all around them and applied for a building permit to build their dream home.  The lot was over 500 feet from the nearest body of water.  That didn’t stop the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) who came on their property as the couple was clearing and leveling the lot for the foundation and slapped them with a non-compliance order for, you guessed it, filling in a wetland.  The EPA then told them that they would have to restore the property to its original condition, at great cost, they couldn’t build on it and if they didn’t comply, they would be faced with a $37,500 per day fine. (Full Story)

Ladies and gentlemen, stories like these are going on all across the country every day but you never hear about them.  If all of these thousands of stories were taken in total, made public and told all at once, the outcry could spark an uprising or even a revolution.  Whether it is the IRS, FBI, BLM, DOJ, EPA, USFW, or thousands of state and local bureaucracies, this isn’t just a matter of a little injustice, this is outright intimidation, domination and condemnation under law, one American at a time, by an out-of-control, narcissistic and cold-hearted government that has lost all allegiance to its solemn duty to protect our individual liberties and to preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States, so help them God!

Besides the massive abuse that the IRS inflicts on Americans, rural landowners are also getting hit hard all across America by land use and environmental dictatorial edicts.  If you are a landowner, you would be wise to contact the “National Association of Rural Landowners” and check out their defenses and offenses against government abuse.  Ride the high ground and put the “SYMBOL” of rural sovereignty in your pocket.

© 2018 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

“What a glorious morning this is!” said Samuel Adams to John Hancock at the Battle of Lexington, Massachusetts, 243 years ago on April 19, 1775. It was the day of the “The Shot Heard Round the World”.

Indeed, that first bloodshed in the American War for Independence was an extremely important event. Due to the modern day revisionist history tactics of education textbooks in America, we are rarely told that this day was really about gun confiscation. You see, King George III was all about gun control for the colonists.

He had instructed his generals to begin rounding up the guns of the colonists in our land for one reason – so he might oppress them with the measures of a tyrant. The fact is the Red Coats went to Lexington and Concord that day to confiscate the guns, ammunition, and gunpowder of the American colonists.

Shocking to many modern-day pastors, ministers, and Christians alike is the location of the guns and munitions of the Colonists. The arsenal of this freedom-loving militia was in the Church Meeting House on Lexington Green. In fact, a militiaman testified that Captain Parker said to his men, “Every man of you, who is equipped, follow me; and those of you who are not equipped, go into the meeting-house and furnish yourselves from the magazine, and immediately join the company.”[^[1]]

And the Pastor of that church, Jonas Clarke, was a significant voice calling on his people to resist the British. The members of the militia on that Green that April day in 1775, were members of the Congregation, which met at that Meeting House. You might say that this church launched the War for Independence.

Americans need to remember this history, especially today when a new style of Red Coats disguised as educators, politicians, and now many high school students (being manipulated by delusional thinking) are all rallying for federal government gun control.  These groups descend upon our nation’s capital or on our own village green. The agenda is the same, though the style of clothing has changed. Tragically, these factions in the modern American society have left off true constitutional understanding.

These contingents are walking in a limited tunnel of vision – some on purpose, but most of them unknowingly; yet, both parties remain neglectful. While they practice the right to free speech, peaceful assembly, and petition found in the First Amendment, they seek to do away with the Second Amendment; the very instrument that prevents the annihilation of the First Amendment by a tyrannical power that loathes being reminded of individual God-given rights.

At the close of the Constitutional Convention of 1787, Dr. James McHenry, a delegate from Maryland, noted an individual asking Benjamin Franklin as he left Independence Hall, “Well, Doctor, what have we got—a Republic or a Monarchy?”

Franklin’s response was, “A Republic, if you can keep it.”

If you desire to live in a free Constitutional Republic please pray with me for the state of affairs in America and work with me to restore sound Biblical, Constitutional thinking in America.

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

Footnote:

[1] ^[1] http://www.eyewitnesstohistory.com/lexington.htm

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

Defense Secretary James N. Mattis on Friday night kept President Donald Trump’s word to the American people that Pentagon authorize up to 4,000 National Guard troops to deploy to the U.S. border with Mexico to support the U.S. Border Patrol’s security mission there.

National Guard troops began deploying after the announcement of the much-heralded authorization. In press statements, Mattis and Secretary of Homeland Security Kirstjen M. Nielsen said DHS worked closely with border-state governors and identified security vulnerabilities the National Guard could address.

“We appreciate the governors’ support and are dedicated to working with them to secure the national borders,” Mattis and Nielsen said.

DoD and DHS are committed to “using every lever of power to support the men and women of law enforcement defending our nation’s sovereignty and protecting the American people,” they said, adding that they will continue to work with the governors to deploy the necessary resources until the nation’s borders are secure.

However, many members of the major news organizations possess limited knowledge of past deployments, claims former police official and political strategist Harvey “Wallbanger” Collins. “In the past, deployments of troops at the [Mexican] border were at best great photo opportunities for the press, at worst additional targets for drug cartels, renegade Mexican cops or soldiers, and a temptation for terrorists to show their disrespect for U.S. sovereignty.

In a syndicated news story in 2007, the writer noted that President George W. Bush had deployed U.S. military troops to the United States border with Mexico. Unfortunately, Bush and his national security team took this bows well before they merited the praise of their supporters and constituents.

The 2007 news story detailed exactly way the deployment was destined for failure based on the constraints imposed by politically-correct Democrats and some Republican such as Sens. John McCain and Lindsey Graham.

In a story that should have rang alarm bells in every newsroom across the nation, armed Mexican entered the United States and attacked unarmed National Guard troops working at a border patrol post near the US-Mexican border. The troops had to retreat to safety.

Not surprisingly, the news story received scant coverage by the mainstream news media and hardly a mention on the Fox News Channel. It’s a story that should outrage all Americans including President George W. Bush.

Unfortunately, President Bush and his Administration did not even comment on this vicious attack on unarmed US troops as well as the unbridled assault on American sovereignty. During a press conference held on Friday afternoon by Secretary of Homeland Security Michael Chertoff, there was not one word about this unprovoked attack on soldiers.

According to syndicated columnist and journalist Sher Zieve, the attack was initiated by several Mexican nationals at about 1:00 AM (et) Thursday morning at one of the National Guard entrance identification team posts near Sasabe. The troops retreated to safety. According to KVOA TV News reports in Tucson, AZ, no shots were fired and no one suffered injuries.

The US Border Patrol is conducting an investigation into the attack. Investigators are attempting to determine who the armed men were, what they were doing and why they approached the post before returning to Mexico.

A Border Patrol agent, who requested anonymity, says that the well-armed intruders were drug traffickers who are fully aware US National Guard troops are prohibited from carrying any type of weapon and have been ordered not to confront lawbreakers coming across the border. The Guard troops are not allowed to apprehend illegal entrants, as well.

“Basically, the National Guard troops are doing what private groups such as the Minuteman Project have done at US borders — observe and report,” said a Homeland Security Department official.

What he failed to mention is that the Minutemen didn’t cost taxpayers millions of dollars to just stand at the border unarmed and act as the eyes and ears of the already stretched-thin Border patrol agents.

“We don’t know if this was a matter of somebody coming up accidentally on the individuals, coming up intentionally on the individuals, or some sort of a diversion,” Rob Daniels, spokesman for the Border Patrol’s Tucson Sector told KVOA News.

The west desert corridor has been the busiest in the Tucson Sector for marijuana seizures since last year. According to Immigration and Customs Enforcement, agents have seized 124,000 pounds of marijuana there since October 1, 2006.

With more Border Patrol agents and National Guard troops patrolling the Arizona section of the U.S.-Mexican border, it has become more difficult to smuggle drugs and people across may have caused drug and human smugglers to become more aggressive.

Since arriving in mid-June, the Guard has assisted the Border Patrol by manning control rooms, doing vehicle and helicopter maintenance, repairing roads and fences, constructing vehicle barriers and fences and spotting and reporting illegal entrants in entrance identification teams.

There are dozens of National Guard entrance identification teams along the Mexican border, including east and west of both Nogales and Sasabe and on the Tohono O’odham Nation. All of the teams are unarmed.

“This is one of the most expensive dog-and-pony shows dreamed up by the Washington establishment in recent history. Imagine using trained troops on the US border unarmed and prohibited from taking action. It’s a scam,” says Mike Baker, a political analyst.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

We’re in a world war against a messianic mass movement of evil people, most of them inspired by a totalitarian ideology, Radical Islam. But we are not permitted to speak or write those two words, which is potentially fatal to our culture.  —The Field of Fight by Lt. General Michael T. Flynn

The above quote by General Flynn is one of many reasons he is a threat to the massive intel community and was targeted for removal from the Trump administration by Mueller and the traitorous partisan ilk within the FBI.

It is becoming obvious that this man who bleeds red, white and blue never lied to anyone, including VP Pence.  For over a year we have watched what has happened to this great American patriot, who served his country with dedication and honor for nearly 35 years while those who have committed multiple crimes are never prosecuted.

What has happened to Mike since he left the Trump administration is an American tragedy and his siblings have started the Mike Flynn legal defense fund.  The exorbitant cost of legal defense has financially broken this family, and they need our help.

After AG Sessions recused himself, Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein appointed Mueller nearly a year ago to lead an investigation without parameters. Mueller’s job is to obscure the abuses of the US surveillance apparatus that occurred under the Obama administration.

Mueller illegally had a pre-dawn raid on Paul Manafort, and now he’s raided the home and office of Trump’s attorney Michael Cohen.  Sessions, Mueller, Wray and Rosenstein all need to be fired now. They are all traitors!

Flynn’s Legal Phone Conversations

As the new National Security Adviser (NSA), Flynn’s legal phone conversations with Russian Ambassador Sergei Kislyak were taped and leaked to media.  Those conversations were perfectly legal.  As the NSA, it was entirely reasonable that he discussed policy with representatives of other governments — and Flynn was getting calls from all around the world.  These calls were made one month prior to Trump’s inauguration.  The people who recorded these conversations and leaked them to the press should be up for federal charges.

While Flynn did not deny the Kislyak conversation, which was entirely legal, he denied discussing sanctions with the Russians. Mueller charged him with lying or misleading federal investigators under 18 U.S.C. 1001. He did so even though investigators working under former FBI Director James Comey reportedly had concluded that Flynn did not intend to lie and should not be charged criminally for the omission.

“It wasn’t about sanctions, it was about the 35 guys who were thrown out,” said Flynn. “So that’s what it turned out to be. It was basically, ‘Look, I know this happened. We’ll review everything.’ I never said anything such as, ‘We’re going to review sanctions,’ or anything like that.”

He said this is what he apologized to Pence for failing to make clear in his discussions with the vice president because Pence went on to explicitly state that Flynn did not talk about the diplomats with Kislyak. Accounts of Flynn’s interviews with the FBI suggest he didn’t believe his brief reference to the expelled diplomats counted as “discussing sanctions” with the Russian ambassador. That would seem to clarify the discrepancies between various leak-driven reports about whether Flynn was in serious legal jeopardy with the FBI.

And there was nothing criminal about Flynn’s request of Kislyak to delay or oppose a United Nations Security Council vote on an anti-Israel resolution that the outgoing Obama administration refused to veto, even if he were instructed to do so by higher-ups in the Trump transition team. The same is true of his discussions regarding sanctions. The president-elect is entitled to have different policies about sanctions and to have his transition team discuss them with Russian officials.

“The communication was completely correct, calm, absolutely transparent,” Kislyak said during a panel discussion on Russian television, Reuters reported.

Flynn Never Lied

In March 2017, then-FBI Director James Comey briefed a number of Capitol Hill lawmakers on the Trump-Russia investigation. One topic of intense interest was the case of Michael Flynn.  According to two sources familiar with the meetings, Comey told lawmakers that the FBI agents who interviewed Flynn did not believe that Flynn had lied to them, or that any inaccuracies in his answers were intentional. As a result, those in attendance came away with the impression that Flynn would not be charged with a crime pertaining to the Jan. 24 interview by FBI agents. Link

Investigators believe that Andrew McCabe lied, but unlike Flynn, it is highly unlikely he will ever be prosecuted. Justice Department lawyers are virtually never charged with false statements by their colleagues. There is no such reluctance in using this easily charged crime against targets outside of the department, and Flynn was a target.

Former FBI Assistant Director James Kallstrom told Fox News that “high-ranking people throughout the government… had a plot to not have Hillary Clinton indicted so that she could remain the flawed candidate that she was.”

Kallstrom said the “plot” to fix the 2016 election goes “right to the top,” meaning President Obama and former CIA director John Brennan.  “I hope Gen. Flynn sues a lot of people, because he was handled so bad… He didn’t lie to the FBI. They didn’t even interview him about a crime. He was in his legal authorized mode when all that happened,” he said. “They are the people who committed felonies, not the General. They’ve ruined Flynn and because they threatened his son, you know, they bankrupted this guy that gave his life to this country. Just the whole dealings. Look how they dealt with the IRS! There are so many things they have done badly.”

FBI Meeting with Flynn

Deep State players Andrew McCabe and Peter Strzok blindsided Flynn on January 24, 2017, with an unannounced questioning of the General. A brief phone call from the office of Andrew McCabe to a scheduler for Flynn on Jan. 24 set the interview in motion, according to people familiar with the matter. The scheduler was told the FBI wanted to speak with Flynn later that day and the meeting was placed on Flynn’s schedule. The scheduler didn’t ask the reason for the meeting, and the FBI didn’t volunteer it.

Typically, a lawyer for the National Security Council would be informed of such a meeting and be present for it. The unannounced meeting took General Flynn by surprise inasmuch as he thought it was a routine meeting since he was the NSA for the new administration.  Thus, he did not have his own lawyer present and met with the two federal agents alone.

Later that day, two FBI agents arrived at the White House to speak with Flynn.  “No one knew that any of this was happening,” said a senior White House official who was there at the time.

“Apparently it was not clear to Flynn that this was about his personal conduct,” another White House official said. “So, he didn’t think of bringing his own lawyer.”

FBI agent Peter Strzok was one of two FBI agents who interviewed Flynn.  The other FBI special agent is described as a field supervisor in the “Russian Squad, at the FBI’s Washington Field Office,” according to a former intelligence official, with knowledge of the interview. Link

Professor Says Rethink Guilty Plea

Law Professor Jonathan Turley, of George Washington University, said that prior to the firing of FBI Director James Comey, investigators concluded that Flynn did not lie to them.  “That changed when Mueller and his team came in,” he said. “They decided to frankly hammer Flynn on that and other possible charges.”

Turley cited a 1963 Supreme Court case, Brady v. Maryland, in which the court decided that exculpatory evidence – evidence that may help prove innocence – must be presented to the defendant by the prosecution.  Turley says the General should rethink his guilty plea.

“Part of the interesting contrast as well is that Michael Flynn was accused of misleading investigators about something that wasn’t illegal, not even unprecedented. The meeting with Russians didn’t violate a law,” Turley continued. “What McCabe did was a violation.” Criminal charges should be brought against him.

Mike Flynn never lied to anyone.  Once he was investigated regarding his calls to Ambassador Kislyak, which he made at the behest of Jared Kushner, and was found innocent, he thought he was out of the woods.  But, McCabe had set him up despite the FBI saying he was innocent.

At 4:34 in this 2 December 2017 video of Lou Dobbs interviewing Chris Farrell, Director of Investigations and Research for Judicial Watch, the latter states that he could put an innocent man in a room and question him for two hours and claim he lied.  This is what was done to Mike Flynn, without a lawyer, without Miranda, and it was a set up because Mike was NSA and when McCabe asked to talk to him, he thought it was natural.  It wasn’t.

What is the FD-302?

The FD-302 form is used by FBI agents to “report or summarize the interviews that they conduct” and contains information from the notes taken during the interview. How credible are the reports of interviews filed by FBI agents working a case? In fact, such reports are known to be so unreliable that in one case, a federal judge refused to be interviewed by agents unless he was allowed to review their report and make corrections.

The process is thus: two FBI agents ask questions and listen to the answers—without tape recording or obtaining a certified transcript. Instead, they return to their office and, based on their recollection and any notes they may have taken during the interview, write up a summary of what transpired. Summaries are, in most cases, written hours later, sometimes even the following day.

A former U.S. intelligence official told Sara Carter, “with the recent revelation that Strzok was removed from the Special Counsel investigation for making anti-Trump text messages it seems likely that the accuracy and veracity of the FD-302 of Flynn’s interview as a whole should be reviewed and called into question.”

The intel official added, “The most logical thing to happen would be to call the other FBI Special Agent present during Flynn’s interview before the Grand Jury to recount his version. Strzok’s allegiance to Deputy Director Andrew McCabe was unwavering and very well known.”

On 30 January 18, investigative journalist Sara Carter reported on Fox News that outgoing FBI Deputy Director Andrew McCabe may be in serious trouble if the information she had received from FBI sources proves to be true.  “I have been told tonight by a number of sources … that McCabe may have asked FBI agents to actually change their 302s,” Carter told host Sean Hannity.

On 18 February 18, Gateway Pundit reported that investigative journalist Mike Cernovich dropped the bombshell that McCabe altered his 302 of the Flynn interview, and deleted all history of revisions.  Cernovich claims the Inspector General knows McCabe changed Peter Strzok’s 302 notes on General Flynn.

In a letter to Rosenstein and Sessions, Graham and Grassley asked this, “Did the FBI agents document their interview with Lt. Gen. Flynn in one or more FD-302s? What were the FBI agents’ conclusions about Lt. Gen. Flynn’s truthfulness, as reflected in the FD-302s? Were the FD-302s ever edited? If so, by whom? At who’s direction? How many drafts were there? Are there material differences between the final draft and the initial draft(s) or the agent’s testimony about the interview? What information did the FBI present to the DOJ regarding this interview, or any other investigative steps involving Lt. Gen. Flynn, and when? What, if anything, did the DOJ do with this information?”

Peter Strzok

Peter Strzok, a former Army ranger, also oversaw the FBI’s interviews with former National Security Adviser Michael Flynn. Newly released text messages revealed that Strzok had a personal relationship with U.S. District Court Judge Rudolph Contreras who originally presided over Flynn’s case before being recused and replaced by Judge Emmet Sullivan who has now delayed sentencing until May 2018.

Judge Contreras was one of the Federal Investigative Surveillance Act (FISA) court judges who may have heard the DOJ/FBI Clinton dossier case for surveillance and wiretapping of General Flynn the incoming Trump administration.  Agent Strzok also had direct contact with Christopher Steele, the author of the “Russian Dossier.”

We need answers as to whether Contreras was the presiding judge who granted the FISA warrant that led to General Flynn’s plea.  Did Contreras accept the Russian dossier by Steele when he was in the employ of the Clinton campaign?  Did he think it was objective and credible evidence for justifying a FISA surveillance against Flynn and others?

If so, does this taint the evidence and the circumstances that led Flynn to accept a guilty plea while being squeezed by Special Counsel Mueller’s team?

Mueller’s Partisan Hatred

The Mueller investigation is so ripe with partisan hatred that daily we hear of new FBI failures, deceptions and evasions.  Andrew McCarthy says, Mueller’s Investigation Flouts Justice Department Standards, and he’s so right.  “Rod Rosenstein’s failure to set limits on Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s investigation. To trigger the appointment of a special counsel, federal regulations require the Justice Department to identify the crimes that warrant investigation and prosecution — crimes that the Justice Department is too conflicted to investigate in the normal course; crimes that become the parameters of the special counsel’s jurisdiction.

Rosenstein, instead, put the cart before the horse: Mueller was invited to conduct a fishing expedition, a boundless quest to hunt for undiscovered crimes, rather than an investigation and prosecution of known crimes.”

Fox commentator and Defense Attorney, Gregg Jarrett said that Mueller, in his court filing, admits that Rosenstein’s order appointing him was intentionally vague. This violates the special counsel law that requires a specific statement of facts to be investigated and Rosenstein and Mueller colluded to break the law and should resign.

Chris Farrell of Judicial Watch says much the same thing and calls the DOJ a “star chamber.”

Conclusion

General Flynn was targeted by Deep State globalists Andrew McCabe and his bagman Peter Strzok.  Mike’s lawyer made a deal to plea to a lie, (a process crime) which is very minor…to get Mike and his son out from under the continual stress and financial pressure.  Mike is guilty of nothing, and he should still be in the Trump administration.  The entire case against General Michael T. Flynn should be dismissed!

© 2018 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

President Donald Trump’s first year and a quarter in office has been an unheralded success. Jobs have returned, taxes have been lowered, the stock market has soared to new heights, and the overall economy has notably improved.

If it were not for Trump’s successes, that is if everything in the country were failing as things were under his predecessor Barack Obama, the calls for Trump to be impeached would become shouts that would be ringing throughout the land.

The mainstream media would not report on Barack Obama as a failure, even though he was a dismal one. The same press will not report on the successes of President Donald J. Trump, even though things in America have improved drastically on all fronts.

The American leftist media has been obsessed with bringing down the presidency of Donald Trump by any means necessary. Many Americans know this, but many are still fooled by the tricks of the leftist American press corps.

President Trump has faced endless meritless investigations involving Russian collusion to steal the election from Hillary Clinton, who the press has told us was supposed to win our last presidential election. The leftist American media is still in a state of disbelief that all the work they did in rigging the polls, declaring Hillary Clinton the sure winner before the election, was not heeded by the American public and Americans actually went to the voting booths across the nation and had the audacity to vote in Donald Trump as President of the United States!

As the Trump-Russian collusion story never had any legs to it, no evidence whatsoever, it was long overdue to die.  So, the media went after Trump in an area where they knew they could just about get any man of his stature: sex.

Well wadda you know! America elected a 3-time marrying billionaire and we had thought he was as pure as the driven snow! Billionaire Trump reportedly had consensual sex with some porn star years before he became president!

Barack Obama recently stated, concerning his administration, “We didn’t have a scandal that embarrassed us.” A good liar mixes truth with lies very often and very well. Obama is actually telling the truth here in a way that seems like he’s saying his administration was scandal free. He didn’t say his administration was scandal free, he said that his administration didn’t have a scandal that ‘embarrassed him.’ Well, that is because he and the people of his administration had no shame.

While the leftist American media will not let go of any conjured-up scandal about President Trump, they simply refuse to report on real actual scandals concerning their party of choice, the ones they aid, abet, and enable: The Democrat Party.

Some recent history…

In the 1990s, President Bill Clinton was involved in a money-laundering scheme in which money was funneled to the Clintons through the Clinton Foundation from the People’s Republic of China. In exchange, Clinton gave the communist Chinese, a possible hostile foreign government, advanced U.S. missile technology.

President Clinton was also involved in an adulterous affair with Monica Lewinsky, a young intern, which was deemed “just sex” by the mainstream media.

From 2009 to 2013 Secretary of State Hillary Clinton once again utilized the Clinton Foundation as a money-laundering criminal operation, as her foundation accepted 2.35 million dollars from Russia in exchange for a uranium deal. Shortly after this treasonous deal, Bill Clinton received a bonus check of $500,000 for a Moscow speech from a Russian investment bank with links to the Kremlin that was promoting Uranium One stock.

Barack Obama’s entire presidency was a spending spree with the seeming intention of bringing down the United States of America through federal deficit spending. The federal deficit nearly doubled during Obama’s 8-years in office. Some of Obama’s stimulus spending was a favored quid pro quo, pay to play funding scheme for chosen enterprises, companies which never had any intention of using such money for the stated purposes they acquired the government funds, but would use a sizable portion of the money to make campaign contributions to the Democrat Party. The most noted of these stimulus payments went to Solyndra, a solar panel startup company, which filed for bankruptcy shortly after receiving the loan and never repaid any of the $535-million-dollar loan it received from American taxpayers.

These and many other scandals have tarnished Democrat politicians in recent decades and the leftist media may report on it for a moment, if they do at all, then move on. Not so with Republicans! Since becoming president, every woman Donald Trump has ever met is getting her 15-minutes of fame for sexual harassment claims and regrets over consensual sex decades later. Donald Trump had to seat Bill Clinton’s rape and grope victims at his 2^nd presidential debate with Hillary Clinton in order for their voices to be heard!

With all the recent way underreported high crimes and misdemeanor treasonous scandals involving the Clintons, Obama, and many other Democrat operatives, it’s going to take a lot more that a fabricated Russian collusion scandal, alleged consensual sex with a porn star, and decades-old sexual harassment claims from women to take down Donald J. Trump, President of the United States.

© 2018 George Lujack – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail George Lujack: georgelujack@gmail.com

Shalom in Hebrew means peace but John 14:27 points to a different kind of peace. Healthy communities in the U.N. Plan for your Mental Health  refers to a U.S. program linked to the World Health Organization (WHO), a specialized UN agency, which intends to impose its socialist uniformity on every community under the banner of peace. This global “mental health” system has nothing to do with God’s peace. Its “Shalom” is only for those who conform to the new global values and all those who refuse to compromise must be remediated.

CRADLE TO GRAVE- FEDERALIZE U.S. CHILDREN

While his father served on the Board of Directors for pharmaceutical giant Eli Lilly, President George W. Bush created the New Freedom Commission, which, of course, emboldened a whole cottage industry of mental health advocates, from psycho-pharmacologists to social workers to behaviorist educators to screen every man, woman and child in America for “mental illness. But long before that, September 30, 1971 was a dark day for America.  Passage of the Brademas child development program by a vote of 186 to 183 laid the foundation for the Federal government to replace the home and for bureaucratic “experts” to replace the parents. It started out by claiming Day Care Centers were necessary and has catapulted quickly into Mental Health. [Read: The Code For Reorganizing Human Society Is: Sustainable Development]

In Bill O’Reilly’s 2015 book, KILLING REAGAN, he noted that April 10-16 was proclaimed as National Mental Health week. Will the MSM acknowledge that this year? The purpose was to “seek and encourage better understanding of mental disorders and to bring “welcome hope to the mentally ill.” Meantime, his assassin John Hinckley was eight miles away in southeast Washington, D.C. finding it pays to be mentally ill. Rather than suffer a heinous punishment for his attempted assassination of the president and near murder of three other men, Hinckley was found not guilty of all the crimes by reason of insanity and then what doesn’t make sense to me, on page 230 of that book, one of the first things Republican Ronald Reagan did when he came into office was to slash federal funding for the treatment of Mental Health and repealing the Mental Health System Act of 1980 signed by President Jimmy Carter which provided grants to community mental health centers which brings us to the dilemma we are in today – Homelessness.

INDUSTRIALIZED CIVILIZATION MUST FAIL

Millions of antidepressant prescriptions are written every year. Many thousands are wandering the streets in a mental stupor of madness, reaping only a fraction of the penalties of rebellion against Almighty God. Christian psychologists have redefined as mental illness all manner of behavior that Jesus, the Great Physician, diagnosed as sin. [Raed]

“I see a world of open borders, open trade and all we need,”  said David Rockefeller “ is the right crisis and nations will accept the New World Order.“  Could repealing the Mental Health System Act of 1980 been part of the U.N. Plan?  After all , Reagan merged our education system with Russia and prospective teachers have been taught in their teacher-preparation classes for the past 35 years that “high religiosity” is akin to “intolerance” and “inflexibility,” both alleged “markers” for mental illness,” says Beverly K. Eakman in her article: Tracking Your Digital Trail where she describes innocent-seeming questionnaires, tests and surveys are increasingly being disseminated by government officials so that they have complete histories on every citizen.  Source: June 8, 2009 New American. This is a magazine worth ordering: 920-749-3784

OPERATION HOGGWASH

As early as 1/8/2005 the San Francisco Chronicle said a U.S. study says mental illness will hit half in U.S.  So in order to make that self-diagnoses quota, events like the recent one at the Parkland school in Florida must be staged. On April 4, Anthony Borges, a shooting victim was shot five times and survived was interviewed on NBC’s Today Show. Another article said anger bubbled over at the funerals and yet Dan Cromer (dan.cromer@gmail.com) says: OPERATION HOGGWASH: No Death Records for the 17 Parkland victims. According to the official narrative, on February 14, 2018, a mass shooting occurred at Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School in Parkland, Florida. Seventeen people were killed and seventeen more were wounded, making it one of the world’s deadliest school massacres.  The perpetrator, 19-year old Nikolas Cruz, was identified by witnesses and arrested shortly afterward when he confessed, according to the Broward County Sheriff’s Office. If this was indeed a staged attack, how can so many officials be so committed to deceiving the public and depriving Americans of their rights under the Constitution? [Read]

But curiously, Ancestry.com, the world’s largest online history resource does not show death records for any of the seventeen victims, says Comer. This data base is a compilation of obituaries published in U.S. newspapers, collected from various online sources. For researchers, obituaries are genealogical goldmines, including information such as names, dates, places of birth and death, marriage information, and family relationships. Cromer offered Ancestry’s U.S., Cemetery and Funeral Home Collection (1847-2018) to prove no one died

David Hogg who admits he was not at the school at the time of the alleged shooting but he has emerged as a leader of the protest movement. Sadly, he has shown himself to be a foul-mouthed individual with no respect for older generations. So who do we believe?

FORCING KIDS INTO A MENTAL HEALTH GHETTO

Meanwhile, Eakman says schools find every excuse to refer pupils for psychiatric counseling – an activity that usually results in prescriptions for psychiatric drugs having questionable track records. Some of them are over diagnosed. Nor is the drugging of Americans limited to children.  This new hyper-invasive nature of technology is a distraction also for the elderly. In 2006, a local Statesman Journal reporter wrote  this new technology is driving us nuts. Phones ringing, e-mails arriving at the computer, and, of course, since then, Iphones, Facebook Google, etc. While the so-called “experts” indicate disorders often start in young people and go untreated for years, this new technology is the cause of “mental illness” in the elderly and in 2008 we learned that the Veterans Administration lured exhausted returning veterans into lethal psychotropic drug tests. [Read]

Under psychiatry’s invented criteria, there isn’t a single normal childhood behavior which doesn’t fall within the broad “symptoms” which comprise so-called “mental illness.” Some of the commonly seen psychiatric labels for children are: Attention Deficit Disorder (ADD), more recently called Attention Deficit Disorder (ADHD), Minimal brain Dysfunction (MB), Learning Disability (LD) or Impulse Disorder (ID). If, for any reason, a teacher decides there is a problem with a particular child, there is no way the child can escape “diagnosis.”  Labeling the child insane takes blame away from incompetent teacher. In addition, a student’s values must be unfrozen via values clarification by change agents teachers, those disagreeing with the need for “common values (those values we all have in common) will be labeled as in need of mental health services, because they will be identified as having “oppositional deficit disorder.” [Read]

SOVIET UNION CURES ANTI SOCIAL ATTITUDES WITH DRUGS

And, on March 26, 2018, a “family’ of eight was killed when their GMC Yukon SUV plunged off a California ocean overlook cliff on the Pacific Coast Highway. When I first saw the picture, “same sex marriage” approved by the U.S. Supreme Court on June 26, 2015 (my 60^th wedding anniversary) jumped off the page.  I remembered 44 years ago amid threats and intimidation from militant homosexual pressure groups, the American Psychiatric Assn. removed homosexuality as a “diagnosable behavioral disorder.”  At about the same time the spurious term “homophobia” began to circulate within the ranks of the Left. The same tactics by the homosexual community were used in the Soviet Union to “cure delusional people” who rebelled.  They, too, were forcibly “cured” by psychotropic drugs of their “anti-social” attitudes.

In the book LIFTING THE VEIL, Jon Rappoport interviewed David Icke (Oct. 1997) who said by unbalancing a person’s magnetic fields and planting a highly negative thought field you can cause physical, mental and emotional illness. You can affect the way they think, you can make them go very strange in the head, you can make them become physically ill. Could this be what happened with the driver of that SUV?

ENGINEERING UNIFORMITY

The Dec. 22, 2006 SEATTLE TIMES said “Mental Health practioners say they regularly confront extreme forms of racism, homophobia and other prejudice in the course of therapy, and some patients are disabled by these beliefs. The DSM-V Diagnostic Manual that was published in 2012, sponsored by the American Psychiatric Association, according to critics comes close to pathologizing the entire American population. With government having taken full advantage of such expert opinion from the Psychiatric indujstry, tens of millions of Americans could be placed on the mental illness list for just being moody, and declared to be too active or inactive… Mandatory drugging of noncomformists, slow learners, and naughty kids is now part and parcel of a nasty and little publicized agenda to engineer uniformity of opinion without appearing blatant about it.  Children, always happy to talk about themselves, are busy filling out opinion polls and surveys- especially in social studies and “health” (sex education) classes…Even toddlers are being assessed in “early childhood programs.”

FACEBOOK KNOWS EVERYTHING ABOUT YOU

There was a time in this country when the American people valued privacy. Future generations, however, may never have a private moment as the world becomes increasingly open and connected thanks to new advance in technology. Recently we’ve learned that Facebook and Google now collect extraordinary amounts of data regarding their users, and the thing they know about people is truly amazing.  A report published by TechCrunch on March 23, 2018, puts it bluntly. “Facebook knows literally everything about you,” the headline declares. Facebook not only saves every thought and picture you share and every message you send while on their website, but they also track other websites you visit, too.

Google already has the ability to track the movements and whereabouts of Smartphone users who use the operating system known as Android and Google has also partnered with the United States Department of Defense to develop artificial intelligence for use with drones. The program, which is called “Project Maven,” allows drones to accurately detect and identify objects in thirty-eight categories while also tracking the movements of individuals and yet we still haven’t been told about Barack Obama’s background. He remains the unanswered mystery of the century.

It will be interesting to see what they put in Obama’s  “library” about his early years. For example, we know that Andrew Jackson’s wife smoked a corn cob pipe and was accused of adultery; Abe Lincoln never went to school; Jack Kennedy wore a back brace, Harry Truman played the piano, we all know about JFK’s magnetism, and quite a few details about Bill Clinton’s exploits before and during his White House years are well known. That’s why it’s so odd that not one lady has stepped up and said, “He was sooo shy…” or “What a great dancer.” No, what caused this mysterious illegal immigrant to be elected president not once but twice was White Guilt. [Read]

I was reminded of Italian Antonio Gramsci’s advice to his communist friends to stop picking on the American Capitalists, but instead concentrate on America’s culture. On the 60^th anniversary of Orwell’s 1984, literary experts concluded his book was a condemnation of the Soviet Union’s Joseph Stalin, but really out-of-control socialism  With Gramsci’s plan to attack the culture rather than Capitalism, we found Hugh Hefner & the Homosexual Sexual Revolution. With a messianic fervor, “Hef’s  PLAYBOY took its message of sexual freedom to the American male, who, in the 1950s’ and 1960s, still consecrated sex for marriage. The similarity between the PLAYBOY and homosexual ideal is no coincidence. “The Kinsey Report” (1948) shaped current mainstream attitudes to sex. It championed unfettered sexual expression and became the manifesto of the counterculture and sexual revolution. Kinsey said that deviant and unhealthy sexual behavior was so common as to be normal.

© 2018 Betty Freauf – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Betty Freauf: bettyfreauf@gmail.com

It is said that “no man is taken for a prophet in his own country”. Yet sometimes evidence overcomes this negative presumption. In my recent NewsWithViews commentary entitled “The Irrelevant Second Amendment”, I predicted that the decision in Kolbe v. Hogan—that so-called “assault firearms” such as the AR-15 are not protected by the Second Amendment in any way, shape, or form—would become “gun-control” fanatics’ legalistic weapon of choice for banning possession of those firearms, and much more besides, by average Americans. So was it written; and so has it come to pass.

On 5 April 2018, William G. Young, a United States District Judge in Massachusetts, upheld that State’s “assault-firearms” statute on precisely that ground. Worman v. Healey, Civil Action No. 1:17-10107-WGY, opinion reproduced, particularly at pages 26-34 and 46-47.

No doubt this decision will be appealed. But I anticipate that any appeal will be unsuccessful, just as was the ultimate appeal in Kolbe, and for the selfsame reason. One cannot hope to win a Second -Amendment case against Kolbe’s and Worman’s “weapons-of-war” theory without relying on: (i) the whole Second Amendment (not just its last fourteen words), (ii) the Militia Clauses of the original Constitution (and the Fifth Amendment, too), (iii) Militia statutes of the General Government such as 10 U.S.C. §§ 252 and 253, (iv) the Militia clauses of the constitution and statutes of the particular State involved in the controversy (in Kolbe, Maryland; in Worman, Massachusetts), and (v) the Supreme Court’s oft-neglected but nonetheless controlling decision in United States v. Miller, 307 U.S. 174 (1939). Judge Young’s opinion in Worman deals with none of these matters, which evidences that the plaintiffs did not raise them. And if they were not raised in the District Court, it will be devilishly difficult for the plaintiffs-appellants to assert them for the first time on appeal. Of course, being inured to taking up what seem to be lost causes, I might not be averse to being asked to provide whatever assistance I could offer in prosecuting an appeal, just as I did on my own initiative in a brief amici curiae when the litigants in Kolbe unsuccessfully petitioned the Supreme Court for a writ of certiorari in their case. But I should hardly anticipate being requested to consult on the future course of litigation in Worman, any more than the Prophets in the Old Testament were heeded with respect to the even-more-weighty subjects on which they discoursed.

This, however, does not dissuade me from prophesying once more. Ever since former Justice of the Supreme Court John Paul Stevens dipped his oar into the murky waters of contemporary Second-Amendment jurisprudence, plumping for repeal of the Amendment, a veritable cottage industry on that score has emerged among “gun-control” fanatics.

Having successfully litigated in the Supreme Court a seminal constitutional case in which Justice Stevens himself wrote the majority opinion—Chicago Teachers Union v. Hudson, 475 U.S. 292 (1986)—and having some little self-taught expertise with respect to “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms”, I am probably more qualified than most other NewsWithViews commentators to opine that Justice Stevens’ understanding of the Constitution in general and the Second Amendment in particular leaves a great deal to be desired. For example, as I pointed out in “The Irrelevant Second Amendment”, that Amendment is intimately related to the Militia Clauses of the original Constitution. So, if the Second Amendment were to be repealed with the effect which Justice Stevens apparently envisions—such that average Americans would be dispossessed of “assault firearms”, or perhaps of most or even all firearms, whether at one fell swoop or by “the death of a thousand cuts” through a parade of ever-more-onerous  statutory “regulations”—the Militia Clauses would have to be repealed or significantly amended, too (along with the reference to the Militia in the Fifth Amendment). As of now, proponents of repeal of the Second Amendment have not thought this complexity through (or, from what I have read in their rants, even considered it). So I suspect (perhaps “hope” is the more accurate verb) that the propaganda and agitation for the Amendment’s repeal will ultimately fizzle out as a result of their own incoherence. While this controversy continues to sizzle in its own hot grease like an overdone sausage cooking in the mass media’s frying pan, though, self-styled champions of “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” will find themselves constantly on the strategic defensive—a disadvantageous position which will compel them to make one self-defeating compromise after another with “gun-control” fanatics over “common-sense regulations” (that is, actual “infringe[ments]”) of that “right”.

A particularly ominous straw in the wind is that some defenders of “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” are already conceding defeat as to the Second Amendment by arguing that, as a “natural right”, “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” can be secured under the aegis of the Ninth Amendment, even were the Second Amendment repealed. This makes little sense, both as a matter of constitutional law and as a matter of political realism.

First, the Ninth Amendment provides that “[t]he enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people”. Now, “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” is one of the “certain rights” explicitly “enumerat[ed] in the Constitution”—in the Second Amendment. So, by the very terms of the Ninth Amendment, that “right” is not now one of the “other[ rights] retained by the people” perforce of the latter Amendment. Therefore, if the Second Amendment were repealed, “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” could not be shoe-horned into the Ninth Amendment in keeping with the original understanding of that Amendment. Perhaps invocation of “the living Constitution” could suffice to square this circle—which I doubt, inasmuch as “the living Constitution” has always been “gun-control” fanatics’ primary device for circumventing and undermining the Second Amendment. Certainly no judge antagonistic to “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” will ever employ “the living Constitution” to breathe new life through the Ninth Amendment into the principles of the Second Amendment after that Amendment’s demise by way of repeal.

Second, the obvious political conclusion to which every half-educated American would come were the Second Amendment repealed would be that “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” had thus been entirely excised from the Constitution. For if, as most self-deluded champions of the Second Amendment contend, the Amendment’s last fourteen words by themselves alone guarantee that “right”, then the Amendment’s repeal would be fatal for whatever “right” those words might be taken to cover. After all, for such as Justice Stevens, that would be the point of repealing the Second Amendment—which, I am confident, judges such as those who decided Kolbe and Worman would be quick to hold.

By now, I am sick unto death of reminding readers of my NewsWithViews commentaries and various books (and, I fear, my readers may be becoming tired of being reminded) that “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” cannot be properly construed outside of the total constitutional context in which it resides. That context emphasizes the inextricable connection of that “right” with the Militia, not with some largely imaginary anarchic “individual right” located in the last fourteen words of the Second Amendment, let alone in so-called “penumbras and emanations” of the Constitution wholly unrelated to the Militia. Had that not always been apparent, at this juncture it surely has been made crystal clear by Kolbe and Worman.

If this lesson is not heeded, and soon, one will not need the special benefit of the gift of prophecy to foresee to what disastrous climax these developments will inexorably lead.

© 2018 Edwin Vieira – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Edwin Vieira: edwinvieira@gmail.com

“You take the blue pill—the story ends.  You wake up in your bed and believe whatever you want      to believe. You take the red pill—you stay in Wonderland and I show you how deep the rabbit-hole goes.” —Morpheus to Neo, from the movie Matrix

The red pill is the allegory people across America have adopted to explain conspiracies, the Deep State, and other subjects the mainstream media, public education and the general public fail to address in meaningful dialogues.

It’s the concept of secrets and hidden agendas of the operating and governing powers of nations and the world operating in their own interests to gain wealth and power for their own purposes, instead of governing for the good of mankind.  Apparently that concept is very difficult for a large percentage of people to swallow, (let alone digest).

The reference to Wonderland in the Matrix quote alludes to Alice in Wonderland and the hard to believe other world Alice tumbles into when she follows a white rabbit, causing her to tumble down a hole that seems to lead to impossible places and scenarios.  For truth seekers, it’s a common metaphor to ascertain a person’s awareness by asking something akin to “how far down the rabbit hole have you gone?”  This means, how many bizarre and almost unbelievable scenarios have you looked into and have understanding on?

Cognitive dissonance and normalcy bias are probably the primary reasons people are initially unwilling to look a little deeper into contradicting “truths”.  The new information or revelation is too contradictory to current held beliefs; the mind simply will not entertain the possibility.  This is a common reaction and understandable at first, but it becomes a path for deception if held onto in the face of evidences, facts and proofs brought forth.

Take for example, the world’s wealth.  If you do an internet search for the holders of today’s wealth, you’ll likely find somewhere between eight and eighty-five individuals own over half of the world’s wealth.[1], [2], [3]  The top eight popularly listed are as follows:

1. Bill Gates $75B
2. Amancio Ortega $67B
3. Warren Buffet $60.8B
4. Carlos Slim Helu $50B
5. Jeff Bezos $45.2B
6. Mark Zuckerberg $44.6B
7. Larry Ellison $43.6B
8. Michael Bloomberg $40B

…for a collective total of $426B, which is allegedly over half the wealth of the combined bottom wealth of the other half.  The Oxfam and Forbes reports state that a mere one percent of the world’s population owns half of the world’s wealth, and the Guardian reports by 2030 they’ll own two-thirds of the world’s wealth.[6]

This is a great example of a rabbit hole.  The blue pill has assigned these front runners as the wealth hogs of the world.  But it would take a red pill question to uncover the hidden details, take for instance, the Rothschild family.  I still can’t find a specific estimate on their worth[4] – ranging from $350B to $2T [5] – because they are so adept at moving and hiding it.  When they spread it out among their children and various other places, they don’t hit even the top twenty most of the time.

This is a red pill moment, and a rather bland one at that – not really full of the hype and drama of many of the other red pilled revelations.  But the blue pill operates on the information carefully generated for the public eye:  the Bill Gates, Mark Zuckerber and Jeff Bezos of the world, while absence of the red pill carefully conceals things like the Rothschilds.  Interestingly, this corrupt (yet widely applauded) family has made their fortune on war, and deceit.  You can read a vanilla account of it here. [History of the Rothschild family]

Perhaps even more interesting is how they have controlled the world’s wealth through their banks.  While it’s hard to trace or outwardly provide evidence, it is rumored that the Rothschild family owns or has significant share holds of almost all of the central banks in the world.  They were/are a major share holder of the Bank of England, and they are one of six families who own the privately owned Federal Reserve Bank of the United States.

Whether Mayer Amschel Rothschild actually said, “Permit me to issue and control the money of a nation and I care not who makes its laws,” verbatim, the Rothschild family has said it with their actions.  Privately held central banking for nations has been the direct line to power and corruption for centuries.

Red pill moments are when the status quo is revealed to be a fraud, only part of the picture, or an all out deception.  On things like banking, red pills are easier to swallow.  On other things, like government corruption – especially corruption that falls on party lines – the red pill is not as easily swallowed.  We like to think we’ve made good decisions and planted our loyalty flags on solid ground.  If our party is engaged in widespread corruption, it indicates we were either fooled, in agreement with such behavior, or ignorant.  None of those outcomes is pleasant, and so we tend to excuse, rationalize, justify or just ignore evidence that challenges our beliefs.

I was a staunch Republican before I studied 9/11.  Then when I did some digging into the Bush family, shame and horror washed over me.  They are sophisticated criminals.  The ideology of the Democrat party prevented any allegiance to them, and the Clintons sealed that case.  Now I don’t declare a party – I won’t pledge allegiance to anything but the Constitution and those who uphold it.

But there are a lot of rabbit holes unrelated to politics.  There are red pill moments in our lives, in belief systems, in education and learning, even in some of our relationships.  Sometimes data and evidence get exposed that make us question what we think, what we think we know, what we believe, and even how we feel.   When that happens, we come to some crossroads.  Now some of those crossroads are more like Ys in the road, and they just veer us a little off our original path.  But others are perpendicular and we have to choose if we’re going to change directions entirely.  Those are the ones most people resist.

The phenomenon of swallowing a red pill is that it opens your eyes to an array of other rabbit holes you couldn’t possibly have understood or recognized before.   It’s kind of like when you gain a few pounds and you think you need to diet or exercise more.  Then you do a little digging on changing the scales and what that entails, and you find that the western diet is one of the worst in the world.  As you begin to seek when the American diet changed so drastically, you begin to see statistical trends of heart disease, diabetes and cancer that take sharp upward turns at various points.  When you dig a little deeper you find shocking connections between pharmaceutical companies, DC politics, and natural health doctors who contradict modern western medicine and a tremendous increase in suspicious deaths of these doctors.

Now you started out in blue pill land:  just a normal citizen who hit a small bump in the road.  But in looking for honest answers for this obstacle to your preferred health (slimmer, healthier, more agile, etc.), you found some data that became hard to swallow:  you mean Monsanto engineers GMO foods and they’ve been proven to be dramatically unhealthy for your body?  Your body actually treats GMO food as a foreign substance, something to fight, instead of fuel?  And you ask more questions:  Why would any company willingly produce and sell this?  Why would our government refuse to mandate food labeling of this?  European countries do!  Russia won’t even allow such food to be brought into their country!

Or you or a loved one is diagnosed with cancer.  This propels you to look for cures.  Maybe at first you believe the medical industry’s Big Pharma solutions and you do the radiation and chemotherapy and get very sick.  But when that doesn’t work, maybe you dig deeper and find that cancer is successfully treated by people who change their diet.  Maybe you even find that 23 different cancers have been successfully treated with cannabis oil.  What kind of questions does that open up?  Why is cannabis oil illegal and considered a Schedule A narcotic??  Maybe you find out that a natural remedy doesn’t line the pockets of the lobbyists in DC or the pharmaceutical industry.  Congratulations, you’ve entered red pill land.

And maybe you’re a Christian and you want to see what the Bible tells you about drugs.  You open the Word of God, do a little digging, do some cross-referencing and realize that the word the Bible translates as “sorcery” is actually the same root word we get for pharmaceuticals [originally pharmakeia].  You’ll see the Scripture is pretty plain about the sins of sorcery, and you may even connect that to the pharmaceutical industry, and see it as a warning from God’s Word to stay away from such.

If you get to this level, you have ingested a red pill.  You’re no longer able to believe things you believed before. You cannot see the health industry, the food industry, the medical industry, or the laws DC makes to defend such things at the expense of its citizen’s well-being the same anymore.  The problem with your new position is most of the status quo is still in the blue pill phase.  The television shows are full of two-minute commercials for drugs with a half of the commercial listing its side effects.

Our educational system produces doctors with little to no education on nutrition, while our legislative system penalizes nutritionists with bureaucratic red tape on every herb they provide as alternatives.  In fact, nutritionists are forbidden from making any statements of cures or treatments, even though their patients have been widespread successfully treated for cancers, diabetes, heart disease, and just about every other disease that plagues America.

No, the red pill is not consigned just to politics.  [Unfortunately, because of some real red-pill political facts, things that are not even political become political.  When that happens, more rabbit holes are opened up, down we tumble again until we land in another scenario, maybe the queen screeching “off with her head” around a poker scene?  Or maybe worse…]

I suppose the point is, if you are not able or willing to ingest a red pill, the coming events on the national scene will be confusing, enraging, and maybe even horrifying.  The era of technology opened up both great advancements and great evils simultaneously.  It seems we are still navigating these waters.  It is my constant herald that people would look into matters themselves, research and learn from sources other than the state-ordained educators and messengers (public school, media, public officials, etc.).  The same vehicle that has brought our demise can bring our rescue.

Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, CNN, MSNBC, Fox, et al, have all been guilty of driving narratives, censoring dissenting voices, even altering facts.  There is no reason to believe anything carte blanche.  The instant and live reports from the YouTube shooting incident was a man or men in full body armor.  The adjusted and released reports were changed to the woman Nasim Aghdam.  The Parkland, FL school shooting has a multitude of variances and credible questions to the narrative, all of which are being censored and scrubbed on social media.  Multiple witnesses at the Vegas massacre who testified of multiple shooters have been killed, while the follow up has been silenced.  There are alternative news sources that get paid very little or nothing at all; who are bringing facts, data, evidence to the forefront that mainstream won’t touch.

It used to be you had to buy a book, go to a conference, or find a source to study under to gain knowledge in areas.  Today you can go to the internet and read a wealth of research at your fingertips free, or for little money.  The same evil that puts pornography, child trafficking, CIA disinformation, government propaganda and the like to a readily consuming public, is the same advancement that puts truth before your eyes.  But if your formal education from a state run educational system and propaganda media is what you want to believe and you are unwilling or unable to seek truth with its possible conflicts and discomforts, well, as Morpheus says, the story ends.   You wake up in your bed and believe whatever you want to believe.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

^1- 62 people now own the same wealth as half the worlds population

²  85 richest people in the world have as much wealth as the 3.5 billion poorest

³  Rich people own as much money as half the world

⁴  Rothschild family worth top 8 billionaires

⁵  Rothschild family own wealth five times the world’s top 8 billionaires combined

⁶  Global inequality tipping point 2030

By Frosty Wooldridge and RN Stephany Gabbard

Part 2: Enormous Taxpayer Costs

A reader said, “Great article about Anchor babies becoming instant US citizens. I live in New York City…the number of Mexicans having babies here is CRAZY! When I pick up my children at school I see Mexican mothers pregnant over and over, again and again, year after year. That’s our city, state and federal government at work! But wait!  The Chinese are number two after the Mexicans!  It’s unstoppable”

Another reader said, “This event is easily prevented. The child’s birth initiates this question to the mother: WHO HAS CUSTODY OF THIS CHILD? If the Mother answers that she has custody, then the Mother and child are sent to her home nation. If the Mother denies custody, the State takes custody of the child and sends the Mother to her home nation. The Citizen rights of the child are not invoked until age 21years of age. Results: No anchor baby, no family attachment, no flood of future births in the US, problem solved. Our Government has flimflammed this nation into accepting these 3rd world immigrants to enhance thoughtless voters.”

A third reader said, “Could it be that our congressmen or women refuse to address the anchor baby problem because they are afraid of mass race rioting and boycotts?  The Latino population is quite possibly the most ethnocentric of all the ethnicities. Most of them want what they perceive is best for Latinos, regardless of the consequences for all ethnicities, and regardless of what is best for America.  I am afraid that our politicians are afraid to feel their wrath, and to avoid bloodshed in the streets, and massive boycotts of products and services, they do nothing.”

Again, your two U.S. senators and House member fail to submit a bill to stop this violation of our U.S. Constitution, and you keep paying.

Or, as I have stated before, maybe Americans simply admire Latinos, and are willing to sacrifice everything as long as they are assured Latinos will take over America.  In fact, they will.  Pew Research Center estimates that Latinos will become the new majority in America at 51 percent of the population by 2042.

In 1994, 74,987 anchor babies in maternity units cost taxpayers $215 million in Stockton, California. In 2003, 70 percent of the 2,300 babies born in San Joaquin General maternity ward were from illegal aliens.  That number has exploded today with over four million illegal aliens residing in California.  Nine out of ten babies born in Parkland Hospital in Dallas, Texas stem from unlawful immigrant mothers.  The figures for Chicago, New York City, Miami, Houston, Atlanta and other great cities run the same.  (The financial costs prove billions of dollars more in 2018.)

The French economist Frederic Bastiat said, “The unseen is more expensive than the seen.”  In Stockton, California, the Silverio Family was featured in the Wall Street Journal in 2003.  They were fruit pickers who arrived illegally from Oxtotilan, Mexico in 1997.  The wife, Felipa had three kids, but popped an anchor baby named Flor.  The child was premature and spent three months in a neonatal incubator at a cost to the San Joaquin Hospital of over $300,000.00.  They conceived another, Christian.  The second baby made them eligible for $1,000 per month welfare.  Because Flor is disabled, she receives $600.00 monthly for asthma.  Although the illegal aliens made $18,000.00 annually picking fruit, they collected $12,000.00 of your tax dollars for their anchor babies.   One night the father, Cristobal crashed his van. He had no license or insurance. Taxpayers paid for all hospital bills.  That’s why 77 hospitals in Border States were going bankrupt in 2003, but Senator John McCain wrote a rider into the Medicaid Bill for $1.4 billion of your tax dollars. It passed.

Not to finish the spending spree on these anchor babies, the children attend California schools at a cost of $7,000.00 per year over and above what their parents pay in taxes.  The cost for all five of their children for one school year exceeds $35,000.00 times 18 years for a grand taxpayer total of $630,000.00.  This is only one family.  No wonder California is $38 billion in debt.

Additional costs for illegal alien children stem from translators, advocates and middlemen.  MediCal in 2003 sponsored 760,000 illegal aliens.  Supplemental Security Income is a non-means-treated federal grant of money and food stamps.  Be assured that scams and fraud run rampant.   Over 500,000 ‘mentally disabled kids’ are on drugs for ADHD and ODD.  One lady, Linda Torres was arrested in Bakersfield with $8,500.00 in small bills in her pocket.  It was her SSI lump award for her disability, which was heroin addiction.

Just so Americans across the country don’t feel left out, let’s move to Georgia. Net Fiscal Costs of Illegal Immigration for Georgia:

Births of illegal aliens in Georgia cost to taxpayers:

2000– 5,133 births cost:  $13 million
2001– 9,528 births cost:  $23 million
2002—11,188 births cost: $27 million
2017—300,000 births: costs, unknown

Dec 28, 2017 – The 4.5 million total anchor babies estimate exceeds the four million American children born every year. In the next decade, the CBO estimates that there will be at least another 600,000 anchor babies born in the U.S., which would put the anchor baby population on track to exceed annual American births. (Source: www.Breitbart.com)

In California, foreign births outrun American birthrates in 2018. Same holds true for Florida and New York.

Shutterstock Roughly: one out of every 12 newborns in the United States can be classified as a so-called ‘anchor baby.’ Pew research … Pregnant women fly here, stay at special hotels and pay sometimes extraordinarily high costs ($80,000.00 per baby) for “concierge services” designed to facilitate the birth of their children.  (Source: www.PewResearchCenter.org)

Additionally, receiving public assistance in 2002 for 25,000 children of illegal aliens cost Georgia taxpayers $42 million annually.  Health care costs to Georgia taxpayers for illegal aliens in 2002 was 64,000 doctor visits which ran Grady Health System into a $63 million deficit.

What is it in your state?  This picture is a small window into the massive fraud being perpetrated on your wallet by your congressional leaders.  What is your senator or congressman doing about it?  The simple answer fulfills French economist Bisbiat’s rule of the unseen.  Your congressional reps assist this fraud!  They encourage it every day by doing nothing about 2,200 illegal aliens crossing our borders and they have done nothing since 9/11 to deport the estimated 13 million that are already here.

With over three million illegal aliens arriving annually, they birth 300,000 anchor babies in California alone and you pay the maximum.  When those legal ‘American’ babies grow to 18, they can ‘chain migrate’ their kin into our country.  We’re talking about a crisis SO huge, your children and this country will not survive it.

Part III:  Ireland and other countries changing their laws to stop anchor babies.

© 2018 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Deborah G. Stevenson

The federal government has no choice. It is the law. The Constitution requires the federal government to guarantee the States protection from invasion.

Article four, Section 4 of the Constitution says,

“The United States shall guarantee to every State in the Union a Republican Form of Government, and shall protect each of them against invasion; and on Application of the Legislature, or of the Executive (when the legislature cannot be convened) against domestic Violence.”

The “United States” means all three branches of the federal government. All three branches – Congress, the President, and the Courts – guarantee each State in the Union to protect each State against invasion and domestic violence.

What is an invasion? Among the definitions listed in the dictionary for of them are: encroachment, flood, inundation, and incursion.

If one person crosses the border without permission, maybe that’s not an invasion. I f many people cross the border without permission, especially if they do so in a coordinated, intentional fashion, in groups, very likely the term invasion does apply.

What is the duty of our government officials concerning this invasion and the enforcement of the law?

Regardless of the political party in power, Article Two, Section 3, is clear regarding the duties of the President,

“he shall take Care that the Laws be faithfully executed”

Moreover Article Two, §1 of the Constitution requires the President to swear to a specific oath of office – “I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully execute the Office of President of the United States, and will to the best of my Ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United Stales.”

Other federal officials are required to swear to an oath of office, as well. That oath is spelled out in 5 US code §1331. Under. that statue, they must swear to “support and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic” and to “well and faithfully discharge the duties of the office.”

Why is this important now?

Now, there are news reports that a new “caravan”, of more than a thousand people, largely from Central America, are moving through Mexico headed directly toward the U.S. border, determined to cross it, seemingly without permission. In fact, it is reported that they are demanding open borders and unfettered access to the United States, it also is reported that one of the groups sponsoring this latest “caravan” has a history of leading other such “caravans” across the borders of this, and other nations, without permission; and it is reported that this sponsor has a “dream” to “turn down border walls”

Looking at the facts logically, this is pretty simple

Is this an invasion? Seems likely to fit that definition.

Is it the sworn duty of the federal government to support and defend the Constitution and guarantee the States against invasion?

Pretty clear that the answer to that is, yes.

Then they have no choice but to act in accordance with the Constitution, and action consistent with the Constitution is long overdue.

Attorney Deborah G Stevenson practices Constitutional and Appellate Law, and is a long time advocate for upholding the rule of law, no matter what the issue involves.

© 2018 Deborah G. Stevenson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Deborah G. Stevenson: stevenson@dgslawfirm.com

When we look closely at how our government works we see that there is little if any regard for our Constitution.  We find this primarily in the Democrat Party, but we also see very little opposition from the Republican Party when the Democrats openly violate the Constitution.  Confronted by an angry Tea Partier with a camera Thursday, an Illinois congressman said in front of several constituents at a town hall that he doesn’t care whether the new health care law violates the Constitution, as some critics have claimed.

In a video posted on YouTube, Adam Sharp of the St. Louis Tea Party asked Rep. Phil Hare which part of the Constitution authorizes the government to mandate that all Americans buy a private product such as health insurance. The Illinois Democrat replied, “I don’t worry about the Constitution on this.”

“Jackpot, brother,” Sharp said.

Hare cringed in disgust and said, “Oh please. What I care more about, I care more about the people dying every day who don’t have health care.”

“You care more about that than the U.S. Constitution that you swore to uphold?” Sharp shouted back.

“I believe it says we have the right to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness,” Hare countered.

When an observer pointed out that those words come from the Declaration of Independence, Hare said, “Doesn’t matter to me. Either one.”

When Sharp pressed Hare to answer where in the Constitution government is granted the authority to mandate the purchase of health insurance, Hare said he didn’t know.[1]

Democrat Representative Pete Stark from California stated at a town hall meeting that Congress pays no attention to the Constitution when making laws.[2] He also stated at another town hall that there is basically nothing the federal government can’t force the people to do.[3] Keep in mind that the majority of the people we have in both houses of Congress are globalists that are slowly moving America towards a One World Government.  The goal is total dominance of the population, no personal property, government run everything.  The main money man behind most Democrats like Obama, Clinton et. al., George Soros stated: ““The main obstacle to a stable and just world order is the United States. [This idea] happens to coincide with the prevailing opinion in the world. And I think that’s rather shocking for Americans to hear.”[4] There is a major push by all the power brokers of both parties and in the world to subvert America forcing it into the OWO. Review information on Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030 to see just how they plan to implement this totalitarian government. Our members of Congress are helping out by legislating in favor of this agenda.  They have grandiose ideals that sound good but to implement them individual freedoms must be removed.  Our Constitution is supposed to be guarded by the people that we elect but they look the other way.  They tell us we need to do this and that for our safety taking away a little freedom each time, but it is really to slowly limit what we can do.  Ben Franklin once stated: “They who can give up essential liberty to obtain a little temporary safety deserve neither liberty nor safety.” This is exactly what is happening in America.  Look at the Nation Defense Authorization Act put in force by George W. Bush it allows the government to arrest an American citizen and hold them indefinitely without charging them with anything, not allowing the person access to an attorney.  That is the tactics of Soviet Russia.  Both Bush’s are globalists.

The duties of the federal government are few and well defined in the Constitution but they have overstepped their authority countless times and because no one has stood up to them they keep overstepping in all areas.  The only land the federal government is allowed to own is Washington, D.C. but they own most of the western states.  California – 49.9%, Arizona – 44.3%, Idaho – 65.2%, Nevada – 87.6%, Utah – 67.9%, Wyoming – 49.7%. ⁵ Why is this allowed?  Nobody from either party will stand up to the feds when they overreach their constitutional authority.  In 1954 Lyndon Johnson, as a Senator, was able to kick the church out of the political arena with what is called the Johnson Gag Order.  For the first time in American history a pastor could not endorse nor oppose a political candidate or party.  The church sat back and did nothing to defend their constitutional rights that had been taken away.

We’ve seen the Courts take away our rights to the point where, in our Christian nation, the Ten Commandments are illegal to display in our public schools: The Ten Commandments were taught in all of America’s schools from 1620 until 1980.  At that time a court ruling was issued stating:            

It is unconstitutional for students to see the Ten Commandments since they might read, meditate upon, respect, or obey them. Stone v. Graham, 1980.[6]  A school teacher is not allowed to be seen with a Bible on school property: It is unconstitutional for a classroom library to contain books which deal with Christianity, or for a teacher to be seen with a personal copy of the Bible at school.  Roberts v. Madigan, 1990.[7] We have ‘freedom of speech’ in schools except when it comes to Christianity: Today, freedoms of speech and press are guaranteed to students and teachers – unless the topic is religious, at which time such speech becomes unconstitutional.  Stein v. Oshinsky, 1965; Collins v, Chandler Unified School District, 1981; Bishop v. Aronov, 1991: Duran v. Nitsche, 1991.[8]

This has happened, in my opinion, because of the failure of the church to raise up people to run for office and to fight for the rights that were being taken away.  Growing up the church we attended, Baptist, preached about NOT going into politics because it was so corrupt. Now we see the results of no godly influence in that arena.  The devil has had a heyday steering America down the path to socialism and the majority of Americans either don’t know it or have enjoyed the ride.  We are leaving our kids with a broken country.  Confused, uneducated and totally ignorant of who we really are.  I. for one, will not go down without a fight.

Foot Notes

1. Democratic lawmaker don’t worry constitution health care overhaul
2. http://newswithviews.com/Anghis/roger195.htm
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W1-eBz8hyoE
4. George Soros quotes government
5. State by state government land
6. Roger Anghis, Defining America’s Exceptionalism, p. 74, (Westbow Press, 2012)
7. Roger Anghis, Defining America’s Exceptionalism, p. 75, (Westbow Press, 2012)
8. Roger Anghis, Defining America’s Exceptionalism, p. 73, (Westbow Press, 2012)

What is Choice?

Would you be surprised if I started this article by saying that every problem we have in America today can be traced back to what kids learn in school?  To be perfectly clear I mean any and every type of school. Due to Common Core and ESSA (Every Student Succeeds Act) all students will answer to exactly the same curricula, standards and data manipulation. Once vouchers are initiated or any other type of Federal Funds), private schools and homeschools will be forced to follow along.  Schools are the lowest common denominator (the one thing that every American attends in some shape or form.) Every American gets their basic information from something they learned in school.

In the ’50s and ’60s, when I went to school, America was in the top ten worldwide.  Americans held our heads high and took pride in ourselves and our country. We invented more energy saving devices, helped humanity and produced millions of patents (by then) for American innovators. We created more millionaires than any other country. Americans had real heroes to follow—today the heroes are comic book versions. Our students followed wonderful examples and became heroes themselves creating the best military, the best industry, the best and most successful country worldwide. But as a teacher, I began to feel the seed of socialism beginning to grow as my texts and supplemental materials began to morph into “Modern Education”.  I noticed the math books no longer taught budgeting, financing and had little or no economic references.

I went to a “Teachers College”, a college devoted to actually training teachers how to teach, not the five-week course given today by Teach for America.

I attended continuing education classes every year I taught. While I was in those classes, I began to notice a change taking place.  Phonics was out and whole word reading,

(a failed program) was in.  Learning math facts were out and feeling good about math was in.  We, teachers, were ever so slowly being told that facts were not important; the emphasis should be placed on values. “But whose values?” I thought. The New School of Social Research, NYC, was a John Dewey incubator. It was there I learned John Dewey’s theories. I learned the truth about the shift from Traditional Education—fact based—to Modern Education—value based—and its father, John Dewey).

The prime objective, the goal, the underlying principal, the original intent of “Modern Education” school was to dumb down the kids. The heroes of Modern Education told us continually that the populace should not be educated, because they are incapable of thinking for themselves.  People are basically dumb, they said, they are nothing more than animals with two legs.   Therefore, it was their job to keep the dumb people happy so their brilliant leaders should tell the people what to think. Following Edward Louis Bernays,  (Sigmund Freud’s nephew), of combining psychology and propaganda, multiple and proven faulty programs were instituted in public schools to make America dumb.  Bernays knew he could combine the message and turn the heads of Americans into buying anything he promoted. In one campaign, Bernays decided that bacon and eggs was the true American breakfast. He also promoted the idea of thinness so more women would smoke, not eat. Bernays knew and understood the power of words and used them to promote emotional responses forcing action. The socialist message was then pushed through the media and Hollywood, supporting what was taught in school.

Psychological manipulation replaced independent thought as most educational programs followed the academia of socialists from pre- war Germany, demanding the acceptance of the theory of Evolution (Secular Humanism) and making sure this theory was paramount in schools. The immediate push was to get G-d and morality out of schools. When children are taught that they can do whatever they want without consequences, you would be shocked at some of the things they do.

Finally, in 1963, the Supreme Court eliminated prayer in schools. As the Ten Commandments came down, perversion and acceptance of perversion went up. Secular Humanism teaches that there is nothing else outside the universe. Man is supreme, no heaven or hell, nothing to be accountable for; therefore anything goes. Man is accountable only to himself.  Man becomes God. (The Jesuit, communist Pope Francis just proclaimed that there is no Hell.)

Because of the lack of history and references, the founders of Modern Education and their theories were often omitted. Today most Americans have no idea whose theories they follow. People educated in the ’50s-’70s have no idea of the change in school curricula.  Modern Education was drawing conclusions from the manipulative academia theories promoted by people like:

Georg Friedrich Hegel—in his universe, there is no real G-d handing down His law to His creatures, therefore the only law that exists is man’s law. Man becomes G-d. His psychological dialectic is taught as gospel today.

Karl Marx—Man is just matter in the universe.  The education of all children, from the moment that they can get along without a mother’s care, shall be in state institutions at state expense. Democracy will not survive…people will vote themselves all the money in the treasury and bankrupt the nation. He believed that promoting the call for class warfare—dividing the people—will lead to their demise making them easier to control. Recognize “cradle to grave education”?  “It Takes a Village”?

Vladimir Lenin—He believed that an educated populace demands more from their government, therefore it is the duty of government to dumb down the populace.

Sigmund Freud—Most people do not really want freedom, because freedom involves responsibility, and most people are frightened of responsibility. He believed that people were victims of their experiences.  The constant lying is a perfect example of Psychological Projection, one of Freud’s theories (and one of Hillary’s favorites).  Freud loved and promoted blame shifting.  In order to be a good liar, you have to have inside knowledge of the deed and the steps involved.  (That is why Dems can run around yelling Russian Collusion.  They were involved in Russian collusion so they know what to expect. You project your trait on your opponent and build a case against them because you know how it works.)

John Dewey, Father of Modern Education—Progressive education is essentially a view of education that emphasizes the need to learn by doing. Dewey believed that human beings learn through a “hands-on” approach. This places Dewey in the educational philosophy of pragmatism (theories are measured by their success). As a philosopher, social reformer and educator, he changed fundamental approaches to teaching and learning. His ideas about education sprang from a philosophy of pragmatism and were central to the Progressive Movement in schooling. To Dewey, the central ethical imperative in education was democracy—a democracy is nothing more than mob rule, where 51% of the people may take away the rights of the other 49% (Teaching democracy in school is why Americans think America is a democracy). Look at the texts today promoting a democracy. America is NOT a Democracy. How many students know that?

Traditional education relies on teachers’ authority and rote learning of life skills. Progressive Education relies on “teaching” what the students are interested in. Learning by doing will give the student life skills. Dewey critics feel that students will fail to acquire basic academic skills and knowledge while classroom order and teachers authority would disappear. Oops.

School democracy is paramount as the school community and work would be merged (School to Work).  It is the job of the school to train the student in community service to gain a feeling of accomplishment; only then will we achieve Utopia.

Margaret Sanger,  (Yes, Bill’s father)—started Planned Parenthood with the intent of survival of the fittest, population control, elimination of inferior races (like Negroes) and eliminating the handicapped. Wonder why Bill Jr. is so big on abortions and vaccines to control population? William had close ties to Hitler. No surprise here.

Skinner/Pavlov,  – People are no more than animals and should be trained as such.  Stimulus/Response learning.  This is perfect theory for that computer will continually feed the student questions until the student answers are perfect as required.  No free thought here.

By eliminating history, who knows the theories and roots of Modern Education? Yet their failed programs like Eureka Math, Whole Word Reading,  and failed Common Core,  are forced on our students. It should be no surprise that Millennials prefer socialism. That is what they are learning. They have no idea what America stands for. If there is no truth, then lies are accepted. Compliance, apathy, blind acceptance of any government program is demanded. Disagreement will not be tolerated. They (globalists, socialists, progressives) are good, conservatives or anyone who disagrees is EVIL. End of discussion.

Once lying becomes accepted, lies become the new normal. To learn the truth, one must know that leaders lie; then research to find the opposite of what lying leaders report. Leaders practice newspeak—whatever they say, the opposite is usually true. A recent example of newspeak was CNN host Brian Stelter, who admits that CNN often includes sharing lies and misinformation with the American public.  Why?  For Ratings—which equals Money! After all, one of their icons, Karl Marx said:  “The last capitalist we hang shall be the one who sold us the rope.” Here we have capitalists who made fortunes, telling you the door to prosperity is closed by convincing students to be children until age 27 (Obamacare), become renters (slaves of landlords), the one with the biggest debt wins, an entry level job is all you can hope for, you are a victim of your life circumstances. Only the government can help.

When we keep our youth as children, refusing to allow them to grow up and have free thought, we see the results. David Hogg (age 17),  Parkland survivor, constantly refers to himself and his peers as children.  Using Bernays’ approach, calling everyone children, Hogg will elicit the desired response. After all, no one wants to “harm the children.”  How will America’s youth be prepared for the perils of life and the dangers? Do they know that other countries teach their youth to be warriors? https://clarionproject.org/mommy-sent-me-to-die/

Recently many talk show and media hosts kept asking the same question, How does Hogg know what to say? He is using the talking points as the DNC and he is only 17. People were amazed at his mastery of talking points.  Does anyone realize that David and class of Millenials are being taught Saul Alinsky strategy?  David knows Alinsky’s, “Rules for Radicals” and exercised it brilliantly on Laura Ingram.  You have to be taught to be an activist, to hate, to accuse, to lie. We are living the results. When students are taught to hate America, whites, Jews, guess what, they hate. Tucker, Rush, you want the answer to “Why” and “How”, the answer is “What’s in your school?”

Class warfare and victimization are high priority in schools. Students are trained that there is only one side of an argument because if what you believe is for the common good, then any opposing point of view is evil. Evil must be tuned out…or in extreme cases snuffed out. Freedom of speech can only be tolerated if everyone believes the same thing. If you are a victim, you cannot be successful; because if you are successful, you are not a victim. School perpetuates a society of lifelong dependents on government assistance.

By giving a trophy to everyone so no student will feel bad creates an abnormal view of life. Students believe that everyone must have the same and equal outcome of life. Social justice means equal outcome. This theory never takes into consideration that life circumstances are different and unpredictable and humans have different thoughts and experiences. Therefore, when disappointment comes, it becomes extreme: making life not worth living. More teens today turn to suicide, drugs, liquor. Criticism is unacceptable—it may hurt your feelings. Competition is out—no one can be better than another. Innovation is out—if you can’t be different, then why create?

Students are taught that G-d is dead, man is the ultimate god, human life is only for the here and now. You are accountable to you, so anything goes. If someone else gets in the way, do whatever you want to feel better; too bad for them. When students read about abuse in school literature, they believe abuse is the norm.

Recommended Summer Reading List for 11 Yr. Olds, FLDOE supplemental reading list—There are over 60 books containing sexually explicit material on the list recommended for young children.  Are these books age appropriate for 11 year olds?

Examples: “The Bluest Eye” by Toni Morrison (graphic depictions of incest between father and daughter, rape, violence) – RATED YOUNG ADULT – Page 181: “The little girls are the only things I’ll miss. Do you know that when I touched their sturdy little t*** and bit them—just a little—I felt I was being friendly?—If I’d been hurting them, would they have come back? . . . They’d eat ice cream with their legs open while I played with them. It was like a party.” Pages 84-85: “He must enter her surreptitiously, lifting the hem of her nightgown only to her navel. He must rest his weight on his elbows when they make love, to avoid hurting her breasts…When she senses some spasm about to grip him, she will make rapid movements with her hips, press her fingernails into his back, suck in her breath, and pretend she is having an orgasm. She might wonder again, for the six hundredth time, what it would be like to have that feeling while her husband’s penis is inside her.” Available in media centers at Gulf Coast HS, Naples HS, East Naples HS Golden Gate HS, Lely HS (2 copies) Palmetto Ridge HS (2 copies) and Immokalee HS (18 copies) 

Beloved by Toni Morrison—It contains steamy sex, sex for favors, a white male guard forcing a male black prisoner to perform oral sex on him, calling it “breakfast”; a black slave mother kills her infants, decapitating her daughter with a handsaw and then attempts to kill her three sons). It also includes three references to males sexually molesting animals – RATED YOUNG ADULT. Available in media centers Corkscrew MIDDLE SCHOOL, Gulf Coast HS, Barron Collier HS, Naples HS Lely HS (2 copies), Palmetto Ridge HS, Golden Gate HS (2 copies), Immokalee HS (3 copies) and Lorenzo Walker.

Once you create an atmosphere of hopelessness, vulnerable victims are easy to control. If they kill themselves, there is one less mouth to feed. Unless there is a political reason to make an example, the killing of individuals often goes unreported in cities like Chicago and Baltimore.  “The overwhelming content of these types of stories and victimization, racism and bigotry are not teaching our children to be good citizens, but victims of an oppressive culture and with moral values that ‘anything goes’.”—Deirdre Clemons, educator and mother of 10. 

Even though the individual may be trained, progressives/globalists/socialists must attack the last the last bastion of morality, the family.  The traditional family must be broken, for it is in the way and must be replaced by your school family.  Kids are told that anyone over 30 is stupid, family stands in the way of you doing what you want.  Therefore, it is OK to ignore, run away, to destroy, to kill anyone in your way. The family must be destroyed at all costs.  Welfare, school programs and single parent homes contribute to the welfare and attitude of the individual. When there is “no place to turn because Mom and Dad are stupid and know nothing”, students turn to school.

So where in a textbook can I find this information from public schools to the kids?  You might not. Information is subtle, hardly noticeable, impossible to analyze or describe. In a literature textbook, Voices, you will find passages like :  Mom ______ her daughter to make the bed. Answers: tells or nags.  The correct answer is NAGS.  So when Mary goes home and mom asks for help, Mary says, “Stop nagging me.”  This creates a small wedge between Mom and child.  Do this enough and Mom and child will stop talking. Get the picture?

By commandeering the language, parents will talk to children and children will respond but often the result will be an argument. Why? Because the definitions of word have been changed or eliminated. Diversity is one of those words that come to mind. Diversity simply means variety. Yet today we have diversity training, diversity classes, diversity degrees.  Why? Because the word diversity now has a different meaning.  “…diversity as a representation of fairness and protection to all, regardless of gender, race, religion, ethnicity, or sexual orientation. Inclusion demanded on? boomers, gen-Xers and employers in the business environment integrates individuals of all of the above demographics into one workplace.” (Notice what is missing: ABILITY.)  Business people know that time is money and the one making the fewest mistakes wins. Yet business are forced to be “diverse”, not excellent.  The globalists went off the rails when Secretary Pruitt said that the Department of the Interior does not use the diversity criteria to pick workers; they use ability.

Sustainability is another word with a new definition.  If we follow its author?: Gro Harlem Bruntland, Hillary’s friend, we learn that sustainability is “meeting the demands of the present generations while preserving the rights of future generations to meet their own needs.” In other words NO GROWTH. This is the transformation Obama talked about. He tried. America experienced sustainability throughout his 8 years as President.

Mediocre students focused on feelings, not ability, produced by schools, create a workforce of mediocre workers prone to errors, as common sense is a thing of the past. Many cannot ever read instructions.  Just look at the government (school and Sheriff) in Parkland that allowed a shooting to occur; or the pedestrian bridge in Miami whose engineer said she was more concerned with esthetics than strength and foundation; or the Army Corps of Engineers who let the NOLA? dykes (levees?) decay.  Dumbed-down workers following unproven theories created by mediocre people are recipes for disaster.

When you need repairs in your home from, say, a plumber, do you check to see what race? ethnicity? religion?  Or do you want the best person for the job?  Do you want to buy the best product or the one made by the most diverse company?   Look at Parkland. Here is a perfect example of what happens when you do not choose the best. The mediocre but diverse government (school and Sheriff) took a Promise Grant,  NOT TO REPORT CRIME. So they didn’t. The result is 17 dead for a crime that could have been stopped. But the kids were told, “It’s the gun’s fault”.  So, like little soldiers, they marched against guns.  Mob rule. Where is the common sense?

Mediocre students with no common sense become mediocre adults with no common sense, who work in government and industry creating mediocre government and industry. How many times must we hear “the government failed” before we turn our heads to the cause…mediocre school curricula? “Modern Education” is globalist thinking, forcing the “We are the World” mentality; not “we are proud Americans”. Forgotten are the days when the American Dream meant Pride in Ownership; when competition between nations led to innovation and new ideas flooded the marketplace. Trade, economy, competition and sovereignty were not dirty words to be espoused by those hoping to make America mediocre in order to fit in with the rest of the world. Desire to excel is suppressed by the desire to fit in. In order to “fit in”, students are taught to subordinate America’s leadership role in the world because America is the cause of all world problems. World leaders cannot have America stand out—home ownership, business ownership, gun ownership must be stopped.

While we treat our youth as babies until age 27, the rest of the world scratches its head. America creates gun free zones, while the rest of the world trains for terrorist attacks. In America we give a bucket of rocks for defense while in Israel, the students learn gun safety.  For those of you who still think that the purpose of school is to educate, I strongly recommend Samuel L. Blumenfeld’s book, NEA—Trojan Horse in American Education.

The world can be an ugly place.  Are your children prepared?

Notice the flag in the background: this is Israel 2018 Where Teachers Carry CAR-15s

Where it’s mandatory that young people serve in the Military … and be armed 24/7

Where they eat right and don’t overmedicate … Where the murder rate for the whole country is a fraction of Nashville’s …

Where parents teach respect and values instead of letting Disney and X-Box raise their children …

Where people stand for their flag and would defend it with their lives.

WE DON’T HAVE A GUN PROBLEM; WE HAVE A SOCIETY PROBLEM PROMOTED IN SCHOOL

W.A. Johnson’s Daily News Digest summary is the best description of our current school system. “An educational mafia captured the high ground of American public education in the late 1800s by their own words and deeds, their carefully orchestrated, partially hidden agenda has deliberately steered the public schools, its teachers, and children down a disaster road to socialism, secular humanism, radicalism, planned failure of reading, writing and math, suffocation of Christianity, the trashing of basic values and the establishment of one of the most powerful dangerous unions, the National Education Association (NEA).”

Now that you know what is going on, what can you do? America was created to give its citizens a voice in their government. Remaining silent is affirmation. Now you know the truth.  The great thing about the truth is once you know it you can’t unlearn it.  Don’t be fooled by promises of “choice” in schools.  Trust but verify.  Common Core by any other name is still Common Core. What are your students learning? For it does not matter where a child learns, it only matters what they learn.

Will you look at what students in your community read?  Will you expose the errors, blatant lies and misrepresentations?  Will you run for office or support a candidate who believes in America? Will you share the information with others especially those who have different opinions?  You have the power. Will you use it or give it away? We are destroying the minds of America’s future. We cannot expect those in power to “fix” anything.  We know their goal: Illiteracy. The only fix will come from Americans coming together to make a change. I will not participate in the destruction of America, will YOU?

Make America Great Again. Bring back TRADITIONAL EDUCATION!

© 2018 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

In nearly every community of the nation the policy called Sustainable is the catch-all term for local planning programs, from water and energy controls to building codes and traffic planning. The term “sustainable” was first used in the 1987 report called “Our Common Future,’ issued by the United Nations Commission on Environment and Development (UNCED).  The term appeared in full force in 1992 in a United Nations initiative called Agenda 21.

According to proponents, the official definition of Sustainable Development is “Development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.”  In 1993, the UN further described its purpose, saying, “Effective execution of Agenda 21 will require a profound reorientation of all human society, unlike anything the world has ever experienced.” The most often used phrase to describe Sustainable policy is that it’s a “comprehensive blueprint for the reorganization of human society.”

These are strong pronouncements concerning our future. How could such ideas be imposed? Who could coordinate such an effort to reorganize our entire society? There are many private non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and government agencies involved in creating and implementing the national sustainable policy program on the state and local levels. But there is one that seems to stand in the center of them all.

The American Planning Association (APA) is the premier planning group operating across the nation. It has a long history in the development process, thus is trusted by elected officials to be a responsible force as they spread the gospel of “common sense” community planning to assure healthy, happy neighborhoods from which all may benefit. Above all, the APA strenuously denies any connection to the United Nations or any silly conspiracy theories like the so-called Agenda 21! Everything the APA promotes, they assure us, is based on local input for local solutions to local development planning. Here is a solid group you can trust!

So, it’s interesting to note that the American Planning Association is part of the Planners Network. The network is officially run by a group called the Organization of Progressive Planners. According to the Network’s website, it’s “an association of professionals, activists, academics, and students involved in physical, social, economic, and environmental planning in urban and rural areas, who promote fundamental change in our political and economic systems.”

On a visit to the website PlannersNetwork.org, one will find in its Statement of Principles this quote: “We believe planning should be a tool for allocating resources…and eliminating the great inequalities of wealth and power in our society … because the free market has proven incapable of doing this.”

That statement is advocating redistribution of wealth, social justice and even aspects of psychological manipulation, also called social engineering. That, then, is what nearly every planning group in nearly every community advocate in their planning programs. It is clearly the official policy of the American Planning Association. Still the APA insists that its planning has nothing to do with Agenda 21, even though APA’s planning goals are the exact goals of Agenda 21, and its undated version called the 2030Agenda.

Tactics used by the American Planning Association

Okay, let’s get down to the nitty-gritty. How do planning groups like the APA really control opinions and gain support for their planning ideas? How do they overcome the fears as they impose plans that destroy private property and change the entire structure of the community?

Here’s a recent example:

A few years ago, with great fanfare, the American Planning Association (APA) reported results of a survey the group had conducted, “Planning America: Perceptions and Priorities,” showing that the anti-Agenda 21 “crowd is slim.” Said the report, only 6% of those surveyed expressed opposition to Agenda 21, while 9% expressed support for Agenda 21 and 85%, “the vast majority of respondents, don’t know about Agenda 21/2030.”

Typically, APA is using the survey to formulate the image that opponents to Agenda 21/Sustainable Development are just a lunatic fringe with no standing and of no consequence in the “real” world. They continue to portray Agenda 21 as simply a 20- year-old idea, and just a suggestion that planners and local governments might consider.

However, a closer look at the full survey, plus additional APA reports reveal some interesting and, in some cases, astounding facts.

First the survey:

It was designed to show public support for “Planning.” This has become an obsession with the “planning community” because of the growing opposition to Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development.

According to the APA, the findings of the Survey reveal that: only one-third believe their communities are doing enough to address economic situations; it says that very few Americans believe that market forces alone (the free market) improve the economy or encourage job growth; 84 % feel that their community is getting worse or staying the same; community planning is seen as needed by a wide majority of all demographics.

Those are pretty astounding findings. It looks like these “honest” planners have their fingers on the pulse of the nation. Well, not so fast. Let’s look at the actual questions the APA asked to get these results.

For example, Finding #4: Community planning is seen as needed by a wide majority of all demographics (79% agree; 9% disagree; and 12% don’t know). Wow!

But here is the actual question that was asked: “Generally, do you agree or disagree that your community could benefit from a community plan as defined above?” The definition provided in order to answer the question was this: “Community planning is a process that seeks to engage all members of a community to create more prosperous, convenient, equitable, healthy and attractive places for present and future generations.”

Asking the question in that manner is akin to holding up a picture of a rent-a-wreck car,  along side one of a Ferrari and asking which one would they want to drive. Give me the pretty one please – say 79%. In fact, in some actual planning meetings they do just that – hold up a picture of the downtown area depicting decaying, dreary buildings versus one of a shining, beautiful utopia, and they literally say, “which one do you want?” If the answer is (of course) the pretty one, then, YES, the community supports planning!

It’s obvious that the APA is playing word games with its surveys and definitions of planning. No wonder such an overwhelming majority answer in the affirmative to such questions. And, yes, maybe a lot of Americans don’t know what Agenda 21 really is. However, if the APA asked real questions that gave a solid clue as to the planning they actually have in mind, it’s fairly certain they would get a much different response – whether the person answering had ever heard of Agenda 21 or not.

For example, listed below are some sample questions that could help the APA take the real pulse of the community – if they wanted to be honest. I challenge the American Planning Association to ask THESE questions in their next survey:

10 Real Questions Planners Should Ask the Public

1- How do the citizens feel about planning policy that forces them to move from their single- family homes with the garage for the car/s and a backyard for the kids to play with the neighbor kids? Do they want to live in a high-rise where they have to take their kids down 12 flights of stairs and walk to the designated play park? Do they still support such “Planning?”

2- How do the citizens feel about planning with a goal to eventually ban cars? This will be accomplished by planning programs that will narrow or eliminate roads, making it harder to drive cars, then eliminates parking spaces, then forces cars to “share the road” with bicycles and foot traffic as regulations are put in place to make it illegal to even pass this slower traffic? Do they still support such “Planning?”

3- How do the citizens feel about planning that enforces the creation of light- rail public transportation with a limited number of riders – yet cost overruns could triple or quadruple their taxes so much that it would literally be cheaper to buy each potential rider a brand new Rolls Royce, and even throw in a chauffeur for good measure? Do they want to live without a car that would take them wherever they want to go, be it the grocery or the beach, on their schedule instead of a government created train or bus schedule? Do they still support such “Planning?”

4- How do the citizens feel about planning with today’s mandatory smart meters that can overcharge users by 284%? What if such planning forced you to buy all new appliances which can be controlled and even turned off by the utility company without warning – all to enforce energy-use levels as required by arbitrary and unsubstantiated “planning standards,” Do they still support such “Planning?”

5- How do the citizens feel about planning that forces taxpayers to pay for plug-in stations for electric cars that hardly anyone wants or uses, for the specific purpose of eventually forcing people to buy electric cars? Do they still support such “Planning?”

6- How do the citizens feel about planning that creates non-elected boards, councils, and regional governments to enforce their UN-inspired policies, which actually diminish (if not eliminate) the power of the local officials they elected, severely reducing citizen input into policy? Do they still support such “Planning?”

7- How do the citizens feel about planning that forces all housing to conform to specific government design, including projects of multi-family buildings that are forced into their neighborhoods, resulting in the reduction of property values and freedom of choice as to where and how each may live? Do they still support such “Planning?”

8- How do the citizens feel about planning that enforces international building codes and international electrical and plumbing codes designed to require major retrofitting in existing and new buildings to comply, including enforcing every building to look alike, have the same setbacks and even the same trees and shrubs. The result is the creation of a one size fits all society, ignoring local needs and desires of the residents? Do they still support “Planning?”

9- How do the citizens feel about planning that forces rental property owners and landlords to take in tenants that can’t afford their properties, so that they are forced to accept far less income for their investment, which will mean they cannot afford to maintain the property and earn their living,  thereby destroying the rental industry and reducing housing choices? Do they still support “Planning?”

10- How do the citizens feel about planning that uses the power of eminent domain to take property and destroy small, locally owned businesses from lower income and ethnic neighborhoods, forcing the former residents into federal housing programs where their only option is to rent rather than having the chance to build equity and personal wealth through home ownership in the American Dream? Do they still have compassion for such “Planning?”

These are the realities of Sustainable Development planning programs, usually under the term Smart Growth. These policies are taking over local governments across the nation and the victims are mounting. Yet the planners ignore these results as they get fat off the federal grants that enforce the Sustainable plans.

Challenge the American Planning Association to stop whitewashing their plans into sounding like innocent, non-intrusive local ideas for community development. Ask the questions so that they reflect the real consequences of the plans, and then see if the 85% now are so eager to ignore the effects of Sustainable Development. The number one truth about the Sustainable policies that the APA imposes on every community is that none of it is LOCAL!

There is only one right approach for a community to come together to discuss and solve common problems: open discussion, honest debates and votes, and above all, a full concentration on the protection of private property rights as the ultimate decider.

This article is taken from information included in Tom DeWeese’s new book, “Sustainable, The WAR on Free Enterprise, Private Property, and Individuals.” Book details and ordering may be found at www.sustainabledevelopment.com

© 2018 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese:  Contact Tom DeWeese

Apparently, the Catholic Pope has had a revelation in a recent interview that there is no hell.  People don’t go to hell if they reject Jesus they just disappear and cease to exist.  This is according to an interview with Eugenio Scalfari and from his article ‘It is an Honor to be called a Revolutionary.’ This has caused the Vatican leadership to go in rapid spin cycle about what the Pope said or didn’t say.

What does the Holy Bible really say about Heaven and Hell?  The Vatican has denied that the Pope or Catholic church believe there is no hell.  At the very least either Scalfari is a total liar or major impressions or words were stated by the Pope.  Maybe in the Pope’s mind he believes hell is just separation or disappearance from God and not punishment as in our classic views of hell.

For many on the fence or who just can’t quite believe who Jesus really is.  at least they now can live life the way they want and won’t be in a hell of misery.  They will just go ‘poof’ and disappear.

No doubt a real Christian Pastor, Pope or what ever they all themselves is lead by the God of the Holy Bible and inspired Holy Scripture…not to be ignored or changed as the Bible warns.  So, let us see what the Bible says about hell being real or not.

Below are just some of the scriptures I found in my NIV translation of the Bible.  You make up your mind and you decide who or what is your authority or source regarding hell.

What does the authoritative Holy Bible say in just a few of the scriptures I found?

Romans 21:8 ‘But the cowardly, the unbelieving, the vile, the murderers, the sexually immoral, those who practice magic arts, the adulteress and all liars…they will be consigned to the fiery lake of burning sulfur.  This is the second death.’

Matthew 25:46 ‘They will go away to eternal punishment, but the righteous to eternal life.’

Psalm 9:17 ‘The wicked go to the realm of the dead, all the nations that forgot God.’

2^nd Thessalonians 1:9 ‘They will be punished with everlasting destruction and shut out from the presence of the Lord and the glory of his might.’

Matthew 13:50 ‘…and throw them into the blazing furnace, where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.’

Acts 2:27 ‘because you will not abandon me to the realm of the dead, you will not let your holy one sees decay.’

Mark 9:43 ‘If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off.  It is better for you to enter life maimed then with two hands to go to hell, where the fire never goes out.’

The truth is that the political world, the sinners who want to sin in the world and some spiritual high ups in many denominations who want and feel pressured to white wash the truth, make up new theology at will.  They want to be popular, appeal to emotional swings and be powerful.  Perhaps some also want to make truckloads of money. They turn truth into lies and reveal themselves to be wolves in sheep’s clothing.

The Bible is not only most clear and detailed about heaven and hell existing but gives warnings about changing what is in the Bible and then teaching what isn’t really there.

Jeremiah 23:16 ‘This is what the LORD almighty says: ‘Do not listen to what the prophets are prophesying to you; They fill you with false hopes. They speak visions from their own minds, not from the mouth of the LORD.’

Matthew 24:24 ‘For false messiahs and false prophets will appear and perform great signs and wonders to deceive, if possible, even the elect.

2 Timothy 4 :3-4 ‘For time will come when the people will not put up with sound doctrine. Instead, to suit their own desires, they will gather around them a great number of teachers to say what their itching ears want to hear. They will turn their ears from truth and turn aside to myths.’

1 John 4: 1 ‘Dear Friends, do not believe every spirit, but test the spirits to see whether they are from God, because many false prophets have gone out into the world.’

Regardless of where the facts finally land after the spinning and whirlwind of reaction regarding the Pope at least softening what hell may be, the Bible is most clear about it.  We live in a world where the only way to find inner peace, joy, power and happiness is to believe all of the Bible not just some of it. That means acknowledging right from wrong, and the consequences of sin and rejection of Christ Jesus remedy on the cross.  It isn’t all cake and candy or a disappearing act if you do.

Pope Francis needs to reflect the heart and real word of God and the Holy Bible, not soften it up, throw it out, make it gay friendly, socially acceptable to networkers and popular in a contrived way.  No one is above God, His son Jesus, The Holy Bible and having to stand before him alone at judgment day and answer.  What kind of spiritual leader are you Pope Francis?

© 2018 Laurie Roth – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Laurie Roth: drljroth@aol.com

Works which endure come from the soul of the people. The mighty in their pride walk alone to destruction. The humble walk hand in hand with Providence to immortality. Their works survive.  —President Calvin Coolidge

No Second Special Counsel Warranted

Jeff Sessions, the Attorney General’s office, and the United States Justice Department are not going to appoint a special counsel to investigate anything as it relates to what went on with the Obama FBI, Hillary Clinton, the Uranium One deal, Pay to Play, missing emails, James Comey and the FBI’s leftwing partisans who set in motion the phony Trump/Russia collusion.  He sent a letter to the Chairmen of both the House and Senate Judiciary Committees.

The AG sites the regulations as it relates to special counsels.  “Pursuant to DOJ regulations, the appointment of a special counsel by design is reserved for use in only the most extraordinary circumstances.  The public interest would be served by removing a large degree of the responsibility for the matter from the DOJ. The Department has successfully investigated and prosecuted many high-profile resource intensive matters since the regulations were promulgated in 1999, but the regulations standard had been found to be satisfied on only two occasions.”

And guess what one of those two occasions was!? The appointment of the special counsel to investigate President Donald J. Trump.

Sessions Names John Huber

Sessions has had several federal prosecutors monitoring and reviewing the matters at issue here.  He has now named one of them, United States attorney John Huber of Utah an Obama apointee.  Huber was appointed by Sessions to investigate the FBI’s surveillance of Carter Page and connections between the Clinton Foundation and Uranium One, last  November 2017. The AG has said that Huber will be working with the IG who has purview to investigate both criminal wrong doing and violations of the rules by members of the DOJ and FBI.  The IG can’t prosecute anyone, and Huber will be working with him, and it’s pretty clear in Sessions’ letter that Huber cannot prosecute anyone.

Huber is going to review the matters the IG already has investigated and Sessions will receive his recommendation as to whether any matters not currently under investigation should be opened, whether any matters currently under investigation require further resources, or whether any matters merit the appointment of a special counsel. [Link]

So, Sessions has hired one of their own employees to investigate themselves…what a joke.  It’s Rod Rosenstein’s conduct that is in question, a second special counsel is needed, and it’s needed now!

Sessions Loses Credibility Again

This career US Attorney from outside of DC was selected to alleviate the appearance of being swamp connected, someone from Utah with connections to Mitch McConnell’s boy Sen Mike Lee who strongly endorsed Huber.  Lee has hated Trump from the beginning and still does but has an underserved reputation for integrity. The unknown John Huber was their choice.

Lee is no conservative, one need only check his voting record and where he stands on many issues.  He has promoted virtually unlimited Muslim immigration and lifted caps on several categories of visas.  His stances are anathema to those of President Trump.  Lee supported Ted Cruz and worked diligently to destroy candidate Trump.  He’s another establishment elitist.  His support of Huber is not surprising.

Brilliant or Slow Walking?

Sessions alleges he intends to more fully build his case first – using the Investigation of Inspector General Horowitz in tandem with that team of outside prosecutors.  Remember that Sessions fired all 46 Obama era prosecutors, and Huber was rehired and then reconfirmed under Trump.

In Breitbart’s recent article, George Washington University Law Professor John Turley called it “brilliant” to combine all the powers of the U.S. Department of Justice’s inspector general with a prosecutor who can bring charges, seek indictments, and get results for President Trump far more quickly than a second special counsel.  Really?  It’s been a year and there are no charges!

Slow walking this investigation has infuriated Trump supporters and Congressional investigators.  And if Huber remains in Utah, he has no power to bring charges or seek indictments. Judge Napolitano suggests that should Huber move to D.C., he may be fulfilling the role of a special counsel.  I’m not buying it Judge!

An Investigation to Investigate

We need a more substantive investigation of what was going on with the Obama Justice Department and FBI in terms of targeting Donald Trump.  But all the AG has agreed to do is to promise Congress he’s got these folks led by Huber who will decide whether to investigate! There is no promise of any investigation, just the promise of a review, and an investigation as to whether to investigate.

What about James Comey who just said boo and a special counsel is appointed to investigate President Trump and his people for everything and anything under the sun, and Mueller can look into anything.  We have these “in your face” violations of the law and abuses of power by the Obama Justice Department and FBI, and they’re ignored.  Andrew McCabe even lied to investigators and now he’s whining about it.  Send McCabe a box of pacifiers for his “woe is me crap.” Where is there any serious investigation into what really needs investigating?

And what about the newly uncovered text messages between FBI officials Peter Strzok and Lisa Page which suggest a possible coordination between high-ranking officials at the Obama White House, CIA, FBI, Justice Department and former Senate Democratic leadership in the early stages of the investigation into alleged collusion between the Trump campaign and Russia, according to GOP congressional investigators.  Sounds like the DOJ is sweeping this info under the rug.  Link

Sessions is relying on the Inspector General (IG) Michael Horowitz, an internal watchdog, originally appointed by Obama, and an outside prosecutor, Huber, also appointed by Obama, who is not impaneling a grand jury or doing a prosecution. The prosecutor is just looking at the record and may suggest additional resources.  And nothing is going to be done!

There is no public knowledge of any investigation going on by the Justice Department into any of the matters the public cares about.  We don’t need new prosecutors!  We need prosecutions.

Rep. Bob Goodlatte (R-VA) House Judiciary Chairman, notes that the IG cannot investigate in the same manner that Congress and a second special counsel can, and secondly urges the IG to release his report on the FBI and DOJ corruption in handling the Clinton email investigation before starting on a new project.  He adds, “In the meantime we need the documents that we’ve subpoenaed and we need them unredacted.”  Yeah, well they’re slow walking the documents at a snail’s pace.

Where is the RULE OF LAW?

There is more than enough evidence to arrest Hillary Clinton.  The evidence was gathered by the compromised and lying/leaking former FBI Director, James Comey.  There were repeated incidences of the purposeful mishandling of classified information, obstruction and countless lies.  We don’t need special prosecutors, we need someone to prosecute this very obvious case!

There needs to be a more substantive investigation of what was going on with Obama, the Justice Department and FBI in terms of targeting Donald Trump.  But all that AG Sessions has agreed to do is to promise Congress he has investigators led by the Obama appointed U.S. Utah attorney Huber who will decide whether to even investigate!

The unconscionable betrayal by Sessions of Donald Trump with his recusal has cost our President.  Not just Sessions, but Mueller, Rosenstein, Wray and all of them have each other’s backs, and care nothing about the “Rule of Law.”  The rule of law is the principle that law should govern a nation, as opposed to being governed by decisions of individual government officials such as the cronies in the FBI.

Sessions has lost all credibility with putting a Utah leftist in charge.  Freedom Caucus Chairman Mark Meadows said in a tweet: “So the Obama DOJ can open a legally questionable investigation into the Trump campaign—allegedly based on a campaign volunteer mouthing off at a London bar—but this DOJ can’t appoint a second special counsel after all the troubling documents we’ve seen? Disappointing.”

Disappointing isn’t the only word I’d use.

Goodlatte, Grassley and Gowdy

Sessions’s letter of explanation satisfied a trio of GOP leaders, Senate Judiciary Committee Chairman Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa), House Judiciary Committee Chairman Bob Goodlatte (R-Va.) and House Oversight and Government Reform Committee Chairman Trey Gowdy (R-S.C.), who had sent letters to Sessions requesting a second special counsel.

Goodlatte and Gowdy emerged from nowhere as the faces of the probe into Obama DOJ corruption. They played bad cop until Huber was appointed, now “It’s all good.” Really?

Goodlatte was not well known to many Americans as the establishment tool he has always been, so a few key MAGA-friendly statements over the course of a few months may have served to craft a public persona that fit their needs.

Rep. Trey Gowdy is already well known, though his chronic failures to produce results as in the botched Benghazi sham investigation, have caused many to see him as all bark and no bite, the personification of what President Trump complained about as the typical Republicans populating the GOP. And of course, Gowdy thinks Mueller is wonderful and has lauded his choice for special counsel over and over again.

Conclusion

Two Obama holdovers, Horowitz and Huber are investigating corruption within the Obama administration.  Right, and we should expect results?  Lovely isn’t it…Sessions has not taken charge of this department and he’s failing his boss big time.  Conservatives are apoplectic, believing there is more than enough evidence of wrongdoing at the FBI and widespread conflicts of interest within the DOJ to justify an outside prosecutor.

“If he’s not going to appoint a second special counsel then he should step down,” said Rep. Jim Jordan (R-Ohio), a member of the conservative House Freedom Caucus.

Sessions is not viewed as trustworthy by a large portion of the American people, particularly the informed Trump base.  From what it looks like, the AG is trying to have his cake and eat it, too. He wants to give the American people the illusion of an independent investigation without actually going all the way and appointing a special counsel. There are serious allegations hanging in the air about how the Obama DOJ handled the Trump investigation in the early stages, and the American people deserve a serious inquiry.

How I’d love to see Joe diGenova replace Sessions.  Can you hear us President Trump?

P.S.  Every evening, the CEO of News With Views plugs new articles into the website that pop up in our emails early in the morning.  Funding a website of this size is not a cheap endeavor.  NWVs relies on donations from readers.  Please consider donating every month, and tell your friends to go to the website and sign up to receive great conservative articles from many amazing research journalists.

© 2018 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

We all have read about or witnessed relatives and friends who suffered the horrors of cancer.  As a twelve-year-old lad, I saw up close how that dreaded disease can take down even the mightiest of men, whom for me was my own Dad.  What begins as one bad cell grows into a little lump and if unchecked through great nutrition and good procedures will eventually morph into a massive tumor that can and often will wreak deadly havoc upon the human body.

Many now believe that the root of cancer stems from a combination of negative stress, bitterness, lack of proper sleep, bad eating habits and smoking sugar-cured tobacco.

Of course, if such factors are not corrected or changed, the likelihood of cancer increases dramatically over time.  When or if cancer is detected in the body, swift and decisive action must be taken.  Thanks to increasing nutritional and immune system awareness, more and more people are at least on average living much longer and increasingly being cured.  But without a solid plan of action, including faith, exercising and nutrition, cancer will destroy the host body from within rendering in premature death.

In similar fashion, decades of government school indoctrination created a massive cancer of leftism.  It is an evil philosophy that literally based upon destroying America from within, stripping away our national cohesion and security.  History has shown time and time again that no nation can long flourish with open unsecured borders.  The cancer of leftism is designed to literally eat away our rights.  Compounding the effects of leftism is a malignant Congress that has long refused to care enough to pass tough laws against rampant illegal border crossing into our republic.

The Cancer of leftism has literally eaten away intelligence and common sense throughout society. As a sad result, much of America’s famous can do spirit and know how has been reversed into we cannot do the right thing and we don’t know “nothin” and got that mixed up.  In fact, the United States is wrongly perceived to be a paper tiger nation of idiots.  Why else do you think that ragged rogues from banana republics believe they can just show up to our southern border and shuffle in with no problem?  People throughout the entire world call we Americans stupid. That is because they know many Americans in and out of government will help them screw over our own nation to the tune of billions of dollars every single year.

So far, illegal border crossers receive a taxpayer funded education and better medical care than millions of sovereign American citizens.  The United States is called the most powerful nation on earth.  But yet has conducted the weakest border security possible.  In fact, illegal border crossers and their stupid American born supporters boldly tell us what they want, what they will do to us and instead of being locked up, are allowed to tell us we cannot do anything about whatever they say or want to do.  The cancer of leftism has been literally destroying our quality of life for decades.  Any giant caravan of 1,500 dregs demanding to get into our republic illegally and tries to act upon it should be made to dread the day they were born.

When a nation is so weakened by the corroding cancer of leftism and no longer exercises rational self -interest, illegal border crossers will be emboldened to swoop in to kill, steal from and destroy the framework of that society.  It is not to late to cure our republic from the cancer of leftism.  But we do not have the luxury of an indefinite period of time to right this self- inflicted curse.  It is my prayer that “We the People” will stand together and reestablish the rule of law, a higher moral standard and sincerely seek Providential Guidance.  Through the grace of God, the republic we cure from the cancer of leftism, may be our own.  God bless you, God bless America and may America bless God.

It is my pleasure to bless you with the Ron Edwards Experience talk show Fridays at 1:00 PM PST, 4:00 PM EST emanating from KCKQ AM 1180 Reno, Nevada, www.shrmedia.com and Spreaker.  Or you can catch a rebroadcast of The Ron Edwards Experience Saturdays at 12:00 AM via www.talkamericaradio.com. Don’t miss a page from the “award winning” commentary, The Edwards Notebook on the Captain’s America overnight weekend talk show emanating nationwide to 74 radio stations from flagship WGUL AM 860 The Answer Tampa, Fla. I am also a regular contributor on the Captain’s America overnight talk show, Tuesdays and Thursdays at 5:05 AM and Saturdays at 4:05 AM.  Also, you can enjoy both the Ron Edwards Experience and The Edwards Notebook commentary every day on www.freedominamericaradio.com. For more information please go to my website theronedwards.com.

© 2018 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

Egalitarianism and Marxism mandate the leveling of all outcomes regardless of heredity and environmental influences. The idea is that nobody is allowed to have any advantage over anybody else. Hierarchies of merit or privilege are not allowed to develop. Merit is not officially acknowledged or rewarded. Therefore, inherited wealth is confiscated through estate taxes.

All schools must have equal funding and curricula for each grade level, and courses must be standardized and adapted to the “lowest common denominator” of student performance. Extreme and inconvenient methodology must be employed if need be to suit the purpose, such as busing of students to maintain a preset percentage mix of black and white students.

Now that the school population is more varied than ever in racial/ethnic composition, the classes or student bodies must have a preset white vs. non-white composition. This is constantly tweaked because the population mix is in flux now that other minorities are growing in numbers, so that some continuity of results can be maintained. This is very upsetting to all parties concerned.

Studies indicate that one-half to two-thirds of intelligence is inherited, while environmental influences account for the remaining factors impinging upon intelligence.

As one ages, hereditary influences become proportionately more important than environmental ones. Hereditary factors remain constant throughout our lifetimes, but as we mature we develop more independent thinking skills and discipline which, all other things being equal, reduce the influence of peer pressure or other environmental strictures that shaped our intellect when we were young.. We are be better able to separate the wheat from the chaff in the multitude of media and advertising messages we receive as we learn from experience. This maturing is reflected in improved Intelligent Quotient(I.Q.) over time.

Some far-thinking leftists are beginning to realize this reality–that is the reason for the sudden emphasis on the fabricated and supposed evils of “white privilege”. This concept is that society gives more preferences and advantages to Whites, many times in subtle ways, which thus becomes an environmental consideration vice a hereditary one. Inwardly, however, the leftists know but won’t admit that the advantages Whites may have are based on heredity, and the only way to to ultimately eliminate this privilege would be to do away with Whites.

Therefore, dysgenic miscegenation  is encouraged so that the White hereditary influence is diluted and eventually eliminated. All humanity is to be socially engineered and leveled to the same common denominator to create a “tan man” hybrid. Counter eugenically, the controlled media and the entertainment and advertising industries promote this outcome.

The government and large commercial entities employ affirmative action and diversity goals in their hiring and promotion activities to give financial advantages to non-whites over whites which indirectly fosters higher reproduction rates among the non-whites.

© 2018 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

Closing a 13-point deficit in four weeks, the originally dark-horse GOP candidate, Sam Carpenter, has taken a decisive lead in the race for the Republican nomination for Governor of Oregon, according to the results of the latest survey from Triton Polling and Research.

In this major scientific poll, conducted among more than 2,000 Oregon likely voters, Carpenter edges out establishment-backed Oregon State Representative Knute Buehler by a fraction of a point, 23.1% to 22.9%, said friend and law-enforcement/intelligence colleague, Dr, Lyle Rapacki.

Rapacki, the founder and CEO of private security firm Sentinel Intelligence Services, LLC, noted that former U.S. Navy officer Greg Wooldridge placed a distant third at 4.2%.

The surprising poll comes a month after a Feb. 26, 2018, Triton poll, taken shortly after Wooldridge entered the race, showed Buehler leading Carpenter 31% to 18%, with Wooldridge emerging at 8%. Carpenter is now trending steadily upwards as his competition falls.

“As we had planned from the beginning, we are gaining powerful momentum at this critical point in the race,” said Carpenter, a Bend-area businessman and turn-around specialist running on a Trump/Pence-like platform to Make Oregon Great Again.

“Oregon Republican voters share our conservative values,” Carpenter continued. “They want a nominee who is pro-life, pro free-enterprise, tough on immigration, supports the Second Amendment, and who stands with our Republican President, Donald Trump.” Voters may also be showing displeasure with Buehler, who has recently come under fire for skipping debates and candidate forums with Republican groups. Oregon state Rep. Knute Buehler, long regarded as the front-runner in the race to win the Republican gubernatorial nomination, is irking many of the party faithful by skipping a string of GOP candidate forums.

“It is raising a lot of questions,” said Baker County Republican Chairwoman Suzan Ellis Jones, after Buehler was a no-show at an event this week sponsored by her county party. “People are asking why. You know, it’s peculiar.” In recent weeks, Buehler also did not attend similar Republican forums in Linn and Marion counties as well as at the Republican state convention in Lebanon on March 17 — although he was at a social event where the candidates had a chance to talk the night before, according to state party spokesman Kevin Hoar. His rivals are starting to take notice.

The poll also showed Carpenter performing best of the three candidates one-on-one against incumbent Governor Kate Brown. In this hypothetical matchup, Carpenter defeats Brown by over 5 points, 45.8% to 40.5%. “These numbers dispel the decades-old myth that it takes a moderate Republican who panders to the Portland elite to win,” said Carpenter. “We are winning this primary race by energizing the conservative Republican base and speaking for all of Oregon.”

TRITON POLL ANALYSIS

Triton poll analysis by David Gulliver, campaign manager and policy analyst to the Carpenter campaign:

Now, with this fifth scientific poll of likely Republican voters, conducted in the last days of March, the Carpenter campaign has taken a substantial leap forward. In a period of just four weeks, Knute Buehler fell by 8 points, while Sam gained over 5 points. This is a 13-point swing in less than four weeks, putting the Carpenter campaign into a slight lead – 23.1% to 22.9%! Over the same period, Greg Wooldridge’s campaign has surprisingly crashed and burned. Wooldridge’s support has been cut in half, down to just 4%. From the beginning of the campaign, back in September, our strategy was to ramp up to a modest and growing lead by early April. We did not want to peak too early. And our aim from the start has been to spend less than $100,000 of our total $250,000 primary race budget in the first six months of the campaign – and then aggressively pump the remaining $150,000 into the last two months, when voters will be paying serious attention to individual candidates.

We began that assertive effort March 19th. There is another part of our strategy that has also worked out as-planned. Instead of focusing on fund-raising over these past six months, Sam has spent his time talking with voters – individually and in groups – sharing a consistent message of principled, pragmatic conservatism. Republican voters want to see a candidate who is pro-life, who will defend the right to keep and bear arms, who opposes sanctuary state status, and who supports our President, Donald Trump. See where Sam stands on the issues – Sam IS the conservative candidate who represents real Republican values, and all of the great Oregonians who share them.

Since early September, Sam has expended the majority of his time in communicating one-on-one with Oregon voters. We estimate that over this period, he’s made personal connections with over 100,000 individual Republican voters. The polling shows that voters are responding well to Sam’s open communication, transparency, and willingness to engage. What else did the poll show?

It’s clear that voters who had previously supported Knute Buehler are now starting to reject him. They don’t like that he’s skipping debates (see the Jeff Mapes article), and that he has been focusing more on raising money than on connecting with his own party faithful. And many who initially supported him based solely on name recognition, or his previous alleged “front runner” status, without really knowing him, changed their minds the more they learned.

This important point is sharply evident in these latest poll results. Questions Q8 and Q18 are precisely the same question, and in-between are questions that illustrate some of the main positive and negative aspects of each of the three candidates. Compared to Q8, the answers to Q18 shift dramatically in our favor. (Our goal here with questions Q9 through Q17 was to measure how different messaging might affect voter reaction to each campaign, including our own. We think you’ll see the questions are fair, designed to gauge reaction to valid personal positions and history, rather than to elicit a biased response.)

What happened to Wooldridge? That’s hard to say – but it’s clear that despite an initial splash when he entered the race in February, he has failed to catch on with voters. And what about the large number of undecided voters? Many have been watching and waiting to see how the campaigns progress, and which candidate looks strongest to defeat Kate Brown.

That brings us to another important point: Part of this latest Triton poll matches each of the top three Republican candidates in potential head-to-head races with Governor Brown, with a sample of over 2,000 voters that accurately represents the demographics of the general election. Guess what? ALL THREE Republican contenders beat her – that’s great news for Republicans across the state. But even more telling, Sam defeats her by the largest margin – over 5 points. You read that right: outspoken CEO, conservative political outsider, and unabashed Donald Trump supporter Sam Carpenter has the largest projected margin of victory over the sitting progressive far-left governor, Kate Brown.

Once and for all, this dispels the myth that an Oregon statewide candidate must “swing-left” to win the general election. Over the next several weeks, a heavy majority of undecided voters will move our way. Many have been waiting for a signal that a leader is emerging. Others have already rejected Knute Buehler, but didn’t know enough about the other choices yet to make a decision.

These are the people we are focusing on now in our aggressive multi-media campaign that began mid-March (that includes radio, television, thousands of yard and field signs, volunteer door-knocking and phone-calls, mail, bulk brochure and voter pamphlet distribution, a coordinated letter-writing campaign, and telephone outreach – in addition to our continued focus on social media).

And it’s not just Republicans, either. As the internal numbers on the polls show, significant numbers of Independent/non-affiliated voters – and even more than a few Democrats – will choose Sam over Kate in November. These voters are not going to miss this train…. What is the most amazing thing about all this? We’ve achieved the lead spending only 10% of what Knute Buehler has spent. So far, the Buehler campaign has fruitlessly expended well over a million dollars while we’ve carefully spent just over one hundred thousand. It really is a new era in politics!

How could we possibly be in the lead after having spent so little? It’s the powerful message of course, but especially because Sam has been the CEO of his own campaign, insisting on super-efficiency as he’s carefully led a tight team of managers and volunteers. Creating organizational efficiency is what he does for a living, and he’s very good at it – and as CEO of Oregon, he’ll apply the same methodology to our Salem government.

He says, “I can’t wait to get into the middle of the Salem swamp, to lead the charge to get that bloated monster under control!” (Learn more about Sam’s background as an organizational turn-around expert on his website, www.workthesystem.com.) So, now we begin to focus on the long-goal: defeating Governor Kate Brown. And current polling notwithstanding, we know it’s going to be an epic battle – Brown will have the full support of the media, the unions, and her minions in the Oregon Deep State. And she, and the 15% of voters who make up the no-compromise progressive far-left contingent, will ruthlessly unleash their Clinton/Alinsky-style assaults on all of us.

That’s OK! We’ll be hammering back with equal fervor. In any case, no matter the degree of our success in this primary race, we still must raise a 3-million-dollar war chest to defeat Kate Brown and her progressive far-left in the general election this November. In our estimation, Brown will raise 12 million dollars or more.

Yes, we can remove Governor Brown for a fraction of what she herself will spend. But further, understand this: in the process of beating Kate Brown, we’ll also create an Oregon Red Trifecta, where all three branches of the Salem government will once again be Republican-controlled. The world will be watching as Oregon suddenly transforms into a red state. And this startling transformation will be no less than a dagger in the very heart of progressive liberalism in America.

So NOW is the time for you to help! Send us your contribution today, and get behind our campaign so we can take back control of our government from Kate Brown and the failed progressive far-left – and let’s Make Oregon Great Again!  https://youtu.be/4IaAyWzDUtg

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

By Frosty Wooldridge and RN Stephany Gabbard

Part 1:  The Abuse of the Fourteenth Amendment

Each year, 300,000 to as high as 350,000 pregnant women violate our borders or arrive with visas to birth their child to become a U.S. citizen via an abuse of the 14^th Amendment meant for children of former slaves in 1865.

More disturbing: this “anchor baby” phenomenon allows the mother to stay along with her baby for the next 18 years on your taxpayer dollar. That includes hospital costs, food stamps, housing, medical care and K-12 schooling along with free breakfasts and lunches—paid for by you, the American taxpayer. Additionally, both your U.S. senators and House member have done nothing to stop it in the past 40 years.  Costs hit into the billions and possibly trillions of dollars over the past 40 years.  Ireland became the last country to stop that practice five years ago. It bankrupted them with so many illegals arriving pregnant from Africa.

RN Stephany Gabbard: My commute to work exceeds fifty miles but it gives me time to reflect. It is 1987 and I am an obstetrical nurse working in the crowded San Fernando Valley of California. Tonight I drive to my job in “Labor and Delivery,” knowing the scenario before I arrive. Eight other nurses will battle through the night in this very busy obstetrical unit. Our patients are 99 percent pregnant illegal alien women who have broken United States immigration law to birth an American citizen child.

This will be their families’ entry ticket into the United States. For them, no pesky visa applications and no waiting in line for several years like so many millions that enter this country through the front door. Pregnant Third World women have discovered that the only thing they have to do is cross the U.S.–Mexico border. The Fourteenth Amendment is their ticket.

It is now seventeen years later and things have worsened. The babies I helped deliver are older teenagers. When they turn 21, they will be eligible to bring their family members from Mexico, Central America and South America, i.e., chain migration on an ever-accelerating spinning wheel. Whole industries have now developed around abusing the Fourteenth Amendment.  Pregnant Korean tourists come to the U.S. on travel visas to have their “anchor” babies. Coyotes dealing in human traffic are paid $1,500.00 to $25,000.00 per person to shuttle pregnant illegal aliens across our southern border. Our politicians and elites wink at this blatant law breaking and do nothing. The colonization of our country continues with the cooperation of our government.  That means your senator and representative aid this illegal baby invasion.  None dare call it treason.  Most Americans mistakenly trust their politicians to do the right thing.  Congressional members from every state betray that trust daily.

The Fourteenth Amendment: It’s a simple document, a constitutional amendment drafted after the Civil War to assure that newly emancipated black slaves would never be denied citizenship by the States. The drafters had no idea that years later it would be used to make a mockery of our immigration laws. Alan Wall, an American journalist living in Mexico states, “An illegal alien can cross the border, have a baby five minutes later, and that baby is automatically declared a citizen of the USA automatically.”

The illegal aliens don’t have to go through any legal doors. They are exempt from that. They are, in fact, rewarded for disobeying U.S. laws by having their children granted automatic citizenship. In addition, the happy family is entitled to welfare benefits. And, illegal alien parents who have children born in the U.S. are seldom deported. That’s why their children are called “anchor babies” – they anchor their families securely in the USA.

It doesn’t have to be this way. Most European countries have done away with birthright citizenship because they experienced the same abuses we are seeing. The Irish Supreme Court recently ruled that immigrant parents could be deported even if they have an Irish child. “It was becoming common for ‘single pregnant woman’ to come to Ireland from countries outside the 15-nation EU, most frequently from Nigeria, to claim political asylum,” states Shawn Pogatchnik, AP writer. Ireland saw a wave of immigration abuse and promptly put a stop to it.  Recently, the Irish voted to end birthright citizenship. Britain and Australia both changed their citizenship laws in the 1980’s for the same reasons. If you are born in Switzerland you will not automatically become a Swiss citizen.  Why should Americans allow our country to be invaded by people who do not honor allegiance to our laws?

Allegiance is the key word. Senator Jacob Howard, co-author of the citizenship clause of the 14th Amendment, stated in 1866, “Every Person born within the limits of the United States, and subject to their jurisdiction, is by virtue of natural law and national law a citizen of the United States. This will not, of course, include persons born in the United States who are foreigners, aliens, who belong to the families of ambassadors or foreign ministers accredited to the Government of the United States, but will include every other class of persons.”

The Fourteenth Amendment states,”(A) Persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States.”

However a proviso limits foreigners who have babies in America. It couldn’t be clearer, children of foreigners, aliens or diplomats, who are subject to the jurisdiction of their home country, are ineligible for citizenship. At the time the Fourteenth Amendment was ratified we didn’t have immigration laws. One hundred and thirty-eight years later we are paying for the misinterpretation of it.

Congress has the power to step in and correct this wrong, but don’t hold your breath. There have been several bills dealing with this issue and most have died in committee. Except for a few brave individuals like Tom Tancredo of Colorado and Rep. Goode of Virginia, there isn’t enough chutzpah on Capitol Hill to fill a thimble. Where are the Thomas Jefferson’s and Ben Franklin’s when we need them?

An important case, Hamdi vs Rumsfeld was recently heard by the U.S. Supreme Court. Yaser Hamdi was captured during the Afghanistan war fighting for the Taliban. It was later learned that he had been born in Louisiana to Saudi nationals when his father was employed as a chemical engineer on a work visa. The family subsequently moved back to Saudi Arabia where Hamdi was raised.

Hamdi sued the U.S. government for holding him in a Navy stockade for two years. He demanded full rights of U.S. citizenship since by accident he happened to be born here. The U.S. government wanted Hamdi charged as a non-combatant and denied due process. Rumsfeld representing the U.S. government didn’t raise this issue because he wanted to end birthright citizenship but other groups saw the possibility to finally challenge this fatal flaw in our immigration law that is wreaking havoc on our country.

One such group, Friends of Immigration Law Enforcement, submitted a ‘friend of the court’ or Amicus brief.  They asked the Supreme Court to address the issue of whether Hamdi should be considered an American citizen at all, since at the time of his birth his parents were foreign nationals with no fealty to this nation.

The decision came down last year and just like the rest of the elite establishment in this country the U.S. Supreme Court ignored the issue of birthright citizenship except for a brief statement by Justices Scalia and Stevens stating Hamdi was a “presumed American citizen.”

So we live to fight another day. In the meantime, the invasion/colonization of our country marches on. South Korean women can continue to visit www.birthinusa.com and plan their very pregnant United States vacations!

In Part II: The costs of anchor babies will have you reaching for Excedrin, Advil, Motrin, Paxil and Valium. And, you’ll still be sick to your stomach!

© 2018 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

I hope Mark Zuckerberg goes to jail.

I’m sick of the snot-nosed billionaire and the collection of snowflakes that regulate free speech on the social media Nephilim.

What a bunch of weenies.  No wonder America is in such a mess.  Just who the heck do they think they are when they try to determine for the rest of us what is and is not acceptable speech?  Can I tell you the way that I see it? Oh, and by the way since I’m at it, don’t keep re-electing the same idiots who hate Trump and are screwing you on a daily bases.

Censuring speech is an egregious form of bullying.

It is amazing isn’t it?  I bet little Markie was bullied.  Most of his ilk has been.  It is sort of like Montezuma’s revenge.  First chance he gets he wants to crap all over those who don’t think like him.

I just got banned from Fakebook.  Evidently I said something that Markie and his girlie friends didn’t like and they decided it was time to send me to my room.  Judge, jury and executioner.  Don’t you just love how intolerant the tolerance crowd is?  Judge not tyrannies. They profess love, tolerance and compassion and they have nether. All they have is hate and judgement.

This ban, 30 days, comes on the heels of a previous 30 day ban that I just got released from.  Two hours.  That’s how long it was before I was back in Fakebook prison.  You read that right.  I was banned for 30 days…released for 2 hours…and banned again.

What does it mean to be banned?  They put a sock in your mouth and don’t permit you to post for 30 days.  It reminds me of the movie Cool Hand Luke…they are trying to get my mind right.

“What did they ban you for Coach?” I hear you asking.  “Why don’t you stop saying such offensive things?”

Well, there you go.  You are as programmed as them if you are asking that question.  What does it matter what I posted?  My “friends” choose to read what I post.  They like what I post.  They like what I say.  They have a sense of humor.

It’s not my “friends” that complain, it is some Zuckerberg/Obama groupies that is reading my posts and he/she doesn’t like what I said.  I hear that Fakebook hired hundreds of censors from the bottom-feeding Southern Poverty Law Center to make sure I didn’t say anything that my “friends” might get a chuckle out of.

Those on the Left have no sense of humor.  They are the self-appointed moral agents hell bent on changing words into sins.  Secular sins.  Since they have no foundational moral standard they become the deciders for everyone else what is and is not acceptable.  They are the poison fruit of our university system.

So why was I banned?  Well…the first time it was because I made a post about how violent Islam was. I mean, it is not breaking news or anything.  But that is not the worst part.  The post that I was banned from was SIX YEARS OLD.  That’s right!  Fakebook snowflakes banned me in 2018 for something I posted in 2012.  (I am not making this up.)

Evidently one of those SPLC groupies has been assigned to troll my posts to make sure nobody gets a chuckle out of the obvious truisms that I point out.  The Left hates jokes almost as much as they hate Truth.  Laughing makes their tummies hurt.

So, I get out of Fakebook Jail and 2 hours later they hit me with another trip on the paddy wagon.  This time it was for a four year old post.  It seems that somewhere in the distant past I pointed out that “creepy homos” were trolling kids.  But it was four years ago so I can’t really recall the actual wording.

I wonder if Markie’s girlie men would have banned me if I had said something about “creepy Christians”…or “creepy Republicans”…or “creepy Trump supporters?”  I think not.  But, perhaps I am a bit sensitive.

So let me get this straight.  A homosexual couple can demand a private company bake them a cake but Fakebook can control what my “friends” get to read?

I write this a bit tongue-in-cheek but this censorship is serious business. For too long we have simply laughed the snowflakes off as petulant children but it seems as if it is now the children that the Left has decided to weaponize.

Rush Limbaugh used to joke about school children being “minds full of mush” but that was back in the days when we didn’t really take high school kids seriously.  But times have changed and the Left has pulled out all of the stops in their attempt to destroy all that is good.  I guess I am not surprised that teenage children think they have everything figured out.  Kids have always been like that.  But it is the first time in my lifetime that the adults agree with the deliberately dumbed down teenagers.

Let me see if I have this right.  Aren’t these the same kids who are inhaling condoms?  Haven’t I seen stories on the news about this group ingesting Tide pods?  Isn’t it the same group who have been convinced that Bruce Jenner is actually a woman and that people who expect men to use the men’s restrooms are actually bigots?

Mark Zuckerberg and Fakebook are a scourge upon this nation.  Even they’re defenders are beginning to admit that Fakebook is nothing more than a mind-altering, data-gathering agent of the anti-American, anti-Christian, Clinton/Obama cabal.

Obama hoodwinked into thinking he loved America but behind the scenes he was conniving with the Demon-rats who were intent on goose-stepping us over the Communist-cliff.

Ban Fakebook.  Breakup Google and Youtube. Close down the Universities.

America hangs in the balance.  Put down your darn phone and fight back.

© 2018 Dave Daubebnire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

The Nothing Party, the GOP, can’t bring itself to stop funding Planned Parenthood. Last week, Planned Parenthood once again showed why it deserves to be de-funded.

Keystone Planned Parenthood, of Pennsylvania, threw up a Tweet last week that said, “We need a Disney princess who’s had an abortion”. You know: one of those tiresome cartoon princesses with all the hair. We need one who’s had an abortion.

Hours later, in the face of a wide public backlash, Planned Parenthood deleted the Tweet. Too late: the content has been preserved forever. And it tells us everything we could ever want to know about Planned Parenthood. It’s short enough, mercifully, for us to analyze verbatim. So let’s unpack it and see what’s inside.

“we need a Disney princess who’s had an abortion” –well, it’s Planned Parenthood, aka Abortions ‘R’ Us, so of course they’re going to say that. The target audience for all those princess movies is young girls. So here we are, forking over public money to Planned Parenthood to encourage girls to have abortions.

“we need a Disney princess who’s pro-choice”—Not enough for Ms. Princess to have had an abortion. She’s got to want other girls to have abortions, too. She wants abortion to be presented as a thing good in itself, a public and private boon. Three cheers for abortion!

Naturally Planned Parenthood is going to say those things. But with those two points out of the way, the Tweet begins to reveal more, much more, about Planned Parenthood’s mind-set.

“we need a Disney princess who’s an undocumented alien” –Oh, boy. Can we unravel this? Planned Parenthood wants to abort babies, the more the merrier, and at the same time, import—illegally!—multitudes of welfare cases. And, uh, what does bringing in “undocumented aliens” have to do with abortion? Is it possible Planned Parenthood simply sees a wide expansion of its customer base? “C’mon in, everybody! And get a taxpayer-funded abortion!” To say nothing about expanding the Democrat Party voter base. Which would mean a never-failing reservoir of public money for abortion. Money for Planned Parenthood.

“we need a Disney princess who’s actually a union worker”—What kind of labor union does a princess join?

But it’s not just pure absurdity. Labor unions have always been a major part of any communist or fascist coalition. By forcing normal people to join unions whether they want to or not, these left-wing organizations, collecting involuntarily-paid dues, provide The Party with warm bodies and truckloads of money for political campaigns. So again it’s about supporting the Democrat Party, which supports Planned Parenthood.

Steel yourselves for this last one:

“we need a Disney princess who’s trans”

Good grief. What are we to make of that? What are they even talking about? The latest Disney princess, hair all, who used to be a prince—how in the world does that tie in?

Only in the sense that leftids, like the personnel of Planned Parenthood, drink the whole pitcher of Kool-Aid, trans and all. Somehow they’ve got it worked out that if a lot of people get themselves surgically and pharmaceutically mutilated and call themselves something other than the sex they are, that’s going to be good for the Democrat Party and thus good for Planned Parenthood. Somehow it works out to more abortions. Don’t try to understand it. It’s leftism. If you’re normal, you can’t understand it.

There’s no doubt that the wackos and weirdos at Disney Corp would love to create a movie princess with all those traits and more. The problem is that it’d cost $200 million or so and no one would go to see it but a pervert or an idiot. Unable to collect half a billion bucks of our money every year, as Planned Parenthood does by act of Congress, Disney can’t just whip up a movie that flagrantly insults all decency. They have to be more subtle than that.

We can probably get by just fine with no more Disney princesses at all.

We’d get by even better with no Planned Parenthood.

I have discussed these topics and others throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Why not stop in and visit? A single click will get you there.

© 2018 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

President Trump blasted Mexico and U.S. Democrats in a series of early morning tweets Monday as a caravan of Central American immigrants makes its way largely unfettered through Mexico on its way to the United States’ southern border.

“Mexico has the absolute power not to let these large ‘Caravans’ of people enter their country,” Trump tweeted. “They must stop them at their Northern Border, which they can do because their border laws work, not allow them to pass through into our country, which has no effective border laws….”

America’s sheriffs “from sea to shining sea” this week composed and delivered a detailed letter and petition to all 535 members of both Houses of the U.S. Congress outlining their opinions regarding congressional action on securing America’s southern border.

The controversial letter — that was blasted by the likes of the New York Times, CNN, MSNBC and many other news outlets – was enthusiastically signed by over 310 sheriffs from up to 40 states. The politically-charged action was spearheaded by Sheriff Thomas Hodgson from Bristol County, Massachusetts, considered by most political commentators as being a so-called “Blue State.”

“We’re calling on Congress to take action now, on the security issues at the border and against sanctuary policies in our states, cities and towns. These sanctuary policies directly undermine and limit cooperation and collaboration between local, state and federal law enforcement, making it harder for America’s sheriffs to protect our citizens and legal residents,” said Sheriff Hodgson.

“Congress’ inaction undermines sheriffs’ ability to protect our citizens. Sheriffs across this country have signed this letter because Congress cannot continue to weaken our efforts to make our communities as safe as possible,” National Sheriffs’ Association Executive and CEO Jonathan Thompson said.

Letter sent to Members of Both Houses of U.S. Congress

Dear Member of Congress:

Congress must act to pass legislation to secure our borders through enforcing immigration laws, tightening border security, support the replacement and upgrades to current barriers and fencing and construction of barriers along the U.S. and Mexico international boundary as requested by those areas where it is needed, suspending and/or monitoring the issuance of visas to any place where adequate vetting cannot occur, end criminal cooperation and shelter in cities, counties, and states, and have zero tolerance and increased repercussions for criminal aliens.

I stand firm with my fellow Sheriffs throughout our nation to have our borders secured first, in full cooperation and support of our promise and mission to uphold and enforce our nation’s laws, and we expect nothing less from Congress.

As elected Sheriffs, we have taken an oath to do everything in our power to keep our citizens and legal residents, our communities, and our nation safe. Year after year, we have been warning the Federal government about detrimental increases in transnational drug trafficking, gang violence, sex trafficking, murder, and other escalating incidents of crime by illegal aliens entering our country.

Because Congress has failed to enact the necessary reforms, our citizens and legal residents face even greater dangers, our national security is more vulnerable, and our enforcement efforts have been seriously compromised.

Sadly, today some state and local officials have been enacting policies and giving lawbreakers shelter from being rightfully prosecuted and removed from our communities. In fact, these same laws forbid law enforcement agencies from cooperating with one another, and go as far as forcing the release of dangerous criminals into our communities exposing our citizens and legal residents to be victimized once again.

In a recent announcement a certain state has even stated that they will prosecute law-abiding, hardworking business owners if they cooperate with law enforcement to identify and remove lawbreakers from the community drives our justice system to a new low. We cannot have lawabiding citizens threatened with criminal prosecution for cooperating with the very people who they trust to protect them.

The Sheriffs of this nation and all our law enforcement partners understand that the oath we took to uphold and enforce our laws is the guarantee that they can trust us to preserve their safety and protect their well-being.

The failure of Congress to create legitimate and comprehensive immigration reform for more than 20 years has dramatically undermined our ability to keep our communities safe. This not only puts our law enforcement at serious risk for danger, but further puts them in an untenable situation of violating our oath and promise to enforce the law.

Further delay and inaction on immigration reform will cost more innocent lives, more financial hardships, and an even greater decline in the public trust that is essential to the preservation of our Republic.

Without border security and immigration reform, more Americans will continue to be victims of crime. Now is the time to act!
Signatures of 310 Sheriffs

The National Sheriffs’ Association (NSA) is one of the largest associations of law enforcement professionals in the United States, representing more than 3,000 elected sheriffs across the nation, and a total membership of more than 20,000. NSA is a non-profit organization dedicated to raising the level of professionalism among sheriffs, their deputies, and others in the field of criminal justice and public safety. Throughout its seventy-seven year history, NSA has served as an information clearinghouse for sheriffs, deputies, chiefs of police, other law enforcement professionals, state governments and the federal government.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

“Those who are best acquainted with the last successful resistance of this country against the British arms, will be most inclined to deny the possibility of it.  Besides the advantage of being armed, which the Americans possess over the people of almost every other nation, the existence of subordinate governments, to which the people are attached, and by which the militia officers are appointed, forms a barrier against the enterprises of ambition, more insurmountable than any which a simple government of any form can admit of. 

Notwithstanding the military establishments in the several kingdoms of Europe, which are carried as far as the public resources will bear, the governments are afraid to trust the people with arms. And it is not certain, that with this aid alone they would not be able to shake off their yokes.  But were the people to possess the additional advantages of local governments chosen by themselves, who could collect the national will and direct the national force, and of officers appointed out of the militia, by these governments, and attached both to them and to the militia, it may be affirmed with the greatest assurance, that the throne of every tyranny in Europe would be speedily overturned in spite of the legions which surround it. 

Let us not insult the free and gallant citizens of America with the suspicion, that they would be less able to defend the rights of which they would be in actual possession, than the debased subjects of arbitrary power would be to rescue theirs from the hands of their oppressors.” James Madison, Excerpt from Federalist Paper No. 46

A deranged NFL football player, possibly high on drugs, alcohol, steroids, narcissism, or too many bumps on the head from football skirmishes, pumps nine bullets into the mother of his 3-month old baby and then publicly commits suicide in front of his coach with a handgun.  An out-of-his-skull idiot, doing an imitation of Batman’s nemesis, the Joker, dons body armor and arms himself with an AR-15 and some handguns, open fires in a theater in Aurora, Colorado and kills and wounds dozens of people.

An insane nut walks up to a Congresswoman and her aides with a handgun at a Mall in Tucson, AZ and kills six, including a little girl and a judge and wounds several more.  An Army Officer walks into a room at Fort Hood, Texas and opens fire with a handgun and kills a dozen and wounds more, all the while crying “Allahu Akbar“, (“God is Great” in Arabic).  A deranged rich guy smuggles a bunch of AR-15’s, bump stocks and hundreds of rounds of ammunition into a Las Vegas Hotel and kills 58 and injures hundreds more at a music festival.  A crazy 19-year old walks into a school in Parkland Florida, kills 17 students and wounds more.

In each case, left-wing pundits, sports casters and politicians, drool all over themselves, crying out in righteous indignation that we need more gun control.  They salivate at the chance to blame the Republicans and conservatives for the carnage.  One sports caster, during a recent game, decries the rising gun culture in America.   A Black man, ten cards short of a full deck, calls the NRA the new KKK.  Really!

All of the cries for more gun control totally ignore three very important, factual issues.

1. No amount of gun control will stop insane people from doing insane things, or criminals doing criminal things, and
2. The U. S. Supreme Court has been very succinct about the absolute right of the Second Amendment, and
3. There are very solid reasons why the American people are buying guns in large numbers, the rise of tyranny..

No. 1:  All of the examples we cite in the opening paragraph have one over-riding thing in common.  Each perpetrator, it is safe to say, was out of his mind.  It wasn’t the gun that did the killing, it was the insane person pulling the trigger that did the killing.  Yes, you can kill more people with a gun, but you can also kill people with poison, a knife, a baseball bat, a nuclear blast, or even a car and it happens every day.  You can kill a lot of people with a car (or a truck) and explosives, as another nut did in Oklahoma City on April 19, 1995.  But left-wing zealots aren’t calling for more control on cars or trucks, or even baseball bats, are they?

No. 2:    In two recent U. S. Supreme Court rulings brought to the court by gun rights advocates in Washington DC and Chicago, won their cases and the Court upheld the 2nd Amendment and struck down very restrictive gun control laws in those cities.  Like Roe vs. Wade, the 2nd Amendment high-court decision is not about to be overturned, probably in this Century, unless liberals get in control and poison the Supreme Court with several liberal justices.  Why the left continues to flog this “horse” borders on its own insanity, or perhaps their real goal is to disarm the population and render them impotent to the dictates of an Absolute Democrat Monarchy.

No. 3:    The title of this column is “And Liberals Wonder Why Americans Are Buying More Guns.”

Let’s put it another way.  If you knew that a mob of people were coming to beat you to within an inch of your life, you would, if you could and had the time, arm yourself in the interest of self defense.  If, on the other hand, you lived in a dangerous community where people are being beaten or killed every day, (like South Chicago) a prudent person would not go out without being armed ….. in the interest of not only self defense, but self preservation.

Unfortunately, some threats are not so obvious and happen very slowly.  These slow threats are imperceptible to the average individual such as the slow rise of tyranny.  The slow rise of tyranny in America has happened over the last century with the birth of the Progressive movement in the early part of the 20th Century.  What usually transpires at the end of tyranny’s slow rise, is a rapid increase in tyranny after the perpetrators have indoctrinated the population through propaganda, myth, distortions of the truth and bold faced lies.  The tragedy is, the willing and the unwilling slaves of the Progressive movement get to vote and when they are in the majority, they can control the entire country with their vote.

So why the rising American gun culture?  Because millions of free Americans are rightly concerned about the liberal’s blatant and overt attempt to take over America by Executive Orders, bureaucratic directives, dictatorial fiat and bullying the opposition, not unlike what President Morsi has done in Egypt for the Muslim Brotherhood, wherein he declared himself dictator.

If the U. S. Congress capitulates to the Progressives, as the Roman Senate did to the Emperor of Rome about the time of Christ, the American Constitutional Republic will morph into the American Empire under a liberal “Emperor” as the 500-year Roman Republic morphed into the 400-year Roman Empire.  History tells us Rome collapsed for much the same reasons that America will collapse under Progressivism.

That gun sales are increasing rapidly cannot be denied when reading excerpts from various news sources:

“Right after Obama’s re-election, as the Dow Jones plummeted more than 300 points, Smith and Wesson Stock jumped 10.8% and the stock is now over double what it was at the beginning of the year.”  (Note that the Dow Jones Average soared when Trump was elected)

“Gun-related violent crime in Virginia has dropped steadily over the past six years as the sale of firearms has soared to a new record, according to an analysis of state crime data with state records of gun sales.”  (NOTE: in England and Australia, where the government took the people’s guns away, the opposite is true.  You can go to jail if you even own a gun.)

“Gun buyers swamped retailers nationwide prompting a record 16.4 million instant criminal background checks of potential owners.”

“In October 2012 the number of background checks on people applying to buy guns, an indicator of future sales, increased by 18.4 per cent.  There was a similar jump when President Obama was first elected in 2008. A total of 12.7 million background checks were carried out that year, up from 11.2 million the year before, and the number has been rising since then.”

“Black Friday, Nov. 25, 2011, saw a record for the most background checks in a single day –129,166.  Black Friday, Nov. 23, 2012 background checks were 154,873 up 19.9% from 2011.”

“In the first 3 1/2 years of the Bush administration, the FBI conducted about 28 million background checks.  During the same period of the Obama administration, the FBI conducted more than 50 million.”

Gun sales are still rising today and AR-15’s are going out the door like candy.

It was clear that James Madison knew how Republics turned into empires and he eloquently delineated what happens to a population that isn’t armed in the Federalist Paper No. 46, an excerpt of which appears at the beginning of this column.   Madison also drew attention to the power of subordinate governments that exist in the U. S. System, wherein the 50 states have the power to hold the federal government in check by legally and firmly resisting its actions.

“But were the people to possess the additional advantages of local governments chosen by themselves, who could collect the national will and direct the national force, and of officers appointed out of the militia, by these governments, and attached both to them and to the militia, it may be affirmed with the greatest assurance, that the throne of every tyranny in Europe would be speedily overturned in spite of the legions which surround it.”

Ladies and gentlemen, there should be no surprise that millions of Americans are arming themselves, because the blood of patriots still surges through their veins and they have no intentions of giving up their freedom to the dictates of socialist Progressives, or any other tyrant that happens on the scene.  We applaud the spine and courage of those millions for they are the willing and brave soldiers of this nation’s ultimate liberty.

We predict that as liberals tighten the reins on their grip on power, if we let them, gun purchases will accelerate in preparation for the inevitable fight between the free people of America and the government, to secure not only the people’s survival, but the very survival of freedom itself.  Not only will gun purchases accelerate, but so too will the resistance to government actions, where conflicts between the two sides will frequently erupt into violence.

If the U. S. House of Representatives does not show some spine and hold the line against the Democrat attempts to gain absolute power, our predictions of a violent conflict between the people and the government have a much greater chance of becoming a reality.

We won our freedom against foreign tyranny ….. with guns.  Will we be forced to preserve our freedom against domestic tyranny with guns again?  We hope not!

Ladies and gentlemen, the long, tortured, crooked trail on the way to freedom was full of twists and turns and steep slopes going up and dangerous slopes going down.  For a while, the trail widened and straightened out a bit and we basked in the dawn and then the bright light of freedom.  After over a century of in-attention, we are now headed down a perilous slope fraught with narrow ledges, washouts and potential landslides, with the death of our great nation haunting us at every step.

We’d like to hear your TAKE.

© 2018 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers. NWV believes President Trump had a reason for signing this bad Bill and we don’t believe in throwing the best President since George Washington under the bus. We also believe that a Deep State President would mean the end of America Forever!]

Treason-In general, it is the offense of attempting to overthrow the government of the state to which the offender owes allegiance, or of betraying the state into the hands of a foreign power. –Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

Last week, the news broke that behind the smokescreen of the March on Washington D.C., President Donald Trump did the unthinkable when he signed off on the budget-busting $1.3 trillion spending bill, which is nothing short of a complete betrayal of the American people.  The bill also finances countries that are avowed enemies of America. (Article 3 sections 3 US Constitution) HE SAID THAT IT WAS SIGNED FOR “NATIONAL SECURITY” WHILE FUNDING AVOWED ENEMIES TO AMERICA.

This in part is what we found in the bill:

• $12m for Scholarships for Lebanon
• $20m for Middle East Partnership Initiative Scholarship Program
• $12m in military funding for Vietnam
• $3.5m in nutrition assistance to Laos
• $15m in Developmental assistance to China
• $10m for Women LEOs in Afghanistan
• $1m for the World Meteorological Organization
• $218m for Promoting Democracy Development in Europe
• $10m for disadvantaged Egyptian Students
• $1.371bn for Contributions to International Organizations
• $51m to promote International Family Planning and Reproductive Health
• $7m promoting International Conservation
• $10m for UN Environmental Programs
• $5m for Vietnam Education Foundation Grants
• $2.579m for Commission on Security and Co-operation in Europe
• $15m to USAID for promoting international higher education between universities
• $1m for the Cultural Antiquities Task Force
• $6.25m for the Ambassadors Fund for Cultural Preservation
• $20m for Countering Foreign State Propaganda
• $12m for Countering State Disinformation and Pressure

After reading through the content found in this un-constitutional omnibus bill, I ask, did you vote for this?

Did these treasonous politicians receive delegated authority from “We the People” to implement that which is clearly treasonous? (Article 3, Section 3, US Constitution)

[YouTube Video]

I noticed immediately after this was bill was signed by Donald Trump (Psalm 94:20), today’s conservatives (yesterday’s liberals) were falling all over themselves in an attempt to justify the unjustifiable (Luke 7:30).

They cry out in unison, “Away with the truth, crucify the truth, crucify the truth, we have no King but King Caesar” (John 19:15).

[YouTube Video]

One individual named Schlicther said, “I refuse to lose my mind over the omnibus fiasco, and so should you.”

Another person stated, “What Trump said behind closed doors, after signing the bill, and what he just signed are not the same.”  In other words, he didn’t really mean to sign this $1.3 trillion omnibus bill.  Yes he did, because he did it.  Remember, the man in private and the man in the office are one in the same (Luke 6:43-45).

Then we have another who wrote an article titled:

Omnibus Bill: “Trump Outsmarted The Deep States Again, The Wall is Being Built” Really? Friends you cannot make this stuff up! Shameful!  (Jeremiah 3:3)

These people are the problem. Today’s conservatives, or lack thereof, along with the corrupt politicians, at length, are attempting to justify themselves, which neither can (Luke 16:15).

They continue on their little selfish venture of playing the political games that they are willfully caught up in (Jeremiah 5:21).

They refuse to receive correction and then wonder why the politicians do not hold to their oath! (Jeremiah 2:30; Matthew 15:14) If they did, then they would not have to play the hypocrite with the guy wearing their favorite jersey on committing the act of treason.

[YouTube Video]

Article posted with permission from Sons Of Liberty Media

© 2018 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

“A long habit of not thinking a thing wrong, gives it a superficial appearance of being right…”

So wrote Thomas Paine in a pamphlet called Common Sense, which aided the cause of American Independence with a logic and a passion that aroused public opinion to hot anger and a firm resolve to resist English tyranny.

Paine’s point is that no matter how long you have been doing a wrong thing, it is still a wrong thing.

This past election Americans seemed to keep this in mind, demanding the limitation and eradication of the numerous and continuous ways that our various governments, at all levels, violate the Constitution and moral law.

As I have discussed in previous articles, the federal takeover of healthcare was one of these violations.  However, when lawmakers “got it passed and read what was in it” they knew that the next Congress would almost assuredly allow it to remain because it would take too much work to undo.  They also knew that most paper tiger conservatives lack the “chutzpah” to demand a full repeal of this unconstitutional invasion of federal government into individual healthcare. They are depending on the strategy of doing a “wrong thing with a superficial appearance of being right.”

There are many more examples of this instance that I fear our newly elected leaders do not feel is wrong.  Neither the Department of Education, nor the Department of Health and Human Services (which administers the Medicare and Social Security programs), nor the Environmental Protection Agency, are authorized under the Constitution, just to name a few.

These rogue agencies of rogue regimes, are a plague on the populace. They are the cause of great strife, inefficiency, waste, and despair.

Under the American system, our state and local governments are in the best position and are duty-bound to protect us from the tyranny of this central government lawlessness.

Regrettably, our state and local governments, in most cases, are bought off from doing their duty when they accept federal grants that come with strings attached.  These “strings” usually involve the compromise of the people’s property or the people’s liberty.

While we continue focusing a great deal on what President Trump will do, I fear we are incrementally losing sight of the tremendous allies we have to keep a president and a runaway court in check through our local and state governments.

Today, we yearn for the clarity and the conviction of a Thomas Paine who, in his own words, made the claim, “These are the times that try men’s souls.”  However, “Common Sense” would lead us to exercise our self-governing muscle rather than fall into the arms of the next tyrant who will “take care of everything.”  Our president and Congress are still human beings with a sinful nature and need to be held in check once their finger is crowned with the proverbial “ring of power.”

We need local leaders who will stand against the corruption of good-ole-boy politicians and central planners dispersing bribes tempting them to betray their constituents.

While accepting a new variation of federal healthcare, or a conservative head of the Department of Education and Department of Health and Human Services is the lesser of two evils, it remains evil, unconstitutional, and therefore unlawful.

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2018 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

These six things doth the Lord hate: yea, seven are an abomination unto him:  A proud look, a lying tongue, and hands that shed innocent blood; An heart that deviseth wicked imaginations, feet that be swift in running to mischief; A false witness that speaketh lies, and he that soweth discord among brethren. —Proverbs 6:16-19 KJV

Long gone is United States Justice Department integrity. The phony Mueller investigation would have never started had Sessions not recused himself.  Rep. Louis Gohmert (R-TX) says Mueller should be fired.  Chris Farrell of Judicial Watch called Mueller’s tainted efforts, “fruits of a poisonous tree.”  The DOJ knows Trump Russian Collusion is a sham.

FBI corruption has become all too obvious via Obama and Clinton allies, but worse yet, the hatred for our former National Security Advisor General Michael T. Flynn by the intelligence community and especially Andrew McCabe and his FBI cohorts is well known.  Why? Because General Flynn knows Islamic extremists are growing in number, power and penetration into Western targets, he knows the government has minimized the actions of terrorists and sought to separate them from Islam, and he knows we have failed to grasp the enormity of the threat they pose against us.  Flynn’s tremendous support of Donald J. Trump and his appointment to National Security Advisor made him the number one target.  Link

The General also supported FBI Agent Robyn Gritz in her EEOC complaint against McCabe for sexual discrimination resulting in even more hostility against General Flynn.

John Guandolo Agrees

John Guandolo, of Understanding the Threat spent 12 years as an FBI Agent.  He says the primary Islamic advisors regarding the Islamic threat who are inside the White House, State Department, CIA, FBI, DHS, national security staffs, and others are Muslim Brotherhood (MB) operatives or Muslims ideologically aligned with the Muslim Brotherhood.  They do the translating.

When valid information on Islamic terrorism is put out by anyone inside the DOJ, NSA, or DHS, it is either shredded or the person is fired.  Philip Haney’s book, See Something, Say Nothing exposed this.  The entire Muslim Brotherhood network led by the likes of The Islamic Society of North America (ISNA), Muslim Public Affairs Council (MPAC), CAIR, Muslim American Society (MAS), and the US Council of Muslim Organizations (USCMO) are the first to complain if anyone in US intelligence should utter the truth of Islam or stealth jihad.  Link

Andrew McCabe Fired

The Office of the Inspector General (OIG) and FBI Office of Professional Responsibility (OPR) reports concluded that former Deputy Director of the FBI, McCabe had made an unauthorized disclosure to the news media and lacked candor…he lied under oath and on multiple occasions.

The OPR forced AG Sessions to drop the hammer on liar and leaker McCabe and he was finally fired late on Friday, March 16th.  President Trump went scorched earth on McCabe and Comey after Sessions fired McCabe days before he was set to retire with a fat pension.  Dan Sobieski says, McCabe Should Sweat Prison, Not Pension, and he’s absolutely right. Rush Limbaugh tells us the media lied, McCabe will not lose his pension.  What he lost was the opportunity to qualify for it at age 50, which was 18 March 18. Now he’ll have to wait until he’s age 57, but he’s going to get it. He should have been marched out of the Hoover Building in handcuffs long ago.

In remarks he made after his firing, McCabe said, “I didn’t leak anything, and everything I did had the full knowledge of the director.”  The Director was Comey! And Comey, under sworn testimony before one of the many committees that he testified to in the House and Senate, was specifically asked if he had ever leaked anything or had any knowledge of leaking, and he said, “No, no, and never.” But he lied too, Comey did leak to the New York Times!  He engineered the leak of his own memo, which detailed a private conversation with Trump.

We want indictments!

McCabe and McAuliffe

The former Deputy FBI Director should be charged with far more. His involvement with Virginia Governor Terry McAuliffe when his wife, Jill McCabe was running for VA state senate, and his meeting with McAuliffe when the governor was under investigation regarding gubernatorial campaign violations which are against FBI regulations. McCabe neglected to report in his required financial disclosure that his wife, received $675,000 from Virginia Governor Terry McAuliffe and the DNC. He also violated the Hatch Act which prohibits FBI agents from campaigning in partisan races when he campaigned openly for his wife.

Strzok and Page

Then there are the text messages between paramours FBI agent Peter Strzok and FBI attorney Lisa Page wherein they stated that they prepared talking points for Director Comey to give to Obama who “wanted to know everything we’re doing.” McCabe was also kept in the loop on this.  According to a released Senate report, this text raised questions about Obama’s personal involvement in the Clinton email investigation.

There were also text messages between them about meeting in “Andy’s office” where contingencies were discussed to prevent or mitigate a Trump electoral victory in 2016 election. Political views of FBI agents affecting investigative decisions and policy are disqualifying.

And get this…GOP congressional investigators have alleged that more recently uncovered text messages between Strzok and Page may show a possible coordination between high-ranking officials in the Obama administration, CIA, FBI, Justice Department and former Senate Democratic leadership in the early stages of the Russia investigation.

The investigators say the information provided to Fox News “strongly” suggests coordination between former President Barack Obama’s chief of staff Denis McDonough, then-Senate Democratic Leader Harry Reid and former CIA Director John Brennan which they say would “contradict” the past administration’s public stance about its hand in the process.  Link

Hey Sessions…why no second special counsel?

Hillary Investigation

McCabe, along with Comey, was in charge of the phony Hillary Clinton investigation (including her 33,000 illegally deleted emails).  The Deputy Director ultimately recused himself from the investigation, but only after guiding it for months, all the way to the conclusion that no charges were justified. He did not recuse himself until the second, lightning-round Clinton investigation, and then most likely because of a Wall Street Journal article which exposed strong connections between McCabe, his wife, Terry McAuliffe, and Clinton.

McCabe was the number two in charge of the FBI during the process when they were investigating Hillary Clinton.  Director Comey wrote the exoneration letter for Hillary several months before they’d even interviewed her regarding her scheme to hide her State Department email from public scrutiny, and her mishandling of classified material. His helper? FBI Special Agent Peter Strzok, a longtime Andrew McCabe crony.

Of 30,000 work-related emails turned over by Clinton’s lawyers to the State Department, about 110 had varying levels of classified information. Comey called it “extremely careless,” but said there was no “criminal intent” and did not recommend prosecution.  Peter Strzok watered down the language in the Comey statement from “grossly negligent”  to “extremely careless.” Grossly negligent would have held criminal implications for Clinton. McCabe and other top FBI were aware of new Clinton emails on Anthony Weiner’s laptop for over a month before informing Congress.

Former FBI Agent Robyn Gritz

Don’t forget the case of FBI Agent Robyn Gritz, who for 15 years devoted her life to tracking down global terrorists. She was detailed to the CIA and worked closely with the Defense Intelligence Agency, led by General Michael Flynn. Her reviews were always stellar, but in 2012 she was detailed to Andrew McCabe and he apparently was out to destroy her reputation.

In 2013, she filed an Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) complaint against her FBI supervisors alleging sexual discrimination and a hostile work environment, and later amended it to include defamation of character targeting by Andrew McCabe.

In 2014, General Flynn wrote a letter on Pentagon stationery stating that Gritz “was well-known, liked and respected in the military counter-terrorism community for her energy, commitment and professional capacity, and over the years worked in several interagency groups on counter-terrorism targeting initiatives. Her work consistently produced outstanding results in the most challenging environments.”

The General publicly supported Robyn in an NPR interview in 2015 wherein he questioned why she was driven out of the FBI and praised her as one of the “bright lights and shining stars” in the intelligence community.  He said, “she “just got it when it came to the kind of enemy that we are facing and the relationship that was necessary between law enforcement and the military… and I just thought she was a real pro.”

The FBI Cabal, Rosenstein, Wray,  Comey, and Mueller

The only way to get rid of an infestation is to eliminate the vermin. Playing nice does nothing but empower and enable them, playing into the hands of the enemies seeking to topple our President and our nation.

Robert Mueller Scandals

Robert Mueller certainly knows that the Russian collusion in the 2016 election was built by abuses of the foreign intelligence surveillance apparatus (FISA) and other related crimes that are punishable with jail time.  We all know Mueller’s staff of 16 attorneys are supporters of Hillary Clinton and have an axe to grind.  We also know that former FBI Director James Comey, Robert Mueller, Rod Rosenstein, and Andy McCabe are tight friends.

What isn’t commonly known are the major scandals that took place while Robert Mueller was the FBI Director for 12 years.  Jim Hoft’s Gateway Pundit posted one of the most comprehensive articles on Mueller’s scandals.

Under Mueller, scandals and crimes of the globalist establishment were swept under the rug time and again. From vanishing currency sent to the Iraq theatre, NSA warrantless surveillance, neglect at Walter Reid, Fast and Furious, Lois Lerner and IRS targeting, Clinton pay to play, and more.  And as FBI Director, Hillary Clinton had Mueller actually carry a stolen sample of our uranium to Russia.  Link

For nearly the entire duration of Mueller’s term, UK-based HSBC, an international bank with branches and depositors worldwide, was doing billions of dollars in business with drug cartels, rogue nation states, and even banks associated with terrorism, taking massive deposits made in foreign nations and funneling them into the US banking market.  A whistleblower, who collected information and recorded conversations with HSBC employees, clearly portrayed the bank as a “criminal enterprise.”

What did Mueller do to aggressively investigate and shut down this massive “foreign influence” involving our country’s drug epidemic and possibly even terrorism? Basically nothing.

And guess what?  James Comey Joined HSBC Board of Directors six weeks after the 2012 deferred prosecution agreement, HSBC appointed James Comey to its Board of Directors as head of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee.

Robert Mueller is the one who should be investigated for his scandals while FBI Director, along with Comey, Rosenstein, McCabe and many others.

FBI Director Wray

FBI Director Christopher Wray angered Trump because the FBI released a statement essentially calling the GOP-authored memo bogus. Wray and Rosenstein reportedly went to the White House to convince Chief of Staff John Kelly not to release the memo.  In his confirmation hearings he said he would never pledge allegiance to a president, although his predecessors all did exactly that.  This guy is straight from the swamp.

George W. Bush nominated Wray in 2003 to be the assistant attorney general in charge of the Justice Department’s criminal division. After leaving government in 2005 to work as a private lawyer, Wray represented New Jersey Gov. Chris Christie during the Bridge gate scandal.  VP Pence replaced Christie as head of the transition team when Christie’s increasing problems with Bridge gate surfaced.

The big question is…who the hell advises our President on appointees?

Rod Rosenstein and Lisa Barsoomian

The DOJ/FBI and Mueller investigation have so many ties to Hillary Clinton and the DNC that it is a bastion of corruption painting the DOJ as enemy combatants.

So, just who is Lisa Barsoomian? She’s the wife of Rod Rosenstein.  Lisa is a high-powered attorney in Washington, DC, who specializes in opposing Freedom of Information Act requests on behalf of Intelligence Communities.

Lisa Barsoomian works for R. Craig Lawrence, an attorney who has represented Robert Mueller three times, James Comey five times, Barack Obama forty-five times, Kathleen Sebelius fifty-six times, Bill Clinton forty times, and Hillary Clinton seventeen times between 1991 and 2017. Link

Barsoomian participated in some of this work personally and has herself represented the FBI at least five separate times. As Roger Stone has stated, it would be interesting to research the specifics of the cases she worked in.  Many of the documents from the Court Docket relating to these cases have been removed from the D.C. District and Appeals Court, including her representation for Clinton in 1998’s case Hamburg. V. Clinton.

The Woods Procedure and FISA Court

The FISA court process, a secret court, has an information verification procedure known as the Woods Procedure. There are strict rules requiring that each and every fact presented in an FBI request to electronically spy on a U.S. citizen be extreme-vetted for accuracy and presented to the court only if verified.  The anti-Trump “Steele Dossier” was unverified and false.  Unverified materials presented to the FISA court for a wiretap violates the procedural rules.

Yet Comey, who said the dossier was unverified and salacious, allegedly signed three of the FISA applications on behalf of the FBI.  Deputy Director Andrew McCabe reportedly signed one and former Attorney General Sally Yates, then Acting Deputy Attorney General Dana Boente, and Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein each reportedly signed one or more.

Unparalleled DOJ Corruption

Charges against General Flynn need to be dismissed.  The President’s lawyer has said he needs to pardon Flynn and Manafort, but the General is guilty of nothing, no pardon is necessary…only dismissal.  Stay tuned for more.

© 2018 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

March 26, 2018, California. A ‘family’ of eight was killed when their GMC Yukon SUV plunged off a California ocean overlook cliff on the Pacific Coast Highway.

A lesbian ‘married’ couple and their six adopted children were all reportedly in the SUV and are all presumed dead. They were: Jennifer and Sarah Hart, both 39; Markis Hart, 19; Jeremiah Hart, 14; Abigail Hart, 14; Hannah Hart, 16; Devonte Hart, 15; and Sierra Hart, 12.

The lesbian couple had been under investigation by Child Protective Services in their home state of Washington. The Washington State Department of Social and Health Services identified the couple’s adopted children as “potential victims of alleged abuse or neglect.” Bruce and Dana DeKalb, neighbors of the Harts, told the Associated Press that they contacted Child Protective Services because they believed Devonte Hart was not being fed, as he had been coming over to their house too often during the past week for food. They said that the 15-year-old asked them to leave food out in a box for him, as his adoptive mothers were punishing him by not feeding him.

Devonte Hart, then 12, gained notoriety as the young boy who hugged a police officer at a Black Lives Matter rally in Portland, OR in November 2014.

Sarah Hart pleaded guilty to a domestic assault charge involving one of her daughters in 2011. She received a 90-day suspended jail sentence and a year of probation in 2011.

Friends and relatives said that the ‘married’ couple, Jennifer and Sarah, were loving parents who promoted social justice and involved their children in their causes. They often went to events, festivals, and rallies such as one for Democrat presidential candidate Bernie Sanders and a Black Lives Matter 2014 protest against police violence. They often went as a group wearing matching t-shirts.

Jennifer Hart posted on social media earlier in the month, on Facebook, the following quote: “I’m a better human being in every possible way for knowing these children. They have been my greatest teachers. Contrary to the notion that we can’t choose our family, we absolutely can. We choose by loving – and that’s worth celebrating every damn day.”

Initially the California Highway Patrol was confused over what caused the Harts’ SUV to plunge from the overlook.

“We have no evidence and no reason to believe this was an intentional act,” Mendocino County Sheriff Tom Allman said last Wednesday. However, he admitted that the crash scene was puzzling because “there were no skid marks, and there were no brake marks” at the roadside overlook where the car went over.

On Sunday, California Highway authorities stated that they believed that the 100-foot plunge the Harts’ took over a California cliff was intentional. The GMC Yukon stopped along the roadside about 70 feet from the edge of the cliff, the driver gunned the gas pedal and drove the SUV over the cliff, according to California Highway Patrol. An investigation revealed the vehicle’s speedometer was pinned at 90 mph and the brakes were not applied.

As a retired NY City police officer, I will now offer my politically incorrect views of what happened and opine on this story. I’m not sure if the California Highway Patrol is really that ignorant as to the suicide motivation, or if they are just too politically afraid to say what needs to be said. Perhaps if someone from the California Highway Patrol reads this article he or she can pass it along as a possible motive to offer to the press and close out the case, instead of just scratching their heads and acting clueless as to the reason behind this act.

As a special protected class of citizens, feminist lesbians, all we have heard is how loving the couple was, while glossing over the fact that this couple was abusive behind closed doors to their adopted children. No one seems to be willing or able to call them what they were: abusive, mistreating, murdering feminist thugs, who killed themselves and the six young children under their care.

And what do I believe motivated this “loving couple” to commit such an act?

Watching their Bernie Sanders socialist utopian dreams dashed, followed by the defeat of Hillary Clinton, and living to see Donald Trump sworn in as President of the United States in 2017, was certainly unnerving to them.

Perhaps these two lesbians were not doing so well financially and were unemployed or underemployed, being that they seemed to have had lots of time for writing blogs on the Internet and attending social justice rallies. Financial stress may have been a contributing factor as to why they were hostile with their adopted children and sought fit to punish them through not feeding them.

Jennifer Hart recently posted on Facebook, “Contrary to the notion that we can’t choose our family, we absolutely can.” Jennifer and Sarah Hart wanted to raise their chosen family the way they desired to do so, which sometimes included physical abuse and starvation.

Knowing that the authorities were closing in on them, via the Washington State Department of Social and Health Services, they went on the run with their adopted children in their SUV.

Driven by feminist extremism and inspired by the movie, Thelma and Louise, these two lesbian heroines, Jennifer and Sarah, decided that they’d had enough of this mean, cruel, male-dominated world and agreed to check out of it. As a final act of love to their adopted children, they took them along for the cliff dive as well, as they didn’t want their adopted kids to be raised by this unfair world, where they could not get everything that the world owed them!

Jennifer and Sarah Hart pulled a Thelma and Louise in the final act of their lives.

© 2018 George Lujack – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail George Lujack: georgelujack@gmail.com

I have tried to tell the truth — on this site, on others where I post or have written articles (e.g., here and here), and long ago at places where I am no longer welcome (here; archive butchered into unrecognizability). I’ve not done this for myself. My gains have been negligible. I’ve done it for you — readers — out of a sense, often distressing, that truth should be told and writers have an obligation to tell it. I don’t always get everything right, or cover every topic out there. No one does. But given my limitations — no staff, no income from this worth speaking of (needing outside work, therefore), and being outside the U.S. — I don’t think I do badly. I’ve had occasional help from boots-on-the-ground sources, to whom I am profoundly grateful.

It was clear before the end of the 1990s: before we fully realized that a free press in the U.S. was a myth and had been for some time, the uncensored Internet had the potential to be a repository of truth: a boon to truth-seekers and truth-tellers the likes of which we had not seen before.

Turning points: Matt Drudge breaking the Clinton-Lewinsky story when mainstream outlets were burying it. New alternative media sources emphasizing later that Bill Clinton was not impeached for having sex with an intern in the Oval Office but lying under oath to a grand jury. Pivotal articles on an assortment of topics: this (orig. 1997), this, this which used to be available for free but the original is long gone, this, and this. And the posting of older, crucial documents like this, this, and especially this, among others.

Then came the film that capped off that decade: The Matrix (1999), which inspired my debut series here. What makes this film one of the half-dozen or so most important of the past century is its planting firmly in popular culture the suggestion that much of what we are told — by media and other corporations, government, academia, even many churches — is designed to create an appearance of republican democracy, personal freedoms, and general political-economic well-being, in which, whatever seems wrong, the “experts” have things in hand!

The truth: much of our education and many crucial activities — work, play, taxes — all further, in one way or another, while hiding them behind smokescreens of various sorts, the goals of the oligarchy of kleptocrats in central banks and other global corporations, secondarily their bought political and administrative classes, and the power systems emanating from what is now called the Deep State: the military-intelligence-security-information complex. The main smokescreen is mainstream (corporate) media, owned by a handful of megaconglomerates and elite billionaires. What is a kleptocrat? We mean someone who may once have earned money with a genuinely useful product people wanted, but who discovered that in a financialized system based on fractional banking and fiat money he can get much richer through investment (going public, taking stock buybacks, etc.). And has joined the 300 or so extended families who for well over a century have seen themselves as most fit to rule over the unwashed masses, their rulership being all but invisible unless you know just where to look.

The Matrix of the film was “a neural-active simulation … a computer-generated dream world built to keep us under control in order to change a human being into this,” says the central character Morpheus as he holds up a common flashlight battery, implying the machines’ parasitic use of our life energies while lay there, plugged in, oblivious. The Real Matrix is the fantasy world generated by major media, government, and public education with assistance from other dominant institutions, its purpose being to keep us peons under control, ignorant of our parasite masters but properly servile within the system that empowers and enriches them.

Many folks, as The Matrix’s central character Morpheus observes, are at least modestly satisfied in their ignorance, as the Real Matrix supplies paychecks, creature comforts, and sometimes advancement for the especially cooperative, along with abundant entertainment on the side (professional sports, American Idol, the Kardashians, other public spectacles of all kinds). They are entirely dependent on the system — not just economically but psychologically. They will fight to protect the fantasy world.

Aldous Huxley wrote back in 1955:

“A really efficient totalitarian state would be one in which the all-powerful executive of political bosses and their army of managers control a population of slaves who do not have to be coerced, because they love their servitude. To make them love it is the task assigned, in present-day totalitarian states, to ministries of propaganda, newspaper editors and schoolteachers.”

And CNN talking heads and many “economists” paid to cite statistics allegedly telling us that all is well in the ship of state — claims that often conflict with viewers’ personal experiences, causing cognitive dissonance. The restless can look to professional agitators across the political spectrum. The point is to keep those involved in “causes” believing they have options they realistically do not have, and to direct their attention and activities down dead ends. As long as violent baby-leftists (e.g., Antifa) and naïve alt-rightists are screaming obscenities at one another, sometimes exchanging blows, neither sees what is happening at the top.

Today, we are losing the Internet, little by little. I am not referring to “net neutrality,” another distraction. The kleptocrats allowed the Internet to get away from them well before that as we saw. It was bound to dawn on some of them that this was a mistake. Since late 2016 they have been taking action to rectify that mistake. It hasn’t been that difficult.

For starters, the Internet is now dominated by a handful of corporate goliaths: Google, Microsoft, Facebook, Twitter, Amazon, a few others. All are in bed with the Deep State. Google’s is the dominant search engine, which now owns YouTube, the largest online repository of videos, and WhatsApp, the most popular messaging system. Facebook and Twitter are the most visible social media platforms. Their reputations for censorship, and the former for carelessness (on the most charitable interpretation!) with user data, grow almost daily. Amazon is the largest online retailer — and a major contractor with the CIA. Windows has been the dominant operating system for PCs at least since 1995, with which Linux cannot truly compete even when you can download it for free, because of arrangements made long ago between Microsoft and manufacturers to pre-install Windows and accompanying software on their devices.

Convenient? Of course! No one wanted to buy a computer and have to install the operating system himself. The masses’ desire for convenience is a tool that can be used, however. If you believe “free market competition” exists in this environment, the Real Matrix still has you.

The Real Matrix still has you, moreover, if you believe the brand of capitalist that dominates this industry has any interest in freedom of speech or thought. The career trajectory of James Damore, fired from Google following his frank but reasonable explanation why the corporation could not recruit more women engineers, ought to dispel that notion at once. Damore’s claim was the obvious one: because of our natural, biological “hardwiring” there are things men tend to be better at than women, such as engineering, just as there are things women are better at than men, such as nursing and other kinds of caregiving. For this Damore was dismissed from his job at Google. He sued; his suit was dismissed, unsurprising given both the power imbalance and the legal system’s commitment to gender preferences (in the Orwellian tongue: equal opportunity). Some of the ensuing discussion indicated how science itself has been corrupted by identity politics, as well as the lengths to which some will go to discredit dissidents like Damore. The relevant questions thus cannot be asked. Dissenting lines of inquiry cannot be pursued. Doing so is career suicide.

Visceral threats to job, income, career, are how de facto coercion is exercised in present-day digital capitalism — a brand of dictatorship without a visible dictator because the coercion is systemic, a manifestation of what the late political philosopher Sheldon Wolin (1922 – 2015) called inverted totalitarianism in which economics trumps politics, everything and everyone is commodified, our lives are encircled by consumerism and theater, and elections become farces because so-called liberal democracy has become a façade.

Behind the façade, moneyed interests and their lobbyists matter; voters do not. The latter’s focus, moreover, is more on their own often precarious situations than electoral politics, situations that are also systemic. Wolin emphasized that classic totalitarians (e.g., Hitler, Stalin, Mao) encouraged enthusiastic mass support. Inverted totalitarianism encourages and reinforces apathy, as the masses are perpetually entangled in myriad private dilemmas (job worries, the rising cost of health care, etc.).

In the past, yes, online dissent was tolerated. Films like The Matrix got made and widely discussed. Perhaps the kleptocrats did not see these as much of a threat. But on the night of November 8, 2016, that changed.

Just recently, YouTube removed thousands of conservative-leaning and “conspiratorial” videos. As I write, the site’s owners are purging anything seeming to promote guns and gun-ownership. The former is part of the ongoing campaign against “fake news,” i.e., the cyberwar against online truth-telling which began right after Donald Trump’s “populist” victory blindsided the kleptocrats and became the biggest threat in over a generation to their path through globalizing economics to a world state that would answer to their corporate empires (some called this state of affairs the New World Order, a phrase sullied from overuse).

This war’s opening shots were fired here: with unnamed “experts” alleging the presence of espionage-level “Russian propaganda” on some 199 alternative news/commentary sites including the one you are now reading, recommending a federal investigation, but presenting no evidence to back up their charges. The article’s credibility should have been zero. The reportage was National Enquirer quality. But we weren’t reading The National Enquirer. We were reading the front page of The Washington Post.

There’s part of our problem. Credibility by longstanding position and name-recognition, not to mention the vastly superior resources of an owner, Jeff Bezos (founder of Amazon.com), with a net worth now over $105 billion. If you believe position, name-recognition, and massive wealth (now accrued through ownership of Amazon stock) provide guarantees of truthfulness, the Real Matrix still has you.

Do we now have any insight into who or what was behind PropOrNot? This might enlighten you. Warning: it’s not pretty!

It was primarily in response to the PropOrNot stunt and the publicity it generated that Google changed its search algorithms, making “alternative news” harder to find. Many sites, including this one, saw their web traffic drop precipitously over subsequent months.

My initial publications on this site (“The Real Matrix” series mentioned above) garnered hundreds of emails, including requests to reprint, talk radio invites, and an all-expenses-paid speaking gig at a national meeting (original website long gone, interestingly).

For well over a year now, my articles have been doing well to receive a dozen responses, most from long time readers. Invitations to speak have vanished.

The sites removed from YouTube include those of Mike Adams, better known as the Health Ranger. Still available, at least as of this writing, is Alex Jones’s InfoWars channel which at one point had two complaints against it (three and you’re gone). Jones has threatened to sue if his channel is removed. Such a suit would strike another blow for freedom of speech on the Internet, and its outcome would speak volumes about whether free speech will continue to exist in any meaningful form. Whether you like Jones or not, he’s less of a pushover than a James Damore, if only because as an Internet entrepreneur instead of an ex-employee he has greater visibility and commands more resources.

Jones is being sued, however, adding yet another layer of intrigue to our story. Brennan Gilmore, who filmed the car plowing into the crowd in Charlottesville, lodged a complaint alleging that he’s suffered harassment and threats, and that members of his family have been harassed as well. He blames “conspiracy theorists” generally and Jones in particular. Jones and others (myself included) suggested last August that as a former employee in Hillary Clinton’s State Department and known Hillary supporter, as well as an employee of a Virginia Democrat partly funded by George Soros, his presence at that exact spot seemed like something more than pure chance. This is not, as his suit alleges, to make the simplistic charge that he “planned the attack.” This is on a par with inferring from the holes in the official story of the 9/11 attacks the idea that “George W. Bush planned 9/11” which no one with a brain believes.

A statement from Gilmore’s attorney, of the very well-connected Georgetown Law Civil Rights Clinic: “We don’t think the First Amendment protects blatantly defamatory speech that inspires violence and hatred of victims of terrorist attacks and mass shootings.” This statement’s dishonesty is literally off the map. Gilmore made himself a public figure. He wrote articles. Defamation accusations hold water only if its targets really said those things. This has not been shown. At what point did anyone visible expressed “hatred” for the victim of the car attack? Perhaps such statements can be found on a few extreme-right forums where anything goes. As I don’t visit such sites I have no idea what’s on them. Jones is surely not responsible for their content, and I doubt he threatened anyone in Gilmore’s family which is, of course, reprehensible.

But if YouTube were to get away with shutting down Alex Jones’s channel, or if Gilmore and his Deep State connected law firm can wage the increasingly common practice of “lawfare” to harm him monetarily nevertheless, think what these and other powerful players could do to us lesser-knowns who are struggling financially — mainly because of our truth-telling activities!

Are we nearing a day when anyone branded a “conspiracy theorist” on, say, CNN, or demonized as a “hater” by the equally well-connected SPLC, will have no First Amendment protections?

When the First Amendment is interpreted by the Supreme Court as protecting huge campaign contributions from billionaires (Citizens United), but a court will not protect criticisms of radical feminist assumptions by a James Damore, has free speech not become as big of a joke as the idea of a free press?

Do you really believe you have freedom of speech on social media?

(To be Continued in Part 2).

© 2018 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

T-Shirts and  jeans (tattered with decorative holes and tears) at one’s place of work? No problem! You won’t be “dressed down” for dressing down by wearing these singular items of “clothing.” As a culture, we’ve gone from classy to cool—also known as “informal”—and from thence to “casual,” and finally to cruddy and coarse.

One can only hope that given enough time, the pendulum will swing in the other direction before everyone—no matter what his or her body type!—is buffaloed into making an appearance in the buff and such an affront to our sensibilities becomes de rigueur—in warmer climates, anyway.

For it has become clear that certainly one of the most profound cultural changes originating in the 20th Century was the gradual rise of casual dress. As with any other such change, it began slowly, in the beginning limiting itself to more personal settings—home, athletics etc.—but as the century went on, the social circumstances in which such raiment was considered “acceptable” moved into areas previously restricted to more formal attire such as church, public celebrations and the workplace.

Of course, in one sense, these “new” fashions released us from generations of tight fitting and physically restrictive clothing that hampered blood flow and body movement, and probably emotional development as well. But in the process of clothing becoming both loose and less, its wearers were also being reshaped, eventually becoming altogether too little and too loose both morally and ethically! Indeed, they were influenced by the attitudes radiating from and signified by the new “looser” styles of raiment. The goal of “comfort” went much further than mere fashion; it also produced a desire to be “comfortable” morally, ethically and practically. Such a desire required the abandonment of far more important things than corsets and high starched collars—that is, standards and principles!

As Americans, our casual style of life and dress represents a sort of “utilitarian chic” composed of an admixture of comfort and practicality, two concepts relatively new in the “fashion” industry. One hundred years ago, the closest thing to casual was sportswear—tweed blazers, plus-fours, knitted golf dresses and oxford shoes. As the 20th Century “progressed”, casual came to encompass and absorb everything from workmen’s garb (work boots and lumberman jackets) to the khaki and camo of Army regalia. The quest for the low-key—or off-key—has overwhelmed entire fashion sectors: millinery, hosiery, shoes, evening and formal wear, fur coats (if you can avoid being attacked by PETA!) and everything else that can be draped on the human form! It has infiltrated every hour of the day and every locale from the boardroom to the courtroom to the classroom—and even the bedroom.

Americans routinely adopt casual dress. Supposedly, the new dispensation represents the freedom to be “me” and do “my thing.” But the question then arises, has “my thing” blurred the lines between beauty and ugliness, between taste and tastelessness, between dignity and an appeal to the approval of the mob or even between man and woman? It would seem that the real question must be, how does wearing sandals, slippers, flip-flops and/or tattered jeans or shorts provide traction in business or demonstrate taste or even rationality?

Some of today’s CEOs wear sandals to work while intelligent kids from decent backgrounds copy the “fashion statements” of “da hood” and wear their baseball caps backwards and their pants so low that they need “fashionable” underwear rather than outerwear! Cargo pants can’t carry much cargo but along with dungarees, they can drag so low as to pick up anything from detritus to dung. But no matter how low you may go in your dress, you may still consider yourself “middle class,” although a truly definable middle class—that is, the people who actually define any culture—is fading in character and shrinking in size as it takes on the worst characteristics of both the upper and lower classes.

To dress casually has become quintessentially American—albeit Western Europe in many instances has unfortunately followed in our unhallowed footsteps! Our dress code has deliberately taken on the false appearance of a lighthearted, relaxed and cheerful culture. However, driving in the fast lane with our eyes closed and becoming amoral and apathetic is the final outcome of this particular pendulum’s swing and if we cannot stop or slow down its momentum the pendulum—and the culture—may just become fatally unhinged.

© 2018 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

Back in 2009, Judicial Watch filed a lawsuit to remove Hildebeast Clinton as Secretary of State under the Emoluments Clause in the U.S. Constitution. Naturally this was of great interest to me. However, after reading the lawsuit I wondered why Judicial Watch didn’t file a Quo Warranto to remove her Highness?

By that time, I was very well versed on this ‘Quo Warranto’ process in the massive efforts to remove the criminal imposter, Barry Soetoro aka Barack Obama, from the White House. He usurped the office of president through fraud and deceit. I wrote about the Rodearmel vs Clinton case with my prediction it would not succeed and it didn’t.

“As a matter of fact, there is another lawsuit that has run its course, meaning denied for hearing by the U.S. Supreme Court, you might find of interest: Rodearmel v. Clinton. That lawsuit was filed in January 2009 on behalf of a 19-year veteran of the Foreign Service Officer under the State Department, David Rodearmel, a retired Lt. Col. in the U.S. Army Reserve Judge Advocate General Corp. While I support and respect Judicial Watch in their pursuit of making sure no one is above the law, I simply did not understand why they didn’t use the Quo Warranto for Rodearmel’s case.

“The defendants (mother government) moved to dismiss and in their filing, there is an important footnote; number 6 at the bottom of page 25:

“6 “The D.C. Court of Appeals has observed that a plaintiff who seeks to directly attack the appointment of an official (as opposed to attacking an action of that official) will rarely if ever have standing. See Andrade v. Lauer, 729 F.2d 1475, 1496-97 (D.C. Cir. 1984). In the same case, the court suggested that the only proper way to assert such a direct attack is through an action for a writ of quo warranto. See id. at 1497 (citing cases). A quo warranto action may only be brought by the Attorney General of the United States or the United States Attorney or, if these Executive Branch officials decline a request, by a private party who has obtained leave of court. See D.C. Stat. §§ 16-3502-3503; see also Rae v. Johnson, 1993 WL 544295, at *1″

“Footnotes found in legal filings are very important. What the one above says is quite plain and easy enough for even me to understand; let’s apply it to Rodearmel. He is attacking the appointment of an official (Hillary Clinton) which the court says “will rarely if ever have standing.” Pretty straight forward.

Exactly why the U.S. Supreme Court denied the writ of certiorari:  (emphasis below is mine) “ON CONSIDERATION WHEREOF, it is ordered and adjudged by this Court that the District Court dismissed for lack of standing…” And:

“The appeal is therefore dismissed for want of jurisdiction.”

“Does that mean the Supreme Court is saying jurisdiction belongs to the District Court in Washington, DC, under a Quo Warranto? It seems to me that is the case if you read Footnote 6 above: “observed that a plaintiff who seeks to directly attack the appointment of an official….the court suggested that the only proper way to assert such a direct attack is through an action for a writ of quo warranto…” Going back to Newman v US ex Rel. Frizzell: ”  Rest at link above.

Last week it came to my attention there is another Emoluments Clause case and predictably, it’s against President Trump. Before I get to it, what exactly does the Emoluments Clause in the U.S. Constitution say? Art. 1, Section. 6, Clause 2: “No Senator or Representative shall, during the time for which he was elected, be appointed to any civil office under the authority of the United States, which shall have been created, or the emoluments whereof shall have been increased during such time: and no person holding any office under the United States, shall be a member of either House during his continuance in office.”

And, as cited below, Art, 1, Section 9. This from Cornell Law: Emoluments Clause

“Also known as the Title of Nobility Clause, Article I, Section 9, Clause 8 of the U.S. Constitution prohibits any person holding a government office from accepting any present, emolument, or title from any “King, Prince, or foreign State,” without congressional consent. This clause is meant to prevent external influence and corruption of American officers by foreign States. A similar provision was included in the Articles of Confederation, applicable to both federal and state officers. The language of the modern clause, however, suggests that only federal government officials are prohibited from accepting any emoluments.

“That the phrase “Offices of Profit or Trust under the United States” applies to all appointed officials is undisputed, however there is much debate as to whether it extends to elected officials.

“History does not provide a clear answer: When he served as Secretary of the Treasury, Alexander Hamilton produced a list of persons holding such offices at the request of the Senate; the list did not include any elected positions. Further, during their presidencies, while George Washington did not seek or obtain congressional consent for foreign gifts, Andrew Jackson did.

“The Foreign Gifts and Decorations Act of 1966, on the other hand, enumerates several elected positions in its definition of “employees” who may not accept any gift of more than minimal value without congressional approval. Such “employees” include the President and the Vice President, a Member of Congress, and the spouses and dependents of the same.

“A constitutional amendment was introduced in 1810 to modify the Emoluments Clause. The effect would have been to strip the citizenship of any U.S. citizen who accepted, claimed, received, or retained any title of nobility from a foreign government. However, this amendment was never ratified, though it is technically still pending before the states.

“The interpretation of the Emoluments Clause has never been litigated before the U.S. Supreme Court.” Several footnotes at the bottom if one would like further history on that clause.

While I am not a lawyer and have no legal training, I would make the argument that the Clinton Foundation is the quintessential example of accepting gifts while career criminal, Hillary, was playing Secretary of State. Pay to Play should have been prominently featured at the top of the Clinton Foundation letterhead.

A dear friend of mine with a brilliant legal mind who practiced law for many decades refers to a federal judge as Judge Flapdoodle. He holds them in utter contempt as I do. The first time he said Judge Flapdoodle in one of our phone conversations I wanted to laugh but kept listening to what he was saying. Judge Flapdoodle perfectly describes the sorry state of our judicial system in this country herded over by ignorant and/or agenda driven judges.

Judge Flapdoodle strikes again:

Emoluments case, questions of ethics and constitutional intent

“Lawsuits have been filed in federal court in New York, Maryland, and the District of Columbia seeking a declaration that President Trump is violating the US Constitution because his hotels and other companies continue to do business with foreign governments and foreign officials.”

One legal scholar said this:

“If I went to the Trump Hotel right now, and I reserved that [Ivanka] suite and I paid $1,600, stayed there for a night, had dinner, and left, nobody would say I had made a gift to the Trump Organization. I just paid what it cost,” says Andy Grewal, a professor at the University of Iowa College of Law.

“If, the very next day, a foreign ambassador stayed there and paid the exact same amount that I did, it seems strange to me to all of a sudden call it a gift or an emolument,” Professor Grewal says. “You could reasonably say that maybe if the president knows about it, he may favor a particular country in negotiations if they are always holding receptions and functions at the hotel. But that doesn’t make it a gift,” Grewal says.”

By all accounts President Trump, relying on his in-house counsel, has bent over backwards to avoid breaking the law:

“Administration lawyers maintain there is no conflict of interest between Trump’s work as president and the Trump hotel business. Trump’s sons have pledged not to pursue new business deals during their father’s presidency. And prior to becoming president, Trump pledged to donate to the US Treasury all proceeds from foreign officials staying at his hotels. Trump Organization officials announced last month that they turned over $151,000 to the Treasury for business with foreign officials conducted between Jan. 20 and Dec. 31, 2017.”

Of course, that will never be enough for those out to kill Trump’s presidency. Bog him down with a new lawsuit every week. Not to mention out-of-control fishing expeditions wasting tens of millions of dollars for nothing but political agendas.

Alan Dershowitz Warns: Criminalizing Political Differences “Very Dangerous”
Turley: Sessions’ Appointing Utah Federal Prosecutor Much Better for Trump than 2nd Special Counsel

But, what about the judges who continue to rule against President Trump on various issues where he has absolute presidential authority? Keeping those who hate America out of this country for one and now these absurd emoluments cases.

Individuals who stay at hotels owned by his corporation and pay for a room are conducting a commercial transaction as my dear friend who coined ‘Judge Flapdoodle’ stated in an email to me the other day. Now, in my mind, a commercial transaction is not a gift. President Trump did not let Ambassador Ireland stay free at his hotel and if the ambassador said his paid stay was nice, that’s now considered a violation of the emoluments clause? Ambassador Ireland decided to stay at a world class hotel closest to the White House where that individual might be visiting for any number of reasons. Big deal. Judge Flapdoodle in each of those lawsuits should have thrown them out.

From the Ninth (Silly) Circuit to the U.S. Supreme Court this country is drowning in Judge Flapdoodles. Not to mention crooks who end up on the bench. Supreme Court Justice Sonya Sotomayer is a prime example. She should be in a federal prison not presiding over what are referred to as “same sex marriage” ceremonies.  No such thing.  Another reason I voted for Trump was judicial appointments for federal judges as well as the U.S. ‘Supreme’ Court.

Dr. Richard Cordero has been on a crusade for many years trying to expose abuse in the federal judiciary and getting someone to listen. I can tell you this honorable man has received ZERO help from Congress. Oh, forget the ethically BANKRUPT members of the Democratic/Communist Party USA. Their rank disregard for enforcing our immigration laws to get illegals signed up in their party and voting is beyond detestable and continues to wreak major destruction on our republic.

Proposal to PBS Newshour to investigate unaccountable judges’ riskless abuse of power, which harms scores of millions of men and women, more than sexual abuse by Dr. Richard Cordero, Esq., Ph.D., University of Cambridge, England, M.B.A., University of Michigan Business School, D.E.A., La Sorbonne, Paris, Judicial Discipline Reform, New York City. Please do go to the link above.

I ask this before in a column several years ago: Where are all the attorneys in this country who represent innocent individuals slain in federal court rooms or attorneys fighting government corruption only to be shot down by some crook or biased judge on the bench with an agenda? Seems to me they would be very interested in Dr. Cordero’s efforts as well should the American people.

As I wrote in my column last week, one of the greatest failures of Congress is their refusal to remove corrupt judges who wouldn’t know what the U.S. Constitution says or means if James Madison stood in front of them and read it word for word.

But, the American people, sadly just like here in Texas last month, I’m afraid will continue to reelect the same incumbents back to Congress in the upcoming primaries and for that we will all suffer. Why? Because they are distracted by dirty political games that dominate talk radio and cable network talk shows who never talk about things like this column. Ignorance is killing us. That’s why it’s up to you to get columns like this out there on social media and email lists to reach as many Americans as we can.

In closing, I want to mention a movie I watched the other night that sickened me to my soul. I don’t watch many movies as I simply don’t have time or today’s offerings are cultural poison, sex romps or nothing but special effects. I hope you will take the time to watch this one, U.S.S. Indianapolis: Men of Courage starring Nicholas Gage.

I had no idea the history of that ship until a friend recommended the movie. The Worst Naval Disaster in US History is another SHAMEFUL event in our nation’s history. If anyone thinks corruption and cover-ups are something new in the past few decades, the story of what OUR government did to the men aboard that ship and its captain will enrage you.

It’s not for anyone with a weak stomach. It is a gut-wrenching true story. Watch it. You won’t be sorry although it will break your heart. However, we must not turn our backs on history and ignore such grotesque actions by our government. U.S.S. Indianapolis: Men of Courage is available on Netflix and probably retail outlets.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Links:

1 –  GOP Senators Ignore Sotomayor’s Criminal Activities 7-20-09 (Jeff Sessions)
2 –  Sotomayor’s confirmation vote rescheduled – here’s why 7-22-09
3 –  Justice Sotomayor: tax evasion, perjury – what did Obama know and when? 4-23-12

In 2018, in our country, the United States of America, we desperately need a conversation-debate on where we’re headed as a civilization.  Do we want to add another 100,000,000 (million) legal immigrants, and countless millions more illegal migrants within the next 30 years by 2050? Because that’s what’s coming at current immigration rates! Or, do we want to create a viable and sustainable civilization for our children?

Everyone living in major cities finds themselves in constant traffic gridlock.  They breathe toxic air with every breath.  They cram themselves into crushing cookie-cutter tract housing.  They live in concrete jungles in New York City, Chicago, Detroit, Atlanta, Miami, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Seattle, Dallas and dozens more. We’re being poisoned by chemical-laced processed foods.  As our immigration-driven population rises, we pay more for water, energy, sewage, food, goods and services.  Our schools cost more. Our homes cost more.  More and more of us degrade into a new lower class of Americans.

We’re losing our ability to maintain our standard of living. We’re losing our quality of life. We’re losing our culture.  With our high-speed society, we’re losing our emotional, physical and spiritual balance.

As a leading voice in America to stop mass immigration, I invite you to take time out to send this “Press Release” to dozens of TV and radio hosts across the country.  I intend to speak on “60 Minutes”, NPR, PBS, NBC, ABC, CBS, FOX, CNN and all radio shows. Pass this request on to all your Twitter, Google, LinkedIN and Facebook friends.

Look up their current email addresses. Some are as follows:  Carlson@FoxNews.com ; Hannity@foxnews.com ; igraham@foxnews.com ; foxandfriends@foxnews.com ; 60m@cbsnews.com ; earlyshow@cbsnews.com ; letters@time.com ; dateline@nbc.com ; late.cnn@cnn.com ; cmathews@msnbc.com ; on Facebook: Meet the Press, Face the Nation, David Muir, Lester Holt, Jeff Glor, Robert Siegel, Terry Gross, Fox&Friends, Laura Ingraham, Chris Wallace, Brit Hume, Shepard Smith, and dozens more.

The only way to force a national discussion-debate on our immigration-driven overpopulation predicament must be started with your letters to all media outlets.  It must come from you.

To: Tucker Carlson, Fox News, or Anderson Cooper at CNN, Laura Ingraham, Lester Holt, David Muir, Jeff Glor, Brit Hume, Sean Hannity, Chris Wallace, Meet the Press, Face the Nation, Terry Gross, Robert Siegel, (all top TV news hosts)

From: Frosty Wooldridge, 6 continent world bicycle traveler, author of:  America on the Brink: The Next Added 100 Million Americans.  Publishing in 2018: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations

Has America Become Too Crowded?

Guest Opportunity: Frosty Wooldridge—Population-Immigration-Environmental Specialist, Political Activist, Speaking Expert as Seen on NBC and Author of America on the Brink: The Next Added 100 Million Americans

Should you be concerned that the demographic fact of America remains on course to add 138 million more people from 300 million in 2006 to 438 million by 2050—a scant 32 years from now?

We stand at 330 million as of 2018.  The majority of population gain stems from legal immigrants, their children, birthright citizenship, diversity and chain migration.  We face acute water, energy, resource and arable land exhaustion. Additionally, environmental breakdown, quality of life and standard of living degradation!  Frosty has seen it all at 12 miles per hour.  He has interviewed on hundreds of radio and TV programs concerning the future of America if we continue on our present course. Let him explain….

Frosty Wooldridge uses his experience to elaborate on the population numbers in America and what they all mean moving forward. Should we be concerned?

♠ What will another 138 million people added to the USA in the next 32 years mean for all American citizens?
♠ What will such numbers mean for water shortages since seven states face water shortages in 2018?
♠ How about energy exhaustion as to oil?
♠ What about exhaustion of resources?
♠ How about air pollution, gridlock and quality of life?
♠ How about the sociological conflicts caused by adding 100,000,000 (million) immigrants from 196 countries with 196 different world views, religions, cultures, languages and ethos?
♠ What about creating parallel societies now developing in Detroit, MI, Miami, FL, Los Angeles, Chicago and Minneapolis?
♠ What about species extinction rates caused by increased ‘ecological footprint’?
♠ What about degradation of the environment as to weather, air pollution, catastrophic climate destabilization?
♠ How can Americans pull in the same direction when 100 million immigrants pull in their directions?

About Frosty Wooldridge:   Email: frostyw@juno.com

Frosty Wooldridge possesses a unique view of the world, cultures and families in that he has bicycled around the globe 100,000 miles, on six continents and 12 times across the United States in the past 47 years.  He has interviewed on ABC, CBS, NBC, CNN and FOX as well as 200 radio stations. He has written hundreds of articles (regularly) for 17 national and two international magazines.  He has had hundreds of guest editorials published in top national newspapers including the Denver Post, Albany Herald, Las Vegas Tribune and Daily Camera. He wrote a column, “CRYSTAL DESERT CONTINENT,” for a major newspaper in Colorado while he lived in Antarctica.

His books include, Handbook for Touring Bicyclists; Strike Three! Take Your Base; Bicycling Around the World; Motorcycle Adventure to Alaska: Into the Wind—A Teen Novel; An Extreme Encounter: Antarctica; Bicycling the Continental Divide: Slice of Heaven, Taste of Hell; Immigration’s Unarmed Invasion: Deadly Consequences; America on the Brink: The Next Added 100 Million Americans; Losing Your Best Friend: Vacancies of the Heart. How to Live a Life of Adventure: The Art of Exploring the World; How to Deal with 21st Century American Women: Co-creating a successful relationship. Latest book: Living Your Spectacular Life published May 2017.

Wooldridge speaks on human overpopulation to colleges, high schools, political clubs and civic clubs across America: “The coming population crisis in America: and what you can do about it.”

Here is a 3-minute clip of the interview on NBC. Frosty Wooldridge with Adam Schrager, NBC, Channel 9, Denver, CO. www.youtube.com/watch?v=BJPA3YkrQFE

More info: www.HowToLiveALifeOfAdventure.com & www.frostywooldridge.com

© 2018 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The Tale of Two Schools was instructive this week. In Parkland, FL, 17 are dead but the murderer still lives. In St. Mary’s County Maryland, two are dead, one is the murderer along with his former girlfriend, while another student was injured in the leg and has been released from the hospital.

In Maryland, if the murderer had lived, he would have never faced the death penalty; while Florida still executes murderers.

What is the significant difference between these two shootings? In Maryland, you had a good guy with a gun that took out the perpetrator within one minute of the first bullet fired. He prevented mass murder. In Florida, you had four deputy sheriffs who were armed but for undisclosed reasons would not enter the building to fire at the murderers inside the school. You could say they were preserving the school as a gun free zone; or more accurately, an open shooting gallery for murderers.

The main lessoned learned here is that a good man with a gun prevents murder, and that gun free zones are only safe for murderers. But given yesterday’s rally in Washington, D.C., I don’t think this lesson was learned.

Video of the sermon

One big lie that we are being told about yesterday’s D.C. rally is that it was entirely student initiated, student planned, and student led. However, the truth was leaked in a YouTube video this week, revealing that the real organization leading the rally is the anti-gun Giffords Foundation. The audio is of a Tuesday evening pre-rally meeting and features Broward County school teacher Debbie Miller coaching students on every aspect of the march they are supposedly leading. She even reminds them to “have your talking points ready.”  thenewamerican.com

Every detail of this supposed student-led rally was carefully scripted by the Giffords Foundation as Debbie Miller reveals. Even every media contact with those students from Marjory Stoneman High School had to be handled and approved by the Giffords Foundation. It was clear the students were not to talk to any media outside of a strictly controlled process whereby the Gifford talking points are the only thing to be regurgitated. It is clear then that the students were not in charge, the students were not leading, planning, or organizing anything about the rally. These unsuspecting and unknowledgeable students who are the victims of a tragic illusion, became a battering ram for those tyrants who aim at the same goal every tyrant has: disarm the people before enslaving and/or killing them. Before you can tyrannize you must disarm. Just ask, Stalin, Mao or Hitler, because it successfully worked for each of them.

We must not forget that gun control does not mean gun elimination, but rather the consolidation of dangerous weapons in the hands of the most dangerous organization in all of human history – human civil government. Gun-grabbers refuse to be consistent: they grab from civilians, but they refuse to completely disarm the police and armaments of the military. Remember, the one who has all the guns will always become tyrannical.

A gun is a tool – nothing more, nothing less. When you take away guns, murderers will use any other tool to commit murder. What our benighted society refuses to face is that guns are not the problem, the problem is our evil hearts as men. Scripture states in Ecclesiastes 8:11, “Because the sentence against an evil work is not executed speedily, therefore the heart of the sons of men is fully set in them to do evil.”

In 22 states and the District of Columbia there is no death penalty, so the murderer never faces true justice for the crimes he/she has committed. Pew research study in 2015 found a declining support for the death penalty in our country, while over half surveyed still support it for those convicted of murder, an increasing number are opposed.

Implement the wisdom of God’s Word  and it would make sense not only to have the death penalty, but also not to allow a lengthy drawn-out appeals process; which in Florida, for example, leaves 346 murderers on death row for an average of more than ten years, some over twenty years! The Scripture is true, “Because the sentence against an evil work is not executed speedily, therefore the heart of the sons of men is fully set in them to do evil.”

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2018 David Whitney – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

One has to set back and think about what happened in America where the respect for our Constitution was lost.  Personally, I believe it was the Democrat Party as they have been the biggest violators of that sacred document.  One just has to look at the condition of the country after Democrats have been in control for a while and you can see why I make that comment.  California has gone bankrupt under Jerry Brown and RINO Arnold Schwarzenegger, Detroit has been under Democrat rule since 1962, it looks like a third world country.  The top ten ghettos are the result of Democrat ‘leadership’.  A man by the name of N. Grigsby who died in 1890 had this comment placed on his gravestone: “Through this inscription I wish to enter my dying protest against what is called the Democrat Party.  I have watched it closely since the days of (Andrew) Jackson and know that all the misfortunes of our nation has come through this so-call party.  Therefore, beware of this party of treason”.

When we look at presidents FDR, LBJ, Jimmy Carter, Bill Clinton, Barack Obama and president wanna-be Hillary Clinton we see that treason runs in that party.  Even Norman Mattoon Thomas, a six time presidential candidate for the Socialist Party of America stated in 1944: “The American people will never knowingly adopt socialism.  But, under the name of liberalism they will adopt every fragment of the socialist program, until one day America will be a socialist nation, without knowing how it happened.  I no longer need to run for the Socialist Party, the Democrat Party has adopted our platform.” [1]

Some may call me an alarmist, but facts don’t lie! Jimmy Carter’s National Security Advisor, Zibignew Brezinski, was, in my eyes, a traitor.  His father was a Polish nobleman that served in Nazi Berlin and Soviet Moscow.  It is never a good idea to allow those that favor the overthrow of your government to be involved in your government.  Brzezinski was active in many establishment foreign policy institutions, such as the Council on Foreign Relations, and the Bilderberg meetings. In 1973, with the backing of David Rockefeller, he helped to found the Trilateral Commission, where he consistently advocated moderation in US policies. All three institutions were the target of paranoid suspicion on the American right. It was through the Trilateral Commission, which advocated co-operation between the US, Europe and Japan, that he met Carter, then known mainly as a liberal governor of Georgia. In 1975 Brzezinski became Carter’s chief foreign policy adviser, and in 1977, when Carter was inaugurated president, his national security adviser.[2]  All of these organizations are fighting for a One World Government.  That means that the government of the United States must be removed to attain this.

Carter was not the only one to appoint a traitor to high places.  Barack Obama installed members of the Muslim Brotherhood in the Department of Homeland Security.  One of the two appointees has a long record of working in law enforcement under both Republicans and Democrats. According to an April 24, 2009, press release from the Department of Homeland Security, Arif Alikhan was appointed assistant secretary for policy development by Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano. Alikhan came from Los Angeles, where he served as deputy mayor for homeland security and public safety. Before working for Democratic Mayor Antonio R. Villaraigosa, Alikhan was a top prosecutor at the U.S. Department of Justice from 1997 to 2006. During the administration of President George W. Bush, he served as senior counsel and executive director of the Intellectual Property Task Force. Alikhan was described by the Los Angeles Times as “a Muslim born to Pakistani and Indian parents,” and he has supported Muslim American causes.

The second appointee is Kareem Shora, who describes himself as a “Muslim American.” His appointment to a non-policy-making advisory position was announced June 5, 2009. He first became a member of the Homeland Security Advisory Council along with 15 others — including Gary Hart, a former U.S. senator who was a member of the 9/11 commission, and Bill Webster, who was director of the CIA and FBI. The council makes recommendations directly to Napolitano on various homeland security issues, but members have no policy-making authority. A department official told us that Shora, who was born in Damascus, Syria, resigned from the advisory board in the fall of 2009 to become a senior adviser in the department’s Office of Civil Rights and Civil Liberties. Upon taking the job at the civil-rights office, Shora also resigned as national executive director of the American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee.[3]

Any one who has studied islam understands that as a muslim, you do not pledge allegiance to any thing or any one but their satan god allah.  They are required to work towards world dominination of islam.  Only a traitor like Obama would put members of an ideology that demands the overthrow of the American government and replace it with shariah law.  The founder of CAIR, as terrorist related organization, Omar Ahmad stated: “Islam isn’t in America to be equal to any other faith, but to become dominant. The quran, the muslim book of scripture, should be the highest authority in America, and islam the only accepted religion on Earth.” Omar denies he said these words but, a muslim is required to lie, cheat, steal and even kill to advance islam, so I believe that he said these very words.  They are the goals of islam.  Why wouldn’t he say them?  Why would a person of this persuasion be placed in a position of authority within our government?  Our leaders are sworn to uphold the Constitution and protect the American people.  Carter and Obama both failed miserably at this.  At least with Obama I believe that it was fully intentional.

With either of these situations where was Congress to stop this infiltration of our Homeland Security of the enemy?  Way too many members are globalists and are pushing towards the One World Government.  Back in 2010 it was revealed that there were seventy members of Congress that belonged to the Democrat Socialist of America.  Very well known members of Congress belong to this anti-American party: John Conyers [Chairman of the Judiciary Committee], Tammy Baldwin, Jerrold Nadler, Luis Gutierrez, Melvin Watt, Maxine Waters, Sheila Jackson-Lee, Dennis Kucinich, Bernie Sanders, Elijah Cummings, Danny Davis, Keith Ellison, Alan Grayson, Jesse Jackson, Jr.,  Charles Rangel just to name a few.[4]  Several of these people are no longer in office but one point needs to be made, they are all members of the Democrat Party except for Bernie Sanders, he’s an independent, but caucuses with the Democrats.

It is becoming easier to see why our Constitution is no longer held in high esteem.  The people we have put into office no longer hold it in high esteem.  Our apathy has put our nation in great peril.  Many of these people have been in Congress for several decades slowly pushing our country down the path of socialism.  And the Republicans don’t seem to be concerned.  That should be a concern to us.

© 2018 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes:

1. The American people will never knowingly adopt socialism but under
2. Zbigniew Brzezinski obituary
3. Muslims appointed to homeland security
4. American socialists release names of 70 congressional democrats in their caucus

(Note to Readers: In the late 1990’s a church prepared to produce an Easter Program, with several chosen to play the parts of those who had been with Jesus during the Crucifixion as they reflected on that event. When this writer was asked to “be Jesus” the answer was no, since no-one is worthy to portray Jesus. It DID seem right to present how Jesus might give His thoughts and what He might say instead of actually pretending to BE Jesus, so the writing began. The reception of it was so strong that it was decided that it be written for publication where it also received solid approval, so much so that it became an annual Easter Feature since in publications throughout the world.)

The world today is in chaos. There are no restraints in human conduct. Absolute values have long been abolished. Good is considered evil, and evil is considered good. And never has The Cross been more offensive to society than it is today. Sin abounds. Any mention of the name Jesus Christ brings contempt and ridicule. His name is blasphemed and many public displays of Christianity have been declared illegal, while at the same time, pagan religions are readily endorsed and encouraged. Seeing all of this, would Jesus have second thoughts about Calvary? How would He look back on his sacrifice today? Think about it.

Prayerfully pondering these questions, this writer speculates what Jesus might say to us today as He looks back to the Cross:

“But beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. Our time reference is much different in Heaven than it is on earth. If you were to be with us in Heaven, you would see an entire life spin out from birth to death in a matter of seconds.

“This is why coming to earth to face Calvary’s Cross was the greatest challenge I have had to face during my existence. First I had to come under the earth’s time system of seconds, minutes, hours, weeks, months and years.

“Even more challenging was agreeing to inhabit an earthly human body with its inherited sinful nature. A body that would feel the driftings and currents of the world as well as the pain.

“And it may surprise you to learn that I had to exercise extreme faith to go through with this. Remember, I began my sacrificial life on earth as a baby… a new birth on earth. As a baby I had to be fed, bathed, and diapered like any other baby. I had to learn to take my first steps, learn to understand and speak words, and, experience the growing pains of adolescence.

“The time passes slowly for young people and soon there was such a feeling of distance between where I was at that time, and my time in Heaven with my Father, that it almost seemed a memory that may or may not have actually been.

“And while instinctively I wanted to be about my Father’s business, the Jews in the synagogues would curtly ask, “Who is this boy who asks such questions? Isn’t this Joseph the carpenter’s son?”

“I eventually faced the appointed day… a day where I would take on all the sins of mankind, a day where I would (in a human body) die a disgraceful, excruciatingly painful death while the Roman soldiers ridiculed me and religious leaders mocked in the distance.

“And yet, this was the only way that mankind could be redeemed, saved by Grace, and reconciled to God. Without this sacrifice, all would perish, which had been Satan’s plan since the Garden of Eden.

“My human body was capable of the same temptations and stress as yours. This is why that in the Garden of Gethsemane, knowing what I faced the next day, I sweated great drops of blood. And yes, at one point (giving into the body I inhabited), I cried out: ‘Abba, Father, all things are possible unto thee; take this cup from me… nevertheless, not what I will, but what thou wilt.’

“The reality of what I faced was now before me – the unspeakable pain – having to endure all the sins of mankind in my body…to be taken to hell and back, to be ridiculed and to have one of my own disciples betray me… for money.

“I had to call on every ounce of faith I possessed to go through with this. But I had no choice. The world itself was at stake. And my love of mankind was such that I would have none perish.

“As my Father promised me, and, as explicitly detailed throughout the prophecies, the entire event went exactly as foretold, ending in great victory. Lucifer suffered his greatest defeat as the keys of death were snatched from his hands. Death was conquered, giving instead, to all who believe in me, everlasting life with me in Paradise.

“Looking at the world today… a world filled with violence, chaos, sin, unspeakable crimes against humanity… and even seeing those who call themselves My servants cutting down each other and distorting my Word, one could well ask, ‘Was it all worth it?’ If you could go back, would you go through the crucifixion again?’

“Yes I would. I would go through the whole thing for any ONE of you here. That is how much I love you. When you join me in Heaven, you will understand why I would want to share this Paradise with you. Heaven (you will see) is filled with exquisite peace and joy, and a place where you will inhabit perfect heavenly bodies… bodies free from aches, pains and disease.

“On second thought, let me clarify something. There will be one imperfect body in Heaven. And every time you see the nail holes in my hands and feet, and the scar in my side, you will be constantly reminded of how much I love you. And let me add, it was all worth it.

“So come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.”

© 2018 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

And Jesus going up to Jerusalem took the twelve disciples apart in the way, and said unto them,  Behold, we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man shall be betrayed unto the chief priests and unto the scribes, and they shall condemn him to death, And shall deliver him to the Gentiles to mock, and to scourge, and to crucify him: and the third day he shall rise again.  —Matthew 20:17-19

The High Priest and Sacrifices

In the Torah (the first five books of the Bible), Aaron is the high priest who would go into the Holy of Holies to present the offerings.  Aaron was a Levite, a descendant of Jacob’s son Levi and of the Levitical line of priesthood within the Levites. Only Aaron and his descendants were allowed inside the tabernacle to offer sacrifices.

The high priest’s vestments featured gold, an array of precious stones, and the finest materials. When entering the Holy of Holies, however, the high priest was clad in simple, pristine white linen garments. Not a touch of opulence or grandeur.  Aaron had to first cleanse himself, and thus he first made an offering for himself and his family.  This was done once a year on the Day of Atonement.

The tabernacle was a restricted area for the Israelites because God’s presence was there. God’s presence is one of holiness. Man’s presence is one of unholiness. For man to approach God, it must take place on God’s terms. Thus, the severe restrictions for entering into the presence of God.  No one was even allowed to touch the high priest prior to entering the Holy of Holies until after the offerings were made and he returned to the people.  Leviticus 10:1-7

Chapter 16 of Leviticus focuses on the nature and condition of entering into the presence of the Holy One and establishes the pattern which would ultimately be fulfilled through the person and work of Jesus Christ.

Within the tabernacle and the Holy of Holies was the golden censer, the ark of the covenant overlaid roundabout with gold, wherein was the golden pot that had manna, and Aaron’s rod that budded, and the tables of the covenant.

Not Without Blood

Hebrews 9:7 tells us, “But into the second went the high priest alone once every year, not without blood, which he offered for himself and for the errors of the people.”

The “second” is the Holy of Holies where the blood of the sacrificed animal was taken after the animal was sacrificed on the outer altar or first tabernacle.  Only the high priest entered the Holy of Holies or second tabernacle and placed the blood on the mercy seat.

According to the Hebrew Bible, the mercy seat (Hebrew: הַכַּפֹּֽרֶת ha-kappōreṯ) was the gold lid with two cherubim beaten out of the ends of it to cover and create the space into which God would appear. This gold cover was placed on the Ark of the Covenant.

Leviticus 16:15-22 tells of the sacrifice of the bull and one of two goats.  The other goat is the scapegoat that is sent out into the wilderness to take away the impurities of the people.

Christ’s Crucifixion and Resurrection

This Holy week of both Passover and Christ’s crucifixion and resurrection blend together.  Most Christians know the story of both. It was the shed blood of the lamb which saved Israel’s firstborn from the plague (Exod. 12:12-13, 22-23), just as it is the shed blood of the Lamb of God which saves men from the judgment of God (1 Peter 1:18-19; Rev. 5:9). As there was to be no bone broken of the Passover lamb (Exod. 12:46), so no bone of our Lord was broken (John 19:32-36). Thus, the Old Testament prophet, Isaiah, could speak of Israel’s Savior as a lamb in Isaiah 53:6-7:

6 All we like sheep have gone astray; we have turned everyone to his own way; and the LORD hath laid on him the iniquity of us all.

7 He was oppressed, and he was afflicted, yet he opened not his mouth: he is brought as a lamb to the slaughter, and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb, so he openeth not his mouth.

For he hath made him to be sin for us, who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in him.  II Corinthians 5:21

The Empty Tomb

Mary Magdalene went to the tomb early on the first day of the week, while it was still dark and she saw that the stone had been removed from the sepulcher.  She ran to Peter and another disciple whom Jesus loved and told them that “they have taken away the Lord out of the sepulcher, and we know not where they have laid him.”

Peter and the other disciple looked into the tomb and saw the wrappings of the body strewn about.  They departed for their homes.  Mary was left there weeping and she stooped to look into the sepulcher and saw two angels in white sitting one at the head, and the other at the feet where Jesus had lain.

The angels asked Mary why she was weeping and she answered that they had taken her Lord.  She then turned and saw Jesus standing, but didn’t recognize him and He asked her the same thing.  “Woman why weepest thou? whom seekest thou?”  At first she thought he might be the gardener and asked him where they took Jesus’ body.

Jesus then said to her, “Mary.”  She turned herself and said to him, “Rabboni,” which means Master.

Jesus said to Mary, “Touch me not; for I am not yet ascended to my Father; but go to my brethren, and say unto them, “I ascend unto my Father, and your Father; and to my God and your God.”

He told Mary he had not yet ascended to the Father (John 20:17). The blood was to be offered on the mercy seat (Hebrews 8:3-6).  He appeared to Thomas and the other disciples after this had happened which is why he said peace (Shalom) to them (John 20:19).  He had made peace by His blood (Colossians 1:19-20).

Jesus Appears to His Disciples

The Lord appeared the evening of his resurrection day to the disciples and stood in the midst of them.  “Peace be unto you.”  He showed them his hands and side, and then said to them, “Peace be unto you: as my Father hath sent me, even so send I to you.”  He then breathed on them and said, “Receive ye the Holy Ghost.”

Thomas was not with the disciples when Jesus came, and did not believe they had seen him.  He said he wouldn’t believe it unless he could see the hand print of the nails and the injury to His side.  Eight days later, Thomas was with them, and the Lord again appeared to them.  He said to Thomas, “Touch my hands and side and be not faithless but believing.”  Thomas answered, “My Lord and my God.”

Jesus said unto him, “Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou hast believed: blessed are they that have not seen and yet have believed.”

Later Jesus appeared to them many times and even dined with them.  Matthew 27:52 states that when Christ died, graves were opened, and many bodies of the Old Testament saints which slept arose.  After Jesus’ resurrection, they went into the holy city and appeared to many.

The Final Offering

There is a rabbinic legend, the legend of Azazel, the scapegoat as mentioned above.  Based upon Isaiah 1:18, where Isaiah said, though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow, it became a custom to tie a red ribbon upon the horn of the scapegoat before it was sent out into the wilderness.  Miraculously, year after year, the red ribbon always turned white, symbolizing God had forgiven the sins of Israel for that year.

The legend of Azazel goes on to say that the red ribbon stopped turning white 40 years before the Temple was destroyed, which was the year A.D. 30.  So, as of A.D. 30, the red ribbon no longer turned white.  As of A.D. 30, God no longer forgave the sins of Israel by means of these two goats because, in that year, the Messiah died and the final atonement for all was made.

Our High Priest

Like the Levitical priests in the Aaron lineage, Jesus Christ is our high priest.  Neither the first testament was dedicated without the sacrifice of blood, and so it is for the second.  Neither by the blood of goats and calves, but by His own blood, he entered in once to the Holy place having obtained eternal redemption for us.  (Hebrews 9:22)

Jesus Christ was not from the Levitical line of priests, but from the Tribe of Judah.  He is from the priestly Order of Melchizedek.

He came “To put away sin by the sacrifice of himself.” The words “put away” are from the Greek word athetesis, which means, “to cancel or annul.” It is a strong word signifying the total annulment of sin. Its consequences are absorbed by him and thereby removed from us.

“By the sacrifice of himself” – the absolute perfection of the one offering of Christ arises from the dignity and purity of his person.

May your joy come in the morning of His resurrection.

© 2018 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net